CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS Page

Article 1 - Defined Terms ...... 2 Article 2 - Copies of Bidding Documents ...... 2 Article 3 - Qualifications of Bidders...... 2 Article 4 - Pre-bid Conference ...... 2 Article 5- Site and Other Areas ...... 2 Article 6 - Interpretations and Addenda ...... 2 Article7 - Contract Times ...... 3 Article 8 - Liquidated Damages ...... 3 Article 9 - Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ...... 3 Article 10 - Preparation of Bid ...... 3 Article 11 - Basis of Bid; Evaluation of Bids ...... 4 Article 12 - Submittal of Bid ...... 4 Article 13 - Modification and Withdrawal of Bid...... 4 Article 14 - Opening of Bids ...... 5 Article 15 - Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance ...... 5 Article 16- Award of Contract ...... 5 Article 17 - Contract Security ...... 5 Article 18 - Signing of Agreement ...... 5 Article 19 - Retainage ...... 6 Article 20 – Appeal by Bidders ...... 6

IB - 1 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS

ARTICLE 1 DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof:

A. Bidder – The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to OWNER.

B. Issuing Office – The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued and where the bidding procedures are to be administered.

C. Successful Bidder – The lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom OWNER (on the basis of OWNER’s evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award.

ARTICLE 2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.01 Bidding Documents are available electronically City’s web site, www.nashuanh.gov, under Services; Bid Opportunities; Current Bids. Hard copies are not available.

2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor ENGINEER assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.

ARTICLE 3 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS. 3.01 To demonstrate Bidder’s qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit a completed Construction Contractor’s Qualification for Engineered Projects.

ARTICLE 4 PRE-BID CONFERENCE 4.01 A NON-MANDATORY pre-bid conference will be held on the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. The conference is an opportunity for OWNER and ENGINEER Representatives to overview the project and objectives, and for participants to request additional information directly from City of Nashua staff managing or participating in the project. OWNER will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda, as OWNER considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective.

ARTICLE 5 SITE AND OTHER AREAS 5.01 The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents.

ARTICLE 6 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 6.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to ENGINEER. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda and posted on the City of Nashua website. Deadlines for submission of questions can be found on the project timeline contained within the Invitation for Bids. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.

6.02 Addenda may also be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or ENGINEER. Bidders are requested to sign each Addenda issued to indicate receipt of this additional information and must include the signed cover page with Bidders bid submittal.

IB - 2 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

ARTICLE 7 CONTRACT TIMES 7.01 The number of calendar days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be (a) substantially completed and (b) also completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement.

ARTICLE 8 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 8.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement.

ARTICLE 9 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 9.01 Each Bidder must submit a completed List of Subcontractors on the Form furnished with the completed Bid Form. The apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within seven days after the Bid opening submit to OWNER supplemental information in the form of an experience statement with the pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification of each Subcontractor, Supplier, person or organization if requested by OWNER or ENGINEER. IF OWNER or ENGINEER, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity, OWNER may, before the Notice of Award is given request apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute, in which case apparent Successful Bidder shall submit an acceptable substitute, Bidder’s Bid price will be increased (or decreased) by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution and OWNER may consider such price adjustment in evaluating Bids and making the contract award.

9.02 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, OWNER may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity so listed and against which OWNER or ENGINEER makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in Article 6.06 of the General Conditions.

9.03 CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.

ARTICLE 10 PREPARATION OF BID 10.01 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents.

10.02 All blanks on the Bid Form and Bid Schedule(s) must be completed by printing in ink or typed and the Bid signed. A bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item listed therein.

10.03 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the signature.

10.04 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature.

10.05 A bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm must be shown below the signature.

10.06 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder’s name and official address.

10.07 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by each joint ventured in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture must be shown below the signature.

IB - 3 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

10.08 All names must be typed or printed in black ink below the signatures.

10.09 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form.

10.10 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid must be shown.

10.11 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder’s authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located. Bidder’s state contractor license number for the state of the Project, if any, must also be shown on the Bid Form.

ARTICLE 11 BASIS OF BID; EVALUATION OF BIDS 11.01 Unit Price

A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price or lump sum basis for each item of Work listed in the Bid schedule.

B. The total of all estimated prices will be determined as the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the unit price Bid for each item. The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions.

C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words.

11.02 The Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for overhead and profit on account of cash allowance, if any, named in the Contract Documents as provided in paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions.

ARTICLE 12 SUBMITTAL OF BID 12.01 The City of Nashua website provides a copy of the Bidding Documents, applicable drawings or specifications, and a sample contract for execution, Each prospective Bidder must complete and submit a submission package of documents that includes:  Bid Form;  the Construction Contractor’s Qualification Statement:  the Bid Schedule of Values; and  signed cover page of each OWNER issued Addendum .

12.02 A bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked on the outside with the notation “BID ENCLOSED.” A mailed Bid shall be addressed to City of Nashua, c/o Central Purchasing, Room 128; 229 Main Street, Nashua, NH, 03061.

ARTICLE 13 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 13.01 A Bid may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids.

13.02 If, within twenty-four hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with OWNER and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, OWNER may, in its

IB - 4 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

sole discretion, choose to not accept the Bid and return the same to Bidder. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work.

ARTICLE 14 OPENING OF BIDS 14.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the advertisement or Invitation to Bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates, if any, will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids through posting on the City’s website.

ARTICLE 15 BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 15.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form, but OWNER may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period.

ARTICLE 16 AWARD OF CONTRACT 16.01 OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. OWNER further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to be non-responsible. OWNER may also reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder. OWNER also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder.

16.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest.

16.03 In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.

16.04 In evaluating Bidders, OWNER will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions..

16.05 OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers individuals, or entities to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

16.06 If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will award the Contract to lowest Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interests of the Project.

ARTICLE17 CONTRACT SECURITY 17.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth OWNER’s requirements as to Performance and Payment Bonds and insurance. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to OWNER, it must be accompanied by such Bonds.

ARTICLE 18 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 18.01 When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with the other Contract Documents, which are identified in the Agreement attached thereto. The Successful Bidder shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to

IB - 5 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

OWNER, including the Performance and Payment Bonds and the Certificate of Insurance. Within 10 days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Successful Bidder with a complete set of drawings with appropriate identification.

18.02 A fully executed City of Nashua Purchase Order will accompany the fully signed counterpart to successful Bidder.

ARTICLE 19 RETAINAGE 19.01 Provisions concerning retainage and Contractors’ rights to deposit securities in lieu of retainage are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Article 6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage.

ARTICLE20 APPEAL BY BIDDERS 20.01 Any bidder may appeal a pending bid award prior to award by OWNER. The appellant must:

A. Submit a written protest to the OWNER’s Purchasing Manager within five (5) workdays after the bid opening.

B. Describe, in the written protest, the issues to be addresses on appeal.

C. Post, with the written protest, a bond with a surety meeting the requirements of General Condition 5.02 authorized to do business in this state or submit other security in a form approved by OWNER who will hold the bond or security until a determination is made on the appeal.

D. Post the bond or other security in the amount of 25% of the total dollar value of the appellant’s bid, up to a maximum bond or other security amount of 250,000.00.

E. Not seek any type of judicial intervention until OWNER has rendered its final decision on the protest.

20.02 Owner will stop award actions until after the OWNER’s Purchasing Manager has responded in writing to the protest. If the appellant is not satisfied with the response, the appellant may then protest to the Board of Public Works, who will render a final decision for the OWNER. No bid protests will be heard by the Board of Public Works unless bidder has followed the appeal process.

20.03 If an appeal is granted, the full amount of the posted bond or security will be returned to the appellant. If the appeal is denied or not upheld, a claim may be made against the bond for expenses suffered by the OWNER because of the unsuccessful appeal.

20.04 OWNER is not liable for any costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, loss of income, or other damages sustained by the appellant in a bid process.

IB - 6 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 BID FORM

PROJECT IDENTIFICATION:

CONTRACT IDENTIFICATION AND NUMBER: IFB

THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: City of Nashua Purchasing Department 229 Main Street, City Hall Nashua, NH 03061-2019

1.01 The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.

2.01 BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the day of Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of OWNER.

3.01 In submitting this Bid, BIDDER represents, as set forth in the Agreement, that:

A. BIDDER has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents and the following Addenda, receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged.

Addendum No. Addendum Date

B. BIDDER has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work.

C. BIDDER is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work.

D. BIDDER has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by BIDDER, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.

E. BIDDER does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.

F. BIDDER is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents.

1 of 7 Bid Form

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 G. BIDDER has correlated the information known to BIDDER, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding Documents.

H. BIDDER has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that BIDDER has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to BIDDER.

I. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted.

4.01 BIDDER further represents that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding; and BIDDER has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over OWNER.

5.01 The requirements of the New Hampshire Revised Statutes Annotated shall apply to this project. The BIDDER is responsible for compliance with all applicable statutes. The entire set of the Revised Statutes Annotated is available online at:

http://gencourt.state.nh.us/rsa/html/indexes/default.html

6.01 BIDDER will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following prices:

SEE ATTACHED BID SCHEDULE

A. Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11.03.B of the General Conditions.

B. BIDDER acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids, and final payment for all Unit Price Bid items will be based on actual quantities provided, determined as provided in the Contract Documents.

7.01 BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07.B of the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement.

7.02 BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the times specified in the Agreement.

8.01 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid:

A. Bid Form;

B. Bid Bond;

C. A tabulation of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other individuals and entities required to be identified in this Bid; and

D. Construction Contractor's Qualification Statement.

9.01 Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to:

2 of 7 Bid Form

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 (Contractor's mailing address to be filled in by Bidder) ______

10.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings indicated in the Instructions to Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions.

Submitted by: Name of Organization Name of Individual Title Address

Telephone

Submitted to: Name Address

Telephone

SUBMITTED on , 20 If BIDDER is:

An Individual

Name (typed or printed):

By: (SEAL) (Individual's Signature) Doing business as: Business address:

Phone No.: Fax No.:

A Partnership

Partnership Name: (SEAL)

3 of 7 Bid Form

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 Date and State of Organization

Names of Current General Partners Name Title

Type of Partnership General Publicly Traded Limited Other (describe):

By: (Signature of General Partner – attach evidence of authority to sign)

Name (typed or printed): Business address:

Phone No.: Fax No.:

A Corporation

Corporation Name: (SEAL)

Date and State of Incorporation:

List of Executive Officers Name Title

Type (General Business, Professional, Service, Limited Liability): By: (Signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign)

Name (typed or printed): Title: (Corporate Seal) Attest:

4 of 7 Bid Form

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 (Signature of Corporate Secretary)

Business Address:

Phone No.: Fax No.: Date of Qualification to do business is

A Joint Venture

Joint Venture Name: (SEAL)

Date and State of Organization:

Name, Address and Form of Organization of Joint Venture Partners: (Indicate managing partner by an asterisk *)

By: (Signature of joint ventured partner -- attach evidence of authority to sign)

Name (typed or printed): Title: Business Address:

Phone No.: Fax No.:

Address for receipt of official communications:

(Each joint ventured must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above).

5 of 7 Bid Form

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS (to be submitted with bid)

The name and address of each subcontractor who will be paid at least five percent (5%) of the prime contractor's total bid shall be listed below. To be deemed a responsive bid, this form must be submitted even if no subcontractors are required to be listed. In that case, the bidder should state “None” (or similar language stating that no subcontractors need to be listed) in the space below. (Refer to General Condition 6.09.H)

Name Address of Subcontractor Portion of Work

6 of 7 Bid Form

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS (to be submitted after bid opening)

Within two hours after the completion of the opening of the bids, the general contractors who submitted the three lowest bids must provide a list of each subcontractor who will provide labor or a portion of the work or improvement to the contractor for which the subcontractor will be paid an amount exceeding one percent (1%) of the prime contractor's bid or $50,000, whichever is greater, and the number of the license issued to the subcontractor. If a general contractor fails to submit such a list within the required time, the bid shall be deemed not responsive. To be deemed a responsive bid, this form must be submitted even if no subcontractors are required to be listed. In that case, the bidder should state “None” (or similar language stating that no subcontractors need to be listed) in the space below. (Refer to General Condition 6.09.H.)

Dollar Value and Subcontractor/Address description of work

7 of 7 Bid Form

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

1. On Schedule A, attached, list major engineered construction projects completed by this organization in the past five (5) years. (If joint venture, list each participant’s projects separately).

2. On Schedule B, attached, list current projects under construction by this organization, (If joint venture, list each participant’s projects separately).

3. Name of Surety Company and name, address, and phone number of agent.

4. Is your organization a member of a controlled group of corporations as defined in I.R.C. Sec. 1563?

Yes No

If yes, show names and addresses of affiliated companies.

5. Furnish on Schedule C, attached, details of the construction experience of the principal individuals of your organization directly involved in construction operations.

6. Has your organization ever failed to complete any construction contract awarded to it?

Yes No

If yes, describe circumstances and provide details on attachment.

7. Has any Corporate officer, partner, joint venture participant or proprietor ever failed to complete a construction contract awarded to him or her in their own name or when acting as a principal of another organization?

Yes No

If yes, describe circumstances and provide details on attachment.

8. In the last five years, has your organization ever failed to substantially complete a project in a timely manner?

Yes No

Yes No

If yes, describe circumstances and provide details on attachment.

9. Does your organization now have any legal suits or arbitration claims pending or outstanding against it or any officers?

Yes No

If yes, describe circumstances and provide details on attachment. 10. Has your organization had a contract partially or completely terminated for default (cause) within the past five years?

Yes No

CQ - 1 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 If yes, describe circumstances and provide details on attachment.

11. List the licensed categories of work that your company normally performs with its own workforce.

12. If required, can your organization provide a bid bond for this project?

Yes No

13. What is your approximate total bonding capacity? $500,000 to $2,000,000 $2,000,000 to $5,000,000 $5,000,000 to $10,000,000 $10,000,000 or more 14. Describe the permanent safety program you maintain within your organization. Use attachment if necessary.

15. Furnish the following information with respect to an accredited banking institution familiar with your organization.

Name of Bank Address

Account Manager Telephone

CQ - 2 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 I hereby certify that the information submitted herewith, including any attachment is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

By:

Title:

Dated:

CQ - 3 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

CQ - 4 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Schedule A – List of Major Engineered Construction Projects Completed in the Past Five (5) Years

Name, Location and Reference/Contact Description of Project Owner Design Engineer Date Completed Contract Price & Address & Phone

CQ - 5 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Schedule B – List of Current Projects Under Construction

Reference/Contact Name, Location and Design Amount Date of Scheduled & Address & Phone Description of Project Owner Engineer Contract Price Completed Completion

CQ - 6 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Schedule C - Construction Experience of Principal Individuals Involved in Construction Operations

Date started Date started with working in Prior positions and experience in Name Position this organization construction construction

CQ - 7 of 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

CONSTRUCTION PERFORMANCE BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that

(Name of Contractor)

(Address of Contractor) a , hereinafter called Principal, (Corporation, Partnership or Individual)

and (Name of Surety)

(Address of Surety) hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto

(Name of Owner)

(Address of Owner) hereinafter called OWNER, in the total aggregate penal sum of

Dollars, $ ( )

in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a

certain contract with the OWNER, dated the day of 20 , a

copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of:

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said contract during the original term thereof, and any extension thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without notice to the Surety and during the one year guaranty period, and if the PRINCIPAL shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void: otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to WORK to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying same shall in any way affect its obligation on this BOND,

PF - 1 of 2

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK or to the specifications.

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that it is expressly agreed that this BOND shall be deemed amended automatically and immediately, without formal and separate amendments hereto, upon amendment to the Contract not increasing the contract price more than 20 percent, so as to bind the PRINCIPAL and the SURETY to the full and faithful performance of the Contract as so amended. The term "Amendment", wherever used in this BOND and whether referring to this BOND, the contract or the loan Documents shall include any alteration, addition, extension or modification of any character whatsoever.

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in counterparts, each one of (number) which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20 .

ATTEST:

Principal By: (Principal) Secretary (SEAL) BY

(Address)

By: Witness as to Principal

(Address)

(Surety) ATTEST: BY Attorney - in - Fact By Witness as to Surety (Address)

(Address)

NOTE: Date of BOND must not be prior to date of Contract. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute BOND

IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State of New Hampshire

PF - 2 of 2

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020 CONSTRUCTION PAYMENT BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that

(Name of Contractor)

(Address of Contractor) a , hereinafter called Principal, (Corporation, Partnership or Individual) and (Name of Surety)

(Address of Surety) hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto

(Name of Owner)

(Address of Owner) hereinafter called OWNER and unto all persons, firms, and corporations who or which may furnish labor, or who furnish materials to perform as described under the contract and to their successors and assigns, in the total aggregate penal sum of Dollars,

($ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the OWNER, dated the day of

20 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of:

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the WORK provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of such WORK, and for all labor cost incurred in such WORK including that be a subcontractor, and to any mechanic or material man lienholder whether it acquires its lien by operation of State or Federal Law; then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

PY - 1 of 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

PROVIDED, that beneficiaries or claimants hereunder shall be limited to the subcontractors, and persons, firms, and corporations having a direct contract with the PRINCIPAL or its SUBCONTRACTORS.

PROVIDED FURTHER, that the said Surety for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK to be performed thereunder or the SPECIFICATIONS accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this BOND, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK or to the SPECIFICATIONS.

PROVIDED, FURTHER that no suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant: (a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the PRINCIPAL shall have given written notice to any two of the following: The PRINCIPAL, the OWNER, or the SURETY above named within ninety (90) days after such claimant did or performed the last of the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is made, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom the work or labor was done or performed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail or certified mail, postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to the PRINCIPAL, OWNER, or SURETY, at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction business, or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in which the aforesaid project is located, save that such service need not be made by a public officer. (b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which PRINCIPAL ceased work on said CONTRACT, it being understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in the BOND is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof, such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law.

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that it is expressly agreed that this BOND shall be deemed amended automatically and immediately, without formal and separate amendments hereto, upon amendment to the Contract not increasing the contract price more than 20 percent, so as to bind the PRINCIPAL and the SURETY to the full and faithful performance of the Contract as so amended. The term "Amendment", wherever used in this BOND and whether referring to this BOND, the contract or the loan Documents shall include any alteration, addition, extension or modification of any character whatsoever.

PROVIDED FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.

PY - 2 of 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in counterparts, each one of (number) which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20 .

ATTEST:

Principal By: (Principal) Secretary (SEAL) BY

(Address)

By: Witness as to Principal

(Address)

(Surety)

ATTEST: BY Attorney - in - Fact

By Witness as to Surety (Address)

(Address)

NOTE: Date of BOND must not be prior to date of Contract. If CONTRACTOR is partnership, all partners should execute BOND.

IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State of New Hampshire.

PY - 3 of 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS Page ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ...... 4 1.01 Defined Terms ...... 4 1.02 Terminology ...... 7 ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS ...... 8 2.01 Delivery of Bonds ...... 8 2.02 Copies of Documents ...... 8 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ...... 8 2.04 Starting the Work ...... 8 2.05 Before Starting Construction ...... 8 2.06 Preconstruction Conference ...... 9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ...... 9 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ...... 10 3.01 Intent ...... 10 3.02 Reference Standards ...... 10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ...... 10 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ...... 11 3.05 Reuse of Documents ...... 11 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ...... 11 4.01 Availability of Lands ...... 11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ...... 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ...... 13 4.04 Underground Facilities ...... 14 4.05 Reference Points ...... 15 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ...... 15 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE ...... 16 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ...... 16 5.02 Licenses Sureties and Insurers...... 17 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ...... 17 5.04 CONTRACTOR’s Liability Insurance ...... 17 5.05 Property Insurance ...... 18 5.06 Waiver of Rights ...... 19 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES ...... 20 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence ...... 20 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ...... 20 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...... 20 6.04 Progress Schedule ...... 21 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” ...... 21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ...... 23 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ...... 24 6.08 Permits ...... 24 6.09 Laws and Regulations ...... 24

GC - 1 of 55 6.10 Taxes ...... 26 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ...... 26 6.12 Record Documents ...... 27 6.13 Safety and Protection ...... 28 6.14 Safety Representative ...... 29 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ...... 29 6.16 Emergencies ...... 29 6.17 Shop drawings and Samples ...... 29 6.18 Continuing the Work ...... 31 6.19 CONTRACTOR’s General Warranty and Guarantee ...... 31 6.20 Indemnification...... 32 ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK ...... 32 7.01 Related Work at Site ...... 32 7.02 Coordination ...... 33 ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ...... 33 8.01 Communications to Contractor ...... 33 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER ...... 33 8.03 Furnish Data ...... 33 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due ...... 33 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ...... 33 8.06 Insurance ...... 33 8.07 Change Orders ...... 33 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ...... 34 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities ...... 34 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ...... 34 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ...... 34 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ...... 34 9.01 OWNER’s Representative ...... 34 9.02 Visits to Site ...... 34 9.03 Project Representative ...... 34 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations ...... 35 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work ...... 35 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work ...... 35 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ...... 35 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work...... 35 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work . 35 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ...... 36 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS ...... 36 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ...... 36 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work...... 36 10.03 Execution of Change Orders ...... 37 10.04 Notification to Surety ...... 37 10.05 Disputes – Not Insurance Related ...... 37 ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK . 38 11.01 Cost of the Work ...... 38 11.02 Cash Allowances ...... 40 11.03 Unit Price Work ...... 41 ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 41 12.01 Change of Contract Price ...... 41

GC - 2 of 55 12.02 Change of Contract Times ...... 42 12.03 Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's Control ...... 42 12.04 Delays within CONTRACTOR's Control ...... 42 12.05 Delays beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control ...... 43 12.06 Delay Damages ...... 43 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ...... 43 13.01 Notice of Defects ...... 43 13.02 Access to Work ...... 43 13.03 Tests and Inspections ...... 43 13.04 Uncovering Work ...... 44 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work ...... 45 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ...... 45 13.07 Correction Period ...... 45 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ...... 45 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ...... 46 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ...... 46 14.01 Schedule of Values ...... 46 14.02 Progress Payment ...... 46 14.03 CONTRACTOR’S Warranty of Title ...... 49 14.04 Substantial Completion ...... 49 14.05 Partial Utilization ...... 49 14.06 Final Inspection ...... 50 14.07 Final Payment ...... 50 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ...... 51 14.09 Waiver of Claims ...... 51 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ...... 51 15.01 Termination, Abandonment, or Suspension at Will...... 49 15.02 Termination for Cause ...... 50 15.03 General Provisions for Termination ...... 51 ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION ...... 53 16.01 Methods and Procedures ...... 53 ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS ...... 53 17.01 Giving Notice ...... 53 17.02 Computation of Times ...... 53 17.03 Cumulative Remedies ...... 53 17.04 Survival of Obligations ...... 53 17.05 Controlling Law ...... 53 17.06 Access to Records ...... 52 17.07 Road Closures ...... 52 17.08 Prohibited Interests ...... 53

GC - 3 of 55 GENERAL CONDITIONS

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY

1.01 Defined Terms

A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.

1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids, which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents.

2. Agreement--The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work.

3. Application for Payment--The form acceptable to ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.

4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed.

6. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).

7. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security form, if any, and the Bid form with any supplements.

8. Bonds--Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.

9. Change Order--A document recommended by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.

10. Claim--A demand or assertion by OWNER or CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim.

11. Contract--The entire and integrated written agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral.

12. Contract Documents--The Contract Documents establish the rights and obligations of the parties and include the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR’s Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications, the Drawings and the Purchases Order as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders, Field Orders, and ENGINEER’s written interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the Effective Date Of the Agreement. Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and

GC - 4 of 55 drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, and the like that may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents.

13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work).

14. Contract Times--The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER’s written recommendation of final payment.

15. CONTRACTOR--The individual or entity with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement.

16. Cost of the Work--See paragraph 11.01.A for definition.

17. Drawings--That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by ENGINEER which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals are not Drawings as so defined.

18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver.

19. ENGINEER--The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement.

20. ENGINEER’s Consultant--An individual or entity having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER’s independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions.

21. Field Order--A written order issued by ENGINEER which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.

22. General Requirements--Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications.

23. Hazardous Environmental Condition--The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work.

24. Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time.

25. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations--Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction.

26. Liens--Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property.

27. Milestone--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.

GC - 5 of 55 28. Notice of Award--The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement.

29. Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents.

30. OWNER--The individual, entity, public body, or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed.

31. Partial Utilization--Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.

32. PCB’s--Polychlorinated biphenyls.

33. Petroleum-- Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils.

34. Project--The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the contract Documents.

35. Project Manual--The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents.

36. Radioactive Material--Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time.

37. Resident Project Representative--The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof.

38. Samples--Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged.

39. Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work.

40. Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon which the Work is to performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by OWNER which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR.

41. Specifications--That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.

42. Subcontractor--An individual or entity having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.

43. Substantial Completion--The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can

GC - 6 of 55 be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.

44. Supplementary Conditions--That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions.

45. Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man, or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor.

46. Underground Facilities--All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.

47. Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.

48. Work--The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided in the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.

49. Written Amendment--A written statement modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related aspects of the Contract Documents.

1.02 Terminology

A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives

1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms “as allows,” “as approved,” or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents.

B. Day

1. The work “day” shall constitute a calendar day of regular working hours except Saturdays, Sundays and any legal holiday.

C. Defective

1. The word “defective,” when modifying the work “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection

GC - 7 of 55 thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.04 or 14.05).

D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide

1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition.

2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.

3. The words “perform” or ‘Provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.

4. When “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide” is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of CONTRACTOR, “provide” is implied.

E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS

2.01 Delivery of Bonds

A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish.

2.02 Copies of Documents

A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to 5 copies of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.

2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed

A. The Contract Times will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed

2.04 Starting the Work

A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run.

2.05 Before Starting Construction

A. CONTRACTOR’s Review of Contract Documents: Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any

GC - 8 of 55 conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof.

B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for its timely review:

1. A preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents;

2. A preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, and processing such submittal; and

3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work.

C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5.

2.06 Preconstruction Conference

A. Within 20 days after the Contract times start to run, but before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.05.B, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records.

2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules

A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, at least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.05.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted to ENGINEER.

1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR’s full responsibility therefore.

2. CONTRACTOR’s schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals.

3. CONTRACTOR’s schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work.

GC - 9 of 55

ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE

3.01 Intent

A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all.

B. It is the intent of the Contract documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to OWNER.

C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in Article 9.

3.02 Reference Standards

A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations

1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.

2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall any such provision or instruction be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER’s Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Document.

3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies

A. Reporting Discrepancies

1. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.04; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof.

2. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions, Drawings will govern over Standard Specifications, and Construction Specifications will govern over both Drawings and Standard Specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall take no advantage of any apparent error or omission in the Drawings or Construction Specifications, and the ENGINEER will be permitted to make such corrections and interpretations as may be deemed necessary to fulfill the intent of the Contract Documents.

B. Resolving Discrepancies

GC - 10 of 55

1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and:

a. The provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or

b. The provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation).

3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents

A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: (i) a Written Amendment, or (ii) a Change Order; order B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one of more of the following ways: (i) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEER’s approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER’s written interpretation or clarification.

3.05 Reuse of Documents

A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER’s Consultant, including electronic media editions. This prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes.

ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS

4.01 Availability of Lands

A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in OWNER’s furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.

B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic’s or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations.

C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.

D. If corporate or private property interferes with the Work, CONTRACTOR shall notify, in writing, the OWNER’s of such property, advising them of the nature of the interference and shall arrange to cooperate with them for the protection or disposition of such property. CONTRACTOR shall furnish the ENGINEER

GC - 11 of 55 with copies of such notifications and with copies of any agreements between the CONTRACTOR and the property OWNER’s concerning such protection or disposition.

E. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the protection of corporate or private property, such as walls and foundations of buildings, vaults, underground structures of public utilities, underground drainage facilities, overhead structures of public utilities, trees, shrubbery, crops, and fences contiguous to the Work, of which the Contract does not provide for removal. CONTRACTOR shall protect and carefully preserve all official survey monuments, property marks, section markers, and Geological Survey Monuments, or other similar monuments, until OWNER, or authorized Surveyor or agent has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location or relocation. CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER of the presence of any such survey or property monuments as soon as they are discovered.

F. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the damage or destruction of property of any character resulting from neglect, misconduct, or omission in its manner or method of execution or the non-execution of the work, or caused by defective work or the use of unsatisfactory materials, and such responsibility shall not be released until the work shall have been completed and accepted and the requirements of the Construction Specifications complied with.

G. Whenever public or private property is so damaged or destroyed, the CONTRACTOR shall at its own expense, restore such property to a condition equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done by repairing, rebuilding, or replacing it as may be directed, or the CONTRACTOR shall otherwise make good such damage or destruction in an acceptable manner. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, the ENGINEER may, after giving the CONTRACTOR notice in writing, proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be deemed necessary, and the cost thereof shall be deducted from any compensation due, or which may become due, the CONTRACTOR under its Contract.

4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions

A. Reports and Drawings:

1. Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and

2. Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Documents.

B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized:

CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER’s Consultants with respect to:

1. The completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or

2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or

3. Any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.

C. Potential for Hazardous Materials:

GC - 12 of 55

Work may include excavation through, and removal of, soils potentially containing undocumented asbestos- containing or other hazardous materials. Should the CONTRACTOR, while performing work under this Contract, uncover hazardous materials, as defined in federal, state and local regulations, he/she shall immediately notify the Engineer. No further disturbance of the area shall occur until the Engineer has collected and analyzed a representative sample of the suspected material. The area shall be cordoned off and covered with 6-mil polyethylene sheeting and await further directions from the Engineer.

4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions

A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either:

1. Is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or

2. Is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or

3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or

4. Is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.

B. ENGINEER’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of OWNER’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER’S findings and conclusions.

C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments

1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following:

a. Such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraph 4.03.A; and

b. With respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.08 and 11.03.

2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if:

a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or

b. The existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and Contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR’s making such final commitment; or

GC - 13 of 55

c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.03.A.

3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER’s Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.

4.04 Underground Facilities

A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the OWNER’s of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions:

1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and

2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for:

a. Reviewing and checking all such information and data,

b. Locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents.

c. Coordination of the Work with the OWNER’s of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, during construction, and

d. The safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work.

B. Not Shown or Indicated

1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A). identify the OWNER of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that OWNER and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility.

2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.

GC - 14 of 55

3. CONTRACTOR shall notify the following underground utility locating service at least three full working days prior to beginning work: Dig Safe System, Inc. 1-800-344-7233.

A list of the major public utilities servicing the work area follows. The list indicates the name and telephone number of the responsible authority of the various utilities which should be notified if conflicts or emergencies arise during the progress of the work.

Electricity – Eversource 1-800-662-7764 Natural Gas – Liberty Energy 1-603-222-3705 Water – Pennichuck Water Works 1-603-882-5191 Telephone –Fairpoint Communications 1-603-645-3500 Cable TV – Comcast 1-888-633-4266 Fire Alarm Cable – Nashua Fire Department1-603-594-3641

4. At points where the CONTRACTOR’s operations are adjacent to public and private utilities, CONTRACTOR shall not commence work until CONTRACTOR has made all arrangements necessary for the protection of utilities. 5. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate and cooperate with the OWNER’s of any underground or overhead utility lines in their removal and rearrangement operations in order that these operations may progress in a reasonable manner, that duplication of rearrangement work may be reduced to a minimum, and that services rendered by those parties will not be unnecessarily interrupted.

4.05 Reference Points

A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER’s judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel.

4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site

A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents.

B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER’s Consultants with respect to:

1. The completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or

2. Other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or

GC - 15 of 55 3. Any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information.

C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible.

D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any.

E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by CONTRACTOR, either party may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.

F. If after receipt of such written a notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER’S own forces or others in accordance with Article 7.

G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.F shall obligate CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence.

H. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.

ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE

5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds

A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract

GC - 16 of 55 Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Contract Documents.

B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent’s authority to act.

C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.01.B, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02.

5.02 Licenses Sureties and Insurers

A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverage’s so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions.

B. All Sureties and Insurance Companies shall be authorized to do business in the State of New Hampshire and shall have an A.M. Best rating of “A(FSC-VIII)” or better. In the event that the Insurer fails to maintain an A.M. Best rating “A(FSC-VIII)” or better, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately retain a Surety which does meet the above requirements.

5.03 Certificates of Insurance

A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER 10 days prior to Work, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain.

5.04 CONTRACTOR’s Liability Insurance

A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is required by OWNER which will provide protection from claims which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR’s performance of the Work and CONTRACTOR’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.

B. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.04 to be purchased and maintained shall:

1. Include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER.

2. The CONTRACTOR must maintain the following lines of coverage and policy limits for the duration of the contract. Any subcontractors used by the CONTRACTOR are subject to the same coverage and limits and is a subcontractor of the CONTRACTOR and not the OWNER. It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to update Certificates of Insurance during the term of the contract. Provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater:

General Liability

GC - 17 of 55 $1,000,000 per Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate City of Nashua Additional Insured

Motor Vehicle Liability *coverage must include all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Automobile Liability City of Nashua Additional Insured

Workers’ Compensation Coverage according to Statute of the State of New Hampshire: $100,000 / $500,000 / $100,000

All bidders and subcontractors at every tier under the bidder will fully comply with NH RSA Chapter 281- A, “Workers’ Compensation”.

It is the responsibility of the contractor to submit to the City of Nashua certificates of insurance for all subcontractors prior to the start of the project. It is the responsibility of the contractor to provide the City with updated certificates of insurance for the contractor and all subcontractors 10 days prior to the expiration of coverage. The City may, at any time, order the contractor to stop work, suspend the contract or terminate the contract for non-compliance. All subcontractors are subject to the same insurance requirements as the contractor.

3. Include completed operations insurance;

4. Include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR’s indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.07, 6.11, and 6.20;

5. Contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide);

6. Remain in effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.07; and

7. With respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims- made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter).

C. CONTRACTOR agrees to maintain all required insurance coverage throughout the entire term of the contract. If CONTRACTOR does not maintain coverage throughout the entire term of the contract, CONTRACTOR agrees that OWNER may, at any time the coverage is not maintained by CONTRACTOR, order the CONTRACTOR to stop work, suspend the contract, or terminate the contract. CONTRACTOR further agrees, if applicable, as a precondition to the performance of any work under this contract and as a precondition to any obligation of the OWNER to make any payment under this contract to provide the OWNER with a certificate of a qualified insurer.

5.05 Property Insurance

A. CONTRACTOR must purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Work. This insurance shall:

GC - 18 of 55 1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of any of them each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured;

2. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects);

3.cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that the materials and equipment have been included in an application for payment recommended by ENGINEER; and

4. allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER:

5. include testing and startup; and

6. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER with 30 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued.

B. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention. The risk of loss within the identified deductible amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser’s own expense. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions.

C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence of the policy) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days after written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07.

5.06 Waiver of Rights

A. CONTRACTOR intends that all policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured ( and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered by the policy. All CONTRACTOR policies must contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured there under. CONTRACTOR waive all rights against OWNER each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused.

GC - 19 of 55 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

6.01 Supervision and Superintendence

A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.

B. At all times during the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superintendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR’s representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on CONTRACTOR.

6.02 Labor; Working Hours

A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site.

B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.

C. The following list of streets may not be opened or worked in between the hours of 7:00 AM and 9:00 AM and 3:00 PM and 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday of each week:

Broad Street East Hollis Street Concord Street Amherst Street D. W. Highway Kinsley Street East Dunstable Road Main Street

6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment

A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work.

GC - 20 of 55 B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.

6.04 Progress Schedule

A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.

1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto.

2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12.

6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals”

A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circumstances described below.

1. “Or-Equal” Items:

If in ENGINEER’S sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an “or-equal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER’s sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:

a. In the exercise of reasonable judgment ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, and;

b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will conform substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents.

2. Substitute Items

a. If in ENGINEER’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an “or-equal” item under paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item.

GC - 21 of 55 b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefore. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR.

c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be as set forth in paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances.

d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish or use. The application shall certify that the proposed substitute item will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified, and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR’s achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and whether or not incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified will be identified in the application, and available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services will be indicated. The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute item. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item.

B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures:: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.05.A.2.

C. Engineer’s Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until ENGINEER’s review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop drawing for an “or equal”. ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative determination.

D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute.

E. ENGINEER’s Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER’s Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER’s Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute.

F. CONTRACTOR’s Expense: CONTRACTOR shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or “or-equal” at CONTRACTOR’s expense.

GC - 22 of 55 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others

A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.

B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER’s acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective work.

C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.

D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR.

E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR.

F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade.

G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same.

GC - 23 of 55 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties

A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents.

6.08 Permits

A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility Owner’s for capital costs related thereto, such as plant investment fees.

6.09 Laws and Regulations

A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations.

B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR’s primary responsibility to make certain the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR’s obligations under paragraph 3.03.

C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.

D. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all local laws, ordinances, and statutes, all provisions of the Revised Statutes Annotated, all provisions of the federal Davis-Bacon Act for projects with federal funding, and all regulations promulgated under either statute. Copies of the "City of Nashua Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works", as determined by U.S. Department of Labor and "General Wage Determinations," as determined by the U.S. Department of Labor, are available for inspection at the City of Nashua Division of Public Works, 9 Riverside Street, Nashua, New Hampshire. If the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act apply, all employees of the CONTRACTOR must be paid not less than the wage which is the greater of the

GC - 24 of 55 Federal wage determinations. The hourly and daily rate of wages to be paid each class of mechanics and workers must be posted on the project site in a place generally visible to the employees.

E. If the Davis-Bacon Act applies, CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the OWNER within seven days after payment date of the weekly payroll period, a statement of wages paid for each of the CONTRACTOR’s employees or a payroll report. If the Davis-Bacon Act applies, CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the OWNER within seven days after payment date of the weekly payroll period, a statement of wages paid for each of any subcontractor's employees or a payroll report for each subcontractor. The statement or report must include the CONTRACTOR’s certification of compliance with the requirements of the supplementary condition. CONTRACTOR agrees that failure to comply with the portion of this supplementary condition requiring CONTRACTOR to furnish a certified statement of wages or payroll report will, in addition to any other retention allowed under this contract or under state or federal law, allow the OWNER to unilaterally, without notice to CONTRACTOR, retain an amount of up to 10% from each progress payment until the OWNER determines CONTRACTOR has complied with the provisions of this supplementary condition.

F. If the Davis-Bacon Act applies to work to be performed under this contract, CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the OWNER within seven days after payment date of the weekly payroll period, a statement of wages paid for each of CONTRACTOR’s employees and for each of any subcontractor's employees or a payroll report from CONTRACTOR and from each subcontractor. Each statement or report must include the certification by CONTRACTOR of compliance with the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act.

G. Workers’ Compensation Coverage.

1. CONTRACTOR agrees as a precondition to the performance of any work under this contract and as a precondition to any obligation of the OWNER to make any payment under this contract to provide the OWNER with a certificate of a qualified insurer. CONTRACTOR agrees that notice of any lapse in coverage or nonpayment of coverage that the CONTRACTOR is required to maintain should be mailed to:

Risk Management City of Nashua 229 Main Street Nashua, NH 03060

2. CONTRACTOR agrees to maintain required workers’ compensation coverage throughout the entire term of the contract. If CONTRACTOR does not maintain coverage throughout the entire term of the contract, CONTRACTOR agrees that OWNER may, at any time the coverage is not maintained by CONTRACTOR, order the CONTRACTOR to stop work, suspend the contract, or terminate the contract. For each six-month period this contract is in effect, CONTRACTOR agrees, prior to the expiration of the six-month period, to provide another written request to its insurer for the provision of a certificate and notice of lapse in or nonpayment of coverage. If CONTRACTOR does not make the request or does not provide the certificate before the expiration of the six-month period, CONTRACTOR agrees that OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop work, suspend the contract, or terminate the contract.

H. To be deemed a responsive bid, the list of subcontractor form must be submitted even if no subcontractors are required to be listed. Submittal is as follows:

1. Each bid submitted to any officer, department, board or commission for the construction of any public work or improvement must include:

a. The name of each subcontractor who will provide labor or a portion of the work or improvement to the CONTRACTOR for which he will be paid an amount exceeding 5 percent of the prime CONTRACTOR’s total bid. Within 2 hours after the completion of the opening of the bids, the general contractors who submitted the three lowest bids must submit a list of the name of each subcontractor who will provide labor or a portion of the work or improvement to the CONTRACTOR for which he will be paid an amount exceeding 1 percent of the prime

GC - 25 of 55 CONTRACTOR’s total bid or $50,000, whichever is greater, and the number of the license issued to the subcontractor. If a general CONTRACTOR fails to submit such a list within the required time, his bid shall be deemed not responsive.

b. A description of the portion of the work or improvement which each subcontractor named in the bid will complete.

2. The CONTRACTOR shall list in his bid the name of a subcontractor for each portion of the project that will be completed by a subcontractor.

3. A CONTRACTOR whose bid is accepted shall not substitute any person for a subcontractor who is named in the bid, unless:

a. The awarding authority objects to the subcontractor, requests in writing a change in the subcontractor and pays any increase in costs resulting from the change; or

b. The substitution is approved by the awarding authority and:

(i) The subcontractor, after having a reasonable opportunity, fails or refuses to execute a written contract with the CONTRACTOR which was offered to the subcontractor with the same terms that all other subcontractors on the project were offered;

(ii) The named subcontractor files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent; or

(iii) The named subcontractor fails or refuses to perform his subcontract within a reasonable time or is unable to furnish a performance bond and payment bond.

I. If blasting or use of explosives is necessary for prosecution of Work, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the ENGINEER with a blasting plan in compliance with OSHA, State, and local regulations, laws, ordinances, and requirements. CONTRACTOR shall exercise the utmost care not to endanger life or property. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives. CONTRACTOR shall notify each property OWNER and utility company having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of its intentions to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the utility companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury.

6.10 Taxes

A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work

6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas

A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas

1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the OWNER or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work.

2. Should any claim be made by any such OWNER or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law.

GC - 26 of 55 B. Removal of Debris During performance of the Work:

During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.

C. Cleaning:

Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.

D. Loading Structures:

CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.

E. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER’s Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such OWNER or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR’s performance of the Work.

6.12 Record Documents

A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER.

B CONTRACTOR shall mark up one set of paper prints to show the As-built conditions. They shall include all the information shown on the Contract Drawings and a record of all deviations, modifications, or changes from those Drawings, however minor, which were incorporated in the Work, all additional work not appearing on the Contract Drawings and all changes which are made after final inspection of the Contract Work. These As-built marked prints shall be kept current and available on the job site at all times. All changes from the Contract Drawings which are made in the Work or additional information which might be uncovered in the course of construction shall be accurately and neatly recorded as they occur by means of details and notes. No construction work shall be concealed until it has been inspected, approved, and recorded. The As-built marked prints will be jointly inspected for accuracy and completeness by the ENGINEER'S representative and a responsible representative of the CONTRACTOR prior to submission of the monthly pay estimate. Failure to keep the As-built marked prints on a current basis shall be sufficient justification to suspend pay estimates. The drawings shall show the following information, but not be limited to:

1. The location of any utility lines or other installations of any kind or description known to exist within the construction area. The location includes dimensions of permanent features.

2. The location and identification of all surface installations within 100 feet of the construction work.

GC - 27 of 55 3. The location and dimensions of any changes within the building or structure.

4. Correct grade or alignment of roads, structures, or utilities if any changes were made from Contract Drawings.

5. Correct elevations if changes were made in site grading.

6. Changes in details or design or additional information obtained from working drawings specified to be prepared or furnished by the CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fabrication, erection, installation plans and placing details, pipe sizes, insulation material, dimensions or equipment foundations, etc.

7. The topography and grades of all drainage installed or affected as a part of the Work.

8. All changes or modifications which result from the final inspection.

The As-built marked prints shall be delivered to the ENGINEER at the time of final inspection for ENGINEER's review and approval. All approval and acceptance of As-built drawings shall be accomplished before final payment is made to the CONTRACTOR.

6.13 Safety and Protection

A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

1. All persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;

2. All the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and

3. Other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.

B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility Owner’s when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER’S Consultant, or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion).

C. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: CONTRACTOR's methods of construction and safety requirements, including but not limited to trench excavation and shoring where applicable, shall conform to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry. The document entitled "Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry" (29 CFR PART

GC - 28 of 55 1926) with Amendments as of February 1, 1998, including 29 CFR part 1910 General Industry Safety and Health Standards Applicable to Construction, is not attached to the Contract Documents. Said requirements as identified and established above are incorporated herein by reference.

D. Power Lines: No equipment of any kind shall be used or permitted within such proximity to the conductors of the Public Services of New Hampshire power lines as to be in violation of the safe working clearance prescribed by the National Electrical Safety Code.

E. Protection of Utilities: The CONTRACTOR shall verify all utility locations prior to the start of construction. This shall include, but not necessarily limited to: irrigation and drainage ditches, culverts, water lines, sewer lines, telephone cables, cable television, gas lines and electric lines. Prior to the start of construction the CONTRACTOR shall call Dig Safe System, Inc. 1-800-344-7233 (two full working days’ notice required). The failure of any utility to subscribe to DIGS shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from the responsibility of protection of that utility on the site. Any physical structure (i.e. curbs, sidewalks, paving, buildings, landscape improvements, utilities, etc., damaged by the CONTRACTOR shall be repaired or replaced in a condition equal to or better than the condition prior to the damage. Such repair or replacement shall be accomplished at the CONTRACTOR’s expense without additional compensation from the OWNER.

F. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that its activities and activities of its employees, agents and subcontractors, and their employees and agents (including all sub-subcontractors), are in strict compliance with all Environmental Protection Agency, New Hampshire Department of Environmental Services, and Department of Transportation regulations and all other applicable federal, state and local statutes, ordinances, regulations and rules, including without limitation, the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) as amended and the standards and regulations issued thereunder, and all other statutes, ordinances, regulations, rules, standards and requirements of common law in relation to industrial hygiene and safety, and the protection of health and the environment.

6.14 Safety Representative

A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Work Site is subject to safety inspection by the City Safety Representative at any and all times.

6.15 Hazard Communication Programs

A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations.

6.16 Emergencies

A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, Change Order will be issued.

6.17 Shop drawings and Samples

A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials, and equipment

GC - 29 of 55 CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E.

B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications.

C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR.

D. Submittal Procedures

1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified:

a. All field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto;

b. All materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work;

c. All information relative to means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and

d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents.

2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR’s review and approval of that submittal.

3. At the time of each submittal, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation.

E. ENGINEER’s Review

1. ENGINEER will timely review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.

2.ENGINEER’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.

GC - 30 of 55 3. ENGINEER’s review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER’s attention to each such variation at the time of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17.D.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.17.D.1.

F. Resubmittal Procedures

1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals.

6.18 Continuing the Work

A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing.

6.19 CONTRACTOR’s General Warranty and Guarantee

A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER’s Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:

1. Abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or

2. Normal wear and tear under normal usage.

B. CONTRACTOR’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:

1. Observations by ENGINEER;

2. Recommendation by ENGINEER or payment by OWNER OF ANY PROGRESS OR FINAL PAYMENT;

3. The issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related thereof by OWNER;

4. Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER;

5. Any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so;

6. Any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by ENGINEER;

7. Any inspection, test, or approval by others; or

8. Any correction of defective Work by OWNER.

GC - 31 of 55

6.20 Indemnification

A. Regardless of the coverage provided by any insurance, Contractor agrees to indemnify and shall defend and hold harmless the City, its agents, officials, employees and authorized representatives and their employees from and against any and all suits, causes of action, legal or administrative proceedings, arbitrations, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, interest, attorneys' fees, costs and expenses of any kind or nature in any manner caused, occasioned, or contributed to in whole or in part by reason of any negligent act, omission, or fault or willful misconduct, whether active or passive, of Contractor or of anyone acting under its direction or control or on its behalf in connection with or incidental to the performance of this contract. Contractor's indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations, or portions thereof, shall not apply to liability caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the party indemnified or held harmless.

B. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER, agents, officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity.

C. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER’s Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them arising out of: The preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications.

ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK

7.01 Related Work at Site A. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by OWNER’s employees, or let other direct contracts therefore, or have other work performed by utility Owner’s. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then:

1. Written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work; and

2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.

B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility OWNER (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with OWNER’s employees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility OWNERs and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility OWNERs and other contractors.

C. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for

GC - 32 of 55 the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR’s Work. CONTRACTOR’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work.

7.02 Coordination

A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:

1. The individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified;

2. The specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and

3. The extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided.

B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination.

ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER.

8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER

A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER.

8.03 Furnish Data

A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents.

8.04 Pay Promptly When Due

A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.02.C and 14.07.C.

8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests

A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents.

8.06 Insurance

See Article 5.

8.07 Change Orders

A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.03.

GC - 33 of 55

8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals

A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspections tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.03.B.

8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities

A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, of the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition

A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph 4.06

8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements

A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions.

ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

9.01 OWNER’s Representative A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER.

9.02 Visits to Site

A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work.

B. ENGINEER's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.10, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.

9.03 Project Representative

GC - 34 of 55 A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereof of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the supplementary Conditions.

9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations

A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a written clarification or interpretation, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.

9.05 Authorized Variations in Work

A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.

9.06 Rejecting Defective Work

A ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.

9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments

A. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17.

B. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to change orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.

C. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14.

9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work

A ENGINEER will have authority to determine the actual quantities and classifications of items of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR, and the written decisions of ENGINEER on such matters will be final, binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR and not subject to appeal (except as modified by ENGINEER to reflect changed factual conditions).

9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work

A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work there under. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the

GC - 35 of 55 Work, the quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a formal decision.

B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this paragraph 9.09, ENGINEER will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9.09 with respect to any such Claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.07) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter.

9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities

A. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.

B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work.

D. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates or inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.

E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants.

ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS

10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work

A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Written Amendment or a Change Order. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided).

B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Change Order, a Claim may be made therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.

10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work

GC - 36 of 55 A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.B.

10.03 Execution of Change Orders

A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering:

1. Changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.08.A or OWNER's correction of defective Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;

2. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Change Order ; and

3. Changes in the Contract Price and Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18.A.

10.04 Notification to Surety

A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility. The amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change.

10.05 Disputes – Not Insurance Related

A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 10 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER, Risk Management Department and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event. A dispute for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions in paragraph 12.01.B. A dispute for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.02.B. Each dispute shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment disputed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time).

B. ENGINEER'S Decision: ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. ENGINEER's written decision on such dispute, or other matter will be final and binding upon CONTRACTOR unless:

1. An appeal from ENGINEER'S decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Article 16; or

2. If no such dispute resolution procedures have been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such decision, and a formal proceeding is instituted by the

GC - 37 of 55 appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction within 60 days after the date of such decision or within 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later (unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have the respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations.

C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in writing within the time stated in paragraph 10.05.B, a decision denying the dispute in its entirety shall be deemed to have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the submittal of the opposing party, if any.

D. No dispute for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10.05.

ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK

11.01 Cost of the Work

A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.01.B.

1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without limitation superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs of employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER.

2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained.

3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER, who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this paragraph 11.01.

4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work.

5. Supplemental costs including the following:

GC - 38 of 55 a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.

b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR.

c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.

6. Rental rates shall be determined as follows:

a. The base rates shall be those established in publications and revisions thereto entitled “Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment” or the “Rental Rate Blue Book for Older Construction Equipment” as published by K-III, 1735 Technology Drive, Suite 401, San Jose, CA 95110-1313, Phone (408) 467-6700.

b. Attachments (e.g. tractor with ripper and dozer or tractor with loader and backhoe) will be included in the hourly rental rate only when deemed essential to the work as determined the Engineer. When multiple attachments are approved for use and are being used interchangeably, the attachment having the higher rental rate shall be the only one included for payment.

c. No direct payment will be made for necessary accessories (including replenishing blades, augers, teeth, hoses, bits, etc.) if not listed in the Rental Rate Blue Book.

d. No compensation will be allowed for shop tools having a daily rental rate of less than $10 as set forth in Section 18 of the Rental Rate Blue Book.

i.If ordered to use equipment not listed in the aforementioned publications, the Engineer will establish a rental rate for such equipment. CONTRACTOR shall furnish cost data that might assist in the establishment of such rental rate.

ii. Payment will be made for the actual time that such equipment is in operation on the work.

iii.Authorized standby time for idle equipment shall be paid at 50% of the specified rate, less the estimated operating cost per hour. No markup will be added for overhead and profit.

iv.Rental rate paid as above provided shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance and all incidentals. CONTRACTOR shall provide the Engineer with a complete Force Account Equipment Listing for each piece of equipment utilized.

e. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations.

f. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses.

g. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance of the

GC - 39 of 55 Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee.

h. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.

i. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.

j. When the Cost of the Work is used to determine the value of a Change Order or of a Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of the changes in the Work or caused by the event giving rise to the Claim

k. When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain.

B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items:

1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee.

2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR’s office at the Site.

3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expense, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.

4. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property.

5. Other overheard or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B.

C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR’s fee shall be determined as set forth in paragraph 12.01.C.

D. Documentation: Whenever the cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.01.A. and 11.01.B, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to ENGINEER as itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.

11.02 Cash Allowances

GC - 40 of 55 A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that:

1. The allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and

2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.

B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted.

11.03 Unit Price Work

A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of the Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER subjects to the provisions of paragraph 9.08

B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item.

ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES

12.01 Change of Contract Price

A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05.

B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows:

1. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03); or

2. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 12.01.C.2); or

3. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents an agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraph 11.01) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 12.01.C).

GC - 41 of 55 C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: The CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows:

1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or

2. If a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work:

a. For costs incurred under paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be 15 percent;

b. For costs incurred under paragraph 11.01.A.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five percent;

c. Where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraph 12.01.C.2.a. is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor;

d. No fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, and 11.01.B;

e. The amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and

f. When both addition and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e inclusive.

12.02 Change of Contract Times

A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05.

B. Any adjustment of the contract Times (or Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12.

12.03 Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's Control

A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefore as provided in paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God.

12.04 Delays within CONTRACTOR's Control

A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be extended due to delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR.

GC - 42 of 55 12.05 Delays beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control

A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay.

12.06 Delay Damages

A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from:

1. Delays caused by or within the control of CONTRACTOR; or

2. Delays beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fires, flood, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7.

B. Nothing in this paragraph 12.06 bars a change in Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference, or disruption directly attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or anyone from whom OWNER is responsible.

ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK

13.01 Notice of Defects

A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.

13.02 Access to Work

A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interest will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.

13.03 Tests and Inspections

A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.

B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except:

1. For inspections, tests, or approvals covered by paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D below;

2. That costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.04.B; and

3. As otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.

GC - 43 of 55 4. That costs incurred by OWNER due to retesting, re-inspection, or standby time due to unacceptable materials, or workmanship provided by the CONTRACTOR, or due to poor scheduling by the CONTRACTOR of tests of inspections, will be deducted from the payments to the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall stop work as necessary to allow for inspections and tests by OWNER and ENGINEER.

C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection or approval.

D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER'S and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER.

E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation.

F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.

G. The OWNER intends to provide inspection for the project. The inspector will be available during a forty (40) hour period during the week from Monday through Friday. In the event the CONTRACTOR receives permission from the OWNER and elects to work more than forty hours during the week or more than 10 hours in one day, or on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all inspection, engineering and testing costs incurred during that period. For all inspection and testing work performed on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, the minimum chargeable time shall be four (4) hours. The OWNER reserves the right to deduct these inspection, engineering, and testing costs directly from the CONTRACTOR’S payments.

13.04 Uncovering Work

A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR’S expense.

B. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05.

GC - 44 of 55

13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work

A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause of such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them.

13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work

A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).

13.07 Correction Period

A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for CONTRACTOR's use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii) correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting there from. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR.

B. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment.

C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting there from) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed.

D. CONTRACTOR's obligations under this paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.

13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work

GC - 45 of 55 A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.

13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work

A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.06.A, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency.

B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other contractors, and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph.

C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CONTRACTOR, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, OWNER may make a Claim therefore as provided in paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work.

D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09.

ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION

14.01 Schedule of Values

A. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.01.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed.

14.02 Progress Payment

A. Review of Applications.

GC - 46 of 55 1. Prior to submittal of Application for Payment to OWNER (but not more often than once a month), the CONTRACTOR shall submit the monthly progress estimate to the ENGINEER for review and approval.

2. ENGINEER will, within 10 working days after receipt of each progress estimate, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment or indicate in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment and return the progress estimate to CONTRACTOR. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.

3. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in a progress estimate will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying date and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief:

a. The Work has progressed to the point indicated;

b. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.08 and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and

c. The conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appears to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work.

4. By recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents; or (ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.

5. Neither ENGINEER's review of CONTRACTOR's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Additionally, said review or recommendation will not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens.

6. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.02.B.2. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because:

a. The Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement;

b. The Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Orders;

c. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.09; or

GC - 47 of 55

d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraph 15.02.A.

B. Applications for Payments.

1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to OWNER the ENGINEER recommended Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to OWNER. Any request for partial or final payment shall specifically list the work completed. To facilitate the proper and timely payment of applications, the OWNER requires that all applications must reference a valid PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER, as submitted to CONTRACTOR under the Notice to Proceed, be in original format; OWNER will not authorize payments from carbon or Xerox copies, and mailed directly to the following address:

City of Nashua Accounts Payable PO Box 2019 Nashua, NH 03061-2019 Attn: Division of Public Works

2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment.

3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be stipulated in the Agreement.

C. Payment Becomes Due

1. Not more than 30 days after presentation of the application for payment to OWNER with ENGINEER’s recommendation, the amount recommended will become due, and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.

D. Reduction in Payment.

1. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because:

a. Claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the Work;

b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens;

c. There are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended; or

d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or paragraph 15.02.A.

GC - 48 of 55 2. If OWNER refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action.

3. If it is subsequently determined that OWNER's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by paragraph 14.02.C.1.

14.03 CONTRACTOR’S Warranty of Title

A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens.

14.04 Substantial Completion

A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefore. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefore. If after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment.

B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list.

14.05 Partial Utilization

A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following conditions.

GC - 49 of 55

1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.

2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance.

14.06 Final Inspection

A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.

14.07 Final Payment

A. Application for Payment

1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments.

2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.04.B.7; (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work.

3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any lien. B. Review of Application and Acceptance

1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final Application of Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to OWNER for payment. At the

GC - 50 of 55 same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment.

C. Payment Becomes Due

1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and, when due, will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.

14.08 Final Completion Delayed

A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims.

14.09 Waiver of Claims

A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:

1. A waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing which are still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION

15.01 Termination, Abandonment, or Suspension at Will

The OWNER, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to terminate, abandon, or suspend all or part of the project and contract at will. If the OWNER chooses to terminate, abandon, or suspend all or part of the project, it shall provide CONTRACTOR 10 day’s written notice of its intent to do so.

If all or part of the project is suspended for more than 90 days, the suspension shall be treated as a termination at will of all or part of the project and contract.

Upon receipt of notice of termination, abandonment, or suspension at will, CONTRACTOR shall:

1. Immediately discontinue work on the date and to the extent specified in the notice.

2. Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities, other than as may be necessary or required for completion of such portion of work under the contract that is not terminated.

3. Immediately make every reasonable effort to obtain cancellation upon terms satisfactory to the OWNER of all orders or subcontracts to the extent they relate to the performance of work terminated, abandoned, or suspended under the notice, assign to the OWNER any orders or subcontracts specified in the notice, and revoke agreements specified in the notice.

4. Not resume work after the effective date of a notice of suspension until receipt of a written notice from the OWNER to resume performance.

GC - 51 of 55 In the event of a termination, abandonment, or suspension at will, CONTRACTOR shall receive all amounts due and not previously paid to CONTRACTOR for work satisfactorily completed in accordance with the contract prior to the date of the notice and compensation for work thereafter completed as specified in the notice. No amount shall be allowed or paid for anticipated profit on unperformed services or other unperformed work.

15.02 Termination for Cause

This agreement may be terminated by the OWNER on 10 calendar day’s written notice to CONTRACTOR in the event of a failure by CONTRACTOR to adhere to any or all the terms and conditions of the contract or for failure to satisfactorily, in the sole opinion of the OWNER, to complete or make sufficient progress on the work in a timely and professional manner. CONTRACTOR shall be given an opportunity for consultation with the OWNER prior to the effective date of the termination. CONTRACTOR may terminate the contract on 10 calendar days written notice if, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, the OWNER fails to pay CONTRACTOR for 45 days after the date of approval by the OWNER of any Application for Payment.

Upon receipt of notice of termination for cause, CONTRACTOR shall:

1. Immediately discontinue work on the date and to the extent specified in the notice. 2. Provide the OWNER with a list of all unperformed services. 3. Place no further orders or sub-contracts for materials, services, or facilities, other than as may be necessary or required for completion of such portion of work under the contract that is not terminated. 4. Immediately make every reasonable effort to obtain cancellation upon terms satisfactory to the OWNER of all orders or sub contracts to the extent they relate to the performance of work terminated, abandoned, or suspended under the notice, assign to the OWNER any orders or sub contracts specified in the notice, and revoke agreements specified in the notice. 5. Not resume work after the effective date of a notice of termination unless and until receipt of a written notice from the OWNER to resume performance.

In the event of a termination for cause, CONTRACTOR shall receive all amounts due and not previously paid to CONTRACTOR for work satisfactorily completed in accordance with the contract prior to the date of the notice, less all previous payments. No amount shall be allowed or paid for anticipated profit on unperformed services or other unperformed work. Any such payment may be adjusted to the extent of any additional costs occasioned to the OWNER by reasons of CONTRACTOR's failure. CONTRACTOR shall not be relieved of liability to the OWNER for damages sustained from the failure, and the OWNER may withhold any payment to the CONTRACTOR until such time as the exact amount of damages due to the OWNER is determined. All claims for payment by the CONTRACTOR must be submitted to the OWNER within 30 days of the effective date of the notice of termination.

If after termination for the failure of CONTRACTOR to adhere to any of the terms and conditions of the contract or for failure to satisfactorily, in the sole opinion of the OWNER, to complete or make sufficient progress on the work in a timely and professional manner, it is determined that CONTRACTOR had not so failed, the termination shall be deemed to have been a termination at will. In that event, the OWNER shall, if necessary, make an adjustment in the compensation paid to CONTRACTOR such that CONTRACTOR receives total compensation in the same amount as it would have received in the event of a termination-at- will.

15.03 General Provisions for Termination

Upon termination of the contract, the OWNER may take over the work and prosecute it to completion by agreement with another party or otherwise. In the event CONTRACTOR shall cease conducting business, the OWNER shall have the right to solicit applications for employment from any employee of the CONTRACTOR assigned to the performance of the contract.

GC - 52 of 55 Neither party shall be considered in default of the performance of its obligations hereunder to the extent that performance of such obligations is prevented or delayed by any cause, existing or future, which is beyond the reasonable control of such party. Delays arising from the actions or inactions of one or more of CONTRACTOR's principals, officers, employees, agents, subcontractors, consultants, vendors, or suppliers are expressly recognized to be within CONTRACTOR's control.

ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION

16.01 Methods and Procedures

A. The parties shall attempt to resolve any dispute related to this contract as follows. Either party shall provide to the other party, in writing and with full documentation to verify and substantiate its decision, its stated position concerning the dispute. No dispute shall be considered submitted and no dispute shall be valid under this provision unless and until the submitting party has delivered the written statement of its position and full documentation to the other party. The parties shall then attempt to resolve the dispute through good faith efforts and negotiation between the OWNER Representative and a CONTRACTOR Representative. At all times, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the work under this contract and maintain and complete work in accordance with the requirements of the contract or determination or direction of the OWNER. If the parties are unable to resolve their dispute as described above within 30 days, the parties may request that the dispute be submitted to the Board of Public Works for resolution. If the parties are dissatisfied with the decision of the Board of Public Works, the parties’ reserve the right to pursue any available legal and/or equitable remedies for any breaches of this contract except as that right may be limited by the terms of this contract. ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS

17.01 Giving Notice

A. Whenever any provision of the Contact Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice.

17.02 Computation of Times

A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation.

17.03 Cumulative Remedies

A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation or, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws and Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply.

17.04 Survival of Obligations

A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and an acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Agreement.

17.05 Controlling Law

GC - 53 of 55 A. This contract shall be governed exclusively by the laws of the State of New Hampshire and any claim or action brought relating to this contract, the work performed or contracted to be performed thereunder, or referable in anyway thereto shall be brought in Hillsborough County (New Hampshire) Superior Court Southern Judicial District or in the New Hampshire 9th Circuit Court—Nashua and not elsewhere

17.06 Access to Records

A. At all times during regular business hours, CONTRACTOR shall provide full and free access to the OWNER, ENGINEER, and State of New Hampshire to any books, documents, papers, and records related to the work for the purpose of examination, audit, and duplication. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all required accounts, records, and books for three years after final completion of the work.

17.07 Road Closures and Traffic Delays

A. Partial or full closure of streets in order to facilitate construction will be permitted, or required by the Engineer in accordance with the following:

1. If the CONTRACTOR proposes a closure, the CONTRACTOR notifies the OWNER in writing at least 5 days prior to the proposed closure of his intent to close the road.

2. At least 5 days prior to the proposed closure, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a detour traffic plan for each location being detoured. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall install standard traffic control devices in accordance with the Detour Signage plan provided in the bid documents and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD.)

4. The detour signage shall be covered when the road closure is not in effect.

B. CONTRACTOR shall notify the following agencies of any traffic delays or road closures three days in advance of the work:

Nashua Police Department: (603) 594-3500 Nashua Fire Department: (603) 594-3652 School Bus Garage: (603) 594-4300 Nashua Solid Waste Department (603) 589-3410 Nashua Building Department (603) 589-3080

17.08 Prohibited Interests

A. CONTRACTOR shall not allow any officer or employee of the OWNER to have any indirect or direct interest in this contract or the proceeds of this contract CONTRACTOR warrants that no officer or employee of the OWNER has any direct or indirect interest, whether contractual, noncontractual, financial or otherwise, in this contract or in the business of CONTRACTOR. If any such interest comes to the attention of CONTRACTOR at any time, a full and complete disclosure of the interest shall be immediately made in writing to the OWNER. CONTRACTOR also warrants that it presently has no interest and that it will not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of services required to be performed under this contract. CONTRACTOR further warrants that no person having such an interest shall be employed in the performance of this contract. If OWNER determines that a conflict exists and was not disclosed to the OWNER, it may terminate the contract at will or for cause in accordance with Article 15.02.

B. In the event Contractor (or any of its officers, partners, principals, or employees acting with its authority) is convicted of a crime involving a public official arising out or in connection with the procurement of work to be done or payments to be made under this contract, City may terminate the contract at will or for cause in accordance with paragraph 9. Upon termination, Contractor shall refund to the City any profits realized under this contract, and Contractor shall be liable to the City for any costs incurred by the City in completing

GC - 54 of 55 the work described in this contract. At the discretion of the City, these sanctions shall also be applicable to any such conviction obtained after the expiration or completion of the contract.

C. Contractor warrants that no gratuities (including, but not limited to, entertainment or gifts) were offered or given by Contractor to any officer or employee of the City with a view toward securing a contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending or making of any determinations with respect to the performance of this contract. If City determines that such gratuities were or offered or given, it may terminate the contract at will or for cause in accordance with Article 15.02.

D. The rights and remedies of this section shall in no way be considered for be construed as a waiver of any other rights or remedies available to the City under this contract or at law.

GC - 55 of 55 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS

SC-2.06B Subcontractor’s Pre-Construction Meetings

Each Individual Subcontractor will be required to attend a Pre-Construction Meeting to discuss technical, safety, schedule and other issues. Each meeting shall be attended by the Subcontractor’s responsible person in charge for the work and by the contractor’s superintendent.

ARTICLE 6 -- CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY

SC-6.01C Supervision and Superintendence

Machine operators, including operators of paving machines, will not be considered Superintendents. The Superintendent is expected to attend regularly scheduled progress meetings.

SC-6.02C Labor; Working Hours

Normal working hours shall be used on this contract, except as stated below. Hours shall be from 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM Monday through Friday. No weekend, holiday or night work allowed without expressed written approval of the City Engineer.

The following streets, in addition to the streets listed in GC-6.02C, may not be opened or worked in between the hours of 7:00 AM and 9:00 AM and 3:00 PM and 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday of each week:

ARTICLE 17 -- MISCELLANEOUS

SC-17.09 Coordination with other parties:

Contractor is expected to work with the City to address minor drainage issues in existing roadways. Resolution to drainage issue can entail shimming, milling, and/or modifications to proposed road treatment.

SC - 1 of 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SC-17.10 Cooperation with refuse pickup:

The contractor shall determine the schedule for trash pickup by contacting The City of Nashua Solid Waste Department. The contractor shall cooperate and make arrangements to insure that trash pick up is not delayed or obstructed in any way. This may involve the contractor bring trash barrels to the front or backside of the work area for pickup by the Solid Waste Department and then returning the barrels back to each house.

SC - 2 of 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 01 56 26

TEMPORARY FENCING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to install and remove temporary construction fencing.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 32 01 93 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. Commonwealth of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. None

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONSTRUCTION FENCE

A. Construction fencing for use at perimeter of work area shall be equal to commonly available rent-a-fence products. Fencing shall be panels of chain link fence in new or near-new condition. Fabric shall be uniform, square mesh diagonal pattern measuring approximately 2 inches on its parallel sides. Provide standard 12-foot panel sections, 8 foot height, with vertical and horizontal cross bars. Panels shall be free standing. Provide weights as required to prevent wind blown failure. Panels shall be connected with approved corrosion resistant wire, ties, or similar attachment system.

B. Construction gates shall be fabricated using welded construction or heavy pressed steel or malleable corner fitting securely riveted. Gates shall be properly braced and diagonally

TEMPORARY FENCING 01 56 26 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

trussed to eliminate any possible sagging. Hinges shall be of sufficient strength and design to permit easy and trouble free operation. All double swing gates shall be equipped with a positive type-latching device with padlock fitting.

2.2 TREE PROTECTION FENCING

A. Tree protection fencing shall be equal to the following:

1. New 4 foot height, high density polyethylene laminar netting. Mesh dimensions shall be 3-3/4 inches x 2 inches with 1/2 inch strands. Fabric color shall be safety orange. 2. Stakes for fencing shall be 6 foot long metal drive stakes, commonly used to support fencing. Attachment shall be by wiring netting to drive stakes at three points at each drive stake, equal distance from ground to top. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, height of fencing shall be 4 feet.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION - GENERAL

A. The purpose of construction fencing is to protect the public health, safety and welfare. The Contract Documents identify the general location of construction fencing. The Contractor shall be responsible for installation of all fencing in locations indicated on the Contract Documents and all other locations where public health, safety and welfare is potentially or actually threatened. Contractor assumes all responsibility and liability for protecting public health, safety and welfare.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION FENCING

A. Install temporary fencing in locations shown on the Contract Documents and as directed by the Landscape Architect.

B. Install all construction fencing, protection fencing and tree protection fencing prior to the start of any site preparation activities, including clearing and grubbing, earthwork, or similar operations.

C. Construct and maintain fences around exposed excavations until such excavations have been completely filled.

3.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES

A. Existing structures and utilities shall be suitably protected from damage, including but not limited to existing pavements and curbs, site walls, lighting, fencing, concrete vault, manholes, and utility lines.

END OF SECTION

TEMPORARY FENCING 01 56 26 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 02 41 13

SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. All Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, equipment, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:

1. Protection of existing structures and utilities 2. Removal and disposal of pavement 3. Demolish and alter existing items as indicated on the drawings, specified and as directed by the Client. 4. Salvage, stockpile on site, and reuse materials 5. Removal and disposal of materials 6. Final cleanup

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 2. Section 32 01 93 TREE & PLANT PROTECTION

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: As needed.

B. Product Data:

1. Construction Fencing

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Do not interfere with use of adjacent buildings or facilities. Maintain free and safe passage to and from adjacent buildings and facilities or both and between them and the Public ways.

B. Cease operations and notify the Client immediately if safety of adjacent structures, workers, or the general public appears to be endangered. Take precautions to properly support structures and protect workers and general public. Do not resume operations until safety is restored.

SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13-1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. Prevent movement, settlement or collapse of adjacent services, sidewalks, driveways and trees. Assume liability for such movement, settlement, or collapse. Promptly repair damage at no cost to the Client.

D. Do not close or obstruct roadways without permission of the Client.

E. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public roadways. Coordinate with local and state officials, police, and emergency agencies regarding all operations on public roadways.

F. Demolish and remove existing construction, utilities, equipment, and appurtenances without damaging integrity of existing structures, equipment, and appurtenances that are to remain.

G. Store equipment to be salvaged for relocation where directed by the Client, and if necessary, protect from damage during work.

H. Repair or remove items that are damaged. Repair and install damaged items at no additional compensation and to condition at least equal to that which existed prior to start of work.

I. Exercise all precautions for fire prevention. Make acceptable fire extinguishers available at all times in areas where demolition work by burning torches is being done. Do not burn demolition debris on or near site.

J. Protect persons and property throughout progress of work. Proceed in such manner as to minimize spread of dust and flying particles and to provide safe working conditions for personnel.

K. Maintain circulation of traffic within area at all times during demolition operations.

L. Obtain permission from the Client before abandoning or removing any existing structures, materials, equipment and appurtenances.

M. Make arrangements with and perform work required by utility companies and municipal departments for discontinuance or interruption of utility services due to demolition work.

1.7 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section:

1. Commonwealth of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD): Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONSTRUCTION FENCE

A. Fencing shall be equal to commonly available rent-a-fence products. Fencing shall be panels of chain link fence in new or near-new condition. Fabric shall be uniform, square mesh diagonal pattern measuring approximately 2 inches on its parallel sides. Provide standard 12-foot panel sections, 8 foot height, with vertical and horizontal cross bars. Panels shall be free standing. Provide weights as required to prevent wind blown failure. Panels shall be connected with approved corrosion resistant wire, ties, or similar attachment system.

SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13-2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Construction gates shall be fabricated using welded construction or heavy pressed steel or malleable corner fitting securely riveted. Gates shall be properly braced and diagonally trussed to eliminate any possible sagging. Hinges shall be of sufficient strength and design to permit easy and trouble free operation. All double swing gates shall be equipped with a positive type-latching device with padlock fitting.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 LIMITS OF WORK

A. Install Construction Fence where shown on construction documents.

B. Confine apparatus, storage of materials, demolition work, new construction, and operations of workmen to areas that will not interfere with continued use and operation of entire Client facility.

C. Wet down work during demolition operations to prevent dust from arising. Provide maximum practicable protection from inclement weather for materials, equipment, and personnel located in partially dismantled structures. Provide shoring or bracing where necessary to prevent settlement or displacement of existing or new structures.

3.2 PROTECTION - GENERAL

A. Protect general public at all times from injury, including pedestrians walking along public sidewalks, passing motor vehicles in roadways, and trespassers who traverse the site during off hours. Vandalism of the finished landform, site improvements and turf shall be repaired at no additional cost to the Client.

B. Perform demolition and clearing in such a manner as to eliminate hazards to persons and property; to minimize interference with use of adjacent areas, utilities and structures or interruption of use of such utilities.

C. Construct and maintain fences, erosion and sedimentation control devices, and other similar items around exposed excavations until such excavations have been completely filled.

D. Prevent spread of flying particles and dust. Sprinkle rubbish and debris with water to keep dust to a minimum. Broom sweep adjacent pathways and remove debris when work is completed.

3.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES

A. Existing structures and utilities shall be suitably protected from damage, including but not limited to existing pavements and curbs, catch basins, manholes, and utility lines.

SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13-3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.4 ITEMS TO BE REMOVED AND DISCARDED

A. Where indicated on Drawings, and as directed by the Client remove and discard of off-site in a legal manner the following items:

1. Concrete Walls 2. Concrete Paving 3. Brick paving 4. Chain link Fencing 5. Lawn and Top Soil 6. Mulch 7. Trees noted for removal 8. Light poles and footings 9. Water feature

3.5 SALVAGE, STOCKPILE ON SITE, AND REUSE MATERIALS

A. Materials indicated on the Drawings or designated by the Client in the field to be salvaged shall be carefully removed, concrete footings removed, thoroughly cleaned and protected from damage, for reuse on the Project site as follows:

1. Sub-soils 2. Benches 3. Solar powered bench 4. All sculptures 5. Library book drop boxes 6. Flag pole

3.6 CLEAN-UP

A. On completion of work described in this Section and after removal of all debris, leave site in clean condition satisfactory to the Client. Clean-up shall include disposal of all items and materials not required to remain property of the Client as well as all debris and rubbish resulting from demolition operations. Legally dispose of all materials off site.

END OF SECTION

SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13-4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 02 41 13.23 UTILITY LINE REMOVAL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications and drawings for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section or implied on the drawings. C. Coordinate work with trades affecting, or affected by, work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. D. All work shall conform to the Nashua Department of Public Works (DPW) Standards and Specifications.

1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services, and transportation required to complete all site preparation work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Include the following work: 1. Adjusting frame, grate, and rim elevations of existing storm drainage, sanitary sewerage, gas, electrical, and water utilities to remain.

1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK B. Section 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING C. Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS D. Section 33 40 00 STORMWATER UTILITIES

1.04 PERMITS AND CODES A. All work shall comply with applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, and laws of all local, state, and federal authorities having jurisdiction. All work necessary to make site preparation comply with such requirements shall be provided without additional cost to the Owner. B. Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits and licenses required for work under this Section. Contractor shall give all required notices. C. Contractor shall not close or obstruct any roads, sidewalks, alleys, or passageways unless approval is given by the Owner and Nashua DPW. Conduct all operations to interfere as little as possible with the use ordinarily made of roads, driveways, alleys, sidewalks, and other facilities near enough to the work to be affected. No materials whatsoever shall be placed or stored within the site in any other location than the specified laydown area without approval of the Owner.

UTILITY LINE REMOVAL 024113.23 - 1

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Contractor shall register with “Dig Safe” 72 hours prior to construction. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain “Dig Safe” registrations and “Dig Safe” markings. Contractor shall comply fully with utility company requirements.

1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Locate, protect, and maintain benchmarks, monuments, control points, and project engineering reference points. Re-establish disturbed or destroyed items at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Perform site utilities work operations and the removal of debris and waste materials to assure minimum interference with streets, walks, and other adjacent facilities. C. Obtain written permission from the City of Nashua when required to close or obstruct roads, walks, and adjacent facilities. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. D. Control dust caused by the work. Dampen surfaces as needed. Comply with pollution control regulations of governing authorities and the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). E. Protect existing buildings, paving, and other services or facilities adjacent to the site from damage caused by site work operations. Cost of repair and restoration of damaged items shall be at the Contractor’s expense. F. Protect and maintain lights, utility poles and services, valves, and other services, except items designated for removal. Provide for temporary relocation when required to maintain facilities and services in operation during construction work. G. Adjust rim elevations on utility access structures such as manholes, cleanouts, and other structures and appurtenances to be flush with new grade elevations, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. H. When uncharted or incorrectly charted underground piping or other utilities and services are encountered during site work operations, notify the applicable utility company and the Engineer immediately to obtain procedure directions. Cooperate with the applicable utility company in maintaining active services in operation. I. Survey information of existing conditions is approximate. The Contractor shall be responsible for field verification of all survey information prior to construction an shall be responsible for carrying out all site work required to fully and properly execute the work of the Contract, regardless of the conditions encountered in the actual work. No claim for extra compensation or extension of time shall be allowed on account of actual conditions inconsistent with those assumed, except as provided in GENERAL CONDITIONS.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 NOT USED

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 SITE CONDITIONS A. Perform site utilities preparation work before commencing construction. B. Locate, protect, and maintain active utilities and site improvements to remain. Consult the records and drawings of adjacent work and of existing services and utilities which may affect site work operations.

UTILITY LINE REMOVAL 024113.23 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. Provide necessary barricades, coverings, and protection to prevent damage to existing improvements to remain. D. Restore to original grades and conditions areas adjacent to site disturbed or damaged as a result of site utilities preparation work. E. Examine the areas and conditions under which site work is performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.02 REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT OF EXISTING SITE UTILITIES/IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove and/or abandon existing site utilities improvements within the limit of work line as indicated on the Drawings. Include the following: 1. Miscellaneous utilities (i.e. electric, telephone, gas) 2. Storm drainage and their appurtenances 3. Water utilities and their appurtenances 4. Sanitary sewerage and their appurtenances B. Information on the Drawings relating to existing utility lines and services is from the best sources presently available. All such information is furnished only for information and is not guaranteed. Excavate test pits as required to determine exact locations of existing utilities. C. Remove existing paving, including base material, as required to accommodate new construction. Saw cut existing paving in neat, straight lines to provide uniform, even transition from new to adjacent existing work.

3.03 UTILITIES STRUCTURES AND PIPES TO BE REMOVED A. Utilities structures and pipes to be removed shall be completely removed and disposed of in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. B. Drainage, sewer, and water pipes sections to be removed shall be cut and completely removed. Remaining, abandoned pipes shall be capped. C. Drainage, sewer, and water building services to be abandoned shall be cut and capped at the respective mains, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. D. The base material for the structures shall be removed to a point 6 in. below the top of the existing subgrade. The cavity shall be completely filled in accordance with the applicable material for the specific area as described in Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK.

3.04 UTILITIES STRUCTURES TO BE RESET A. When the line or grade, or both the line and grade, of the structure require a change of 6 in. or less, the structure shall be adjusted to the line and grade. The masonry shall be removed to such a depth as is necessary to make the adjustments and new masonry shall be constructed to conform to the proposed design. B. When the line or grade, or both the line and grade, of the structure require a change greater than 6 in., the structure shall be removed to such a depth as is necessary and new masonry shall be constructed to conform to the new design.

3.05 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove, haul from site, and legally dispose of all waste materials and debris not required to be saved. Accumulation is not permitted.

UTILITY LINE REMOVAL 024113.23 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Maintain disposal routes clear, clean, and free of debris. C. On-site burning of combustible cleared materials is not permitted. D. Contractor shall cover trucks used for hauling, follow approved routes, obtain disposal permits required, and pay all fees in connection with disposal of materials removed. E. Upon completion of site preparation work, clean areas of work, remove tools and equipment. Provide site clear, clean, and free of materials and debris and suitable for site construction operations.

3.06 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS A. Remove and stockpile all materials indicated to be salvaged [within the laydown area]. B. Salvaged items shall include granite curbing, suitable topsoil, fill materials, and other materials indicated to be saved and/or re-used. C. All removed materials, items, and equipment not indicated to be saved or returned to the Nashua Department of Public Works shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and legally disposed of. D. Remove non-salvage materials from site as work progresses. Storage and sale of Contractor’s salvage items on site is not permitted.

END OF SECTION

UTILITY LINE REMOVAL 024113.23 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 03 10 00

CONCRETE FORMWORK

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the forming, shoring and bracing of cast-in-place concrete.

B. Include openings for affected work, form accessories, stripping forms, and anchorage of bracing and show-ring.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 2. Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. Section 03 34 60 CONCRETE FINISHING 4. Section 03 37 00 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION

1.4 REFERENCES

A. Refer to the latest editions of the following, unless otherwise specified herein: ACI SP-4 ACI 301 ACI 347 PS 1 All applicable State and local codes and regulations. Formwork for Concrete Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork Construction and Industrial Plywood

B. Where one or more of the references cited conflict, the more stringent shall govern.

1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Design, construct and remove formwork, shoring, and bracing to meet design requirements, so that resultant concrete conforms to required shapes, lines, and dimensions.

B. Formwork shall be designed so that all components and members of the structure will be cast to the correct dimensions, shape, alignment, elevation, and position.

CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Formwork shall also be designed to be erected, supported, braced, and maintained so that it will safely support all vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure.

C. Vertical or lateral loads must be carried to the ground by the formwork and shoring system or by the in-place construction that has adequate capacity for that purpose.

D. Formwork and falsework vertical and lateral loads shall also include live loads, wind loads, and construction loads together with appropriate safety factors and load multipliers as recommended by ACI 347.

E. All formwork should be mortar tight. Tie systems should provide for positive pressure at all joints to preclude grout leakage.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Formwork shall be designed, constructed, erected, used, and removed in accordance with the recommendations, guidelines, and requirements of ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete and ACI SP-4 Formwork for Concrete.

B. Contractor assumes full responsibility for the adequacy of formwork. The minimum standards set forth in this specification section are not to be interpreted as all encompassing.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, protect and handle forming materials under provisions of Division 01 specification sections.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate work under provisions of Division 01 specification sections.

B. Coordinate this section with other Sections of work that require attachment of components to formwork.

1.9 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: shop and erection drawings shall be prepared only by competent detailers, checked prior to submission.

1. Formwork Drawings: a. Construction joints and control joints with methods of forming for structured slabs; b. General arrangement, sizes and grades of lumber, panels and alignment.

B. Except as otherwise noted, approval of Shop Drawings will be for size and arrangement of components. Errors in dimensions shown on Shop Drawings shall be the responsibility of Contractor. Check and coordinate concrete work with work of other trades before submitting Shop Drawings.

C. Do not proceed with fabrication of material or performance of work until the Landscape Architect has approved all corresponding items on the Shop Drawing in writing.

CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Written certification that formwork has been provided and installed in accordance with the Project specifications.

E. Product data for proprietary materials and items, include form work and forming accessories

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Prefabricated forms shall be used throughout, unless otherwise permitted by Landscape Architect.

B. Earth Forms: Earth Forms shall not be permitted for vertical surfaces.

C. All concrete surfaces that are exposed to view after construction shall be formed using HDO (high density overlay) plyform, concrete form plywood, smooth fiberglass, or metal panels. Furnish in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint locations shown on the Contract Documents.

D. Refer to Section 03 34 60 CONCRETE FINISHING.

E. Form concrete surfaces which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable materials. Provide lumber dressed on at lease two edges and one side for tight fit.

F. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflections.

2.2 WOOD FORM MATERIALS

A. Plywood: Sound, undamaged sheets with straight edges. Minimum thickness of 3/4 inch, U.S. Product Standard PS-1 B-B plyform or HDO plyform.

B. Lumber: Stamp clearly visible, indicating species and grade.

2.3 PRE-FABRICATED FORMS

A. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to structural tolerances and appearance of finished concrete surface.

B. Steel: Minimum 16-gauge, well matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces.

C. Metal Frame and Plywood Face Combination: 5/8" facing, matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to structural tolerances and appearance of finished concrete surface.

2.4 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES

A. Chamfer Strips: 1/2 inch minimum (3/4 inch maximum), 45 degree prefabricated extruded "PVC" or milled poplar wood strips, nailed 6 inches on center, and

CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

installed in inside corners of all forms, unless otherwise directed by Landscape Architect.

B. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal.

C. Form Ties and Spreaders shall be similar and equal to Dayton/Richmond “Type A-3, Heavy Duty with Type A-2” cones. Wire ties shall not be used. Ties for foundation walls shall be snap-ties or type specified above with removal cones and shall incorporate water seal washer. Ties shall be arranged in a symmetrical manner.

D. Form Coatings/Release Agents: Provide VOC compliant commercial formulation form coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. Suitable products are:

1. “Enviroform” or “Aquastrip” by Conspec 2. “Crete-Lease 20 VOC” by Cresset Chemical Co. 3. “Formshield WB” by Tamms Industries 4. “Duogard II” by W.R. Meadows

E. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required; of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Prior to placing concrete, forms shall be inspected for cleanliness, accuracy of alignment, and reinforcing steel clearances. Inspection ports should be provided if, in the opinion of the inspector, they are necessary to properly clean and inspect the interior of the formed element.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Remove loose dirt from bottom of earth forms prior to placing concrete.

B. Minimize form joints. Symmetrically align joints and make watertight to prevent leakage of mortar.

C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping so that concrete is not damaged during formwork removal.

D. Arrange forms to allow stripping without removal of principal shores, where required to remain in place.

3.3 ERECTION OF FORMS

A. General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Forms shall be so braced and tied together that the movement of men, equipment, materials, or placing and vibrating the concrete will not throw them out of line or position. Securely brace and shore forms, making them sufficiently tight, to prevent the leakage of concrete.

CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities complying with the following A.C.I. 347 limits

1. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. 2. Provide Class B tolerances for all formed concrete surfaces.

B. Erect and construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements in accordance with requirements of ACI 301.

C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets. recesses, and the like for easy removal.

D. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.

E. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.

F. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings. recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.

G. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete~ Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.

I. Provide temporary ports in formwork to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. Close ports with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, neatly fitted so that joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.

J. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier.

K. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping.

L. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.

M. Obtain approval from the Landscape Architect before framing openings in structural members that are not indicated on Drawings.

CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.4 APPLICATION OF FORM RELEASE AGENT

A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply prior to placing reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.

B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to receive special finishes or coverings that may be affected by agent. Soak contact surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete.

3.5 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS

A. Openings for Items Passing Through Concrete: Contractor shall establish exact locations, sizes, and other conditions required for openings and attachment of work specified under other sections. Contractor shall be held responsible for proper coordination of all work of this nature in order that there will be no unnecessary cutting and patching of concrete. Any cutting and repairing to concrete required as a result of failure to provide for such openings shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner.

B. Coordinate work of other Specification Sections and Drawings in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts.

C. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Clean forms to remove foreign matter before erection proceeds.

B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.

C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean- out ports.

D. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out completed forms, unless formwork and construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air to remove foreign matter.

3.7 FORMWORK TOLERANCES

A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. The tolerances shall be reduced by 50% for surfaces that are to be grout cleaned or painted.

B. Camber elevated slabs and beams 1/4 inch per 10 feet in accordance with ACI 301.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure.

CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.9 FORM REMOVAL

A. Notify Landscape Architect prior to removing formwork.

B. Forms shall be removed in accordance with the following time and strength requirements:

1. Column forms, wall forms, and other vertical formwork: 4 days after casting provided cumulative curing has occurred at not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit, concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form-removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. 2. Refer to Section 03 3460 CONCRETE FINISHING and Section 03370 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION for additional requirements.

C. In hot, dry climatic conditions, wood forms remaining in place do not provide adequate curing but should be loosened so that the concrete surfaces can be kept moist by wetting with water. In cold weather, removal of formwork should be deferred or formwork should be replaced with insulation blankets to avoid thermal shock and consequent crazing of the concrete surface.

D. Re-shore structural members due to design requirements or construction conditions to permit successive construction.

E. Remove formwork progressively so no unbalanced loads are imposed on structure.

F. Do not damage concrete surfaces during form removal. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces.

G. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms.

3.10 REUSING FORMS

H. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated. or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed concrete surfaces. Apply new form-coating compound as specified for new formwork

I. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure Joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to the Owner.

END OF SECTION

CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 10 00 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 03 20 00

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to fabricate, deliver and place all reinforcing steel bars and welded steel wire fabric described herein, as shown on the drawings, or reasonably inferable from either or both.

B. Include support chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers for supporting reinforcement, and any other accessory necessary to facilitate placement of reinforcing steel.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK 2. Section 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 3. Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4. Section 03 34 60 CONCRETE FINISHING 5. Section 03 37 00 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION

1.4 REFERENCES

A. Refer to the latest editions of the following, unless otherwise specified herein:

1. American Concrete Institute (ACI)

ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 439.3R Mechanical Connections of Reinforcing Bars 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A82 Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement A108 Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, cold- Finished, Standard Quality A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, For Concrete Reinforcement A276 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes A496 Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A497 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement A510 Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet- Steel bars for Concrete Reinforcement 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) CRSI Manual of Standard Practice CRSI 63 Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars CRSI 65 Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature 4. Commonwealth of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges All applicable State and local codes and regulations.

B. Where one or more of the references cited conflict, the more stringent shall govern.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals in accordance with Division 01 specification sections.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform concrete reinforcement work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, and Documents CRSI 63 and CRSI 65.

B. Conform to ACI 301 and ACI 315.

C. Notify Landscape Architect 24 hours prior to completion of rebar placement and 48 hours prior to concrete placement.

1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Reinforcing steel shall be transported to the site, stored, and covered in a manner which will ensure that no damage shall occur to it from moisture, dirt, grease, or any other cause that might impair bond to concrete or chip protective epoxy coating. Store reinforcement steel on wood skids to protect it from weather, oil, earth, and damage from trucking or other construction operations. A sufficient supply of approved reinforcing steel shall be stored on the site at all times to ensure that there will be no delay of the work. Reinforcement shall be free from loose mill scale, rust, form oil, concrete splatter and other extraneous coating at the time it is embedded in the concrete.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Reinforcing Bars: Provide new deformed billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615, 60 ksi yield grade with uncoated finish.

B. Welded Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A 185, 65 ksi yield grade. Furnish welded wire fabric in flat sheets with uncoated finish.

C. Mechanical Connectors:

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. All mechanical connectors for reinforcing shall be threaded type developing the full allowable tensile capacity of the rebar indicated on the Drawings 2. Note that some coupler manufacturers require replacing the specified size rebar with the next larger size rebar and coupler. Contractor to comply with these requirements when such coupling system is selected.

2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16-gauge annealed type.

B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions.

C. Accessories in Contact with Formwork: Plastic or plastic-coated with upturned legs.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate reinforcement in accordance with ACI 315. Do not heat reinforcing bars for bending purposes. Tie reinforcing bars in bundles and tag with non-rusting tags showing shop drawing mark numbers.

B. All discontinuous bars to be detailed with 90 degree end hook or spliced to a bar with a 90 degree end hook with a Class-B splice.

C. All reinforcing splices to be Class-B unless specified otherwise.

D. Fabrication of reinforcement shall be performed in the shop. Field fabrication of reinforcement may be permitted for mildly reinforced continuous spread footings, frost walls, and masonry walls upon prior approval of the Landscape Architect.

2.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver reinforcement clean, free from loose mill and rust scale, dirt and other coatings. Deliver reinforcing bars straight, free from twists, kinks and irregularities except as necessary to conform to the reinforcing details.

B. Storage: Store materials above ground and protect from dirt and grease.

C. Handling: Exercise care to prevent damage to steel reinforcement during delivery and storage.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PLACEMENT

A. General: Place reinforcing steel in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved Shop Drawings. Comply with CRSI’s Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars, for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports.

1. Install reinforcement accurately and secured against movement, particularly under the weight of workmen, the placement of concrete and vibration work. 2. Reinforcing Steel Supports: Bars shall be supported on approved plastic or dielectric-coated metal chairs or spacers, accurately placed and securely fastened to forms or steel reinforcement in place. Additional bars shall be supplied, whether specifically shown on the Contract Documents or not, where

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

necessary to securely fasten reinforcement in place. Support legs of accessories in forms without embedding in form surface. Spacing of chairs and accessories shall conform to CRSI's "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Support". Hooping and stirrups shall be accurately spaced and wired to the reinforcement. No wood will be permitted inside forms. Lifting of welded wire fabric into proper position while concrete is being poured rather than supporting fabric on chairs will not be permitted. 3. Placing and Tieing: All reinforcement shall be set in place, spaced, and rigidly and securely tied or wired with tie wire at all splices and at all crossing points and intersections in the positions shown, or as directed. Re-bending of bars on the job to accommodate the job to accommodate existing conditions will not be permitted without the written approval of the Owner. Point ends of wire ties away from forms. 4. Spacing: Minimum center to center distance between parallel bars shall be in accordance with the details on the Contract Documents, or, where not shown, the clear spacing shall be 2 times the bar diameter but in no case less than 1.5 inches (38 mm) or less than 1-1/2 times the maximum size aggregate. 5. Splices shall be in accordance with the following: a. Maximum 50 percent of steel spliced occurring within lap length. b. Splice lengths: #6 bars and smaller - 30 bar diameter 6. Protective Concrete covering a. Except where shown otherwise on Contract Documents, the minimum concrete coverage for steel reinforcement shall conform with the applicable revisions of the "Codes and Standards" previously specified in this Section. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 7. Dowels and Sleeves a. Install expansion dowels and sleeves perpendicular to and across expansion joints in concrete at 2 feet 0 inches (600 mm) on center minimum, or as shown on the Contract Documents. Core drill existing concrete where required and grout non-sleeved end of dowel in place. After grout has set, bend dowel and sleeve as required to level before pouring new concrete.

B. Do not bend, tack weld or cut reinforcement in field in any manner other than as shown on Contract Documents unless the Owner gives specific approval for each case.

C. Continue reinforcement through construction joints unless otherwise indicated on Contract Documents.

D. Splice reinforcement only in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents or as otherwise specifically approved by Owner. Do not splice reinforcement at points of maximum stress unless shown on the Contract Documents.

E. Clean reinforcement of earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete; also clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale. Paint reinforcement expected to be exposed to weather for a considerable length of time with a heavy coat of cement grout. Protect stored materials so as not to bend or distort bars in any way. Bars that become damaged will be rejected.

F. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by the Owner.

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

G. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable Lap adjoining pieces by 12 inches and as indicated and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.

H. Before concrete is cast, check all reinforcement after it is placed to insure that reinforcement conforms to Contract Documents and approved Shop Drawings. Only qualified experienced personal shall check work. In addition, notify the Owner at least 36 hours prior to concrete placement so a visit may be made to observe completed reinforcement and formwork before concrete placement.

3.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Collect reinforcing steel and place in designated area for recycling.

B. Separate and recycle materials and material packaging in accordance with Waste Management Plan and to the maximum extent economically feasible and place in designated areas for recycling.

C. Set aside and protect materials suitable for reuse and/or remanufacturing.

END OF SECTION

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 03 30 00

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to furnish and install the cast-in- place concrete work shown on the Drawings, as specified herein or reasonably inferable from either or both.

B. Include the provision and placement of inserts, sleeves and miscellaneous embedded items as indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein or inferred by either.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK 2. Section 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 3. Section 03 34 60 CONCRETE FINISHING 4. Section 03 37 00 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION

1.4 REFERENCES

A. Refer to the latest editions of the following, unless otherwise specified herein:

1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): ACI 211 Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal and Heavyweight Concrete ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 302 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction ACI 304 Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete ACI 305R Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306R Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting ACI 306.1 Standard Specifications for Cold Weather Concreting ACI 309 Recommended Practice for Consolidation of concrete ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete

2. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) ASTM C17 Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM C31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates ASTM C39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C40 Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete ASTM C42 Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete ASTM C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTMC138 Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete ASTM C143 Slump of Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C150 Portland Cement ASTM C172 Sampling Fresh Concrete ASTM C192 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory ASTM C231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM E154 Materials for Use as Vapor Barriers

CRSI Manual of Standard Practice

Truck Mixer Truck Mixer and Agitating Standards Manufacturer's Bureau

All applicable State and local codes and regulations

B. Where one or more of the references cited conflict, the more stringent shall govern.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following:

1. Design mix: Proportion mix in accordance with ACI 211 and ACI 318. Submit process and substantiating data for proportioning to the Owner’s representative at least fourteen days prior to placement. The submittal shall Include the following: a. Mix proportions. b. Source of cement, type, and brand. c. Source and gradation of course and fine aggregates in accordance with ASTM C33 and ASTM C40. d. Copies of the 7- and 28-day test results from other recent projects for which the specified concrete mix was used. e. Copies of other test results to Owner’s representative as required to determine compliance. 2. Manufacturer’s Technical Data: Submit catalog cuts, technical data and manufacturer's recommendations on quantities, use and applications of admixtures, grouts, bonding agents, adhesives, vapor barriers, water stops, and other materials proposed for use. 3. Inspection and Testing Reports: Submit copies of inspection and concrete testing reports directly to the Owner’s representative within three days of performance. 4. Description of hot and cold weather practices to be employed.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Workmanship and materials furnished under this Specification shall be inspected by the testing agency. Non-conforming materials and/or work shall be corrected without expense to Owner.

B. The Contractor shall have, and be completely familiar with, Field Reference Manual Publication SP-15 (ACI 301 and other ACI and ASTM standards). To obtain ACI publications, write:

American Concrete Institute P.O. Box 19150 Redford Station Detroit, Michigan 48219

C. Comply with ACI Publication ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."

D. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI SP15 Field Reference Manual.

E. Inspection: Inspection reports shall include for each load: client name, project name, contractor, inspector, producer, plant location, placement date, placement location of each load, specified design strength, all mix ingredients including type and source, free water in aggregates, water added in the plant and field, a calculated w/c ratio, batch time and finished time with a calculated lapsed time, percent air, slump, and concrete temperature and outside air temperature.

F. Testing:

1. General: Perform compressive strength tests and air entrainment test for each 50 cubic yards and 1,000 square feet of slabs or fraction thereof of each mixture design of concrete placed in any 1 day. Perform slump test for each truck load of concrete delivered to the site. The Owner shall pay for the cost of testing. a. Compressive strength test: Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C31. Samples for strength tests shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C 172. Make 3 cylinders and laboratory cure in accordance with ASTM C31. Test one cylinder at 7 days and two at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39. b. Air entrainment tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C138, C173, or C231. c. Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C143. If concrete is pumped, the slump test shall be performed with material being discharged from the truck. Slump tests shall also be taken at the discharge end of hose. The slump at the hose discharge will not exceed specified limit established through design mix. 2. Results: If the test cylinder compressive strength is below the specified values, the Owner or his representative may require additional tests or in situ cores be taken and tested or load tests be performed to verify adequate strength of concrete in accordancewith ACI 301 and ACI 318 as follows: a. For structural elements that are not primary structural elements: The non-destructive probe penetration resistance method performed in accordance with ASTM C 803 may be utilized. b. For primary structural elements: Several in situ concrete cores in addition to probe penetration resistance tests will be utilized. c. The determination of what constitutes a primary structural element and the quantity and type of tests required shall be left to the discretion of the Owner’s representative. d. If adequate strength cannot be verified, the Owner or his representative will require the concrete be removed and replaced or other remedial

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

measures be made. Such coring, testing, removal, replacing, or modifications will be at the Contractor's expense (see Division 1 Specification Sections). 3. Additional testing: If additional compressive strength tests are performed at the request of the Contractor for the purpose of removing formwork or loading new structure before the minimum required calendar day period has elapsed, the cost of such tests shall be paid for by the Contractor (see Division 1 Specification Sections). The cost for testing shall include the making, curing, transporting, and testing of concrete cylinders and report preparation.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Only place concrete when environmental conditions are satisfactory. Do not place concrete when conditions may adversely affect the placing, finishing or curing of concrete, or its strength.

B. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature is below 40 deg. F or when the concrete temperature exceeds 90 deg. F. Under certain circumstances, Owner’s representative may accept the placement of concrete under the above conditions, provided the procedures and recommendations of ACI 305R, ACI 306R and ACI 306.1 are followed.

1.8 SCHEDULING

A. Confirm approved mix with owner’s representative prior to ordering concrete.

B. Notify Landscape Architect and testing agency at least 48 hours in advance of placing concrete.

C. Notify Landscape Architect at completion of formwork and placement of reinforcing.

D. Formwork placement and reinforcing placement shall be completed at least 24 hours in advance of placing concrete.

1.9 SUSTAINABILITY

A. In the selection of the products and materials of this section as well as for the entire project, preference will be given to those with the following characteristics:

1. Water based. 2. Water-soluble. 3. Can be cleaned up with water. 4. Non-flammable. 5. Biodegradable. 6. Low or preferably no Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content. 7. Manufactured without compounds that contribute to ozone depletion in the upper atmosphere. 8. Manufactured without compounds that contribute to smog in the lower atmosphere. 9. Do not contain methylene-chloride. 10. Do not contain chlorinated hydrocarbons. 11. Contains the least possible of post-consumer or post-industrial waste.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.1 CONCRETE COMPONENTS

A. Cement: Use American Portland Cement of standard manufacture, free from foreign matter and damp set. Unless otherwise permitted by the Owner’s representative, conform to ASTM C 150, Type II for normal cement and Type III for high-early strength cement. Do not change brands or types of cement without prior approval of the Owner’s representative. Use of air-entrained cement is prohibited. 03 30 00 - 8 Cast-In-Place Concrete

B. Aggregates:

1. General: All aggregates are subject to the Owner’s representative's review. Do not change source of aggregates without prior approval of the Owner’s representative. Do not use frozen aggregates. 2. Fine aggregate: Use natural sand conforming to ASTM C33; free of injurious amount of shale, alkali, organic matter, loam or other deleterious substances. Do not use manufactured sand without approval of the Owner’s representative. 3. Coarse aggregate: Use clean crushed stone or gravel conforming to ASTM C33, coarse aggregate gradation No. 67 (3/4" maximum).

C. Fly Ash: Conform to ASTM C618, Type F.

D. Water: Water for mixing and curing concrete shall be clean, fresh, free of oils, acids, alkali, organic materials or other deleterious substances. It shall be potable, meeting the requirements of ASTM C 94.

E. Supplementary Cementitious Materials (SCM): Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not less than 40 percent, or as noted otherwise within this specification, without exceeding the following limits is permitted up to the following limits in areas not exposed to de-icing chemicals:

1. Fly Ash: 25 Percent. 2. Ground granulated blast-furnace slag: 25 percent. 3. Silica Fume: 15 percent.

2.2 ADMIXTURES

A. Air Entrainment: Conform to ASTM C260.

B. Water Reducing Agent: Conform to ASTM C494, Type A water reducing admixtures.

C. Accelerating Admixture: Conform to ASTM C494, Type C.

D. Initial Set Retarder: Conform to ASTM C494. Set retarder shall be used whenever a monolithic pour exceeds 35 cubic yards in order to ensure sufficient delivery, placement, vibration and compaction time.

E. No other admixtures are permitted without prior approval by the Owner’s representative.

F. Admixtures shall be compatible with one another and with aggregates, cement, finishing materials, and other materials which may be affected thereby. Use of chemical admixtures manufactured by one company is recommended.

G. The use of calcium chloride or any admixture which contains calcium chloride or other chloride based ingredients shall NOT be permitted.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.3 ACCESSORIES/MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Grout - ready to use non-metallic non shrink grout shall be a factory pre-mixed grout and shall conform to ASTM C 1107, "Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic- Cement Grout (Non-Shrink)." In addition, the grout manufacturer shall furnish test data from an independent laboratory indicating that the grout when placed at a fluid consistency shall achieve 95% bearing under a 4 foot square base plate.

1. "Euco-NS" by Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Five Star Grout" by U.S. Grout Corp. 3. "Masterflow 713" by BASF Construction Chemicals – Building Systems 4. "SikaGrout 212" by Sika Corporation 5. "Sonogrout 10K" by Sonneborn 6. "Supreme" by Cormix Construction Chemicals 7. or approved equal.

B. Waterstop material shall be:

1. Flexible strip of bentonite waterproofing compound with a chemical composition of Butyl Rubber-Hydrocarbon, 24.9% (ASTM D 297); Bentonite, 75.0% (FS-SS-S- 210-A); volatile matter, less than 1% (ASTM D 6). Material shall be 3/4 inch by 3/8 inch in dimensions with a weight of 0.165 pounds per foot. Material shall be similar and equal to "Volclay Waterstop RX" as manufactured by CETCO Building Materials Group.

C. Vapor Barrier/Reinforced Vapor Retarder for all floors on grade shall be from one of the following and shall conform to the following performance standards:

1. Permeance as tested after conditioning (ASTM E1745) less than 0.01 perms (grams/sf/hr/in-Hg) 2. Strength Class A (ASTM E 1745) 3. Minimum thickness of the plastic retarder material of 15 mils. Approved Products and Manufacturers: 4. “VaproGuard” by Griffolyn (Reef Industries), 03 30 00 - 10 Cast-In-Place Concrete 5. “15 mil Stego Wrap” by Stego Industries, 6. “Viper II” by Insulation Solutions, Inc.

Vapor barriers shall be provided with the required accessories including vapor-proofing mastics, self-adhesive seam and repair tapes, flashing boots all compatible with the nominated vapor barrier.

D. Expansion Joint Fillers - ASTM D 1751 with "skip-slit" tear strip to allow for poured top filler of 1/2 inch depth by width of joint. Poured filler shall be Type IA sealant as specified under Section 07 90 00 and accomplished as part of the work therein. Coordinate with Part 3 herein.

E. Dovetail Slots: Similar and equal to Heckman "Model 100" fabricated from 26 gauge stainless steel and filled with foam filler.

F. Sleeves: approved metal and fiber containers, the fiber wall of the sleeves to be removed before setting standards. Coordinate with Divisions 21 through 28 inclusive.

G. Reglets: Where resilient or elastomeric sheet flashing or bituminous membranes are terminated in reglets, provide reglets of not less than 26 gauge galvanized sheet steel. Fill reglet or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.

H. Neoprene Bearing Pads shall conform to requirements of AASHTO M251 and the AASHTO "Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges", 13th edition and shall be of

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

grade (Durometer) 50 and bonded to the concrete surface in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.

I. Wedge Inserts shall be Type HW as manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.

J. Inserts for support of Exterior Walls shall be Halfen Anchor Channels HZA Series with Halfen M12 or M16 T-Bolts in sizes as called out on the Contract Drawings or as determined by loading of exterior assembly or equal product by Metfab Metals, LLC.

K. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 aromatic polyurea with a Type A shore durometer hardness range of 90 to 95 per ASTM D 2240.

2.4 BONDING OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

A. Water Retention Members and Basement Walls: Apply slush coat composed of one (1) part Anti-Hydro Liquid Waterproofing, three (3) parts water and sufficient Type 1 Portland Cement to form a thick creamy mixture.

B. Other Construction Joints: Use a brushed on neat cement paste immediately prior to concrete placement. Daraweld by W.R. Grace, Eucoweld by the Euclid Chemical Company, or approved equivalent, may be used.

2.5 CONCRETE MIX

A. General: Required average compression strength shall meet or exceed the design f'c (indicated on Drawings) based on the standard deviation criteria set forth in ACI 318. Measure and mix all concrete ingredients in accordance with ACI 211.1 or ACI 211.2. The cost of developing mix designs shall be paid for by the contractor.

B. Contractor's testing laboratory shall develop concrete mix designs and test all materials and mixes for conformance with this Specification.

C. Design Mix: Proportion mix to produce concrete to meet the following criteria:

Required Compressive Strength 3000 3500 4000 (f'’c) at 28days. psi psi psi

Cementitious Material Content 517 564 611 per Cubic Yard of Concrete lbs. lbs. lbs.

Maximum Water-Cement Ratio 0.55 0.45 0.45 (W/C)

Air Entrainment 5 +/-1% 5 +/- 1.5% 5 +/-1%

Fly Ash 25% Max. of Cemetitious Material

D. Slump: Slumps shall be determined by the mix design such that the required w/c ratio is not exceeded. A mid-range water reducing admixture will be required to meet the specified w/c ratios. The calculation of the w/c ratio shall include the moisture content of the aggregates.

E. Adjust quantities of admixtures to account for common effects of different admixtures. For example, reduce air entraining admixture if set retarder used has air entraining properties.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.6 MIXING CONCRETE

A. Transit-mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94.

B. Do not mix or agitate batches of greater volume than maximum capacities on the manufacturer's rating plate.

C. Mix or agitate at drum speeds within rating plate tolerances, not exceeding the following limits.

1. Mixing - 4 rpm to a maximum drum speed which will result in a peripheral velocity of the drum of 225 rpm at its largest diameter. 2. Agitating - 2 rpm to 6 rpm.

D. Continue mixing until a uniform concrete is produced, with a minimum of 100 revolutions to the drum. The use of concrete which cannot be uniformly mixed in 15 minutes or less is prohibited.

E. When Type II cement is used; elapsed time between initial contact of the cement with water and the completed discharge of the batch at the Project site shall not exceed 1-1/2 hours or 300 revolutions of the drum, whichever comes first. Reduce the above limits when conditions result in quick-stiffening of the concrete.

F. The amount of any water added at the site shall be documented and indicated on concrete test reports and recorded on the transit mix delivery slips together with the water content of the aggregates.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Unless otherwise specified, place all concrete in accordance with ACI 304. Do not place any concrete until the owner’s representative has reviewed the proposed mix, proposed construction sequence and method of placing. The Contractor shall notify the owner’s representative a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placing operations.

B. Place concrete on clean new reinforcing steel which is free from defects, loose rust scale, or coatings that will reduce bond.

C. Concrete Slump: As indicated on the approved concrete mix designs.

D. Concrete for footings shall be placed on compacted fill or prepared subgrade.

3.2 PREPARATORY WORK

A. Remove all wood and wood scraps, sawdust, hardened concrete, construction debris, ice, snow, and other foreign materials from and between forms and from other areas in which concrete will be placed.

B. Remove water from forms and excavations and divert flows of water to avoid washing over, under or through freshly deposited concrete.

C. Earth foundations to receive concrete shall be clean, undisturbed surfaces, free from frost, snow, ice, mud, debris and standing or running water.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Rock foundations shall be approximately level and sufficiently rough for satisfactory bond with the concrete. Clean out faults and seams and clean rock surfaces of objectionable coatings and materials which may reduce bonding of the concrete to the rock.

E. During cold weather, provide an equivalent of 4 feet of earth over and adjacent to all footings to keep soil from freezing beneath footing bottoms.

F. Thoroughly clean all areas to receive concrete to ensure proper placement and bonding of concrete.

G. Prepare adjacent previously placed concrete as set forth in paragraph 3.03.

H. At locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert adhesive and steel dowels, as shown on the Drawings.

I. Thoroughly clean concrete transporting and handling equipment. Prepare runways for wheeled equipment. Wheeled equipment shall not run upon, nor shall runways or supports bear upon, reinforcing steel or fresh concrete.

J. Verify that environmental conditions are and will remain satisfactory throughout the period when concrete will be placed, finished, and cured.

K. Verify all scheduling to ensure that the concrete will be placed continuously, without delay or interruption.

L. Verify that all tests and inspections have been performed and that the Owner’s representative has accepted the results.

M. Cleaning Equipment: Remove hardened concrete and foreign materials from conveying equipment.

N. Installation of Materials: Prior to placing concrete install formwork, reinforcing, preformed joint fillers, and waterstops. Allow sufficient time between erection of forms and placing of concrete for other trades to install and test their work. Before placing concrete floors on grade, all piping and other utilities under slabs shall have been inspected and tested and all excavations backfilled and properly compacted.

O. Embedded Items:

1. Anchor bolts: Use templates to install all anchor bolts for steel bearing plates and equipment. 2. Miscellaneous items: Accurately place and secure against displacement all steel, pipe sleeves, inserts, anchors, blocking, nailer strips and other items as shown, specified or required. Coordinate the installation of anchors, inserts and sleeves for electrical, mechanical plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning work with the respective trades. Fill voids in sleeve and inserts temporarily with readily removable material. 3. Conduits embedded in concrete shall comply with Chapter 6, Section 6.3 of ACI 318. Review proposed conduit installations with the Owner’s representative prior to performing the work.

P. Openings in Slabs: Provide openings and depressions in slabs to the sizes and at the locations shown on the Drawings or as required. Where pipes, conduits, or other work pass through openings, fill annular spaces with a silicone sealant unless a mechanical seal or firestopping is indicated on the Drawings or required.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 9 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Q. Dampen forms and grade prior to placing concrete.

3.3 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

A. General: Locate construction joints where indicated on Drawings. Locate vertical construction joints in walls where indicated on Drawings. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at the underside of slabs and beams unless noted otherwise. Alternative jointing layouts subject to Owner’s representative's acceptance.

B. Floor and Roof Framing Systems: Thoroughly clean all dowels and other projecting reinforcing of concrete before a floor system is placed. Beams and haunches are considered as part of a slab system and shall be placed monolithically therewith. Do not place floor systems until at least 2 hours after the floor system supports (i.e., columns, walls) have been placed.

C. Bulkheads: Should the placing of concrete be interrupted for more than 80 minutes, provide temporary vertical bulkheads at the point of maximum moment or minimum shear. At the end of each day's operation, provide plumb bulkheads for joints, at right angles to the plane of stress, located at points of maximum moment or minimum shear. Provide shear bars and keys in beams and slabs, as shown on the Drawings or directed by Owner’s representative.

D. Foundation Slabs and Slabs on Grade: Reinforcing steel shall be continuous through construction joints and adequately supported above the subgrade at all times.

E. Shear keys: Provide shear keys in all construction joints unless indicated otherwise. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, keyways shall be at least 2 inches deep and 1/3 the thickness of the member, and shall be located in the center of the member. Shear keys shall be constructed by inclusion of tapered form stock in wet concrete. Cutting in keyways by hand or removing key form before final concrete set shall not be permitted.

F. Bonding of Construction Joints: Before depositing new concrete against previously placed concrete which has set, clean surfaces of the set concrete, remove laitance, foreign matter and loose particles, and thoroughly retighten the forms against the previously placed concrete. Lightly wet the contact surface of the concrete and apply slush coat, or use chemical bonding agent. Concrete shall be placed before the slush coat dries. Follow chemical bonding agent manufacturer’s instructions to avoid the creation of a bond breaker.

3.4 WEATHER CONDITIONS

A. Hot Weather: When air temperature exceeds 90 deg. F, concreting shall be performed in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 305R.

B. Cold Weather: When air temperature is below 40 deg. F, concreting shall conform to all of the requirements of ACI 306.1 and in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 306R, except as modified by the requirements of these Specifications and as indicated below:

1. Section 2.4.2 - Temperature shall be measured at intervals not less than twice in a 24-hour period, twelve hours apart. 2. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen subgrade. Fresh concrete shall be protected from exposure to carbon dioxide from "salamanders" and other carbon dioxide producing heaters.

3.5 PLACING CONCRETE

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 10 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Consistency and Quality of Concrete: Mix, transport and place concrete so as to maintain proper consistency, to avoid segregation, and to ensure placement in final position before initial set takes place. Re-tempering of concrete is prohibited. Control the rate of placement so that the concrete remains plastic and flows readily into spaces between the reinforcing bars, and can be worked into corners and around inserts without forming voids.

B. Conveying:

1. General: Handle concrete from the mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable and in a manner which will assure that the specified quality of the concrete is obtained. 2. Equipment: Provide conveying equipment of proper size and design to ensure a continuous flow of concrete to the delivery end. Conveying equipment will be subject to the Owner’s representative's review. Do not use aluminum.

C. Depositing:

1. General: Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign matter. 2. Segregation: To avoid segregation, deposit concrete as near as possible to its final position. Do not subject concrete to any procedure which will cause segregation. Do not drop concrete more than three (3) feet; use elephant trunks where required to limit drop. 3. Placing: All concrete shall be placed in accordance with ACI 304. Deposit concrete continuously in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. Between construction joints place concrete in a continuous operation so that concrete is plastic at all times and flows readily into spaces between reinforcement. Under no circumstances shall concrete be placed over standing water, mud, ice, snow, or frozen material. 4. The horizontal distribution of concrete by spading or vibration is prohibited. 5. Consolidation: Immediately after placing, thoroughly consolidate all concrete by internal vibrators, supplemented by hand spading and rodding in accordance with ACI 309. Provide mechanical vibrations with a minimum frequency of 8000 vibrations per minute when submerged in concrete. Use of external form vibrators or tapping forms is not permitted. Apply vibrators at uniformly spaced points not further apart than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Vibrate concrete sufficiently to produce satisfactory consolidation without causing objectionable segregation. It is prohibited to use vibrators to transport concrete in the forms. 6. Placing concrete over footings or foundations: Do not pour walls, piers, or columns over previously constructed footings or foundations until footings or foundations have cured three (3) days or until concrete test cylinders have achieved fifty (50) percent of design strength. 7. Allow a minimum of 24 hours between adjacent pours when casting foundation slabs or walls.

3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE

A. General: As soon as forms are removed, patch and repair tie holes and other surface defects.

B. If correction of surface defects is required, submit to Owner’s representative measures and methods proposed.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 11 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. On all exposed concrete walls, the intent of the Specifications is to provide walls which are finished smooth, aesthetically pleasing, uniform in color and appearance and free from depressions, sags, air holes, trowel marks, bumps, projections and other surface imperfections. Should Owner’s representative determine that this intent has not been met, Contractor shall perform all repairs, replacements and corrective work which may be required to attain a finish acceptable to Owner’s representative, including grinding or painting, if necessary.

D. Preparation: Do not perform any patching until all honeycomb and laitance have been cut out to solid concrete. If chipping is necessary, chip areas to be patched to a depth of at least 1 inch, with edges regular and perpendicular to the surface, or slightly undercut. Thoroughly wet the prepared areas, including the area 6-inch all around each prepared area, just before applying the patching mortar.

E. Mortar: Mortar for patching shall be of the same materials and proportions used for the concrete, except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and a sufficient amount of white cement shall be substituted for the grey cement in order to produce a patch whose color matches the color of the surrounding surfaces. Mortar shall not be thicker than 1 part cement to 3 parts sand. Keep mixing water to a minimum. Re-temper mortar, without addition of water, by occasional mixing to prevent setting. Using mortar which has begun to set or is more than 1 hour old is not permitted.

F. Application of Mortar: Thoroughly compact mortar into place and screed to leave the patch slightly higher than the adjacent surface. Leave undisturbed for one to two hours to permit initial shrinkage before being finally finished to match adjoining work. Patches exceeding 1 inch in depth shall be filled to within 1 inch of the surface and, after sufficient time has elapsed for shrinkage, final patching shall proceed. Keep all patches wet for at least 5 days.

G. Tie Holes: Except where surfaces will be epoxy coated, solidly fill all holes left by bolts or ties with mortar. Holes passing entirely through the wall shall be filled from the inside face with a device that will force mortar through to the outside face, using a stop held at the outside face to ensure complete filling. Holes not passing entirely through walls shall be packed full. Strike off excess mortar flush with a cloth.

3.7 SETTING BEARING DEVICES

A. Loose Bearing Devices: Set and wedge or shim to proper grade or level lines all loose bearing devices. Use a surveying instrument to establish correct center grade. Check each bearing device with a machinist's level. Grout in accordance with paragraph 3.08.

B. Attached Bearing Device: When bearing plates are attached to steel members in the shop, use a surveying instrument to set proper elevation of leveling plates. Check each leveling plate with a machinist's level. Grout in accordance with Section 3.08.

3.8 GROUTING

A. Pre-Mixed Grout: Mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Placing: Clean all dirt, oil, grease, loose material and concrete laitance from surfaces to be grouted. Place grout free of air pockets thoroughly compacted and completely filling the space to be grouted.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 12 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. Machinery and Equipment Base Grouting: Add course aggregate having a maximum size of 1/4-inch of non-shrink grout. Formulate and install in accordance with accepted manufacturer's instructions.

3.9 WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Before concrete pours, designate locations or uses for excess concrete. Options include:

1. Post footing anchorage. 2. Swale, riprap reinforcing. 3. Retaining wall footing ballast. 4. Storm structure covers. 5. Underground utility thrust blocks. 6. Storm pipe flared end section.

B. Before concrete pours, designate a location for cleaning out concrete trucks. Options include:

1. Company-owned site for that purpose (meeting environmental standards). 2. On-site area to be paved later in project.

C. Separate and recycle materials and material packaging in accordance with Waste Management Plan and to the maximum extent economically feasible and place in designated areas for recycling.

D. Set aside and protect materials suitable for reuse and/or remanufacturing.

END OF SECTION

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 30 30 00 - 13 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 03 34 60

CONCRETE FINISHING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to finish concrete work shown on the Drawings, as specified herein or reasonably inferable from either or both.

B. Include the provision for the application of sealers or hardeners as indicated on the Drawings or Specifications or inferred by either.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 03 10 00 CONCRETET FORMWORK 2. Section 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 3. Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4. Section 03 37 00 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION

1.4 REFERENCES

A. Refer to the latest editions of the following, unless otherwise specified herein:

1. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 302 Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction

2. National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP)

NCHRP 244 Series II – Condition Evaluation of Concrete Bridges Relative to Reinforcement Corrosion, Volume 5: Method of Evaluating the Effectiveness of Penetrating Sealers NCHRP 244 Series IV Southern Exposure (non-reinforced)

3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

AASHTO T259/260 Standard Method of Test for Resistance of Concrete to Chloride Ion Penetration AASHTO T 259-02 Standard Method of Test for Resistance of Concrete to Chloride Ion Penetration,” American Association of

CONCRETE FINISHING 30 3460 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

State Highway and Transportation Officials, Washington, DC, 2002. AASHTO T 260 Standard Method of Test for Sampling and Testing for Chloride Ion in Concrete and Concrete Raw Materials

4. American Society for Testing Materials ASTM C 140 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units ASTM E 514 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through Masonry ASTM C67 - 11 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile ASTM C140 - 11 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units ASTM E514/E514M Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through Masonry ASTM C957/C957M Standard Specification for High-Solids Content, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane With Integral Wearing Surface

B. Where one or more of the references cited conflict, the more stringent shall govern.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Use only thoroughly trained and experienced ACI Certified concrete finishers.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products under provisions of Division 01 specification sections.

B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's packaging including application instructions

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit product literature including instructions for application for Sealers and Hardeners.

B. At the direction of the Landscape Architect, secure the services of qualified manufacturer’s representative to oversee installation of approved products.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 CEMENT GROUT

A. Refer to Section 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE of this Specification.

2.2 SEALERS

A. Special Sealer System/Penetrating Anti-Spalling Sealer: The sealer shall be a silane/siloxane based compound that conforms to the following. In addition, the sealer treated concrete must exhibit no scaling when exposed to 125 cycles of freezing and thawing. The system shall conform to the requirements with ASTM C 957-81. The tests must an independent testing laboratory. Product shall be similar and equal to ProSoCo

CONCRETE FINISHING 30 3460 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

“Consolideck® Saltguard® WB”.

1. NCHRP 244 Series II Reduction of Water absorption (compared to 2. untreated control) 89% 3. NCHRP 244 Series IV Reduction in total chloride ion concentration 4. (compared to untreated control) 91% 5. AASHTO T259/260 Chloride penetration 2.8; Total chlorides, pcy 6. 2.1 7. ASTM C 140 Reduction of water absorption (compared to untreated 8. control) 92% 9. ASTM C 67 Reduction of water absorption (compared to untreated 10. control) 94% 11. ASTM E 514 Wind-driven rain penetration (percent reduction of 12. control) 89% 13. Surface deterioration/discoloration: None 14. Penetration (depending on substrate) 1-10 mm 15. Resistance to: Sunlight - Excellent; Alkalinity - Excellent 16. Surface Appearance (after application) No change

2.3 HARDENERS

A. Shake On Hardeners: Abrasive Material/Non-slip Aggregate: Provide fused aluminum oxide grits, or crushed emery, as abrasive aggregate for non-slip finish with emery aggregate containing not less than 40% aluminum oxide and not less than 25% ferric oxide. Use material that is factory-graded, packaged, rust-proof and non-glazing, and is unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials. Materials shall be similar and equal to:

1. “A-H Emery Non-Slip” by Anti-Hydro 2. “Grip-It” by L&M Construction Chemicals 3. “Florundum” by US Concrete Materials, LLC

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Surfaces shall be brought to accurate lines and levels to receive subsequent finishes.

B. Float and trowel the concrete after it has sufficiently set so water and excess fine material is not brought to the surface.

C. Do not sprinkle dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand on the surface to absorb moisture.

D. Tamp, where necessary, to achieve proper condition.

E. Refer to Section 03 3700 Concrete Curing and Protection for protection of concrete and subsequent curing requirements. Proceed with curing immediately after finishing.

3.2 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES

A. Finishing formed concrete surfaces includes all concrete surfaces in contact with formwork and any other concrete surface not considered a slab.

CONCRETE FINISHING 30 3460 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Below Grade Areas in Contact with Fill and All Hidden Vertical Surfaces:

1. Provide a rough-form finish. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 2"in height. Leave surfaces with the texture imparted by the forms.

D. Areas Exposed to View after Construction

1. Provide a smooth-form finish. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/8" in height. 2. Produce finish on newly hardened concrete no later than the day following formwork removal. 3. Rub with carborundum stone as defined herein. 4. Produce a uniform surface in appearance as viewed from 20 feet. Landscape Architect will inspect the appearance of vertical surfaces. If rubbing does not meet his/her approval then Contractor shall accept without disagreement or objection to application of an anit-carbonation, waterproof, elastomeric coating equal to Lastic by ConProco Corporation or approved equal. Color selected by the Landscape Architect.

E. Exposed Horizontal Surfaces

1. Exposed horizontal concrete surfaces shall have a smooth trowel surface.

3.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Definitions

1. Non-slip Broom Finish: Apply a non-slip broom finish to all slabs subject to vehicular traffic, loading dock platforms, exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.

a. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route Coordinate required final finish with the Owner’s Representative before application.

2. Non-slip Aggregate Finish: Apply non-slip aggregate finish to exposed concrete stair treads, platforms, ramps, sloped walks, and where indicated.

a. After completing float finishing and before starting trowel finish, uniformly spread 25 pounds of dampened non-slip aggregate per 100 square feet of surface. Tamp aggregate flush with surface using a steel trowel, but do not force below surface. After broadcasting and tamping, apply trowel finishing as specified.

b. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone, and water to expose non-slip aggregate.

3. Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form-facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 0.25 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. Clean and dampen tie-holes and fill solid with patching material immediately after form removal

END OF SECTION

CONCRETE FINISHING 30 3460 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 03 37 00

CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, materials and equipment necessary to cure all concrete shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, or reasonably inferable from either or both.

B. Include leak testing for all liquid holding structures.

1.3 REFERENCES, STANDARDS, CODES, REGULATIONS

A. Refer to the latest editions of the following, unless otherwise specified herein:

ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 308 Standard Practice for Curing Concrete ASTM C 171 Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C 309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM D2103 Polyethylene Film and Sheeting All applicable State and local codes and regulations

B. Where one or more of the references cited conflict, the more stringent shall govern.

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Maintain environmental requirements as per ACI 301.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING.

B. Deliver, store, protect and handle products under provisions of Division 1 Specification Sections.

C. Deliver curing materials in manufacturer's packaging including application instructions.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including curing compounds and other items if requested by the Owner’s Representative.

B. Concrete Curing and Protection: Submit to Owner’s Representative detailed methods proposed for curing and protecting concrete in normal, cold and hot conditions.

CONCRETE CURING AND PROTRECTION 03 3700-1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing materials called for in Contract Documents, even though these materials may have been omitted from approved shop drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Water: Potable and not detrimental to concrete.

B. Curing Compound:

1. Dissipating resin type with fugitive dye for use on surfaces to be painted, coated or have adhesive applied where incompatibility with the non-dissipating resin type compound exists: a. "Kurez DR" by the Euclid Chemical Company. b. "Curing Compound #2 DR" by the Anti Hydro Company. c. No substitutions.

2. Non-dissipating resin type with fugitive dye for all other vertical and horizontal surfaces:

a. "Eucosil" by the Euclid Chemical Company. b. "Acuricon D" by the Anti Hydro Company. c. "Super Kurhard 309" by A.H. Harris and Sons, Inc. d. No substitutions.

C. Polyethylene Film: ASTM D 2103 and ASTM C 171, 4-mil thick, white color.

D. Waterproof Paper: ASTM C 171.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATORY WORK

A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to be cured.

B. Finishing operations shall be completed prior to curing.

3.2 HORIZONTAL SURFACES

A. All slabs and other non-vertical surfaces shall be cured by the following methods:

1. Moist cure: Cover with waterproof paper or polyethylene film with edges lapped and sealed in such a manner to prevent moisture escaping from the concrete. Maintain in place for not less than 7 days.

3.3 VERTICAL SURFACES

A. All vertical surfaces shall be cured as follows: Liquid curing compounds sprayed or brushed uniformly in single coat on all surfaces immediately following form removal and the final finishing operation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply a second coat at right angles to the first as soon after the first coat is applied as suggested by the manufacturer. Protect exposed reinforcing steel or any surface against which additional concrete or other cementitious finishing materials are to be bonded from

CONCRETE CURING AND PROTRECTION 03 3700-2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

concrete curing compounds.

B. Remove all traces of curing compound from vertical surfaces that are to be painted or coated. Use a stiff broom to remove compound a minimum of 14 days after application.

3.4 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. Concrete Protection: Barricade all concrete surfaces immediately after the surfaces are finished. Do not allow any traffic, except for foot traffic; on the concrete surfaces until the concrete has cured seven (7) days or until concrete cylinders have achieved eighty (80) percent of design strength.

B. Embedded items: Protect projecting inserts, anchor bolts and other embedded items from disturbances until concrete has sufficiently set to hold such items immovable.

C. Protect concrete from damage due to sun, rain, flowing water, frost, weather and mechanical injury.

D. Maintain concrete temperature at a minimum of 90 deg. F for not less than 7 days.

E. Protect all exterior footings from frost action by backfilling with a minimum of 4 feet of soil cover above bottom of footings.

3.5 BACKFILLING

A. Do not backfill against or over any footing or wall until concrete for footing, wall or members they support have reached 80% of design strength as shown by test cylinders, unless otherwise noted.

B. Keep heavy loads away from any wall until the concrete attains its design strength. Place stake banners to prevent encroachment.

C. Contractor is responsible for damage to, or misalignment of, walls resulting from earth backfilling, trapped water or other causes.

END OF SECTION

CONCRETE CURING AND PROTRECTION 03 3700-3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 055200

SITE METAL RAILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.

C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all shop drawings, labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to furnish and install site metal railings and related items as indicated on the Contract Documents, as specified in this Section, and includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Stainless Steel Rails

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications: 1. Division 03 Section: 03 00 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the metal work of this Section: 1. Commonwealth of New Hampshire Department of Transportation (NHDOT): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges 2. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials A36 Carbon Structural Steel A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-dipped, Zinc-coated A123 Zinc (Hot-dip galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products A153 Zinc Coating (Hot-dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware A193 Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature Service A276 Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. A312 Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes

SITE METAL RAILINGS 05 5200 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A500 Cold-formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes 3. AISI: American Iron and Steel Institute AISI 304 Stainless Steel Alloy Designation AISI 316 Stainless Steel Alloy Designation AISI M1020 Merchant Quality Steel AISI BS 1449 Part 4, Standard Mill Surface Finished 4. AWS: American Welding Society D1.1 Structural Welding Code – Steel D1.6 Structural Welding Code – Stainless Steel

B. The following standards shall apply to the painting work of this Section: Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. SSPCSociety for Protective Coatings/Steel Structures Painting Council SP1 Solvent Cleaning SP7 Brush-off Blast Cleaning SP 11 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal PA 2 Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages 2. Federal Standards - Standard No. 595B, Colors Volume 1 3. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials D523-08 Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss D4541-09e1 Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers D4285-83 Standard Test Method for Indicating Oil or Water in Compressed Air D7091 Standard Practice for Nondestructive Measurement of Dry Film Thickness of Nonmagnetic Coatings Applied to Ferrous Metals and Nonmagnetic, Nonconductive Coatings Applied to Non-Ferrous Metals

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Constructed Sample: 1. Fabricate and submit samples of all items fabricated under this Section, showing workmanship for welds, joints, hardware and finish. Samples shall be fabricated per approved Shop Drawings. These samples may not be part of the finished work. Upon approval samples shall be the standard of quality for all site metal items fabricated under this Section.

B. Miscellaneous Samples 1. Stainless Steel Finishes: Representative samples of various grit finishes for stainless steel surfaces. Provide sample chips measuring no less than 6-inches x 6- inches square showing a range of grit finishes coarser and finer than the specified finish for selection by the Landscape Architect and to serve as the standard of performance for delivered product.

C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit complete shop drawings of all miscellaneous metals work required under this Section 055200 for Landscape Architect's approval. Include plans, sections and details as required to show all materials, layout, dimensions, jointing and connections for all items required. Shop drawings required for Stainless Steel Rails.

SITE METAL RAILINGS 05 5200 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2. Shop drawings for site metal items requiring accurate dimensional relationships to newly built or as-built construction, shall be prepared following a review and confirmation of existing conditions to remain. Provide same for existing or as-built measurements and conditions for areas scheduled to receive miscellaneous metal items by the installer.

1.6 QUALITY STANDARDS

A. The current issue of Standard Code of Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction shall apply to this Section 05 5200, SITE METAL RAILINGS, as though written out in full. Welding shall be in accordance with the Structural Welding Code of the American Welding Society.

B. Where structural joints are made by welding, the details of all joints, techniques of welding employed, the appearance and quality of welds made, and the methods used to correct defective work shall conform to requirements of the AISC and AWS codes.

C. Welds shall be made only by welders who have previously been qualified by tests as prescribed in AWS "Standard Qualification Procedure" for the type of work required.

D. All dissimilar metals shall be insulated to prevent bimetallic interaction.

E. Workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best practice of modern shops for each item of work. Metal fabrication shall be accomplished using the highest standards of workmanship. All work shall be executed by experienced metal workers, shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, and meet the following requirements. 1. Individual metal pieces shall be saw cut and carefully fitted together. 2. Sections shall be well formed to shape and size with sharp lines and angles; curved work shall be sprung evenly to curves. 3. Exposed surfaces shall have a smooth finish and sharp, well defined lines and arrises. 4. Grind all edges of bars and plates completely free from nicks and machine marks. 5. All surfaces and connections of metal items shall be without visible grinding marks, surface differentiation or variation. 6. All fabricated carbon steel and stainless steel metal items shall be fine sanded throughout to produce a high standard of surface smoothness. 7. Square and rectangular steel tubing shall have sharp 90 degree corners and edges. Metal furnishings with rounded corners and edges arriving to the Project site or having been installed on the Project site will be rejected, removed and discarded. Replacement of all metal railings so rejected shall be entirely at the Contractor’s expense. 8. Welding shall be continuous and shall extend for the entire length of the joints except where specifically indicated on the Contract Documents. All exposed welds shall be ground smooth. 9. Weld with uncoated wire to prevent flux deposits. If coated wire is used, all flux residue shall be thoroughly removed and bare white metal exposed, prior to galvanization, if applicable. Where overlapping surfaces are welded, seal off contact area by welding all edges around contact area. 10. All welds shall be water tight. 11. All shop connections shall be full seam welded and ground flush and smooth. Field connections bolted unless otherwise permitted as indicated in this Section 055200, SITE METAL RAILINGS. Draw up all threaded connections tightly, after buttering same with pipe joint compound, to exclude water. Deform threads to prevent loosening for all exposed connections subject to vandalism.

SITE METAL RAILINGS 05 5200 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

E. Where the work of this Section 05 5200, SITE METAL RAILINGS, must be attached to other materials or where it must be assembled and installed in the field, Contractor shall cut, drill, punch and ream, countersink and tap, or otherwise provide the required holes in the shop, unless such connections are to be welded. The sizes and locations of all such holes shall be shown on the Shop drawings.

F. Metalwork to be built in with concrete or masonry shall be of the form required for anchorage or shall be provided with suitable anchors or expansion shields.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver and store work as specified under this Section, in a manner to prevent damage to surface finishes of metal items, wracking or stress of components, and to prevent mechanical damage or damage by the elements. All stored materials and items shall be protected from weather, careless handling and vandalism.

B. The Owner will reject railings that show rust stains or damaged because of non-compliance with these conditions. Replace railings without additional cost to the Owner.

C. Deliver work to the site in sufficient time to avoid delay in job progress and at such times as to permit proper coordination of the various parts. Take responsibility for scheduling the delivery of all items so as to minimize on-site storage time prior to installation.

D. Deliver bolts and other small items required for erection of work under this Section, bundled with their respective items.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. Completely coordinate the work of this Section completely with the work of other Sections. Verify dimensions and work of other trades which adjoin materials of the work of this Section 05 5200 before fabricating and installing railings specified.

B. Obtain all necessary templates and patterns required from other trades for proper execution of work of this Section 05 5200. Furnish to other trades items to be built into work of other Sections. Supervise installation of such built-in work.

1.9 GUARANTEE

A. Furnish and deliver standard written manufacturer's guarantee in Owner's name covering all materials and workmanship under this Section 05 5200.

B. Contractor shall pay for repairs of any damage to any part of the project caused by defects in the work of the miscellaneous metals fabricator and for any repair to the materials or equipment caused by replacement. All repairs are to be done to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide only new materials, free from defects impairing strength, durability or appearance and of the quality specified.

SITE METAL RAILINGS 05 5200 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Furnish all supplemental parts necessary to complete each item whether or not such parts are shown or specified. Furnish all fastenings for securing the work required in this Section 05 5200 to the work of other trades. Furnish, deliver, and pay for the costs of furnishing and delivery under the work of this Section.

C. Provide fastenings of the same material, color and finish as the metal to which applied unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 METALS

A. Stainless Steel: 1. Pipe and tubing shall conform to Schedule 10s, Type 304 circular stainless steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A312/A312M-00. 2. Bar stock shall conform to ASTM A276-98B Type 304. 3. Anchor bolts shall be ASTM 276 Type 316. 4. Stainless steel hardware shall be AISI Type 304 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A193M-99A, Identification Symbol B8 or B8A. 5. Stainless steel finish shall be sanded to achieve a consistent, uniform surface texture as would be achieved with a 240-320 grit sand paper.

2.3 STAINLESS STEEL HANDRAILS

A. Welding shall be in conformance with AWS codes. All connections shall be formed with "fish- mouthed" joints full seam welded, ground smooth and sanded.

B. Stainless steel handrails shall have flat steel caps at all ends, fully welded to the handrail and ground smooth.

C. All stainless steel sections shall be fillet welded to the sizes and dimensions shown. Grind all welds smooth and sand welds and all exposed surfaces to achieve a consistent, uniform sanded surface as specified in this Section.

D. Steel posts shall have steel post caps to sizes shown fully welded to post and welds ground smooth as shown on the Contract Documents.

2.4 GROUT

A. Grout as required for anchoring shall be a pourable, quick setting, non-metallic and non-shrinking hydraulic cement grout equal to the following: 1. Five Star Grout U.S. Grout Corporation 425 Stillson Road Fairfield, CT 06430 (800) 243-2206 2. Sika Grout 212 Sika Corporation Lyndhurst, NJ 07071 (201) 933-8800 3. Harris Construction Grout

SITE METAL RAILINGS 05 5200 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

AH Harris & Sons 10 West Mill St. Medfield, MA 02052 (508) 359-7321

2.5 SELF-LEVELING POLYURETHANE SEALANT

A. Provide two or more part, self-leveling, polyurethane based elastomeric sealant, complying with ASTM C 920, Type 1 Class A, having Shore A hardness of not less than 30 when tested according to ASTM C 920, cured modulus of elasticity at 100 percent elongation of not more than 150 psi, when tested according to ASTM D 412, and tear resistance of not less than 50 pounds per inch when tested according to ASTM D 624.

B. Where joint surfaces contain bituminous materials, provide modified sealants that are compatible with bituminous materials encountered.

C. Provide one of the following products that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. Pecora Urexpan NR-200. 2. Mameco Vulkem 245 or 255. 3. Sika 2C, SL. 4. Sonneborn Sonolastic PvJtSt. 5. Tremco THC 900.

D. Extent: Provide self-leveling polyurethane sealant for horizontal joints at stairways, at intersection of reinforced concrete pavement and site improvement items, and to seal all miscellaneous joints or holes shown on the Contract Documents.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 METAL FABRICATION - GENERAL

A. Take all measurements required at the work site. Check measurements, compare dimensions and other data with various trades installing adjoining work to assure proper coordination.

B. Fabricate offset posts, handrails and guardrails as shown and in a manner such that when installed posts are plumb and rails follow grade, the slope of the wall, or the line of the stair tread noses as applicable.

C. Do all shop drilling, shop fitting, shop cutting, shop welding, and bolting required to erect, install and fit metal rails to adjoining work. Conform to AISI Code for Steel or Stainless Steel as applicable. Furnish all screws, bolts, anchors, etc., required to attach metal work securely to adjoining work.

D. Welding shall be continuous except where tack welding is specifically permitted. Tack welding will not be permitted on exposed surfaces. All exposed welds shall be ground smooth.

E. Do not enlarge unfair holes by burning and forcing, but correct by reaming.

F. Install all supports and anchors for metal work except those to be cast into concrete or built into masonry as indicated.

SITE METAL RAILINGS 05 5200 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

G. Furnish all required metal inserts, anchor slots, anchors, anchor bolts, fastenings, etc., for attachment of work of all trades to Cast-in-Place Concrete and Unit Masonry, except where otherwise specified or obviously included under other Sections of the Specifications.

H. Weld with uncoated wire to prevent flux deposits. If coated wire is used, all flux residue shall be thoroughly removed and bare white metal exposed. Where overlapping surfaces are welded, seal off contact area by welding all edges around contact area.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. All metal items fabricated under this Section 05 5200 shall be transported to the construction site and installed in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Cost of transportation of all metal items fabricated under this Section shall be paid for under this Section.

B. Install stainless steel components in conformance to the Contract Documents and approved Shop Drawings. Set all posts plumb. Rails shall follow grade or the nosing of steps as applicable.

C. Stainless-steel hand rail: Core drill all holes for stainless steel handrails in in precise locations established in the field with handrails on hand.

D. Where applicable install posts in cored holes with non-shrink epoxy grout.

E. Install plates, anchors and sleeves to insure chain link fence posts are set be plumb and set to the same elevation above top of wall throughout.

3.3 SEALANTS

A. Strictly comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this Section.

B. Clean cored holes immediately before installation of sealants using high pressure air. Remove substances which could interfere with bond.

C. Unless otherwise indicated, use of sealants shall conform to ASTM C 1193.

D. Tape or mask adjoining surfaces to prevent spillage and migration problems.

E. Force sealant into void between posts and inside of cored holes to provide uniform, dense, continuous ribbons free from gaps and air pockets.

F. Install and tool sealants around posts to shed water.

G. Provide sealants to depths indicated, or if not indicated, follow manufacturer's recommendations.

H. Cure sealants in strict compliance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations to obtain highest quality surface and maximum adhesion. Make every effort to minimize accelerated aging effects and increase in modulus of elasticity.

SITE METAL RAILINGS 05 5200 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

I. Remove smears from adjacent surfaces immediately, as the work progresses. Exercise particular care to prevent smearing or staining of surrounding surfaces which will be exposed in the finished work, and repair any damage done to same as result of this work without additional cost to Owner.

J. Clean adjacent surfaces using materials and methods recommended by sealant manufacturer. Where required, high pressure washing or the use of chemical cleaners shall be employed to clean adjacent surfaces.

K. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned or work that is damaged or deteriorated.

L. Provide temporary protection to ensure sealant work is not damaged following acceptance of sealant work. Protection may include covering of joints subject to damage during remainder of construction period. Remove protection immediately before final acceptance.

3.4 ACCEPTANCE STANDARDS

A. In accordance with the requirements for Quality Standards noted in this Section 05 6000 and for installation as follows, site metal furnishings will be accepted only if they meet the following requirements: 1. Posts are set plumb. Rails follow grade or the nosing of steps as applicable. 2. Anchor plates and sleeves are set at elevations ensuring chain link fence posts can be set plumb and rails level with ease and alacrity. 3. Rails are set at a constant height, meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents, and all applicable codes. 4. Rail alignments are straight and true in locations shown on the contract documents. 5. Surfaces of site metal furnishings are free of stains, cementitious coatings, grouts and things nasty. 6. Paint coatings are free of bare spots, nicks, scratches, runs and any surface degradation 7. Sealant set flush with surrounding receiving surface and sheds water.

END OF SECTION

SITE METAL RAILINGS 05 5200 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 079201

JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all equipment and materials to caulk and seal joints, as indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified. Include, but do not limit to: 1. Sealing of expansion joints and all other joints in exterior construction indicated to receive joint sealer. 2. All other exterior sealing called for, or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and as required to provide weather-tight conditions in exterior assemblies.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications: 1. Section 03 30 02 CAST IN PLACE CONCRET 2. Section 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 3. Section 32 30 00 SITE IMPROVEMENTS

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section. 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C 920 Specifications for Elastomeric Joint Sealants

C 1193 Guide for Use of Joint Sealants

D 412 Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers - Tension

D 624 Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product data, specifications, standard details, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each sealant material used. Provide certifications that sealant materials comply with specified requirements.

B. Initial Selection Samples: Submit samples manufacturer's color charts showing complete range of colors, textures, and finishes available for each material used.

C. Verification Samples: Submit actual representative samples of each sealant material that is to be exposed in the completed work. Show full color ranges and finish variations expected. Provide sealant samples having minimum size of 4 inches long.

D. Test Reports: Provide certified reports for all specified tests.

1.6 COMPATIBILITY

A. Provide sealant and sealant joint backing materials suitable for the use intended and compatible with the materials with which they will be in contact. Compatibility of sealant and accessories shall be verified by the sealant manufacturer.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source: For each sealant material type required for the work of this section, provide primary materials that are the product of one manufacturer. Provide secondary or accessory materials that are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials.

B. Installer: A firm with a minimum of 5 years experience in type of work required by this Section.

C. Mock-Ups: Prior to commencing the primary work of this Section, provide mock- ups at locations acceptable to the Architect. Obtain The Landscape Architect's acceptance of visual qualities. Protect and maintain accepted mock-ups throughout the remainder of the work of this section to serve as criteria for acceptance of the work.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Weather: Perform work of this Section only when existing or forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by manufacturers of the materials and products used.

B. Substrates: Proceed with work only when substrate construction and penetration work is complete.

1.9 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Materials under this Section shall be delivered to, and stored at, the job site in unbroken factory sealed containers with labels intact.

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Furnish joint sealant manufacturer's written single-source performance warranty that joint sealant work will be free of defects related to workmanship or material deficiency for 5 years from date of Substantial Completion of the Project.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Before installation check each sealant for compatibility with adjacent materials and surfaces and with indicated exposures. Select sealers that are recommended by manufacturer for each application indicated. Where exposed to pedestrian or vehicular traffic, provide sealants that are non-tracking and are strong enough to withstand the traffic without damage.

B. Provide colors as selected by The Architect from manufacturer's standard and special colors. Where specifically requested, provide custom color matches.

2.2 SELF-LEVELING POLYURETHANE SEALANT

A. Provide two or more part, self-leveling, polyurethane based elastomeric sealant, complying with ASTM C 920, Type 1 Class A, having Shore A hardness of not less than 30 when tested according to ASTM C 920, cured modulus of elasticity at 100 percent elongation of not more than 150 psi, when tested according to ASTM D 412, and tear resistance of not less than 50 pounds per inch when tested according to ASTM D 624.

B. Where joint surfaces contain bituminous materials, provide modified sealants which are compatible with bituminous materials encountered.

C. Provide one of the following products that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. Pecora Urexpan NR-200. 2. Mameco Vulkem 245 or 255. 3. Sika 2C, SL. 4. Sonneborn Sonolastic PvJtSt. 5. Tremco THC 900.

D. Extent: Provide self-leveling polyurethane sealant for paving joints.

2.3 NON-SAG POLYURETHANE SEALANT

A. Provide multi-part, non-sag, polyurethane based elastomeric sealant, complying with ASTM C 920 Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, having Shore A hardness of 20 to 30, cured modulus of elasticity at 100 percent elongation of not more than 75 psi, and tear resistance of not less than 50 pounds per inch when tested according to ASTM D 624.

B. Provide one of the following products that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. Mameco International Vulkem 227.

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2. Harry S. Peterson Co. Iso-Flex 2000. 3. Sika Sikaflex 2c NS. 4. Sonneborn Sonolastic NP 2. 5. Tremco Dymeric.

C. Where joint requires 50 percent movement capabilities, provide Tremco Dymeric Plus, or equal product approved by The Architect.

D. Extent: Provide non-sag polyurethane sealant for all vertical concrete to concrete joints, masonry to masonry joints, and other joints not indicated to be sealed with another type of sealant.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: Provide primer recommended by sealant manufacturer for surfaces to be adhered to.

B. Bond Breaker Tape: Provide polyethylene or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to prevent three-sided adhesion.

C. Backer Rod: Provide compressible rod of durable non-absorptive material recommended by sealant manufacturer for compatibility with sealant. Provide products of one of the following manufacturers: 1. Backer Rod Manufacturing and Supply Co. 2. Dow Chemical Co. 3. W. R. Meadows, Inc. 4. Williams Products, Inc. 5. Woodmont Products, Inc.

D. Joint backing for general use at joints in horizontal surfaces shall consist of two rows of butyl rubber or neoprene foam rod in contact with one another, and each compressed to approximately 2/3 original width when in place.

E. Provide miscellaneous materials of type that will not bleed through sealant, discolor surface, or produce other deleterious effects. Select size to provide compression to approximately 2/3 original width when in place. Provide backing material profile concave to the rear of the sealant, and equipped with a bond-breaking film.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. The Installer shall examine substrates and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to proper completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning of sealant work means Installer's acceptance of joint surfaces and conditions.

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Strictly comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this Section.

B. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealants, primers, tapes and fillers. Remove substances which could interfere with bond. Etch or roughen joint surfaces to improve bond. Surfaces which have been given protective coatings and those that contain oil or grease shall be thoroughly cleaned with xylol or MEK solvent, with due precautions taken to minimize hazards.

C. Unless otherwise indicated, use of sealants shall conform to ASTM C 1193.

D. Tape or mask adjoining surfaces to prevent spillage and migration problems.

E. Prime surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Provide backer rods for joint sealants except where specifically recommended against by sealant manufacturers.

B. Prevent three-sided adhesion by use of bond breaker tapes or backer rods.

C. Force sealant into joints to provide uniform, dense, continuous ribbons free from gaps and air pockets. Completely wet both joint surfaces equally on opposite sides.

D. Except in hot weather, make sealant surface slightly concave. Install sealants so that compressed sealants do not protrude from joints. Dry tool sealants to form a smooth dense surface. At horizontal joints form a slight cove to prevent trapping water.

E. Provide sealants to depths indicated, or if not indicated, follow manufacturer's recommendations.

3.4 EXTENT OF SEALANT WORK

A. General Extent: Seal joints indicated, and all interior and exterior joints, seams, and intersections between dissimilar materials. Provide elastomeric sealant installation with backer rod in all exterior expansion joints.

B. Exterior Sealing: Without limitation, the work of this Section includes sealing the following: 1. Concrete to concrete joints. 2. Vertical joints between granite curb and adjacent site furnishings. 3. Joint fillers for all joints.

3.5 CURING

A. Cure sealants in strict compliance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations to obtain highest quality surface and maximum adhesion. Make

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

every effort to minimize accelerated aging effects and increase in modulus of elasticity.

3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Remove smears from adjacent surfaces immediately, as the work progresses. Exercise particular care to prevent smearing or staining of surrounding surfaces which will be exposed in the finished work, and repair any damage done to same as result of this work without additional cost to Owner.

B. Clean adjacent surfaces using materials and methods recommended by sealant manufacturer. Where required, high pressure washing or the use of chemical cleaners shall be employed to clean adjacent surfaces.

C. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned or work that is damaged or deteriorated.

D. Provide temporary protection to ensure sealant work is not damaged following acceptance of sealant work. Protection may include covering of joints subject to damage during remainder of construction period. Remove protection immediately before final acceptance.

END OF SECTION

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 116813

PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL

A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.

C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Work of this Section includes: 1. Playground Equipment, 2. Anchorage and Grout for Installation

B. Related Sections: 1. Division 03 Section CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Division 31 Section EARTHWORK 3. Division 32 Section ASPHALT PAVING. 4. Division 32 Section SYNTHETIC RESILIENT SURFACING.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data, storage and handling requirements and recommendations, installation methods and available colors, styles, patterns and textures.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer’s shop drawings, including plans and elevations, indicating overall dimensions.

C. Samples: Submit manufacturer’s samples of materials, finishes, and colors.

D. Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard warranty.

E. Submit powdercoat finish samples for approval.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations:

PLAY EQUIPMENT 116813 - 1

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. Obtain playground equipment through one source from a single manufacturer for all three playground areas in the rear of the project: upper school, lower school and Pre-K playground areas. 2. Obtain playground equipment through a single source from a single manufacturer for the single playground area at the front of the project. 3. Obtain natural wood play equipment from a firm specializing in creative natural wood play.

1.4 REFERENCES

A. ASTM Testing Standards: A36 Carbon Structural Steel A108 Steel Bars, Carbon cold Finished, Standard Quantity A123 Zinc (Hot-dip galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products A153 Zinc Coating (Hot-dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware A307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60000 PSI Tensile Strength A312 Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes A500 Cold-formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes B 117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. D 522 Standard Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings. D 523 Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss. D 2247 Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity. D 2794 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact). D 3359 Standard Test Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test. D 3363 Standard Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test. G 155 Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Non- Metallic Materials.

B. AISI: American Iron and Steel Institute AISI M1020 Merchant Quality Steel

C. AWS: American Welding Society D1.1-2000 Structural Welding Code – Steel

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data and installation instructions.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver materials to site in manufacturer’s original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer.

B. Storage: Store materials in clean, dry area in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Keep materials in manufacturer’s original, unopened containers and packaging until installation.

C. Handling: Protect materials and finish during handling and installation to prevent damage.

PLAY EQUIPMENT 116813 - 2

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT

A. Basis of Design: Kompan Inc, Austin, TX 78753 1. MUGA Sports Court i. Main Posts shall be constructed of Ø76.1mm, 2.9mm wall thickness steel tubing that has been hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461. ii. Post Caps shall be constructed of molded polyethylene, UV stabilized for outdoor use. iii. Steel Side Barrier Panels shall be constructed of horizontal beams of Ø60.3mm, 2.9mm wall thickness steel tubing with vertical bars of Ø14mm solid steel bar. The entire welded assembly shall be hot dip galvanized per ISO 1461. iv. Steel Goal Barrier Panels shall be constructed of horizontal beams of Ø60.3mm, 2.9mm wall thickness steel tubing with vertical bars of Ø26.9mm, 2.35mm wall thickness steel bar. The entire welded assembly shall be hot dip galvanized per ISO 1461. v. Catch-Net shall be constructed of polyamide (PA). vi. Hoop Support Beam shall be constructed of Ø76.1mm, 3.65mm wall thickness steel tubing that has been hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461. vii. Basketball Hoop shall be constructed of Ø 25mm, 3mm wall thickness steel tubing welded to a steel plate of 6mm thickness. The welded assembly shall be hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461 and then powder coated. viii. Basketball Backboard shall be constructed of 19mm thick HDPE (high-density polyethylene). ix. Wood Side Barrier Panels shall be constructed of pressure treated pine boards, of dimensions 143mm x 27mm, mounted to a welded steel assembly that has been hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461. x. Plastic Side Barrier Panels shall be constructed of 19mm thick HDPE (high-density polyethylene) with UV stabilizers. These panels are secured to a welded steel assembly that has been hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461. xi. Do-Nut Bases and Caps shall be constructed of polyamide with UV inhibitors. xii. All Hardware shall be constructed of stainless steel or Delta coated for corrosion protection.

2. BLX4103 BLOQX 3 i. All Footings for the individual play items shall contain attached flanges at the bases for positive retention in the ground or concrete footings. ii. All Exposed Hardware shall be constructed of stainless steel. iii. Panels shall be constructed of die cast polypropylene, UV stabilized for outdoor use. iv. Corner Brackets shall be located in each corner. These corner brackets shall be constructed of Die cast Aluminum with a thickness of 2.5mm. v. Cleats shall be constructed from reinforced polyester. vi. Do-Nut Bases and Caps shall be constructed of polyamide with UV inhibitors. vii. The overall height of the structure shall be 9’ 10”. viii. The structure shall provide opportunities for inverted climbing (climbing surface tilted toward the ground), complete with climbing cleats, to provide an additional challenge if desired. ix. To prevent very young users from accessing the structure, the lowest hand or foot support shall be 18 inches minimum above resilient surfacing. x. PVC (vinyl, plastisol) shall not be present on any portion of the play equipment.

PLAY EQUIPMENT 116813 - 3

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3. FAZ20101 Magnetic Bells, Suspension Trainer, Multi Net Link i. All steel components must be manufactured from carbon steel, with a hot-dip galvanized surface according to ISO1461, and a powder coating corrosion class C4 according to ISO12944-2. Lead content for surfaces must be below 90ppm, and below 100ppm for base material. ii. Mainframe must be made of hot-dip galvanized steel Ø101.6 x 2.9 mm. iii. Supportive posts and beams must be made of hot-dip galvanized steel Ø76.1x3.6 mm. iv. Bars intended for use in exercises must be hot-dip galvanized steel with a polyuria coating. v. Tubes must be Ø40 mm made of aluminum produced from grade AW 6082- T6 or EN AW 6060 T6 anodized to a layer of 20 µm, with a steel core for structural integrity. vi. Net structure and ropes must be made of PP with inner galvanized steel reinforcement. The rope must be induction treated in order to create a strong connection between steel and rope to ensure excellent wear resistance. vii. Weights, paddings and handles must be made of PUR (Polyurethane, Synthetic Rubber) to optimize the interface between the equipment and the user. PUR must be UV stabilized to a maximum without use of heavy metal stabilities. It must fulfill the requirements against phthalates as used in toys, and retain its properties in a temperature range of -30°C to 60°C. viii. Signs must be made of 6.0 mm polycarbonate sheets with information printed on the inside, to offer a vandalism safe construction that cannot be scratched upon.

4. SWINGS: KSW910xx, NAT170319, NAT170320 i. Main Posts shall be constructed of 101.6mm O.D., 2.9mm wall thickness steel tubing that has been hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461. ii. The Overhead Beam shall be constructed of 101.6mm O.D., 2.9mm wall thickness steel tubing that has been hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461. iii. Secondary Support Posts shall be constructed of 48.3mm O.D., 3.2mm wall thickness steel tubing that has been hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461. iv. Post Straps shall be constructed of 30mm wide, 1.25mm thick AISI 304 stainless steel straps with an attached stainless steel weld nut. v. All Hardware shall be constructed of stainless steel or Delta coated for corrosion protection. vi. PVC (vinyl, plastisol) shall not be present on any portion of the play equipment.

5. ELE400024 Spinner Bowl i. The Bowl shall be constructed of a rotomolded medium-density polyethylene bowl with 5mm wall thickness, UV stabilized for outdoor use. ii. The Bearing Housing shall be constructed of die cast aluminum. iii Bearings shall be electric motor quality lifetime lubricated ball bearings, with 72mm outer diameter. iv. The Footing Pipe shall be 101.6mm O.D. with 2.9mm wall thickness and shall be hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461. The top portion of this footing pipe shall be at a 20-degree incline from vertical and there shall be a flange attached to the bottom of the footing pipe to ensure positive retention in the concrete footing. v. All Hardware shall be constructed of stainless steel or Delta coated for corrosion protection. vi. PVC (vinyl, plastisol) shall not be present on any portion of the play equipment. vii. This product shall contain no powder-coated or painted items.

PLAY EQUIPMENT 116813 - 4

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

6. GXY960 Supernova i. The Supernova shall be a rotating play event oriented at an approximate 10 degree angle from horizontal. In lieu of a full platform, there shall be a circular ring, which children can sit or stand upon. The product can either be operated by users sitting on the ring while another person rotates the ring or by all children standing and moving relative to the ring. As the children move about the ring and move closer together or further apart, the ring will rotate in response such that the rotational speed and direction is controlled by all of the children working together to coordinate their movements. ii. The item shall consist of rotomolded polyethylene upper segments connected together via a hot-dip galvanized flat metal ring. Attached to this ring shall be polyamide housings that contain wheels with maintenance-free ball bearings. For reduced wear and increased product longevity, there shall be at least 14 housings and the wheels shall be constructed of polyamide. These wheels shall ride along an angled ring of hot-dip galvanized steel that is footed into the ground via 5 hot- dip galvanized footing pipes. These footing pipes shall contain flanges on the bottom to ensure positive retention in the concrete footings. iii. PVC (vinyl, plastisol) shall not be present on any portion of the play equipment. iv. This product shall contain no powder-coated or painted items.

7. Stainless Steel Slide i. Steel Posts shall be constructed of Ø101.6mm x 2mm stainless steel tubing that has been hot-dip galvanized per ISO 1461 and powder coated. ii. Post Caps shall be constructed of injection-molded Polyamide 6 (PA6) that has been UV stabilized. iii. Footings shall be constructed of 93mm x 93mm extruded steel that has been hot dip galvanized per ISO 1461. v. Support Posts, Frames, Crossbars and Safety Bars be constructed of Ø38 x 2mm stainless steel tubing that has been hot dip galvanized. vi. Panels shall be constructed of EcoCoreTM 19mm high-density polyethylene (HDPE) that has been UV stabilized and contains at least 80% recycled content. vii. Floor Panels shall be constructed of 10mm high pressure laminate (HPL) that contains 25mm x 82mm machined slots near the edges for the purpose of hand support. viii. Steel Slides shall be constructed of stainless steel that has been hot dip galvanized and rolled at edges.

2.5 ANCHORS

A. Stainless steel anchors shall be stainless steel bar stock conforming to the requirements of ASTM A276-98B Type 304, sized as shown on the Contract Documents.

B. Stainless steel threaded anchors for furniture attachment shall be AISI Type 304 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A193M-99A, Identification Symbol B8 or B8A.

2.6 GROUT

A. Grout shall be a non-staining, non-shrink cement grout conforming to ASTM C-827. Grout shall be a non-shrink grout and contain no metals. Grout shall be one of the following or an approved equal:

1. Five Star Grout

PLAY EQUIPMENT 116813 - 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

U.S. Grout Corporation 2. Sika Grout 212 Sika Corporation 3. Harris Construction Grout A.H. Harris & Sons Inc.

2.7 CONCRETE

A. Concrete and steel reinforcing shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 03 Section CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE, of this Specification.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for correct and level finished grade, mounting surfaces, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Complete field assembly of play equipment where required.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, install play equipment and footings/foundations prior to installation of safety surfacing.

C. Install play equipment level, plumb, true, and securely anchored at locations indicated on Drawings.

D. Concrete foundation and footings shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE of this Specification.

3.4 CLEANING

A. After completing site furnishing installation, inspect components. Remove spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finishes to match original finish or replace component.

END OF SECTION

PLAY EQUIPMENT 116813 - 6

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 260001

ELECTRICAL

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. PART A and DIVISION 1 of PART B are hereby made a part of this SECTION.

B. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

C. Coordinate work with that of all trades affecting or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure a steady progress of all work under Contract.

D. When referred to, standard specifications of technical societies, manufacturer's associations, and federal agencies shall include all amendments current as of the date of issue of these Specifications.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:

1. Secondary distribution systems including all distribution panelboards, overcurrent and switching devices, panelboards, raceways, cables, wiring, junction and pull boxes, wireways, and all other components required for complete electrical distribution system. 2. Secondary ductbank to panel. 3. All lighting systems (indoor and outdoor, normal, night, emergency and exit) including all LED fixtures, mounting accessories, switches, controls, outlets, wiring, raceways, and all other components and fittings required for a complete lighting system. 4. Grounding and bonding of all electrical systems and equipment. 5. Wiring devices (switches and receptacles) complete with associated wall plates. 6. Testing and commissioning of all electrical systems. 7. Emergency lighting. 8. Coordination between electrical and other trades. 9. Lighting control systems. 10. All other systems hereinafter specified or indicated on the Contract Drawings, complete, leaving ready an electrical system in perfect operating condition. 11. Core drilling for the Work of this Section. 12. Coordination drawings and record drawings and similar requirements. 13. All required firestopping. 14. All required smoke stopping. 15. Temporary light and power

B. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections:

1. Section 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE for interior concrete equipment pads and installation of backboxes and conduit for electrical devices and light fixtures. 2. Section 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY for plywood packing panels. 3. Section 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE for coordination with electrified door hardware. 4. Section 092116 – GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for coordination with gypsum ceilings.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

5. Section 095113 – ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS for coordination with acoustical ceilings. 6. Section 230001 – BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM: Power and control connections for all BAS panels. 7. Section 312000 – EARTH MOVING for excavation and backfilling for underground work.

C. The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for filing all documents, payment of all fees, and securing of all inspections and approvals necessary for the electrical work.

D. The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall carry in the bid price all state and municipal charges for all permits and materials furnished and work performed by them in conjunction with this Contract and pay same to the respective agency upon demand. The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation after the submittal of his bid price should he fail, for any reason, to obtain the total backcharge costs to be incurred by the state or municipal agencies. Contact the fire department and electrical inspector for the permit application procedure including permit fee costs.

E. The Owner shall pay directly all utility company backcharges.

F. Hoisting equipment: The electrical contractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary to properly execute the work of this section.

G. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: The electrical contractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition all Staging, Planking and Scaffolding that is necessary to properly execute the work of this section.

H. Refer to section 024119 – Demolition for the requirements in the existing building areas.

1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS

A. Prepare and submit complete shop drawings in accordance with requirements of Section 013300 - Submittals and in the manner described herein.

B. Shop drawings and catalog cuts shall indicate Specification Section and paragraph requiring equipment submitted.

C. Shop Drawings shall include all necessary wiring diagrams of all equipment. Shop drawings shall be required of all motor starters, disconnect switches, receptacles, lighting switches, main switchboard, emergency generator, transfer switch, lighting fixtures, lighting and power panelboards, relays, conduit, wire, fire alarm system, fire seals, sound system, floor boxes, dimmers, lighting track, underfloor duct, manholes, ductlines, surface metal raceways, scoreboards, shot timers, intrusion alarm system and auditorium dimming system.

D. Shop drawings of heavy equipment shall specify requirements, loads imposed upon the building structure, and all other information necessary to, and affecting the work of others, and the building structure.

E. Provide complete manufacturer's operating equipment manuals, diagrams and other data to such persons as directed by the Owner for the operation and maintenance of this equipment.

F. Three (3) additional copies of all shop drawings, fixture cuts, brochures shall be furnished to the Architect for approval and later incorporated into the operating and maintenance manuals.

1.4 SAMPLES

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Submit samples of all materials as requested by the Architect.

B. Samples shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with requirements of Section 01300 - Submittals with all postage and transportation costs paid by the Contractor submitting same.

C. Submit samples as requested to the Architect for approval:

1.5 PERMITS, LAWS AND ORDINANCES AND CODES

A. The work shall be executed in full accordance with the current rulings of the latest edition of the Massachusetts Electrical Code and all state and local rulings. Where codes conflict, the more stringent shall apply. Any changes necessary to the Drawings and Specifications, as submitted for bid, required to make conformity to any of the above state authorities shall be called to the attention of the Architect by this Subcontractor at the time of his Bid, otherwise he shall be held financially responsible for all work necessary for an approved installation. If this Subcontractor performs any such work knowing it to be contrary to any such laws, rules or regulations, he shall assume all costs arising therefrom to make conformity to such above rulings.

B. This Subcontractor shall obtain the necessary permits for construction and approval of the plans by the necessary authorities and shall obtain all other permits, licenses or certificates of approval, arrange for all inspections and pay all fees and charges connected therewith. This Subcontractor shall, at the completion of the job, furnish the Architect with a certificate of inspection of the work from the authorities having jurisdiction. The Town has waived the fee for the electrical permit. The Electrical Contractor shall include the cost for all other permits required for any portion of the electrical installation.

C. No work shall be covered before examination and approval by the Architect and by all inspectors and authorities having jurisdiction. Replace any imperfect or condemned work with work conforming to requirements and satisfactory to the Architect, without extra cost to the Owner. If work is covered before due inspection and approval, this Subcontractor shall pay all costs of uncovering and reinstalling such work.

D. In addition to the Massachusetts Electrical Code and the local inspection authorities, the electrical work shall be executed in full accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's latest requirements for "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction".

1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. This Subcontractor shall furnish and keep on the job at all times, one (1) complete and separate set of blackline prints of the electrical work on which shall be clearly, neatly and accurately noted, promptly as the work progresses, all architectural and electrical changes, revisions and additions to the Project. The Electrical Subcontractor shall incorporate all electrical and architectural revisions issued by the Architect. The Electrical Subcontractor shall document his work on these drawings during construction. Wherever work is installed otherwise than as shown on the Contract Drawings, such changes shall be noted.

B. Indicate daily progress on these prints by coloring in various conduits, fixtures, apparatus and associated appurtenances as they are erected.

C. No approval of requisition for work installed will be given unless supported by record prints as noted above.

D. At the conclusion of work, prepare Record Drawings in accordance with the requirements Section 017700 - Project Closeout and Section 017839 – Project Record Documentation. The

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Electrical Subcontractor shall submit to the Architect a complete set of Electrical Record Drawing using CAD. Submit one set of drawings and a thumb drive with a complete set of drawings files. Drawings files shall be in the DWG format and shall be Autocad 2017 compatible.

1.7 OPERATING INSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. This Subcontractor shall instruct to the Owner's satisfaction such persons as the Owner designates, in the proper operation and maintenance of the systems and their parts. Submit to the Architect, a letter naming the person or persons so instructed and the dates of such instruction.

B. Furnish operating and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01700 - Project Closeout and forward same to the Architect for transmittal to the Owner. These manuals shall be bound.

C. The operating instructions shall be specific for each system and shall include copies of posted specific instructions

D. For maintenance purposes, provide shop drawings, parts lists, specifications and manufacturer's bulletins for each piece of equipment.

E. Provide name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer's representative and service company for each piece of equipment so that service or spare parts can be readily obtained.

1.8 GUARANTEE

A. The manufacturer shall provide their standard guarantee for work under this Section; however, such guarantees shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all liabilities which the manufacturer and contractor may have by law or by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

B. All materials, items of equipment and workmanship furnished under this Section shall carry the standard warranty against all defects in materials and workmanship for a period of not less than one (1) year. Any fault due to defective or improper material, equipment, workmanship or design which may develop within that period shall be made good, forthwith, by and at the expense of the Electrical Subcontractor, including all other damage done to areas, materials and other systems resulting from this failure.

C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall guarantee that all elements of the systems are of sufficient as set forth or as indicated.

D. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the systems or equipment during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced by the Electrical Subcontractor.

E. Furnish before the final payment is made, a written guarantee covering the above requirements.

1.9 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DRAWINGS

A. Before submitting prices or beginning work, thoroughly make an examination of the site and Contract Documents.

B. Bidders are advised to visit the site and inform themselves as to the conditions under which this work will be performed. Failure to do so will in no way relieve the successful bidder from

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

the responsibility of furnishing any material or performing any work in accordance with the true intent and meaning of the Drawings and Specifications.

C. No claim for extra compensation will be recognized if difficulties are encountered which an examination of site conditions and Contract Documents prior to executing the Contract would have revealed.

D. The Electrical Subcontractor should inspect the location and length of conduit and duct runs, and the location of equipment installation mentioned in these Specifications.

E. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for ordering and furnishing the correct length of material required. The lengths shown on the Drawings are approximate only and are not warranted to be accurate.

1.10 WORKMANSHIP

A. The entire work provided in this Specification shall be constructed and finished in every respect in a workmanlike and substantial manner. It is not intended that the Drawings shall show every pipe, fitting and appliance, but the Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all such parts as may be necessary to complete the systems in accordance with the best trades practice and to the satisfaction of the Architect.

I. This Subcontractor shall keep other Subcontractors fully informed as to shape, size and position of all openings required for his apparatus and shall give full information to the Construction Manager and other Subcontractors sufficiently in advance of the work so that all openings may be built in advance. Furnish and install all electrical equipment including but not limited to sleeves, support hereinafter specified or required.

J. In the case of failure on the part of this Subcontractor to give proper notice and timely information as noted above, the Electrical Subcontractor shall do his own cutting and patching at his own expense.

K. This Subcontractor shall obtain detailed information from the manufacturers of apparatus as to the proper method of installation and connecting same. He shall also obtain all information from the Construction Manager and the other Subcontractors which may be necessary to facilitate his work and the completion of the whole project.

L. Remove daily to a central location on site, all rubbish and debris and all refuse from workmen' lunches and at completion, remove all surplus materials, temporary works and construction plant and leave all work in clean condition, acceptable to the Architect.

1.11 PROTECTION

A. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible for his work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and accepted. Carefully store materials and equipment which are not immediately installed after delivery to site. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent entry of obstructing material.

B. Each Subcontractor shall protect work and material of other trades from damage that might be caused by his work or workmen and make good damage thus caused.

1.11 TESTS

A. Furnish all labor, material, instruments, supplies and services and bear all costs from the accomplishment of the tests herein specified. Correct all defects appearing under test, and repeat the tests until no defects are disclosed; leave the equipment clean and ready for use.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. All grounds, crosses, shorts must be eliminated from the wiring. Test out all lighting fixtures, together with switches and controls, test the operation of all motors, controllers and other electrical equipment devices. Each piece of electrical equipment, including lighting fixtures, motors and controls shall be operated continuously for a period of not less than one (1) hour in the presence of the Architect or his authorized representative, before acceptance.

C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall perform all tests other than herein specified which may be required by legal authorities or by agencies to whose requirements this work is to conform.

1.13 ABBREVIATIONS

UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. NFPA National Fire Protection Association IEEE Institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association IES Illuminating Engineering Society CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers ANSI American National Standards Institute ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association NEC National Electrical Code MEC Massachusetts Electrical Code AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies

A. “E.C.” as used hereinafter in this SECTION shall mean the “Electrical Subcontractor,” i.e., the filed bid subcontractor under this SECTION 260001.

B. “Concealed” shall be defined as areas where conduit and wiring is located in chases, walls, partitions, shafts, and above finished ceilings.

C. “Underground” shall mean conduit and wiring exterior to or within the building that is buried. All other conduit and wiring shall be considered “exposed.”

D. “Exposed” shall mean conduit and wiring run on the surface of the building construction.

E. “Conduit” shall mean in addition to conduit, all fittings, hangers and other accessories relating to such conduit systems.

F. “Provide” shall mean “provided complete in place,” that is, “furnished and installed.”

1.14 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide at his expense, his own field office which shall be located as directed by the Architect.

B. Any temporary buildings, trailers, or other structures required by the Electrical Subcontractor shall be provided by him and shall be located as directed by the Architect and removed at completion of the work under this Subcontract.

1.15 CLEANING

A. Upon completion of the electrical installation, remove all debris, clean, polish and leave all work in perfect operating condition.

1.16 EQUIPMENT DIRECTORIES AND NAMEPLATES

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Furnish and install typed directories under .020" clear plastic in directory cardholder in each panelboards, showing the utility of each circuit.

B. Identify each item of equipment, including disconnect switches, motor starters, panelboards, circuit breakers on switchboard, relays, contactors and cabinets, by a permanently attached nameplate made of a black surface, white core, laminated micarta with indented letters. Nameplates shall be a minimum of 2" long by 3/4" wide and shall bear the equipment name as designated in the schedules, specifications, or on shop drawings. All nameplates shall be fastened to each piece of equipment with screws.

1.17 ACCEPTANCE OF INSTALLATION CONDITIONS

A. This Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for the proper execution and performance of the work described herein. It shall be his responsibility to inspect all installation conditions and request the construction manager arrange for correcting any conditions which may affect his work adversely. He shall report to the Architect, prior to commencing any portion of his work, any failure of the construction manager arrange for suitable installation conditions for his portion of the work.

1.18 APPROVED EQUAL

A. Approved equal shall mean that the use of all materials shall be submitted to the Architect for approval, and that such approval shall be the sole discretion of the Owner.

B. The term "submit for approval" or similar expressions shall mean that work shall be contingent upon the specific approval of shop drawings by the Architect in writing.

1.19 DRAWINGS

A. The Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic only and are not intended to show ever detail of construction or arbitrary location of wiring. Each system shall be complete with minor parts not specifically noted on the Drawings, but required for a properly functioning system conforming to state and local codes. Where building construction makes it advisable or necessary to change location of wiring or fixtures without increasing the cost of the work, such changes shall be made with the consent of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. In case of conflict with building parts or the work of other trades, the Architect shall be notified immediately and requested to render a decision so that there will be no delay in the building construction.

1.20 GIVING INFORMATION

A. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings and foundations required for all apparatus furnished under this SECTION and give full information to the construction manager sufficiently in advance of the work, so that all such openings and foundations may be built in advance. Furnish all sleeves and supports herein specified, so the construction manager to arrange for installation.

B. In the case of failure to give proper information as noted above, assume the cost of having necessary changes to the work made by the construction manager.

C. Obtain detailed information from the manufacturers of apparatus which is to be provided, for the proper methods of installation. Obtain all information from the General Contractor

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

and other Subcontractors which may be necessary to facilitate the work and the completion of the whole project.

D. Electrical Subcontractor shall inspect the site associated with this project prior to submitting his bid and shall investigate all conditions under which this work will be performed. This shall include determination of exact locations of items indicated as existing on the Drawings. Such existing locations are diagrammatic and shall not be construed as exact enough to use for equipment and labor estimating purposes. Failure to inspect existing conditions or to fully understand the work which is required shall not excuse the Electrical Subcontractor from his obligation to supply and install work in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings and under all existing site conditions. It shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Subcontractor to investigate and locate all existing underground utilities which may conflict with the installation of this electrical work. Coordinate elevations of conduits required to be installed under this Contract to avoid interference with any existing underground utilities.

1.21 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A. Before materials are purchased or work is begun the Subcontractor shall prepare Coordination Drawings showing the size and location of his equipment and lines in the manner described under Section 013300 - Submittals

1.22 ALTERNATES

A. Examine Section 012300 - Alternates for Scope of Work that may affect the work of this Section and include any deleting or additions in the form for sub-bid under the appropriate alternate.

1.23 STAGING AND RIGGING

A. This Contractor shall provide all rigging and hoisting required to complete the Work of the section, unless specifically noted otherwise.

B. All staging, exterior and interior, required to be over eight (8) feet in height, shall be furnished and erected by the General Contractor and maintained in safe condition by him without charge to and for the use of all trades needed by them for proper execution of their work, except where specified to the contrary in any filed sub-bid Section of the Specification.

1. Erecting and dismantling of staging shall be performed only by trained, certified, and experience staging personnel qualified to perform such work.

2. Copies of such certifications, clearly indicating qualifications, shall be provided to the Architect prior to commencement of such erecting and dismantling work.

C. Any staging that is up to eight (8) feet in height shall be furnished and erected by the applicable Subcontractor.

1.24 CUTTING, CORING, AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and patching through existing or new construction using core drill and measuring larger than 6 inches in diameter, or 6 inches by 6 inches shall be performed by Trades specializing in the specific surfaces affected, e.g., carpentry, masonry, metals, etc., except where noted otherwise. Notify the specific Trade(s) of exact locations and sizes for openings required.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. Exposed concrete coring: Notify Contractor of exact locations and sizes for all openings required in exposed concrete, to be executed under Section 03 3000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete.

2. Concrete coring less than 6 inches: Any new penetration cut through existing concrete less than 6 inches in width shall be executed by this SECTION.

3. Concrete coring 6 inches or larger: Notify Contractor of exact locations and sizes for openings larger than 6 inches in diameter required in concrete, to be executed under Section 03 3000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete.

4. Masonry openings less than 6 inches: Any new penetration cut through existing masonry less than 6 inches in width shall be executed by this SECTION.

5. Masonry openings 6 inches or larger: Notify Contractor of exact locations and sizes for openings larger than 6 inches in width required in masonry, to be executed under Section 04 2113 – Brick Masonry, utilizing lintels, furnished per Section 05 5000 – Miscellaneous Metals.

6. Exposed gypsum board: Notify Contractor of exact locations and sizes for all openings required in exposed gypsum board, to be executed under Section 09 2900 – Gypsum Board Assemblies.

7. Concealed gypsum board: Any new penetration cut through existing or new concealed gypsum board less than 6 inches in width shall be executed by this SECTION. Cutting and patching larger than 6 inches in diameter, or 6 inches by 6 inches to be executed under Section 09 2900 – Gypsum Board Assemblies.

8. All cutting shall conform to the requirements of Section 01 7300 – Execution, and 02 4119 – Demolition. Notify Architect prior to any cutting or coring larger than 2 inches.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 9 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Materials specified for the work on all systems in this building shall be new and shall comply with the National Electrical Manufacturers Association's specifications (NEMA), the Massachusetts Electrical Code (MEC) and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). Where materials are not specified, these materials shall be the best of their respective kinds. Submit a list of all materials to the Architect for approval within thirty (30) days after the contract is signed and before any orders are placed. Wiring materials, stock fixtures and equipment shall bear the label of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL), or shall be accompanied by a duly signed certificate from an approved inspection organization which states that the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) for such materials and/or equipment have been complied with, but such label or certificate shall not obligate the Architect to approve said materials, fixtures and/or equipment.

2.2 RIGID METAL CONDUIT

A. Rigid metal conduit shall be manufactured of fine, evenly-grained steel. Rigid metal conduit shall be threaded and shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all scale and rust before applying a galvanized coating outside and a coating of clear, baked-on enamel on the interior surfaces. Rigid conduit shall be of full weight and shall meet all Massachusetts Electrical Codes and Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. standards for rigid metal conduit. Each standard length shall be threaded at both ends and fitted with a coupling at one end and a thread protector at the other. All rigid metal conduit fittings shall be threaded and shall be made of full weight material and treated with the same protective coatings required for rigid conduit. Set screw-type connectors and couplings for rigid metal conduit will not be allowed. Rigid metal conduit shall be used in concrete or other wet construction unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings.

B. Thread fittings such as but not limited to elbows, bends shall be made of full weight material and treated with the same protective coatings required for rigid metal conduit. Set screw-type connectors will not be allowed.

C. All conduit shall be supported with a minimum of two (2) hanger supports for each ten (10) feet of conduit and additional supports shall be provided where structural conditions require them. On flat surfaces, supports shall consist of one-hole heavy wall conduit clamps and one-hole conduit clamp backs.

D. Conduit shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. LTV Steel Tubular Products Wheatland Tube Company Triangle Conduit Company

2.3 ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING

A. Electric metallic tubing (EMT) shall be of welded steel construction and manufactured of light- weight, cold-rolled steel. The exterior shall be protected by an electro-galvanized zinc coating. The interior shall be coated with lacquer. Fittings for electric metallic tubing shall be of the threadless type and shall be constructed and finished as described for tubing. All fittings for tubing shall be of the compression or set-screw and shall be of the steel type. Tubing shall not be installed in concrete or other wet constructions.

B. Electric metallic tubing shall be supported as specified for rigid metal conduit.

C. Electric metallic tubing shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 10 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. LTV Steel Tubular Products Wheatland Tube Company Triangle Conduit Company

2.4 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT

A. Flexible metal conduit shall be constructed of continuous interlocking bands of zinc-coated steel and shall be complete with fittings approved for this type of conduit. Flexible conduit, known as Greenfield, shall be used to connect a motor to its junction box or recessed lighting fixture to its junction box. In mechanical rooms and wet locations, install UL approved liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit for final connection to motors with flexible length not-to-exceed six (6) feet.

B. Flexible metal conduit shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

American Flexible Conduit Electric-flex Company Alflex Corp. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp.

2.5 PLASTIC CONDUIT

A. Plastic conduit encased in concrete shall be schedule 40, rated for 90 degrees C. Cables and plastic conduit installed underground (direct burial) shall also be schedule 40. Plastic conduit shall be composed of polyvinyl chloride, U.L. listed and shall conform to NEMA standards TC-2 and Article 347 of the National Electrical Code. The materials shall have a tensile strength of 6,000 PSI at 73.4 degrees F, flexural strength of 12,500 PSI, tensile modules 470,000 PSI and a compressive strength of 9,000 PSI.

B. Plastic conduit, fittings, and elbows shall be produced by the same manufacturer. All joints shall be solvent welded in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer.

C. Plastic conduit shall only be installed in underground locations as indicated on the Electrical Drawings. Plastic conduit shall NOT be installed within the Building or in any concrete floor slab. All PVC conduit within the underground ductline system shall be concrete encased. Light and power feeders may be installed in PVC conduits under the first floor slab without being concrete encased.

D. Plastic conduit and fittings shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Carlon Products Corporation Cantex, Inc. Scepter Electrical Systems

2.06 METAL CLAD CABLE

A. Metal clad cable (type MC) shall be made of interlock galvanized steel protective armor, solid insulated copper conductors. All conductors shall be insulated solid copper conductors. Type MC cable shall have a solid fully rated insulated green ground conductor. Type MC cable shall be furnished in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Type MC cable shall be used for lighting, and receptacle branch circuit wiring in concealed locations. No type MC cable will be allowed for panel feeders. All fittings hall be steel, dies cast fitting are not allowed. Refer to General Note on Symbol List for details.

B. MC cable and fittings shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

AFC

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 11 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Rome Southwire

2.7 OUTLET BOXES

A. Outlet boxes on concealed conduit work shall be of galvanized steel. These boxes, in all cases, shall be designed to accommodate the equipment or apparatus to be installed either in them or attached to them. Where boxes of a standard size are not available for a particular requirement, special boxes shall be manufactured and furnished to comply with the requirements. Outlet boxes shall be furnished of a size and type to meet the requirements of each type of concrete construction. If standard boxes are not available, special boxes shall be furnished as specified for each type of construction.

B. Barriers shall be provided where two (2) or more electric system have wires or connections in the same box. Boxes shall be furnished of a size and type to meet the requirements of each type of construction. Special boxes shall be furnished as specified for each type of construction.

C. Where boxes are used to support fixtures on ceiling or on the walls, suitable fixture supports of the required type for the specific fixture shall be furnished in each box. Plaster rings shall be furnished of the required depth to meet the conditions for all locations where plaster construction is specified for walls and ceilings. Where lighting fixtures are specified to be installed in concrete ceiling construction, fixture back boxes designed for this purpose shall be provided.

D. Outlet boxes for exposed work in mechanical areas shall be of cast malleable iron with cast covers designed for the specific device. Cast-iron boxes shall have cadmium finish

E. All fittings for exposed conduit work shall be malleable galvanized steel of the type and size adequate to meet the structural and architectural requirements at each locations.

F. Outlet boxes shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Crouse-Hinds Company RACO Appleton Electric Co. Killark Electric Mfg. Co. All Steel Equipment, Inc. Steel City Electric Co.

2.8 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

A. Pull and junction boxes shall be of the proper type, class and construction to suit the specific conditions encountered.

B. Pull and junction boxes shall be of sufficient volume and physical configuration to accommodate the number of conductors entering and leaving the box as well as any splices or connections that may be made within same.

C. Pull and junction boxes that are not specifically shown on the Drawings, but are required for the proper installation of the electrical system shall be installed by the Electrical Subcontractor so that they do not interfere with the structural or architectural features of the building.

D. Pull and junction boxes shall be constructed of code gauge galvanized sheet metal, of not less than the minimum size required by the Massachusetts Electrical Code or other applicable specification standards and shall be furnished with screw fastened covers. Boxes exceeding 48" in any direction shall be properly reinforced with angle iron stiffeners.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 12 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

E. Pull and junction boxes of other than manufacturer's trade size shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal

Keystone Manufacturing Company Lee Products Company Commercial Sheet Steel

2.9 WIREWAY

A. Wireway shall be made of code gauge galvanized steel with formed flanges on body and cover. Finish shall be gray baked enamel and the covers shall be fastened to the body with screws. Wireways shall be furnished with the necessary fittings, including elbows, tees, end caps, couplings, flanges, and hangers.

B. Wireway shall be securely supported at intervals not exceeding five (5) feet.

C. Wireways shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Square D Company Lee Products Company Commercial Sheet Steel

2.10 BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER CONDUCTORS

A. All branch circuit wiring for lighting, receptacles and power branch circuits shall be manufactured of copper with a minimum size of #12 solid AWG. All wiring shall be rated at 600 volts with a type THWN/THHN insulation and conductors #10 AWG and larger shall be stranded. All HVAC and power wiring shall be installed in conduit raceways (Rigid or EMT). Receptacle and lighting branch circuit homerun wiring from the panel to each room shall be and all lighting and branch circuit wiring in the walls shall be type MC cable or installed in surface metal raceways.

B. All lighting and power feeders shall manufactured of copper and rated at 600 volts with THWN insulation.

C. All branch circuit and feeder conductors shall conform to the Massachusetts Electrical Code requirements as to construction and use.

D. The interior wire for the fire alarm system shall be copper, #14 AWG, type THWN for Speaker circuits, #12 AWG, type THWN for strobe light circuits and rated at 600 volts unless otherwise indicated on the Electrical Drawings. The addressable loop circuits shall be a shielded cable. All firing alarm wiring shall be installed in conduit raceways (EMT) (exposed) or fire alarm mc cable (concealed).

E. The interior wire for remote control, signal circuits and interlocking wiring shall be copper #14 AWG, type THHN and rated at 600 volts unless otherwise indicated on the Electrical Drawings.

F. All exterior wiring shall be copper, type THWN and rated at 600 volts unless otherwise indicated on the Electrical Drawings.

G. Wiring installed in one (1) section of a continuous fluorescent lighting fixture to supply a ballast in another section of the same continuous fixture shall be type SFF, rated at 150 degrees C. with the insulation rated at 300 volts.

H. All branch circuit and feeder conductors shall be color coded for phase identification. Phases shall be identified by the following colors throughout:

120/208 Volts

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 13 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A Phase - Black B Phase - Red C Phase - Blue Neutral- White Ground - Green

I. Switch leg wiring shall be of the same color as the corresponding phase.

J. Phase markings shall be accomplished as follows:

1. Wires of #6 gauge and smaller shall have an outer braid of insulation of a solid continuous color for the entire length.

2. It is preferable that wires larger than #6 gauge shall have an outer braid or insulation of a solid continuous color for the entire length. If the particular manufacturer of wire ordered for this project does not provide such continuous coloring, wires shall be identified by a gummed plastic or cellophane marker tape which can be wrapped around the outer braid. Such markers shall be a type as manufactured by the W.H. Brady Company of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, or approved equal. The wires shall be so identified at any and all points of connection to equipment.

K. Branch circuit and feeder conductors shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Rome Cable Corporation American Insulated Wire Corp. Hi-Tech Cable Corp Southwire Company

2.11 SOLDERLESS LUGS AND CONNECTORS

A. All lugs terminating feeder conductors shall be of the solderless type approved by Underwriters' Laboratories for use with copper wires.

B. Branch circuit connections or joints shall have an approved type connector suitable for copper conductors.

C. Wire connectors shall consist of a phenolic compound body with a cone-shaped coil spring and threaded skirt. Outer shell shall be knurled for each grip and capable of use with wrench or pliers.

D. Lugs shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Trego Incorporated Burndy Corporation O.Z. Gedney Company

E. Wire connectors shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

3M Company Burndy Corporation Ideal Industries

2.12 PANELBOARDS AND CABINETS

A. Each panelboard shall consist of automatic short-circuit and over-current protective devices assembled into a single interior unit which shall be mounted in a sheet steel

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 14 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

enclosure, consisting of a box and front designed to be placed in or against a wall or partition. The panelboards shall be of the dead-front type and shall be in accordance with the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. standard for panelboards and enclosing cabinets, and so labeled.

B. The panelboard boxes shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet steel. A turned edge shall be provided around the front of the box for rigidity and attachment of the front. Wiring gutters shall be in accordance with the Massachusetts Electrical Code. All lighting and power panelboards shall be furnished with an equipment ground bus.

C. The panelboard front shall consist of a flat piece of sheet steel, with a door-in-door arrangement. One door shall expose the circuit breaker handles and the other door will provide access to the wiring gutters. The panelboard doors shall be attached by means of semi-concealed, 5-knuckle steel hinges. The doors shall have cylinder tumbler-type lock. On doors more than 48" high, a combination 3-point catch and lock shall be provided. The front shall be attached to the box with rotating adjustable trim clamps. A 5" x 7" circuit directory card and cardholder shall be provide on the inside of the door. Fronts shall be finished in ANSI-61 light gray enamel over a rust inhibitor, except in finished building areas and panels shall primed for painting. All panelboards shall be furnished with locks and all locks shall be keyed alike.

D. The interior shall be of the unit type mounted on a back plate, properly reinforced by flanging to provide a rigid assembly to protect against damage during handling or installation. Structure shall be so designed that units may be easily removed without disturbing adjacent sections, bus structure or insulation. A removable dead front shield shall be provided for easy access to the wiring. Panel bussing shall be arranged to maintain sequence phasing throughout, that is, adjacent poles shall be unlike polarity and rotated in sequence. All lugs shall be of the solderless type, suitable for copper conductors. See paragraph entitled "Solderless Lugs and Connectors".

E. Branch circuit protective devices shall be General Electric Company or approved equal, molded case circuit breakers. The breakers shall have quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanism, inverse time-limit characteristics and shall be trip-free on over-load or short- circuit. Automatic release is to be secured through the medium of bi-metallic, thermal type element engaging the releasing latch of the mechanism. In addition, a magnetic armature shall be provided and calibrated so as to trip the breaker instantaneously for short-circuits above the over-load range.

F. Automatic tripping shall be indicated by handle automatically assuming a position between the manual "OFF" and "ON" position. The individual breakers shall be calibrated and sealed to eliminate tampering or unauthorized changes in calibration. Breakers shall be interchangeable and capable of being operated in any position. Two and three-pole breakers shall be common trip so that an over-load on one pole will trip all poles simultaneously. All circuit breakers with frame sizes larger than 100-amperes rating shall have interchangeable trips. No "Common trip" handle bar ties will be allowed on "Q-Line" multi-pole circuit breakers to accomplish either manual or automatic tripping.

G. Where more than one (1) panel occurs at any one (1) location, a common trim shall be provided with separate panel access doors.

H. No plug-in type circuit breakers will be allowed, and no feed-through bus panels will be approved.

I. All lighting and power panelboards shall be furnished with an equipment ground bus.

J. The exact type of circuit breaker required for each lighting

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 15 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

and power panelboard shall be determined from the panel schedules on the Electrical Drawings.

K. The NEMA interrupting ratings of molded case circuit breakers shall be as follows:

120/208 Volts - Three Phase - Four Wire System

100-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type THQB, 10,000-ampere RMS at 120/240- volts AC (for lighting and receptacle branch circuits only)

100-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type THHQB, 22,000-ampere RMS at 120/240- volts AC (for lighting and receptacle branch circuits only)

100-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type TXQB, 65,000-ampere RMS at 120/240- volts AC (for lighting and receptacle branch circuits only)

100-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type TEB, 10,000-ampere RMS at 240-volts AC (for power branch circuits)

100-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type TED, 18,000-ampere RMS at 240-volts AC.

100-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type THED, 65,000-ampere RMS at 240-volts AC.

225-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type TFK, 25,000-ampere RMS at 240-volts AC.

225-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type THFK, 65,000-ampere RMS at 240-volts AC.

400-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type TJK4, 42,000-ampere RMS at 240-volts AC.

600-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type TJK6, 42,000-ampere RMS at 240-volts AC.

800-ampere frame, General Electric Co., type TKM8, 42,000-ampere RMS at 240-volts AC.

L. Type THQB, THHQB or TXQB circuit breakers or the equivalent shall not be used for any power branch circuits or in any distribution panelboards as identified by panel schedules on the Drawings.

M. All lighting and power distribution panelboards shall be General Electric Company, type CCB. N. Panelboards and cabinets shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

General Electric Company Square D Company Cutler Hammer Company Siemens

2.13 RECEPTACLES

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 16 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Duplex receptacles shall be rated at 20-amperes, 3-wire, 125-volts, with "T" slots, ground slot, double binding screws and plaster ears and shall be Hubble HBL5362 or approved equal.

B. Single receptacles rated at 20-amperes, 3-wire, 125-volts shall be Hubbell #HBL5361 or approved equal.

C. Duplex ground fault interrupter (GFI) receptacles shall be rated at 20-amperes, 3-wire, 125-volts with ground slot and shall be Hubble HBL5362GF or approved equal.

D. Ground fault interrupters installed in wet locations shall be installed in FS boxes with Arrow Hart #4501FS cast aluminum covers.

E. Duplex surge suppression receptacles shall be rated at 20-amperes, 125-volts with ground slot, power-on, damage alert alarm, blue face and shall be Hubbell #HBL5362-S or approved equal.

F. Duplex isolated ground surge suppression receptacles shall be rated at 20-amperes, 125-volts with ground slot, power-on, damage alert alarm, blue face and shall be Hubbell #HBLIG5362-S or approved equal.

G. Single dryer receptacles rated at 30-amperes, 4-wire, 125/250-volts shall be Arrow Hart, Inc. #5744N or approved equal and shall match the dryer cord set.

H. Single receptacles rated at 30-amperes, 3-wire, 125-volts, shall be Arrow Hart #5716N or approved equal.

I. The color of all receptacles connected to the emergency light and power system shall be red.

J. The color of all receptacles shall be "brown" or "ivory". In general, receptacles installed in all finished areas throughout the building shall be "ivory" and receptacles installed in areas with wood paneling or in wood furniture shall be "brown". All receptacles installed in storage, boiler, mechanical and electric rooms shall be "brown". The exact color of the receptacles for each of the various areas of the building shall be determined by the Architect.

K. Receptacles shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Arrow Hart, Inc. Hubbell, Inc. Pass & Seymour

2.14 SWITCHES

A. All toggle switches except those required for special application shall be of the same manufacturer.

B. Switches for use on incandescent or fluorescent lighting circuits shall be of the AC general use type and shall be fully rated at 20-amperes at 120/277-volts.

C. AC toggle switches shall be specification grade, heavy duty, single or double pole, 3 or 4 way, or maintained momentary, or lock-type as indicated by the symbols on the Drawings.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 17 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Toggle switches shall be of the fully rated enclosed cap type with the entire body of molded phenolic, urea, or melamine.

E. Switch handles shall be of an "ivory" color.

F. Switches shall be classed as "silent-acting".

G. All toggle switches shall comply with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. standards.

H. Single-pole switches shall be Hubble HBL1221 or approved equal, rated at 20-amperes, 120/277-volts.

I. Double-pole switches shall be Hubble HBL1222 or approved equal, rated at 20-amperes, 120/277-volts.

J. Three-pole switches shall be Hubble HBL1223 or approved equal, rated at 20-amperes, 120/277-volts.

K. Four-pole switches shall be Hubble HBL1224 or approved equal, rated at 20-amperes, 120/277-volts.

L. Momentary contact switches shall be Arrow Hart #1995 or approved equal, rated at 120/277-volts.

M. All pilot lights rated at 120-volts shall be neon with red lucite jewel and shall be Arrow Hart #1720 or approved equal.

N. All pilot lights rated at 277 volts shall be neon with red lucite jewel and shall be Arrow Hart #1722 or approved equal.

O. In general, switches installed in all finished areas throughout the building shall be "ivory" and switches installed in areas with wood paneling or in wood furniture shall be "brown". All switches installed in storage, boiler, mechanical and electric rooms shall be "brown". The exact color of the switches for each of the various areas of the building shall be determined by the Architect.

P. Switches shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Arrow Hart, Inc. Hubbell, Inc. Pass & Seymour

2.15 DEVICE PLATES

A. A metal device plate shall be provided for each switch, receptacle, signal and special purpose outlet.

B. All device plates shall be metal with a white painted finish.

C. Screws for device plates shall match the plates.

D. Device Plates shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Arrow Hart, Inc. Hubbell, Inc. Pass & Seymour

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 18 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.16 MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES

A. Disconnect switches: Power switches for disconnecting means at all motors ½ HP and over shall be heavy duty type with quick-make, quick-break mechanisms. Disconnect switches shall have interlocking doors. Cabinets shall be bonderized and furnished in gray enamel. Where one (1) feeder supplies more than one motor, disconnecting switches shall be fusible type and shall be complete with fuses of the size required for each motor. NEMA type 3R enclosures shall be used where the disconnect switch is exposed to the weather or installed in wet locations. Disconnect switches shall be capable of being secured in the open position with a padlock.

B. A manual starting thermal-type switch with pilot light shall be provided as a disconnecting means for all motors less than ½ HP unless otherwise indicated on the Electrical Drawings. These thermal switches shall be toggle operated and shall be rated at 1 HP, size 00. Motor overload protection shall be provided by means of a bi-metallic type thermal relay in combination with interchangeable heaters. Heaters shall be installed without removing the starter from the housing or disturbing the wiring. Toggle shall be trip-free. Thermal switches shall be furnished in a NEMA type 1 enclosure in mechanical and utility areas and flush in walls with stainless steel plates in architecturally finished areas.

C. Motor disconnect switches shall be mounted in NEMA type 1 or 3R enclosures and shall be General Electric Company, type TH or approved equal.

D. Motor disconnect switches shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

General Electric Company Square D Company Siemens Cutler Hammer

2.17 Not Used

2.18 MECHANICAL SUSPENSION CHANNEL

A. Mechanical suspension channel shall be furnished and erected and used to support electrical equipment such as panelboards, starters, disconnect switches, plywood backboards and the like. All channel and fittings shall be furnished with the manufacturers standard rust-proofing finish.

B. Channel shall be factory formed of 12-gauge steel and shall have outside cross section measuring 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" or approximately that size, provide that the moment of inertia and the section modulus in the horizontal axis of the channel are at least equal to that of the above-described Section. All required fasteners and fittings shall be furnished to satisfactorily complete the installation as shown on the Electrical Drawings.

C. Mechanical suspension channel shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Unistrut Products Company Power-Strut Kindorf (Steel City Electric Co.)

2.19 120 VOLT LIGHTING CONTROL RELAYS

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 19 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. 120-volt lighting control relays shall be rated at 25-amperes and shall be of the mechanically held or magnetically held type as indicated on the Electrical Drawings. In general, relays for the control of lighting fixtures shall be of the mechanically held type on the normal lighting circuits and relays for the control of small power circuits shall be of the magnetically held type. Relays shall be fully rated when enclosed in metal cabinets.

B. 120-volt lighting control relays shall be manufactured by one of the following or approved equal:

Siemens General Electric Company Cutler Hammer

2.20 THERMAL SWITCHES

A. Thermal switches shall be NEMA Type 1 toggle switch for normal duty with thermal overload relay. Switch enclosures shall be of a type approved for the location and atmosphere in which it is mounted. Thermal switches shall be installed where called for or where required by Code. Thermal switches shall be provided with pilot where called for on the drawings.

B. Thermal switches shall be as manufactured by Square D, General Electric, Siemens, or equal.

2.21 ACCESS PANELS

A. Provide access panels for access to concealed junction boxes and to other concealed parts of system that require accessibility for operation and maintenance. In general, electrical work shall be laid out so access panels are not required.

B. Access panels shall be located in a workmanlike manner in closets, storage rooms, and/or other non-public areas, positioned so that junction can be easily reached and size shall be sufficient for purpose (minimum size 12” x 16”). When access panels are required in corridors, lobbies, or other habitable areas, they shall be located as directed by the Architect.

2.22 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES

A. All conduit and fittings on all work are to be secured by one or more of the following:

1. Masonry - metal clips secured by toggle bolts or lead expansion sleeves. 2. Woodwork - metal clips secured by wood screws. 3. Bar joists - wedge hangers. 4. Flanged beams - flange clips.

B. All pipe hangers and equipment supports shall be constructed and installed in accordance with Seismic Zone requirements as outlined in the State Building Code. This Contractor shall submit one (1) copy of shop drawings and calculations detailing seismic hanger restraints to the local Building Authority and Architect, along with a letter of compliance signed by a registered structural engineer confirming that the piping hangers meet State Seismic Code requirements. Cable provided for seismic systems shall be color-coded and pre-stressed.

2.23 Not Used

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 20 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.24 FIRESTOPPING

A. Firestopping shall be furnished and installed by this section wherever the work of this Section penetrates partition, ceiling, floor assemblies regardless of the fire rating of this assemblies.

B. Firestopping by this Section shall comply with the requirements of Section 07 8413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 21 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL NOTES

A. All materials specified in this Section occurring in acoustical ceilings shall be supported directly from the building structure. The acoustical ceiling system shall not be required to support any item specified in this Section of these Specifications.

B. No wire shall be pulled into the conduit system until it is complete in all details. In the case of concealed work, no wire shall be pulled into the conduit system until all rough plastering is completed. The ends of the conduit shall be tightly plugged to exclude dust, moisture, plaster or mortar while the building is under the process of construction.

C. Knockouts in a junction box on any electrical system shall not be left open and junction boxes not having equipment mounted on them shall be capped.

D. Furnish black laminated (white center) identification markers for each disconnect switch, motor starter, panelboard, remote control switch and any other electrical item requiring identification as to its use. Type all panel schedules to indicate utility of each circuit. All nameplates shall be fastened to each piece of equipment with screws.

E. All branch circuit wiring for light and power shall be #12 AWG, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Verify all measurements and job conditions at the building and report any discrepancies before starting the work. The responsibility for coordinating the electrical work with that of the other mechanical trades shall be part of this Section.

G. All conduit shall be of the size required by the Massachusetts Electrical Code for the number of wires indicated.

H. Conduit runs are shown diagrammatically. The exact locations shall be determined on the job. Exposed conduit shall be installed parallel with or at right angles to the building walls and beams. No diagonal runs shall be allowed on exposed work.

I. The Plans indicate the desired location of lighting fixtures. If an indicated fixture location proves to be impractical because of interferences of other mechanical trades, the Architect shall be consulted to determine an alternate location.

J. The exact mounting height of all exit signs and stem-supported lighting fixtures shall be determined on the job by the Architect.

K. A pulling-in wire consisting of a nylon cord of sufficient strength shall be installed in each spare or future conduit for the convenience of installing future cables.

L. Where 120-volt lighting branch circuit home runs exceed fifty (50) feet and where 277-volt lighting branch circuit home runs exceed one hundred (100) feet to the first outlet, #10 AWG shall be installed.

M. Check all door swings on the Architectural Drawings and if not in accordance with those shown on the Electrical Drawings, the switches for control of the lights shall be located to conform to the door swings shown on the Architectural Drawings.

N. Furnish and install all line safety switches, all necessary mechanical support channel for the mounting of starters and disconnect switches, for heating, ventilating, air conditioning and plumbing equipment.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 22 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

O. Receptacles in toilets and dishwashing areas shall have gasketed covers.

P. Refer to all Architectural Detailed Drawings for exact location and mounting height of wall receptacles and outlets.

Q. All junction and pull boxes indicated on the Drawings or required for the installation of the work shall be of a size required for the particular installation. Boxes shall be code gauge and shall be painted to match the surrounding architecture wherever required by the Architect.

R. All conduit that is installed exposed on the structural ceiling or above hung or furred ceilings shall be properly supported with approved type supports from the building structure. Conduits supported from pipes or ducts will not be allowed.

S. Expansion fittings shall be installed where conduits are concealed in concrete and cross a building expansion joint. These fitting shall be manufactured by O.Z. Gedney Company or approved equal.

T. Electric metallic tubing (EMT) shall be installed only in furred ceilings and shall be used on exposed work only where such exposed work is protected from mechanical injury. Electric metallic tubing shall not be used in concrete work or in wet areas. Electric metallic tubing turning down from suspended ceilings into block or plaster walls shall be continued to the outlets.

U. Rigid steel conduit shall be installed in wet areas, underground, on exposed work where such work is subjected to mechanical injury and concrete encased ductlines wherever indicated on the Electrical Drawings. All conduit installed in mechanical areas shall be rigid steel. Rigid steel conduits turning up thru concrete slabs into block, plaster or gypsum walls shall be continued to the first outlet. No rigid steel conduit will be allowed in any concrete floor slab. All branch circuit conduits installed under the first floor concrete slab on grade shall be rigid steel. PVC conduits containing branch circuit wiring will not be allowed under any floor slab. No conduits shall be installed within in any concrete floor slab.

V. All motors shall be furnished and set in place by the Contractor furnishing the same. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all magnetic starters, all disconnect switches, and all power wiring from the power panels to the motors. Connections to the motors shall be made with liquid-tight, flexible metal conduit.

W. Refer to the architectural and kitchen equipment drawings for the exact location of all kitchen equipment. Furnish and install all line wiring, receptacles, flexible conduits and connections as specified for each piece of kitchen equipment.

X. Refer to the Architectural Reflected Ceilings Plans for the exact location of recessed fixtures in tile ceilings.

Y. In all finished areas, the Architect shall determine the exact location and mounting of each item of electrical equipment.

Z. Any access doors that may be required to provide access to any concealed equipment including but not limited to pull box, junction box shall be furnished by the Electrical Subcontractor for installation by the appropriate Contractor.

AA. The Electrical Subcontractor shall touch up with matching paint, all electrical equipment scratched or chipped during installation.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 23 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

BB. Openings around electrical penetrations through fire-resistance rated walls, partitions, floors, or ceilings shall be firestopped by the Electrical Subcontractor using approved methods to maintain the fire-resistance rating.

CC. It is the intent of these drawings for all rigid steel conduit or electrical metallic tubing installed in finished areas without ceiling shall be coordinated with the Architect prior to installation.

3.2 LIGHTING SYSTEM

A. Provide and install a complete lighting system from the lighting panels to the outlets on the lighting system, including wire, conduit, feeders, outlet boxes, junction boxes, receptacles, switches, lighting fixtures, and lamps; all as specified for a complete lighting system as shown on the Drawings and as described in these Specifications.

B. The branch circuit wire shall be #12 AWG or larger from the lighting cabinets to the outlets and shall be concealed in the building structure where provisions have been made in the structure for the installation of the conduit.

C. All standard catalogue listed lighting fixtures shall meet all the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., as to heat limitations, wiring, and general construction and shall be so labeled. All special lighting fixtures shall be manufactured to satisfy the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., with respect to heat limitations, wiring and general construction

D. The switches and receptacles shall be of the type and capacity called for on the Drawings and specified under the "Products" Section of these Specifications. The exact location of all switches and receptacles shall be determined from the Architectural Detailed Drawings. The drawings indicate the type of lighting fixtures and equipment required at each location.

E. Where recessed lighting fixtures are to be installed in gypsum wall board or acoustic ceilings, plaster frames, finish trim, fittings, and supports shall be furnished and installed under this Section to meet the architectural and structural conditions at the location.

F. Included in the installation of lighting fixtures and lighting equipment shall be the adjustment of the positions of the lighting fixtures, and modifications to reflectors and lamps for appearance, quality, intensity, direction and effect to the satisfaction of the Architect.

G. Fixture parts shall be made of aluminum, brass, bronze, copper, steel or other materials as specified by the manufacturing processes involved in each particular fixture part. In cases where aluminum members are fastened to steel or other dissimilar metal parts, the aluminum shall be separated from such parts by a heavy coating of aluminum paint on the contact surfaces of the metal and allowed to dry before assembling.

H. Aluminum sheet, when placed in contact with brick, gypsum, concrete or similar construction shall be back-painted before the installation.

I. Consult the Architectural Drawings to determine the ceiling heights where hanging fixtures are to be installed. Stems shall be cut to the proper length before installation.

J. Upon completion of this installation of the lighting fixtures and lighting equipment and at the time of final inspection, all fixtures and equipment must be clear and free from defects; and any reflectors or glassware broken prior to the final inspection shall be

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 24 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

replaced.

K. All flush fixtures shall be centered in the architectural treatment and leveled exactly with the finished ceiling. If the lighting fixtures do not center properly, they shall be relocated to conform to the architectural design of the area. Where flush fixtures are indicated on the Drawings, access outlet boxes shall be furnished and the necessary wire installed in flexible metal conduit between the recessed fixture and the outlet box to make a complete metallic connection between the fixture and the outlet box.

L. All lighting fixtures specified in this Section occurring in acoustical ceilings shall be supported directly from the building structure. The ceiling system shall not be required to support any lighting fixtures, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.

M. All lighting fixtures shall meet the requirements of the Massachusetts Energy Code.

N. Electrical Subcontractor shall assume all responsibility for the safe handling of all lighting fixtures which are furnished under this SECTION and other accessories and lamps until the final inspection has been made by the Architect.

O. Special fittings and materials that may be required to support fixtures shall be supplied as well as supports or grounds required to secure surface or pendant mounted fixtures on suspended ceilings unless otherwise noted. Fixtures shall be supported from the structural floor or roof above, independent of furred or suspended ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. This support shall be in addition to regular fixture support bars, saddles. Fixtures mounted in association with suspended or integrated ceiling systems shall be supported above ceiling by threaded 1/4 diameter continuous galvanized steel hanger rods or #12 jack chain. Each such fixture shall have two supports per fixtures. Where duct work, pipes, type of building construction materials and structural framing members provide obstructions or difficult support means, hanger rods shall be used in association with horizontal sections of steel support channels in an approved manner. Steel support channels shall be Unistrut, Kindorf, Huskey Products, or equal. Rigid steel conduit may be used instead of steel support channels as approved by Architect for size and method of support. Exact mounting height of all stem supported lighting fixtures shall be determined on the job by Architect.

P. Fixtures, part or parts thereof (including LED and LED drivers) determined defective upon completion of electrical installation shall be replaced by Electrical Subcontractor, at no cost to Owner.

Q. Consult with General Contractor regarding arrangement of framing members to permit centering of recessed fixtures.

R. Consult with ceiling subcontractor and coordinate fixture locations and supports with suspended ceiling system.

S. Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for furnishing the specified recessed fixtures with proper mounting arrangement to be compatible with the type of ceiling construction in which fixture is to be mounted. The type mounting arrangement shall be changed from that specified or indicated on fixtures schedule to conform to this requirement, at no additional cost to Owner. Submission of shop drawings of such recessed fixtures shall be interpreted to indicate that Electrical Subcontractor has verified ceiling construction, type and material with the Architect for the various areas of the project in which these fixtures shall be mounted. Shop drawings of such fixtures shall be accompanied by a written statement indicating Electrical Subcontractor has verified such mounting arrangements with Architect and the date verified.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 25 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

T. All suspended lighting fixtures shall be hung in association with improved aligner type hangers, except where noted.

U. In addition to fixture supports, surface mounted lighting fixtures shall be secured to surface which they mount at a minimum of two points on fixture housing, as approved, to prevent rotation or movement of fixture out of its normal position of alignment.

3.3 POWER SYSTEM

A. The power system wiring shall consist of THWN insulated wires of the size specified on the Electrical Drawings and the type specified in the "Products" Section of these Specifications. Install these wires in conduit from the power panels to the motors, including connections to the magnetic starters and disconnect switches.

B. All automatic temperature control wiring, including wiring for all control devices shall be furnished and installed under the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Sections of these Specifications, unless otherwise indicated on the Electrical Drawings.

C. All electrical interlock wiring and remote control wiring required for the Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning and Plumbing Systems shall be furnished and installed under the Electrical Section to the extent shown on the Electrical Drawings. All interlock and control wiring not specifically shown on the Electrical Drawings, but required for a correct operation of the Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning and Plumbing Systems shall be included as work under the Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning and Plumbing Section of these Specifications.

D. All control devices, including thermostats, aquastats, fire detection thermostats, flow switches, freeze protection controls and alternators required for the automatic temperature control system shall be furnished and installed under the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Section of these Specifications, unless otherwise indicated on the Electrical Drawings.

E. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain wiring diagrams of all pieces of equipment to which he must wire. Any discrepancies between these wiring diagrams and the wiring indicated on the Electrical Drawings shall be called to the attention of the Engineer as soon as possible.

F. Furnish and install the power system as indicated on the Electrical Drawings from the power panels to all HVAC and plumbing equipment including feeders, power panels, motor disconnect switches and motor starters (except that where starters are an integral part of a motor "Package Unit" these starters will be furnished by the supplier of the motor and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor). All electrical interlock wiring and remote control wiring shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor, unless otherwise noted on the Electrical Drawings. All automatic temperature control wiring for these units shall be furnished and installed under the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Section of these Specifications.

G. Furnish and install the power wiring and disconnect switches for each of the electric unit heaters. The electric unit heaters and associated line voltage thermostats shall be furnished and installed by the HVAC Subcontractor and wired by the Electrical Subcontractor.

Q. Provide and install a motor disconnect switch for each motor furnished on the job by the other Subcontractors and sized for the particular motor unless otherwise indicated on the Electrical Drawings.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 26 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

S. Power wiring shall terminate in a junction box adjacent to each motor. Furnish and install power wiring in a liquid-tight flexible conduit from this junction box to the power terminals of each motor with flexible length not to exceed six (6) feet.

3.4 LIGHT AND POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

A. Furnish and install a complete light and power distribution system from the main secondary switchboard to the power and lighting panels, including wire, conduit, power and lighting panelboards and cabinets.

B. Provide and install the power and lighting panels of the type specified under the "Products" Section of these Specifications and with the number and ratings of circuits shown on the Schedules.

C. Provide and install the power and lighting feeders to the power and lighting panels. Feeder conduits installed in concrete, wet areas, underground or subjected to mechanical injury shall be rigid steel. Feeder conduits installed in furred ceiling areas, partitions or exposed on walls, and ceilings in dry areas, shall be electrical metallic tubing. PVC conduits containing light and power feeders may be installed under the first floor concrete slab. PVC feeder conduits will not be allowed in any concrete floor slab.

3.5 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

A. The electrical characteristics of the primary electric service will be 5 KV, 3-phase, 3-wire, 60-hertz.

B. The electrical characteristics of the secondary electric service shall be 208/120 volts, 3- phase, 4-wire, 60-hertz.

C. All motors furnished under the Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning, Plumbing and Elevator Sections of these Specifications ½ HP and larger shall be designed to operate on the 208 volts, 3-phase, 3-wire, 60-hertz service. All motors under ½ HP shall be designed to operate on the 120 volt, single phase, 60-hertz service.

E. All lighting fixtures shall be designed to operate on the 120/208-volt, 3-phase, 4-wire, 60- hertz system.

3.6 GROUNDING

A. The electrical installation shall be a continuously bonded system through the conduit system from the equipment ground bus in the main switchboard. All couplings, locknuts, and bushings shall be drawn-up tight to the satisfaction of the authority enforcing the Massachusetts Electrical Code. All cabinets and equipment shall become a part of the bonded system. It shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Subcontractor to test the continuity of the bonding system.

B. All electrical equipment shall be properly bonded to the ground bus with #6 AWG copper wire.

C. Furnish and install a #1 AWG copper insulated ground wire in 1-1/4" conduit from the neutral bus in the main switchboard to the street side of the main water shut-off. Properly terminate both the ground wire and the conduit in approved type ground clamps. The resistance to ground shall not exceed twenty-five (25) OHMS.

D. The main switchboard equipment ground bus shall be connected to the electric room ground bus with a #4/0 AWG copper insulated ground wire in 1-1/4" conduit.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 27 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

E. Wherever indicated on the Electrical Drawings, receptacles shall be properly bonded to the green insulated copper ground wire installed in the conduit containing the circuit conductors. This ground wire shall be connected to the equipment ground bus in the respective panelboards and shall be #12 AWG unless otherwise noted on the Electrical Drawings.

F. Wherever indicated on the Electrical Drawings, the equipment ground bus located in the various panelboards shall be connected to the equipment ground bus in the main switchboard located in the electric room with an insulated copper wire of the size shown on the Electrical Drawings. This ground wire shall be installed in the conduit containing the feeder conductors.

3.7 Not Used

3.8 UNDERGROUND SECONDARY SERVICE

A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install the secondary electric service cable in conduit from the pole mounted transformer to the new panel. Refer to the Electrical Drawings for the exact number and size of the secondary service cables. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish the required slack cable at the pole for connections to the transformer by the utility company.

B. All ducts shall be mechanically fastened in place during construction and progress of the work, and shall be plugged to prevent seepage of grout, water or dirt into them and the ends shall be made water tight. Any duct section having a defective joint or broken end shall not be installed. The underground ductline raceways shall consist of plastic conduit or rigid steel conduit. All bends in the ductline shall be made with long sweeps and all elbows shall have a minimum of thirty-six (36) inch radius. A 3/16" nylon pull line shall be installed in all ducts.

C. Wood forms shall be installed by the General Contractor on each side of the duct sections before pouring concrete. Ducts shall be placed on a layer of concrete prior to their initial set of not less than three (3) inches thickness and thicker where details on the Electrical Drawings require additional thickness. The ductline shall be graded for drainage to prevent pockets where moisture may accumulate.

D. Ducts shall be spaced as shown on the Electrical Drawings using approved pre-cast spacers. These spacers shall be left in the concrete. The concrete encasement and steel reinforcing rods shall be furnished and installed as shown on the Electrical Drawings. The concrete shall be reinforced on the top and the bottom of the encasement with steel reinforcing rods by the General Contractor.

E. The Electrical Subcontractor shall extend one 4" galvanized rigid steel conduit up the riser pole to a distance of 10 feet above finished grade. A spare 4" conduit shall be capped at the base of the riser pole. All rigid steel elbows at base of pole shall be furnished with a minimum radius of 36". All conduit work at the primary riser poles shall be in accordance with Utility Company Construction Standard.

F. The Electrical Subcontractor shall keep the Utility Company fully informed at all times as the different phases of the work associated with the new primary electric service are completed.

G. All backcharges by the utility companies shall also be paid for by the owner.

3.9 ELECTRIC SERVICE METERING

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 28 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. The utility company will furnish and install the kilowatt-hour meters.

B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install a feed thru meter socket for the utility company metering and the meter socket shall conform to the requirements of the utility company. Before the installation of any equipment associated with the electric service metering, the Electrical Subcontractor shall consult with utility company and obtain their approval.

3.10 SEISMIC SUPPORTS, SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL AND CHANNELS

A. Provide all supports, supplementary steel and channels required for the proper Seismic installation, mounting and support of all work installed under this Section.

B. All supports, supplementary steel and channels shall be furnished, installed and secured with all fittings, support rods and appurtenances required for a complete support or mounting system.

C. Supplementary steel and channels shall be firmly connected to the building construction in a manner approved by the Architect prior to the installation of same. Submit to the Architect, via the General Contractor, the locations proposed for using supplementary steel and channels for the support of equipment, fixtures and raceways. The submittal shall indicate the mounting methods, size and details of the supports, channels and steel; it shall indicate also that weight which the supports, channels and supplementary steel is to carry.

D. The type and size of the supporting channels and supplementary steel shall be of sufficient strength and size for seismic restraint and to allow only a minimum deflection in conformance with the channel and supplementary steel manufacturer's requirements for loading.

E. All supplementary steel and channels shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner parallel to the walls, floor and ceiling construction. All turns shall be made with 90 degrees and 45 degrees fittings, needed to suit the construction and installation conditions.

F. All supplementary steel, channels, supports, and fittings, shall be Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, approved, be galvanized steel and be manufactured by Steel City, Unistrut, Power-Strut, T. J. Cope, Chalfant or approved equal.

G. Provide supports needed to meet the required Seismic rating. Equipment and work shall meet the restraint requirements for a Seismic Zone - 2 location including installation and connections of material and equipment to the building structure.

H. Provide beam clamps with set screws (C-clamp type).

I. Work under this Section shall be held in place by Seismic rated methods.

J. Supporting from the roof decking will not be acceptable.

K. Provide expansion anchors on masonry units or brick work. Power actuated supports will not be accepted.

L. Provide stainless steel or corrosion resistant supports in corrosive areas on wet or damp areas.

M. Support work from the building structure, independent of suspended ceilings, roof deck or

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 29 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

other trades work. Where duct work, pipes, pipe racks, type of building construction materials or structural framing members provide obstruction or difficult support means, hanger rods shall be used in association with horizontal sections of steel support channels, in an approved manner.

N. All work shall be installed in a rigid and satisfactory manner and shall be supported by bar hangers in frame construction or shall be fastened directly with wood screws on wood, bolts with expansion shields on concrete or brick toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, and machine screws or welded threaded studs on metal. Threaded studs of the proper type and holding capacity driven in by a power charge and provided with lock washers and nuts are acceptable for mounting of equipment on solid concrete walls or slabs.

O. Obtain written permission from the General Contractor allowing use of power activated charges. Use only properly trained and licensed operators.

P. Do not use power charge driven supports for any work that is to be hung from a horizontal surface without written permission from the Architect.

Q. Preset inserts of the proper type and holding capacity shall be used in overhead slab construction wherever possible.

R. Provide lateral supports for work to prevent excessive movement during a seismic event using rods, braces or galvanized or stainless steel cables.

S. Pendants, supports or hanging rods longer than 12 inches (300mm) shall be laterally braced.

T. Where installed in damp, wet and areas requiring wash down, all surface mounted equipment including but not limited to panels, boxes, junction boxes, conduit, shall be supported by spacers to provide a clearance between wall and equipment.

3.11 FIRE STOPPING

A. Electrical installations in hollow spaces, vertical shafts and ventilation or air handling ducts shall be so made that the possible spread of fire or products of combustion will not be substantially increased. Openings around electrical penetrations through fire- resistance rated walls, partitions, floors or ceilings shall be fire stopped using approved methods to maintain the fire- resistance rating. Fire stopping of all penetrations shall be by the Electrical Contractor. The electrical contractor shall provide all required fire/smoke stopping on all corridor walls for all electrical penetrations. The electrical contractor shall provide all required firestopping and smoke stopping per code including local CITY codes.

3.12 SPECIAL COORDINATION INSTRUCTIONS

A. Coordination with the work of other trades is referred to within various parts of this SECTION. The following special instructions shall also be carefully noted:

1. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain from the HVAC contractor copies of all shop drawing prints showing the ductwork installation as it will be put in place on the project. These drawings shall be thoroughly checked by the Electrical Subcontractor and the routing of all conduits and installation of all outlets and electrical equipment shall be coordinated with the ductwork so as to prevent any installation conflict. Such coordination shall be done prior to roughing-in conduits, outlets and electrical equipment.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 30 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2. Locations of all wall outlets shall be verified with the Architect prior to roughing in conduits. Refer to details and wall elevations on the architectural drawings; mounting heights indicated on these architectural drawings and/or specific dimensional information given to the Electrical Subcontractor by the Architect shall take precedence over such information indicated on the electrical drawings.

3. Refer to all other drawings associated with this project. Any equipment which requires an electrical supply circuit, switch, controls and connections, even though not indicated on the electrical drawings, shall be furnished and installed as directed by the Architect. Locations of lighting fixtures shall conform to the architectural reflected ceiling plans.

4. No conduits shall be installed within any concrete slab at grade or above grade.

3.13 INSTALLATION OF OUTLETS

A. If any discrepancy is found to exist between the electrical plans and any other Drawings associated with the project, notify the Architect at once and have location verified before outlets are installed. Any reasonable change in location of outlets and equipment prior to roughing shall not involve additional expense to the Owner.

A. Consult with the ceiling tile subcontractor regarding the centering of outlets in ceiling tile.

B. Whenever outlets of any system are installed in brick, masonry or concrete construction, furnish and install the necessary boxes and conduit in connection therewith so that the General Contractor may build them in as the work progresses. Box offsets shall be made at all outlets to provide for proper adjustment to finished surfaces.

C. Through-wall boxes will not be permitted. Outlet boxes shall not be mounted back to back, but shall be staggered a minimum of 12” on center.

D. Knockouts in any boxes shall not be left open and all boxes not having equipment mounted on them shall be provided with blank covers.

E. Bar hanger type outlets shall be used in hollow framed partitions other than those of the masonry or construction block type, with bar hanger supported from two partition studs. Bar hangers shall be secured to metal type partition studs with self- threading metal screws, or drill through hangers with caddy (or equal) clips shall be used.

3.14 SUPPORTS AND FASTENINGS

A. Support work in accordance with best industry standards, Mass. Electric Code and the following:

B. Include supporting frames or racks for equipment, intended for vertical surface mounting, which is required in a free standing position.

C. Supporting frames or racks shall be of standard angle, standard channel or specialty support system steel members. They shall be rigidly bolted or welded together and adequately braced to form a substantial structure. Racks shall be of ample size to assure a workmanlike arrangement of all equipment mounted on them.

D. No work intended for exposed installation shall be mounted directly on any building surface. In such locations, flat bar members or spacers shall be used to create a minimum of 1/4" air space between the building surfaces and the work. Provide 3/4"

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 31 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

thick exterior grade plywood painted with two coats of fire-retardant grey paint for mounting of panelboards.

E. Nothing (including outlet, pull and junction boxes and fittings) shall depend on electric conduits, raceways or cables for support.

F. Nothing shall rest on, or depend for support on, suspended ceiling media.

G. Support less than 2" trade size, vertically run, conduits at intervals no greater than 8 Ft. Support such conduits, 2-1/2" trade size or larger, at intervals no greater than the story height, or 15 Ft, whichever is smaller.

H. Where they are not embedded in concrete, support less than 1" trade size, horizontally run, conduits at intervals no greater than 7 ft.. Support such conduits, 1" trade size or larger, at intervals no greater than 10 ft.

I. Support all lighting fixtures directly from structural slab, deck or framing member.

J. Where fixtures and ceilings are such as to require fixture support from ceiling openings frames, include in the electric work the members necessary to tie back the ceiling opening frames to ceiling suspension members or slabs so as to provide actual support for the fixtures noted above.

K. As a minimum procedure, in suspended ceilings support small runs of circuitry (e.g., conduit not in excess of 1 inch trade size) from ceiling suspension members as defined above. Support larger runs of circuitry directly from structural slabs, decks or framing members.

L. Fasten electric work to building structure in accordance with the best industry practice.

M. Floor mounted equipment shall not be held in place solely by its own dead weight. Include floor anchor fastenings in all cases.

N. For items which are shown as being ceiling mounted at locations where fastenings to the building construction element above is not possible, provide suitable auxiliary channel or angle iron bridging tying to building structural elements.

O. As a minimum procedure, where weight applied to the attachment points is 100 lbs. or less, fasten to concrete and solid masonry with bolts and expansion shields.

P. As a minimum procedure, where weight applied to building attachment points exceeds 100 lbs., but is 300 lbs. or less, conform to the following:

Q. At field poured concrete slabs, utilize inserts with 20' minimum length slip-through steel rods, set transverse to reinforcing steel.

3.15 LOCATING AND ROUTING OF CIRCUITRY

A. In general, all circuitry shall be run concealed except that it shall be run exposed where the following conditions occur:

1. Horizontally at the ceiling of permanently unfinished spaces which are not assigned to mechanical or electrical equipment.

2. Horizontally and vertically in mechanical equipment spaces.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 32 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3. Horizontally and vertically in electric equipment rooms.

B. Concealed circuitry shall be so located that building construction materials can be applied over its thickest elements without being subject to spalling or cracking.

C. All circuitry and raceways shall NOT be run within any concrete slabs.

D. Circuitry run exposed shall be routed parallel to building walls and column lines.

E. Circuitry for miscellaneous systems indicated without notation as to location and routing shall be run as per the requirements and notations governing the adjacent light and power circuitry.

F. Exposed circuitry located overhead shall be run in a completely accessible manner on the underside of all piping and ductwork.

G. Circuitry run in suspended ceilings shall be routed parallel to building walls, structure and column lines

H. Circuitry shall be routed so as to prevent electric conductors from being subject to high ambient temperature. Minimum clearances from heated lines or surfaces shall be maintained as follows:

1. Crossing where uninsulated 3"

2. Crossing where insulated 1"

3. Running parallel where uninsulated 36"

4. Running parallel where insulated 6"

I. Circuitry shall not be run in elevator shafts, hoistways, and the like. Where outlets for trail cables, pit lights, run be level lights, and the like, are involved, only the "final connection" outlet boxes themselves shall be located within or open into, the confines of the shaft.

3.16 CUTTING, CORING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and patching through existing or new construction using core drill and measuring larger than 6 inches in diameter, or 6 inches by 6 inches shall be performed by Trades specializing in the specific surfaces affected, e.g., carpentry, masonry, metals, etc., except where noted otherwise. Notify the specific Trade(s) of exact locations and sizes for openings required. The extent of masonry walls is shown on the architectural drawings along with approximate locations and sizes of existing masonry openings. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate the Work (including coordination with sub- contractors) to use the existing masonry openings to the greatest extent possible.

1. Exposed concrete coring: Notify Contractor of exact locations and sizes for all openings required in exposed concrete, to be executed under Section 03 3000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete.

2. Concrete coring less than 6 inches: Any new penetration cut through existing concrete less than 6 inches in width shall be executed by the specific Trade(s) installing the work.

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 33 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3. Concrete coring 6 inches or larger: Notify Contractor of exact locations and sizes for openings larger than 6 inches in diameter required in concrete, to be executed under Section 03 3000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete.

4. Masonry openings less than 6 inches: Any new penetration cut through existing masonry less than 6 inches in width shall be executed by the specific Trade(s) installing the work.

5. Masonry openings 6 inches or larger: Notify Contractor of exact locations and sizes for openings larger than 6 inches in width required in masonry, to be executed under Section 04 2113 – Brick Masonry, utilizing lintels, furnished per Section 05 5000 – Miscellaneous Metals.

6. Exposed gypsum board: Notify Contractor of exact locations and sizes for all openings required in exposed gypsum board, to be executed under Section 09 2900 – Gypsum Board Assemblies.

7. Concealed gypsum board: Any new penetration cut through existing or new concealed gypsum board less than 6 inches in width shall be executed by the specific Trade(s) installing the work. Cutting and patching larger than 6 inches in diameter, or 6 inches by 6 inches to be executed under Section 09 2900 – Gypsum Board Assemblies.

8. All cutting shall conform to the requirements of this SECTION.

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL 260001 - 34 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 31 0510

SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies soil and aggregate materials to be used for earthwork and earth moving activities, including but not limited to the following operations:

1. Excavation and filling 2. Trench excavation and filling 3. Rough grading 4. Pavement construction

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 2. Section 32 30 00 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 3. Section 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVEMENT 4. Section 32 31 32 BOULDERS 5. Section 33 40 00 STORM WATER UTILITIES

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

D 421 Standard Practice for Dry Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-Size Analysis and Determination of Soil Constants D 422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort D 1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort D 2487 Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes

2. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department (MHD): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges

3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): T11 Material Finer than 75 um (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing T27Sieve Analysis of Fine and Course Aggregates

SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 31 05 10- 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Soil Samples: Provide a suitable volume of each off-site and on-site soil and/or aggregate material proposed for use on this Project. Deliver soil and aggregate products to the testing laboratory for review and analysis.

B. Test Reports: Submit the following:

1. Mechanical gradation (sieve analysis) of each soil and aggregate material proposed for use on this Project. Mechanical gradation shall be performed on off- site and on-site sources of materials using the same sieves as the materials specified. Sieve analysis shall be in accordance with requirements of D 422 and D 2487. 2. Compaction characteristics in accordance with D698 and D1557.

1.6 DEFINITIONS

A. Base Course: The layer placed between the subgrade or subbase course and surface pavement in a paving system.

B. Borrow: Soil material obtained off-site when sufficient approved soil material is not available from excavations.

C. Drainage Fill: Course of washed granular material supporting slab-on-grade placed to cut off upward capillary flow of pore water.

D. Satisfactory Soil Materials: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, SW, and SP; free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter.

E. Soil: All earth materials, organic or inorganic, which have resulted from natural processes such as weathering, decay, and chemical action of in situ rock or the deposition of unconsolidated material in which more than 35 percent by weight will pass a No. 200 sieve.

F. Structural Backfill: The designated material as indicated in the Contract Documents to attain the proposed grades abutting or adjacent to site structures.

G. Unsatisfactory Soil Materials:

1. Material meeting ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, GM, SC, SM, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT. 2. Material with a maximum unit dry weight per cubic foot less than 90 lb. (40.9 kg) as determined by ASTM D 1557. 3. Material containing visible organic matter, topsoil, organic silt, peat, construction debris, frozen material, roots, and stumps. 4. Material which has a Liquid Limit greater than 55 when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318. 5. Material designated in the field by the Landscape Architect or the testing laboratory.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOURCE OF MATERIALS

A. Material shall be obtained from required on-site excavation, to the extent that suitable material is available, and from off-site sources, to the extent that suitable material is not available from on-site excavation.

SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 31 05 10- 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.2 SUBGRADE UNDER PAVEMENTS, SLABS AND PLANTING SOIL

A. Subgrade to within 18 inches of bottom of Base Course, Drainage Fill and Planting Soil: Soil classification groups GW, GP, SW, and SP in accordance with ASTM D2487.

2.3 FILL SOILS UNDER CONCRETE STRUCTURES

A. Where concrete structures are on fill, subgrade soils from existing, undisturbed soil upward to elevations of bottom of aggregate base shall be soil classification groups GW, GP, SW, and SP in accordance with ASTM D2487. Side slopes of installed subgrade soil shall be no less than 2 feet horizontal to one foot vertical (2:1).

2.4 BACKFILL

A. On-site material for use as backfill shall be natural, inorganic, granular soil, taken from areas of excavation after stripping of topsoil and removal of Unsatisfactory Soil Materials as described above.

1. Use only soil materials meeting the requirements of Satisfactory Soil Materials that are free from rocks greater than 4 inches in diameter or length. Do not use any foreign matter, such as construction debris, trash, wood, roots, leaves, sod, organic matter, or soft clay and silt. Sound pieces of building stone, masonry, and concrete from on-site sources subject to the same size limitations as stone, may be employed in backfill. Individual pieces shall be mixed into general backfill material, leaving no voids between pieces. Backfill shall be clean, non-organic material, of non-swelling character, capable of being readily compacted to form a solid, stable embankment. Pieces of bituminous pavement shall be excluded from the backfill unless their use is expressly permitted by the Landscape Architect, in which case they shall be broken up as directed. Materials containing ice or frozen lumps shall not be employed. 2. Frozen Material: a. Do not backfill with or on frozen materials. b. Remove, or otherwise treat as necessary, previously placed material that has frozen prior to placing backfill. 3. Wet Material: a. Do not mechanically or hand compact material that is, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect or Owner’s Representative, too wet. b. Do not continue backfilling until the previously placed and new materials have dried sufficiently to permit proper compaction.

2.5 BASE

A. Compacted base for pavements shall be Dense Graded Crushed Stone, consisting of inert angular material derived from a stone quarry. It shall be hard, durable stone and stone screenings, free from loam and clay, surface coatings, and plastic materials. Gradation shall conform to M2.01.7 and the following:

Sieve No. % Passing by Weight

2” (50 mm) 100 1-1/2” (37.5 mm) 70-100 ¾” (19.0 mm) 50-85 #4 (4.75 mm) 30-55 #50 (300 um) 8-24 #200 (75 um) 3-10

SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 31 05 10- 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Compacted base for pavements shall be Processed Gravel, consisting of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings, and deleterious materials. Gradation shall conform to MHD Specification Designation, M1.03.1, and the following:

Sieve No. % Passing by Weight

3” (75 mm) 100 1 ½” (37.5mm) 70-100 ¾” (19 mm) 50-85 #4 (4.75um) 30- 60 #200 (75 um) 0 –10

2.6 PIPE BEDDING

A. Coarse Sand and Gravel for drainage pipe zone bedding (encountered under dry subsoil conditions) shall consist of clean, inert, hard, durable grains of quartz or other hard durable rock, free from loam or clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials, and conforming to M2.01.6 of the Standard Specification.

B. Crushed stone for drainage pipe zone bedding (encountered under wet subsoil conditions) shall consist of clean, inert, hard, durable grains of quartz or other hard durable rock, free from loam or clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials, and conforming to M2.01.3 of the Standard Specification.

2.7 THREE-QUARTER INCH CRUSHED STONE

A. Three-quarter inch crushed stone shall consist of inert angular material derived from a stone quarry that is hard, durable, washed stone, free of deleterious materials. Gradation shall conform to M2.01.4, and the following:

Sieve Size % Passing by Weight

1” (25 mm) 100 ¾” (19 mm) 90-100 ½” (12.5 mm) 10- 50 3/8” (9.5 mm) 0- 20 #4 (4.75 mm) 0- 5

2.8 SAND

A. Sand borrow shall consist of clean, inert, hard, durable grains of quartz or other hard durable rock, free from loam or clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials, and conforming to M1.04.0, Type a. The allowable amount of material passing a 75 um sieve as determined by AASHTO T11 shall not exceed 10 percent by mass. The maximum partical size for Sand Borrow shall be 6.3 mm.

2.9 GRAVEL BORROW FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES

A. Gravel borrow for concrete structures shall consist of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings, and deleterious materials. Gradation shall conform to M1.03.0, Type B, and the following:

Sieve No. % Passing by Weight ½” (12.5mm) 50-85 #4 (4.75mm) 40-75 #50 (300um) 8-28 #200 (75um) 0- 8

SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 31 05 10- 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

. Maximum size of stone in gravel shall be 3 inches largest dimension.

2.10 CRUSHED STONE FOR CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS

A. Crushed stone shall consist of inert angular material derived from a stone quarry that is hard, durable, washed stone, free of deleterious materials. Gradation shall conform to M2.01.1, and the following:

Sieve Size % Passing by Weight

2” (50 mm) 100 1 ½” (37.5 mm) 95-100 1” (25 mm) 35-70 ¾” (19 mm) 0 - 25

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 TRANSPORT AND DELIVERY

A. The Contractor shall provide sufficient soil and aggregate material to complete the work of the Contract.

B. Locate, procure and delivery soil and aggregate materials sufficiently in advance of earthwork and earth moving activities to meet Project schedules.

D. Deliver soil and aggregate materials to the Project site in tarpaulin-covered trucks. Stockpile in locations approved by the Landscape Architect.

E. Stockpiled soil and aggregate materials shall be protected from erosion and sedimentation in accordance with the relevant provisions of Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL, of this Specification.

3.2 NOTIFICATION

A. Notify the Landscape Architect when the soil and aggregate materials are scheduled for delivery and schedule his/her attendance on site to witness delivery and stockpiling. Landscape Architect will inspect the soil and aggregate materials for conformance to the requirements of the Contract.

3.3 CLEANUP

A. In accordance with the respective Division 31 Sections of this Specification governing earthwork and earth moving operations.

END OF SECTION

SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 31 05 10- 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 31 11 00

CLEARING AND GRUBBING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to clear and grub the site, complete, as indicated on the Contract Documents, as specified, and as follows.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 01 56 26 TEMPORARY FENCING 2. Section 32 01 93 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 3. Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. Commonwealth of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. The following shall be submitted:

1. Contractor shall certify in writing to the Owner that all debris generated from the work of this contract is legally transported off site and disposed of.

1.6 PROTECTION

A. Do not interfere with use of adjacent buildings or facilities. Maintain free and safe passage to and from adjacent buildings and facilities or both and between them and the public way.

B. Cease operations and notify Owner immediately if safety of adjacent structures, workers, or the general public appears to be endangered. Take precautions to properly support structures and protect workers and general public. Do not resume operations until safety is restored.

C. Prevent movement, settlement or collapse of adjacent services, sidewalks, driveways and trees. Assume liability for such movement, settlement, or collapse. Promptly repair

CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31 11 00 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

damage at no cost to the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

NOT USED

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ON-SITE PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. Before the start on the site of any work of this Section 31 11 00, preceding the arrival of equipment, materials or vehicles to the site, and prior to the commencement of any clearing on the site, the Contractor shall inform the owner’s representative of the commencement of site clearing and grubbing activities to be confirmed. Do no clearing without a clear understanding of existing conditions to be preserved. In addition to the responsibilities and penalties described in other Sections of the Specification, the Contractor shall be held responsible for any and all clearing, damage or destruction to plant material that results from the Contractor’s failure to understand or comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or failure to attend the preconstruction conference on site. In the event of said clearing, damage or destruction the Contractor will be assessed the full penalties described in Section 32 01 93 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION.

3.2 PROTECTION FENCING

A. The Contractor shall install the protection fencing in the locations shown on the Contract Documents, specified under the work of Section 01 56 26 TEMPORARY FENCING, and as directed by the Landscape Architect.

3.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES

A. Existing structures and utilities shall be suitably protected from damage, including but not limited to existing pavements and curbs, site walls, lighting, fencing, concrete vault, manholes, and utility lines.

B. Provide and install erosion and sedimentation control at all existing catch basins, manholes and all other utility structures as specified under Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL.

3.4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

A. Review all requirements of Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL. All work of this Section 31 11 00 CLEARING AND GRUBBING shall follow the erosion control principles identified in Section 31 25 00 and reiterated as follows:

1. Contractor shall perform stripping of vegetation, grading, or other soil disturbance in a manner that will minimize soil erosion. Erosion control devices shall be installed prior to start of any and all clearing and grubbing operations and excavation work. 2. Contractor shall retain and protect natural vegetation to reduce the impact of wind and water caused erosion within the Work area. 3. Contractor shall limit the square footage of bare soil on the project that is exposed to wind and water caused erosion at any given time. Duration of bare

CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31 11 00 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

soil exposure shall be limited. 4. Contractor shall use temporary seeding, mulching, or other approved stabilization measures to protect exposed areas during prolonged construction or other land disturbance. 5. Contractor shall install drainage provisions that will accommodate increased runoff that results from modifications of soil and surface conditions during and after disturbance. Such provisions shall be in addition to existing requirements and shall be installed at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.5 CLEARING AND GRUBBING

A. Trees, shrubs, stumps, brush, grasses, turf, herbaceous plants, downed timber, rubbish, organic matter, miscellaneous vegetation or extraneous debris not indicated on the Contract Documents or designated in the field by the Landscape Architect to remain shall be cleared and grubbed.

B. Clearing shall include the felling, cutting, and satisfactory disposal of all trees, shrubs, branches, litter, stumps, roots and vegetative debris produced through the clearing and grubbing operations.

C. Fell trees in such a way as to not injure trees to be saved. Excavation or grading within the branch spread of trees to be saved shall be performed only under the direction of the Landscape Architect unless otherwise directed.

D. Stumps shall be removed to their full depth. Roots 3 inches and larger shall be removed to a depth of 2 feet below finished grade. Stumps shall be legally disposed of off-site.

END OF SECTION

CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31 11 00 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 311316

TREE PRUNING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Contract Documents and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to perform selective pruning and related trenching within the limits indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified herein. Work shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Root pruning. 2. Crown pruning. 3. Hand trenching and tunneling. 4. Removal of all rubbish, debris, and other materials to be disposed of as a result of the work of this section. 5. Vine eradication

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications: 1. Section 32 01 93 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 2. Section 32 91 13 PLANTING SOILS

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section. 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A300 Tree Care Operations; Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plan Maintenance, Standard Practices Part 1, Pruning Part 2, Fertilization Part 3, Support Systems a. Cabling, Bracing, and Guying Z133.1 Safety Requirements for Pruning, Trimming, Repairing, Maintaining and Removing Trees, and for Cutting Brush 2. ISA: International Society of Arboriculture "Valuation of Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Other Plants", latest edition 3. New Hampshire Food and Agriculture Department (NH):

Ref. 1 Control Recommendation Guide for Insect, Disease, and Weed Pests of Shade Trees and Woody Ornamentals

TREE PRUNING 311316 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall submit to the Landscape Architect for review, proposed methods and materials for selective hand trenching and tree pruning, including a schedule indicating specific dates for implementing specific work items.

B. At least 30 days prior to ordering materials, the Contractor shall submit to the Landscape Architect representative samples, certifications, manufacturer's product data and certified test results for materials as specified below. No materials shall be ordered or delivered until the required submittals have been reviewed and approved by the Landscape Architect. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples. Approval shall not constitute final acceptance. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to reject, on or after delivery, any material that does not meet these Specifications. 1. Fertilizer: a. Submit product literature of planting fertilizer and certificates showing composition and analysis. Submit fertilization rates for fertilizer product based upon soil testing, analysis, and recommendations as described in this Section.

C. At least 90 days prior to the start of construction activities, submit to the Landscape Architect name of professional Certified Arborist hired to perform the work of this Section and proof of arborist’s certification.

D. Progress Schedule: The Contractor shall submit to the Landscape Architect, for approval by the Owner, a progress schedule of construction activities.

E. Schedule for Tree Protection, Pruning, and Fertilizing: The Contractor shall submit to the Landscape Architect for approval, a schedule for tree and plant protection, pruning and fertilizing activities to occur immediately prior to the commencement of construction. Schedule shall be approved by the Landscape Architect prior to the commencement of construction.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Selective pruning methods shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI Z133.1.

B. Work of this Division 2 Section, TREE PRUNING, shall be completed by a professional Certified Arborist with a minimum five years experience, who has successfully completed a certification program equal to the New Hampshire Certified Arborist (NHCA) program/examination sponsored by the New Hampshire Arborists Association.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Notify Landscape Architect before work that requires inspection or testing or both.

B. Do not perform hand trenching and/or tunneling work until required root and crown pruning is complete and Landscape Architects are present for inspection.

1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. General: 1. The proposed method and schedule of tree protection work, root pruning, pruning, fertilizing work submitted by the Contractor, including corrections or revisions by the TREE PRUNING 311316 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Landscape Architect’s review, shall be adhered to. Changes shall be allowed only on written approval by the Landscape Architect.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Damage and Destruction of Trees: 1. The Contractor shall be liable for all damage and/or disturbance to existing trees and shrubs not otherwise designated for removal throughout all portions of the Work of this Contract. Actual charges for damage to plants shall be in accordance with the schedules defined in this Section, with assessed charges to be deducted from sums payable under the Construction Contract. a. Damage which, in the Landscape Architect’s opinion, can be remedied by corrective maintenance shall be repaired immediately. b. Trees or shrubs which are damaged irreparably shall, at the Landscape Architect’s discretion, be replaced by the Contractor with new trees or shrubs of the same size and type. c. In the event that replacement of damaged trees is impractical as determined by the Landscape Architect, the full replacement costs will be assessed to the Contractor's account at a minimum value of $100.00 per square inch of cross- sectional area or greater in accordance with "Valuation of Landscape Trees, Shrubs and Other Plants". 2. Damaged trees or shrubs which require removal and/or replacement shall be removed as noted below: a. Remove all trees, stumps, brush, vegetation, downed timber, rubbish, organic matter and other rubbish or extraneous debris. b. Fell trees in such a way as to not injure other trees to be saved.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Peat moss and mulch materials shall be as specified under Section 32 91 13 Planting Soils and shall be paid for under the work of this Division 1 Section, TREE PRUNING.

B. Fertilizer shall be a commercial product complying with the State and United States fertilizer laws and standards. Deliver to the site in the original unopened containers that shall bear the manufacturer's certificate of compliance covering analysis. Liquid fertilizer for subsurface hydraulic injection to correct soil nutrient deficiencies shall be a product meeting the requirements of ANSI 300 and as modified by this paragraph. Liquid fertilizer shall include a slow release form of nitrogen (50% of N to be water insoluble), phosphorus and potassium; shall be chloride free; shall have a low salt content; and shall have a wetting agent to aid with dispersion. Fertilizer shall contain required micro-nutrients established by soil test analysis.

C. The basis of design for Dormant oil spray when recommended by certified arborist upon inspection of the project plant material shall be a dormant miscible spray equal to "Volck Oil", manufactured by Ortho; "Scalicide", manufactured by Southern Mill Creek; "Horticultural Superior Oil Spray", manufactured by Rockland.

TREE PRUNING 311316 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Insecticides for use in controlling disease, insects and other pests shall approved for use under MA Ref. 1. Submit manufacturer's product data on insecticides proposed for review and approval by the Landscape Architect.

E. Biostimulant 1. Biostimulant shall be a dry water soluble plant treatment that includes beneficial rhizosphere bacteria (Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus polymyxa, Bacillus subtilis, Bacillus thuringiensis, Paenibacillus azotofixans), humic acids, microbial nutrients (maltodextrin, seaweed and yeast extracts) and inert ingredients. 2. The basis of design for Biostimulant shall be “Diehard Transplant” as manufactured by Horticultural Alliance, Sarasota Florida: www.horticulturalalliance.com; “Soil Support Root Enhancer/Soil Amendment” as manufactured by ENP Investments, LLC, Mendota IL www.enpturf.com; “Tree Saver Transplant” by Plant Health Care, Pittsburg PA www.planthealthcar.com , or approved equal.

F Mycorrhizal fungal inoculant shall be live spores packaged in plastic packets. At a minimum each packet of inoculant shall contain the following: 1. Live spores of VA Endomycorrhizal fungi: Vesicular-Arbuscular mycorrihizae fungi, minimum of 8 species. 2. Live spores of Ectomycorrhizal fungi: including Pisolithus tinctorius. 3. The basis of design for Mycorrhizal fungal inoculant shall be manufactured by Plant Health Care Incorporated, 440 William Pitt Way, Pittsburgh, PA 15238; Horticultural Alliance, 2946 Louise Street, Sarasota, FL 34237; BioPlex Organics, 2213 Huber Drive, Manheim, PA 17545.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing trees and plants designated to remain for the length of the construction period, including liability for all damages as specified in this Section. The placement of protection devices shall, however, be at the Contractor's discretion.

3.2 ROOT PRUNING

A. Where construction will be in close proximity to existing trees designated to remain, roots shall be pruned prior to trenching and tunneling operations. Root pruning shall be performed as early as possible before trenching or tunneling operations. Proximity shall be as determined in the field by the Landscape Architect.

B. Root pruning is the physical cutting of tree roots to minimize root damage and promote healing. Root prune using a sharpened spade for all roots smaller than one-inch diameter. Root prune using an ax or chainsaw for all roots greater than one-inch diameter. Any method which tears roots or disturbs the soil beyond the grading limit is unacceptable. Do not use backhoe bucket or any other excavating machine to root prune.

C. Backfill root pruning trench with planting soil mixed with peat moss or compost to a mixture of approximately 75 percent planting soil and 25 percent organics by volume. Tamp soil in

TREE PRUNING 311316 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

6-inch lifts. Each lift shall be compacted to a point at which a foot print makes only a 1/16 inch impression.

D. Apply mulch to a depth of 3 inches at minimum 10 foot radius around tree to reduce compaction and increase moisture retention.

3.3 TREE PRUNING

A. Trees designated to be pruned during construction shall be pruned by an approved Arborist at the direction of the Landscape Architect.

B. Any accidental injuries to the bark, trunk or branches of any tree shall be repaired immediately as directed by the Designer. 1. All pruning must be done in compliance with American National Standards Institute Z133 and A300 standards. 2. Prior to the start of work all trees to be pruned shall be inspected by an Arborist certified by the International Society of Arboriculture. Any unusual safety or tree health concerns must be recorded and presented to the Architect. 3. All pruning cuts shall be made according to ANSI A300 section 5.2.5. No stubs shall be left nor shall flush cuts be made, the branch collar shall be left intact. Severed limbs shall be removed before the end of the workday. Wound dressing shall not be applied. 4. Tree branches shall be removed in a manner that does not damage the tree, other plants or property. Where necessary, ropes shall be used to lower large branches. Not more than 1/4 of the leaf surface of a tree shall be removed. Upon completion of pruning, one half or the foliage shall remain evenly distributed in the lower two thirds of the tree crown and on individual limbs. 5. The following classes of pruning shall be performed: a. Crown cleaning: Trees designated for crown cleaning shall have dead, dying, diseased and/or weak branches one inch in diameter and larger removed. Not more than one out of 4 water sprouts shall be removed when present. One stem of weakly attached "V-crotches" less than 4 inches in diameter shall be removed. The presence of larger V-crotches shall be noted and provided to the Landscape Architect. b. Crown cleaning shall include removal of all dead vines from the crowns of existing trees. Remove dead vines without damage to living branches of the existing trees. 6. All appropriate safety regulations must be followed. A ground person must be situated to direct pedestrian traffic and to maintain a safe work site.

3.4 TREE AND SHRUB FERTILZIATION

A. To improve tree and shrub health, specified areas shall be fertilized.

B. A fertilizer compliant with ANSI A300 standards shall be applied to all trees and shrubs specified in the contract.

C. The fertilizer label specifying the guaranteed analysis, amount of water insoluble nitrogen (WIN) and salt index shall be submitted to the Contract Officer with the bid. The nutrient ration (N:P:K) shall be 4:1:1:, 3:1:1 or 3:1:2. WIN number shall be between 50 to 75 percent. Salt index shall be less than 50.

TREE PRUNING 311316 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Application rate shall be based on nitrogen content. Nitrogen shall be applied at a rate of 3# per 1000 square feet for mature and recently transplanted trees and shrubs. To promote growth the nitrogen rate on immature trees and young, established shrubs shall be 6# per 1000 square feet with in the plant's dripline.

E. Application may be to the soil surface or injected below the soil surface in shrub beds. Fertilizer may be a liquid suspension or granular material. Application to foliage should be avoided.

F. Applications to trees should be in the form of a subsurface soil injection. Injection sites should be remove near the trunk to near the dripline in a grid pattern with 3 feet by 3 feet spacing. Injections shall be 6 to 8 inches below the soil surface at a pressure not to exceed 200 psi. Fertilizer shall be evenly distributed within the dripline.

3.5 MYCORRHIZAL FUNGI APPLICATION

A. Application of Mycorrhizal Spores 1. The application shall be made in a liquid suspension consisting of not less than 10,000 live spores per 1000 square feet of the ectomycorrhizal fungus Pisolithus tinctorius and/or Rhizopogon. 2. The spore suspension temperature shall not exceed 130 degrees F, the point at which spores may be killed. Suspensions may not be mixed more than 8 hours prior to the actual application. Pump pressure, with soil injector open or closed, must not exceed 200 psi. 3. The spore suspension shall be combined with an ANSI A300 compliant slow release fertilizer. (ANSI A300 compliant slow release fertilizer shall have not less than 50 percent of its nitrogen in a water insoluble (WIN) form and shall have a salt index less than 50. Fertilizer ration shall be 3:1:1 (N:P:K). Documentation of the fertilizer label with WIN number and salt index are required.) The fertilizer and spore suspension shall be injected at a pressure not to exceed 200 psi, at depth below the soil surface between 6 and 10 inches, on a 3 foot by 3 foot spacing, in an area near the trunk of the tree to the dripline of the tree. The fertilizer shall be applied at a rate of 3 (or 6 depending on tree requirements) pound of actual nitrogen per 1000 square feet.

3.6 BIOSTIMULANTS

A. Biostimulant application shall be applied by deep watering of trees and shrubbery. Apply at a rate as required by the manufacturer’s instructions for each plant type and size.

3.7 CONTROL OF INVASIVE VINES GROWING IN TREES

A. Herbicide Applications: General Provisions 1. Mixing, applying and/or disposing of herbicides shall always be in accordance with instructions on their labels and all applicable federal, state, and local regulations. All applicators must wear the required personal protective equipment specified on the herbicide label. Mixing shall not occur within sensitive areas, wetlands, or buffer zones. 2. Contractor shall take precautions to avoid herbicide applications before or during rain or precipitation events. The Contractor shall be responsible for monitoring weather conditions and adjusting the work schedule as appropriate for the herbicide and application method to be used.

TREE PRUNING 311316 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3. Targeted vegetation shall be identified and marked prior to treatment. Plants treated by foliar spray, injection or glove application or other methods that leave standing vegetation shall remain clearly marked for identification through the contract period. 4. Desirable vegetation shall be protected from both spray and other physical damage. 5. Contractor is responsible for any damage to vegetation not designated for removal or treatment. Vegetation damaged shall, at the Landscape Architect’s discretion, be replaced or otherwise restored. Cost of replacement plants and/or restoration shall be borne by the Contractor. 6. Contractor shall ensure that the public does not enter a work area while herbicide application or spraying is underway.

B. Disposal of Invasive Plant Material 1. All invasive plant materials to be cleared shall become the property of the Contractor, and the satisfactory disposal of all cleared plant material (seeds, roots, woody vegetation, associated soils, etc.) shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. 2. The Contractor shall take measures to prevent viable plant material from leaving the project site and leading to further infestations (seeds, roots, woody material, etc.) while stockpiled, in transit, or at final disposal locations. 3. All precautions shall be taken to avoid contamination of natural landscapes with invasive plants or invasive plant material. 4. Chipping, shredding, or on-site burning of plant material shall not be permitted unless written approval is given as part of the Invasive Plant Management Strategy. 5. Contractor shall be responsible for treating areas of re-growth due to improper disposal. 6. Provide name, location and references for site of off-site disposal. Provide all applicable transport documents demonstrating disposal off site in legal manner.

C. Controls of Invasive Vines growing in Trees 1. Invasive vines shall be treated in locations as identified on the plans and as located in the field by the Landscape Architect. 2. Stems, foliage, flowers and seed cut for application shall be disposed of off-site and burned to ensure that berries don’t establish new plants elsewhere. On-site burning shall not be permitted. 3. Foliar spray shall be by backpack sprayer only, unless otherwise approved by the Landscape Architect. 4. Herbicide: Tricolpyr or glyphosate except as specified below.

D. Recommended Methods for Invasive Vine Control and Eradication: 1. Basal bark application a. Schedule: 50 degrees F and rising for several days and rain is not expected for at least 48 hours. b. Treatment Method: Using a string trimmer or handsaw, remove some of the foliage in a band a few feet from the ground at comfortable height. To the exposed stems, apply an approved solution of triclopyr ester in wetland limits shall not contain surfactants and shall meet all wetland requirements. c. commercially available basal oil with a penetrant (as recommended by herbicide manufacturer) to vine stems. d. Avoid application of herbicide to the bark of the host tree. 2. Cut Stem Application a. Use this method in areas where vines are established within or around non-target plants or where vines have grown into the canopy but have not yet overwhelmed the non-target plant. TREE PRUNING 311316 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

b. Schedule: 40 degrees F and rising for several days and rain is not expected for at least 48 hours. c. Treatment Method: Stem shall be cut between the first and second node and the remaining stem shall be painted with herbicide. A dye or marking paint shall be used to mark stems treated. d. Rates will depend on herbicide used and shall be per the manufacturer’s label for specific application. 3. Foliar Application a. Use only for basal sprouts and root suckers from basal bark or cut stem treatment application. Monitor eradication sites for re-emergence and apply herbicide to re-emergent growth. b. Schedule: Spraying shall be done from October through November. Steps shall be taken to ensure herbicide does not come in contact with surrounding vegetation. Apply only on days when wind speed is less than 5 mph and rainfall is not forecast within 48 hours. c. Treatment Method: Apply as a low pressure, low-volume spray with marking pigment to identify treated plants. Thoroughly wet the foliage but not to the point of runoff. d. Foliar application shall be made with spray equipment designed to apply small droplets over the entire plant (stems and leaves). These may be made with backpack applicators or hose-end sprayers. Applicators shall use care to treat only the target species, and not desirable neighboring vegetation. Foliar applications done within acceptable standards date ranges.

3.8 INSECT SPRAYING

A. Arborist shall inspect all trees and shrubs within the contract limit line and promptly notify the Landscape Architect in writing of the presence of disease and pest infestations, weak crotches requiring bolting or cabling, or other tree care related issues that requiring action to protect the health of plant material within the project or to protect public health and safety. Include in written notification suggested treatment including chemical agents, dormant oil sprays, plant removal, cabling and bolting, or other options, as well as scheduling of effort.

3.9 UTILITY TRENCHING

A. Mechanical trenching shall be permitted between trees, and outside the limits of the tree's root zone only. As excavation enters tree root zone, excavation shall be done by hand in a manner that minimizes damage to existing vegetation and tree roots. If roots 1 inch diameter or less are encountered, they shall be hand pruned by cutting flush with a sharp saw or with a sharpened spade at the edge of the excavation. Any method which tears roots or disturbs the soil beyond the grading limit is unacceptable. Do not use backhoe bucket or any other excavating machine to root prune. 1. Trenches and/or tunnels shall be located a minimum of 10 feet to one side of the tree trunk, and further if necessary to prevent loss or damage to any major roots or tap root.

B. Excavation shall include satisfactory disposal of excavated material not employed as backfill or fill materials. 1. Excavation material, other than topsoil, which is not required for or is unsuitable for backfill or fill materials, shall be legally disposed of off-site.

TREE PRUNING 311316 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. Excavation for pipe and other items shall be carried far enough below underside of item to accommodate bedding material.

D. Excavations shall not be wider than required to install piping, or perform other necessary work.

3.10 PROTECTION OF TREE ROOTS

A. Exposed tree roots shall be covered with damp burlap or similar protective covering to keep roots from drying out until trench is backfilled and roots are covered with soil.

B. Damaged tree roots shall be cut back to uninjured tissue using a well sharpened pruning shear or pruning saw capable of providing a clean, sharp, flush cut.

3.11 DEADWOOD AND BRUSH REMOVAL

A. Deadwood and brush within the limits of work indicated on the Contract Documents shall be disposed of as follows: 1. Brush, limbs, and other material less than 6 inches in diameter shall be chipped and stockpiled on-site in an area designated by the Architect. 2. All deadwood shall be chipped and stockpiled as specified above. 3. Limbs 6 inches and larger shall be become the property of the Contractor and be legally disposed of off-site. a. Material shall become the property of the Contractor and be disposed of off-site,

B. All debris material not otherwise indicated shall be legally disposed of off-site.

3.12 TREE REMOVAL

A. Trees designated for removal on the plans shall be removed from the site. This work shall include the felling of the trees in such a way as to not injure trees to be saved, utility lines and poles, houses, garages, lawns, plantings and pavement. Tree removal also shall include the satisfactory disposal of all tree trunks, branches, stumps and vegetative debris produced through the tree removal operation.

B. Prior to the commencement of tree removal operations the Contractor shall review with the Architect which trees shall be removed. Under no circumstances shall the tree removal operation commence without the written concurrence of the Architect.

3.13 PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY:

A. Upon encountering any condition of tree work or tree health which might threaten the public health, safety or welfare and which is not directly addressed by this Section, the certified arborist and the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect immediately and shall make recommendations pertaining to the resolution of said conditions.

END OF SECTION

TREE PRUNING 311316 - 9 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 312000

EARTHWORK

1.1 GENERAL

A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Terms and Conditions for Construction and the balance of Divisions 00 and 01 and Technical Specifications.

B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to complete the earthwork which includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Clearing and grubbing. 2. Stripping and removing on-site top soil. 3. In consideration of the limited space for stockpiling materials on this site: the removal of excavated materials from the site. 4. Temporary stockpiling of soil materials prior to hauling off site for disposal. Temporary stockpiling shall include temporary erosion and sedimentation controls. 5. Excavation, fill, and backfill and compaction, to the lines and grades indicated, directed or as otherwise required. 6. Trench excavation, bedding and backfill for utilities, including compaction. 7. Excavation of unsuitable materials, including all existing fill, under proposed foundation and footing areas. 8. Rough grading, subgrade preparation, proof rolling subgrades, placement, moisture conditioning and compaction of fills and backfill. 9. Protect and preserve all existing structures and utilities to remain. 10. Obtain and pay for all required permits, licenses, and approvals of appropriate municipal and utility authorities, prior to commencing the work of this Section, and pay costs incurred there from. 11. Removal of all excess excavated material in accordance with all local, state, and federal regulations.

B. Follow all “Dig Safely” requirements before starting work of this Section. State law requires all excavators and contractors to call one of New Hampshire State’s toll-free, one-call centers before commencing any excavation or demolition work on any project within New Hampshire State. www.call811.com. The work shall be performed in such a manner, and with reasonable precaution taken to avoid damage to utilities under the surface in said areas of the work. Refer to additional requirements specified in Section 024113 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION.

1.3 RELATED WORK

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 024113 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLTION 2. Section 033300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. Division 26 Sections related to Electrical Services 4. Section 310510 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 5. Section 312500 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 1

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

6. Section 329113 PLANTING SOILS 7. Section 321216 ASPHALT PAVING 8. Section 321313 REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVEMENT 9. Section 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 10. Section 329119 LANDSCAPE GRADING 11. Section 329300 PLANTING 12. Division 33 Sections related to Site Utilities

1.4 REFERENCED STANDARDS

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. D 1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort b. D 2487 Classification of Soils for Landscape Architecting Purposes c. D 1556 Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand Cone Method d. D 2167 Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place by the Rubber Balloon Method e. D 2922 Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In-Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) f. D 2937 Density of Soil In-Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method g. D 3017 Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 2. State of New Hampshire Department of Transportation (NHDOT) Standard Specifications, latest edition. 3. United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). a. OSHA 29 CFR 1910 regulations, all Subparts applicable to the work of this Contract. b. Regulations (Standards – 29 CFR), PART 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Subparts A through Subpart CC as applicable, and, specific to this Section: c. Regulations (Standards – 29 CFR), PART 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations.

1.5 LAWS AND REGULATIONS

A. Work shall be accomplished in accordance with regulations of local, county, state and federal agencies and utility company standards as they apply.

B. Comply with the provisions of the Manual for Accident Prevention in Construction of the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc., and the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, United States Department of Labor (OSHA).

C. Contractors shall notify “Dig Safely” of proposed excavation, demolition or explosive work in public or private ways, and utility company right-of-way or easement. The work shall be performed in such a manner, and with reasonable precaution taken to avoid damage to utilities under the surface in said areas of the work.

D. Contractor shall contact all utility companies whose utilities might be affected by the Work of this Section and notify these utility companies of contemplated excavation, work in public or private ways, and utility right-of-way easement. Contractor shall not commence work until all utility companies have responded and provided the necessary receipts. The work shall then be performed in such a manner, and with reasonable precaution taken to avoid damage to utilities under the surface in said areas of the work.]

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 2

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL

A. The Contractor shall retain and pay for the services of a soil testing agency to perform on-site observation and soil testing during the placement of bedding, backfill and fill and all other below- grade construction work. The testing agency shall perform in-place soil density testing to confirm that fill material has been compacted in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The services of the Contractor’s testing agency shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

1. Observation during excavation of proposed footings, utilities, and controlled fill areas. 2. Observation of subgrade as defined in Article 3.5 prior to fill placement and/or footing construction. 3. Laboratory testing and analysis of fill and backfill materials submitted as specified in this Section.

B. In addition to the work performed by the Contractor’s testing agency, the City may retain the services of a Geotechnical LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT to perform quality assurance observations, testing of fill placement and below-grade construction observations at the direction of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. Contractor shall notify LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT at least 72 hours in advance of his/her scheduled compaction testing so that the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT can make appropriate arrangements for quality assurance protocols. Cooperate fully in obtaining the information desired and allowing free access to the work. The services of the testing agency, may include, but not necessarily be limited to, density testing of compacted fill:

C. The City reserves the right to modify or waive the services of the Geotechnical LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT during certain aspects of the work.

D. Contractor shall make provisions for allowing access for observations and testing of Contractor’s Work by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT and soil testing agency.

E. The presence of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT does not include supervision or direction of the actual work of the Contractor, his employees or agents. Neither shall the presence of the Geotechnical LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, nor any observations and testing performed by the City’s Testing Agency or the Geotechnical LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, nor failure to give notice of defects excuse the Contractor from defects discovered in his work.

F. Costs related to retesting due to unacceptable qualities of Contractor’s work and failures discovered by testing shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional expense to City.

G. Materials which have been previously tested may be subjected to further testing from time to time and may be rejected if it is determined that they do not conform to the requirements of these Specifications. Rejected materials shall be removed from the work immediately when so directed by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, notwithstanding the results of previous testing.

1.7 SOIL TESTING

A. Materials will be tested and observed as described in the following paragraphs. Cooperate by allowing free access to the work for selection of test materials and observations.

1. Testing methods shall comply with the latest applicable ASTM Standards specified. 2. During subgrade preparation, before placement of aggregate base and bedding material and all concrete foundation work, the Contractor’s testing agency shall observe the subgrade and perform in-place soil density tests as required to confirm that the bearing characteristics of the subgrade are acceptable for the scope of Work of this Contract. Earthwork activities performed without properly scheduled inspection are subject to

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 3

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

removal and replacement or additional testing as directed by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT at no expense to the City. 3. During the placement of bedding, backfill and fill, perform in-place soil density testing by the Contractor’s soil testing agency to confirm that fill material has been compacted in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT may designate areas to be tested. Contractor shall notify LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT at least 72 hours in advance of scheduled compaction testing. a. Structures. At least one density and moisture content test for subgrade below Stair A and Stair B and below the Vertical Beacons as indicated. b. Trench Excavations. At least one nuclear density and moisture content test shall be conducted at a maximum of 50-ft intervals for each lift of fill placed or as directed by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. c. Additional tests as determined by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.

1.8 QUALIFICATIONS

A. The Contractor shall have at least five (5) years of experience with comparable work to the Work shown and specified, employing labor and supervisory personnel who are similarly experienced in this type of work.

B. Review the requirements of Section 018900 for Contractor’s Professional Land Surveyor or Professional LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.

C. The Contractor’s testing geotechnical agency shall be an independent, licensed testing agency meeting the qualification of ASTM D 3740. The soil technician shall have minimum three (3) years demonstrated experience in earthwork and grading operations and satisfy the certification requirements of agency having local jurisdiction.]

1.9 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the proposed methods of construction, including earthwork operations, excavation limits, fill material moisture conditioning and handling, compaction equipment, and material sources for the various portions of the work. Coordinate this submittal with the submittals required by Section 31 2319 DEWATERING.

B. Submit complete product data for materials specified in this Section.

C. Submit Contractor’s, Surveyor’s and Testing Agency’s qualifications as described in herein

D. Contractor shall certify in writing to the City that all debris generated from the work of this contract is legally transported off site and disposed of according to all local, state and federal regulations.

E. Compaction and laboratory test results of backfill materials under structures, appurtenances and pavements shall be provided to the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT in draft form on a daily basis and in a formal summary report on a weekly basis.

1.10 COORDINATION

A. Prior to start of earthwork, the Contractor shall arrange an on-site pre-construction meeting with the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT for the purpose of establishing the Contractor's schedule of operations and scheduling observation and testing procedures and requirements.

B. As construction proceeds, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT prior to the start of earthwork operations requiring observation and/or testing.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 4

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.11 PROTECTION

A. All existing facilities including but not limited to structures, utilities, pavements, sidewalks, curbing, driveway aprons, fencing, landscaping and other improvements in the vicinity of the Contractor's operations shall be protected. All existing facilities damaged by the construction shall be replaced at no additional cost to the City with material fully equal to that existing prior to construction to the satisfaction of the City.

B. Design, furnish, install, monitor and maintain excavation support in accordance with referenced standards in this Section.

C. Protect existing structures and foundations from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations.

D. Excavations within the zone of influence of any existing structures or utility will require the use of excavation support system meeting all requirements so referenced in this Section. The zone of influence is defined as a line extending at least 1 foot beyond of edge of the foundation or spring line of utility, then outward and downward at a slope of 1 horizontal to 1 vertical.

E. Excavations below the level of the base of any adjacent foundation or retaining wall will not be permitted unless the design of the excavation and bracing includes an analysis of the stability of the structure supported by the foundation and as necessary, incorporates required bracing/underpinning of the foundation.

F. Buried structures, and utilities including those which project less than 18 inches above grade, which are subject to damage from construction equipment shall be clearly marked to indicate the hazard. Markers shall indicate limits of danger areas, by means which will be clearly visible to operators of trucks and other construction equipment, and shall be maintained at all times until completion of Project.

G. Locate and mark underground utilities to remain in service before beginning the work. Coordinate with the requirements of “Dig Safely”. Do not interrupt existing utilities except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction.

H. When an active utility line is exposed during construction its location and elevation shall be plotted on the Record Drawing by the Contractor and both the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT and the Utility Owner notified in writing.

I. Provide barricades, fences, lights, signs, and all other safety devices required for the protection of the public.

1.12 LAYOUT AND GRADES (CONSTRUCTION CONTROL)

A. Contractor’s surveyor is responsible for all construction layout and reference staking necessary for the proper control and satisfactory completion of all structures, cutting, filling, grading, drainage and utilities installation, fencing, curbing, and all other appurtenances required for the completion of the construction work and acceptance of the Contract as specified and as shown on the Drawings.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement and preservation of adequate ties to all control points necessary for the accurate re-establishment of all base lines or center lines shown on the Drawings.

C. Coordinate the work of this item with the specified requirements in Section 017123 FIELD LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTING.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.13 DEFINITIONS

A. Mud: A soft, saturated, remolded soil resulting from the mixing of soil and water. Mud is construction debris that cannot be amended or ameliorated to return to functional use.

B. Debris: Mud, sticks, stones, trash, rubbish and any broken construction materials are considered debris under the terms of this Contract. Compacted topsoil and planting soils are also considered debris unless otherwise approved for re-use by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. Any material identified by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT as unwanted or unsuitable to the site shall be considered debris.

C. Topsoil: The upper layer of the soil profile which is supporting the growth of vegetation as evidenced by the existence therein of numerous roots and other organic matter.

D. Unsuitable Materials: Unsuitable materials are materials determined by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT to be unsuitable for support of the proposed structures or facilities and include (but not limited to) existing fill and organics such as topsoil and subsoil, stumps, debris and other soft, loose, disturbed or deleterious material such as glass, cinders, wood, and metal.

E. Obstruction: An obstruction is defined as boulder over 1.5-cubic yards in volume in open areas and 1-cubic yard in volume in trenches, and masonry or concrete that cannot be broken or removed by normal job equipment (power shovels, scoops, or D-8 bulldozers with ripper attachment) without the use of drills or hoe-ramming equipment. The classification does not include materials that can be removed by means other than drilling and blasting, drilling and wedging or hoe-ramming. Trenches in excess of ten feet (10’) in width and pits in excess of twenty feet (20’) in either length or width are classified as open excavation.

F. Bearing Zone of Foundations. Bearing zone is defined as 1 horizontal to 1 vertical (1H:1V) line sloping downward and outward from 1 foot outside the bottom exterior edge of foundation.

G. Trench: Trench shall be defined as an excavation of any length where the depth is greater than twice the width. All other excavations shall be defined as open excavations.

H. Invert: Invert is defined as the elevation at the inside bottom surface of the pipe or channel.

I. Bottom of Pipe: The words "bottom of the pipe" as used herein shall be defined as the base of the pipe at its outer surface.

1.14 SITE CONDITIONS

A. The Contractor shall become familiar with the existing conditions of the site, consult records and drawings of adjacent structures and of existing utilities and their connections, and note all conditions which may influence the work of this Section.

B. By submitting a Bid, the Contractor affirms that they have carefully examined the site and all conditions affecting the Work under this Section. No claim for additional costs will be allowed because of lack of full knowledge of existing conditions as indicated in the Contract Documents, or obvious from observation at the site.

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All soil, aggregate, and filter fabric material specified for use in this Section are specified in Section 310510 SOIL AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 6

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick minimum, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep.

1. Tape Colors: Provide tape colors to new and found utilities as follows: a. Red: Electric. b. Yellow: Gas or oil. c. Orange: Telephone and other communications. d. Blue: Water. e. Green: Storm and/or Sanitary Sewer.

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Pre-Construction Meeting. Conduct Pre-construction meeting in accordance with the requirements of this Section.

B. Protection Fencing. Install the protection fencing in the locations shown on the Contract Documents and in accordance with Section 024113 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION.

C. Erosion and Sedimentation Control. Install erosion and sedimentation control measures shown on the Contract Documents and in accordance with Section 312500 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL.

D. Dewatering. Provide dewatering in accordance with the NHDOT Standard Specification.

E. Excavation Support and Protection. Provide excavation support and protection in accordance with the reference requirements.

3.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING

A. Trees, shrubs, stumps, brush, grasses, turf, herbaceous plants, downed timber, rubbish, organic matter, miscellaneous vegetation or extraneous debris not indicated on the Contract Documents or designated in the field by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT to remain shall be cleared and grubbed.

B. Clearing shall include the felling, cutting, and satisfactory disposal of all trees, shrubs, branches, litter, stumps, roots and vegetative debris produced through the clearing and grubbing operations.

C. Fell trees in such a way as to not damage existing conditions to be retained.

D. Stumps shall be removed to their full depth. Roots 3 inches and larger shall be removed to a depth of 2 feet below finished grade. Stumps shall be legally disposed of off-site.

E. Remove existing pavement as shown in the Drawings and as required by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

3.3 STRIPPING TOPSOIL

A. Strip existing topsoil and remove from the site.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 7

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.4 STOCKPILING

A. Laydown and stockpiling space is extremely limited on this Project. The City does not warrant that any soil materials within the Limit of Work will meet the requirements of Section 310510 or this Section 312000.

B. No soils generated from any earthwork activity shall be deposited or stockpiled at any time so as to endanger portions of a new or an existing structure, either by direct pressure or indirectly by overloading banks contiguous to the operation. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations.

C. Stockpiled material shall be stored so as not to interfere with the established sequence of the construction. If there is not sufficient area available for stockpiling within the limits of the project, the Contractor will be required to furnish his own area for stockpiling, and for moving the material back and forth from the storage area, at no additional cost to the City.

D. Should conditions make it impracticable or unsafe to stack material adjacent to excavations, the material that is not contaminated shall be hauled and stored at an approved location. When required, it shall be re-handled and used in backfilling at no additional cost to the City.

E. No excavated material shall be deposited beyond the Limit of Work.

F. The Contractor shall provide and install all erosion control specified under the Section 312500, EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL.

3.5 GRADES AND ELEVATIONS

A. The Contract Documents indicate layout alignments and grade elevations establish the lines and grades in conformity with the Drawings. The LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, however, may make such adjustments in the field in grades and alignments as are found necessary in order to avoid interference with any special conditions encountered.

B. Excavate all materials to the elevations, dimensions and form as shown on the Drawings and as specified for completion of site work. Excavate to elevations indicated or required within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch and as required to meet the following grading tolerances.

C. Grading shall be completed to meet or exceed the following tolerances of uniformity. Uniformity is defined as no variations in the surface materials, at the grades and slopes indicated on the drawings that exceed the listed tolerance over a length of ten (10) feet horizontally in any direction.

Location Tolerance Top of Subgrade Beneath Footings 1/2 inch Top of Subgrade Beneath Paving 1/2 inch Top of Subgrade Beneath Landscape Areas 1 inch Top of Gravel and Gravel Bases 1/4 inch

D. The bottom of excavations shall be formed to provide a smooth, uniform slope and grade. The bottom of the excavated grade shall be free of pockets, depressions or ridges that would collect or concentrate water, silts or other such objectionable material.

E. Spot elevations shall govern over proposed contours. Where not otherwise indicated, project site areas shall be given uniform slopes between points for which finished grades are indicated or between such points and existing established grades. In the event the Drawings do not provide for positive drainage in all locations, notify the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT immediately.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 8

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

F. Establish and maintain suitable stakes over all areas to be graded as directed, specified or required. Maintain sufficient reference points at all times during construction to properly perform the contract installation.

3.6 ROUGH GRADING IN LANDSCAPE AREAS

A. Grade evenly to the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein.

B. Rough grading shall include the shaping, trimming, rolling, and refinishing of all surfaces of the subgrade and base courses, shoulders, and earth slopes in preparation for final, finish grading of planting soils and site improvements as shown on the Drawings. The rough grading of shoulders and sloped areas may be done by machine methods. Work shall be performed by tracked vehicles or wheeled vehicles with low ground pressure tires.

C. Traffic of workers and equipment across soil subgrade areas shall be prohibited following excavation to the required lines and grades.

D. No stones larger than 3 inches in largest dimension shall be placed in upper 6 inches of the subgrade. Fill shall be left in a compacted state at the end of the workday and sloped to drain.

E. Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding.

F. The LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT may make such adjustments in grades and alignments as are found necessary to avoid special conditions encountered.

3.7 EXCAVATIONS

A. General Excavation

1. All material encountered during excavation shall be unclassified excavation and shall include the removal of boulders, earth, rock, concrete, covered pavements, abandoned utilities, abandoned foundations and all miscellaneous materials encountered as required for excavation. 2. Exercise care to preserve the material below and beyond the lines of excavation. Where excavation is carried out below indicated grade or beyond the lines of excavation, Contractor shall backfill and compact the over excavation with Structural Fill to the indicated grade, at no additional cost to the City. Do not over excavate below proposed design grades for the purpose of obtaining borrow for use off-site. 3. Abandoned pipes and former foundations within the proposed areas to be developed and where shown on the plans shall be removed and properly backfilled with compacted structural fill. Abandoned utilities within paved and landscape areas and more than 4 feet below proposed grade shall either be removed or the ends cut and filled with grout. 4. The Contractor shall follow a construction procedure that permits visual identification of the bearing soils. The Contractor shall limit the excavation size such that the water can be handled by the Contractor's chosen method of dewatering, allowing visual observation of the excavation bottom, and allowing backfill to be placed in the dry. 5. Limits of excavation are such that all unsuitable material shall be removed in the manner specified below. 6. Where soil has been softened or eroded by flooding, equipment, traffic, or placement during unfavorable weather, not adequately protected from unfavorable weather or such other conditions, it shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with suitable material, and at no additional cost to the City, and under the continuous observation of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. The Contractor shall make every effort to protect excavated soil from inclement weather, including but not limited to protection with plastic sheeting.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 9

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

7. Grade areas adjacent to excavations to prevent surface water run-off into excavation or to adjacent properties. 8. If practical, excavation to final subgrade elevation should be performed using a smooth- edged bucket to minimize possible disturbance to the subgrade. 9. Reuse of Excavated Material – due to the space constraints of this project, reuse of excavated materials shall be at the Contractor’s discretion.

a. Excavated material may be reused on the site at the Contractor’s discretion, provided it meets the gradation requirements for the intended use in Section 310510 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK.

b. On-Site existing asphalt and underlying base course may be reclaimed and reused as pavement base course or subbase fill on site in paved areas provided the practice is acceptable under City and State regualations and the materials are processed to meet the gradation requirements of the intended use in Section 310510 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK.

10. Foundations and slab of the existing structure, if any, may be crushed and reused on-site as Structural Fill provided the material meets the gradation requirement in Section 310510 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, provided crushing operations can be permitted, and provided the concrete surfaces are not covered in paint. Painted or coated concrete/masonry shall not be reused on site.

B. Potentially Contaminated Materials

1. If visual, olfactory, or other evidence suggests that soils may be contaminated with oil or hazardous materials not already identified in previous studies, the Contractor shall immediately halt soil movement activities and immediately notify the City by telephone within one hour of the discovery. Follow up telephone conversation with written correspondence hand delivered within 24 hours of discovery. Contractor shall provide reasonable assistance to City and to City’s Environmental Consultant for access to potential contamination areas for proper assessment of hazardous conditions. 2. Refer to Section 205 for the following requirements: a. Regulatory Compliance b. Preparation of Plans and Advance Notification Letters c. Segregation and Storage d. Monitoring e. Sampling and Analysis f. Transportation and Disposal g. Reuse 3. The City will engage an Environmental Consultant to test any earth materials suspected of containing chemical contaminants. The results shall be evaluated by the Environmental Consultant and compared with reporting thresholds. The City shall inform the Contractor of the laboratory test results and discuss the possible soil management, disposal, and recycling options available. Contaminated soils shall be managed and handled in compliance with the referenced DOT regulations, guidelines, and policies. Time and expenses associated with contaminated soils shall be negotiated between the Contractor and the City prior to the start of the soil management, soil disposal, and recycling work. City reserves the right to negotiate and contract with other entities for remedial work and, in that event, this Contractor shall make reasonable accommodations for other entities to perform this work.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 10

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.8 TRENCH EXCAVATION

A. Excavate as necessary for all drainage pipes, utilities and related structures and appurtenances, and for any other trenching necessary to complete the work. Excavate trenches to allow installation of top of drainage pipe below frost line and to meet the inverts noted on the Contract Documents.

B. Excavate to at least six inches (6") below the bottom of pipe or as shown on the Drawings. Excavation to final grade shall be made in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed bearing character of the soils exposed at the excavation level. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits.

C. Utilities or piping shall not be laid directly on boulders, cobbles or other hard material. This material shall be removed to a minimum of six inches (6") below the bottom of pipe at all points and backfilled or compacted as specified.

D. Remove unsuitable material (e.g. debris, organic soils) encountered at subgrade elevations, backfill with material specified herein and as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, specified or directed. Compact as specified herein.

E. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. In general, the width of trenches shall be kept to a minimum and meet the requirements of the manufacturer of the buried utility. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents. However, in all cases, trench excavations shall meet the requirements of OSHA regulations.

3.9 SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PROTECTION – STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT AND FOUNDATIONS

A. General Requirements

1. Proofroll subgrades under the observation of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT prior to placement of backfill or foundation. 2. All subgrade areas shall be made ready for fill by removal of all vegetative growth, topsoil, unsuitable soils and deleterious materials under the observation of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 3. Any weak or soft spots identified during proofrolling shall be over-excavated and replaced with Structural Fill or Sand-Gravel Fill, placed and compacted in accordance with these specifications. 4. Upon uncovering naturally deposited clay, silt or fine sand at the bottom of excavation for foundations, notify the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT to review conditions. If so directed, install 8-inches of 3/4-inch crushed stone wrapped in approved filter fabric directly on the exposed clay/silt/fine sand subgrade prior to erecting formwork and installing reinforcing steel. 5. When near or below the water table, proofrolling should be at the discretion of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT and shall be performed using static (non-vibratory) equipment, as required by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

B. Foundations and Structures

1. Special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the excavation. If the surface upon which the structure is to rest is disturbed, it shall be re-graded and re-compacted to the extent directed by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 2. The LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT shall assess all subgrades below structures prior to the placement and compaction of structural fill or the construction of foundations.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 11

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3. All unsuitable or deleterious materials, existing building foundations, organics (if observed) shall be removed from within proposed foundation footprints and the bearing zone of the proposed footings prior to fill or concrete placement. The bearing zone is defined by a one horizontal to one vertical (1H:1V) line sloping downward and outward from one foot outside the bottom edge of footings, intersecting undisturbed natural granular soils. Removal of fill, organics (if observed) and other unsuitable materials shall be performed in the dry. 4. Where the subgrade consists of granular soil (sand and gravel) prior to placement of backfill or formwork for footings, proof compact dry subgrades by making six (6) passes with a vibratory drum roller having a minimum static weight of 10,000 pounds. Proof rolling in confined areas shall be performed with a minimum of six (6) passes of a walk-behind vibratory drum roller or vibratory plate compactor acceptable to the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 5. Static compaction methods (at the sole discretion of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT may be necessary if the natural soils are wet, which would make them more susceptible to disturbance during proof compaction. 6. Crushed stone used to aid in dewatering or subgrade stabilization or as backfill in foundation and structure areas should be wrapped in a non-woven filter fabric where greater than 4 inches in thickness. 7. When the concrete foundation must be placed on rock, the rock shall be excavated to a firm, level-stepped, surface. When disintegrated rock or boulders are encountered, the rock shall be excavated to a depth below the bottom of the proposed structures as directed by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT and replaced with approved Structural Fill or crushed stone material, thoroughly compacted.

C. Pavement Areas

1. Within new pavement areas, remove existing fill to the minimum depth required to accommodate aggregate base and pavement courses. Existing fill below pavement base course may be left in place provided the subgrade is proof-compacted with a minimum of six passes of a vibratory drum roller (with a minimum static drum weight of 10,000-pounds capable of at least 20,000 pounds of dynamic force). 2. Proofrolling of subgrades must be observed and accepted by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT prior to placement of backfill. 3. In pavement areas, existing buried organics may be left in place provided they are at least 3 feet below proposed finish grades.

3.10 SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PROTECTION – LANDSCAPE AREAS

A. Landscape Areas: Preparation of subgrade in landscape area, including planting beds and areas of turf establishment, shall be in accordance with the following:

1. All areas of the site that will become plant beds and have been subjected to any foot or vehicular traffic, equipment storage or material stockpiling during the work of this Contract shall be de-compacted to a depth of 24 inches as directed by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. 2. Vertically and laterally fracture all subgrade areas through deep ripping to restore soil porosity and permeability. 3. Do not fracture soil when it is exceptionally wet or dry. Effective fracturing of the subgrade is only achieved when the soil material is moderately dry to moderately moist. 4. In the presence of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, perform field analysis of soil moisture conditions in the following manner: a. Auger or dig a hole in the subgrade to a depth of 24 inches. Reach in and extract a handful of soil. b. Hand roll the sample between the palms down to a 1/8-inch diameter snake. If the soil sample crumbles apart in segments no greater than 3/8 of an inch long when it

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 12

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

is rolled down to 1/8-inch diameter, it is low enough in moisture for deep ripping. c. Conversely, if the rolled sample stretches out into increments that are greater than 3/8-inches long then the soil is too moist and plastic for deep ripping. 5. If the soil is at the proper moisture content then de-compact the landscape area by deep ripping, backhoe excavation or other method approved by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. Decompact to a depth of 24 inches. 6. Re-compact the subgrade in landscape areas to reduce settling but not too much to prevent the movement of water and feeder roots into the subgrade. The subgrade should feel firm to the foot in all areas and make only slight heel prints. Re-compact the subgrade by driving a small, tracked bulldozer over the area at low speeds so that the tracks of the bulldozer pass over the de-compacted area and the soil is compacted to a density that will percolate as specified below. 7. Under no circumstances shall wheeled vehicles be driven over subsoil, placed fills or ordinary borrow that have been shown to percolate or subsoil, placed fills or ordinary borrow that has been loosened and shown to percolate. 8. Percolation testing to verify subgrade soils drain water: a. Dig a hole in the re-compacted soil that is a minimum of 8 inches in diameter and 8 inches deep. b. Fill the hole with water and let it drain completely. Immediately refill the hole with water and measure the rate of fall in the water level. c. In the event that the water drains at a rate less than one inch per hour, de-compact the soil again to a depth required to break the over compaction. d. Perform a minimum of one soil percolation test per 10,000 square feet area of turf area and 2,500 square feet of tree and shrub planting area as directed by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.

3.11 PLACEMENT, COMPACTION, AND PROTECTION OF MATERIAL

A. General

1. Prepare bottom of excavations in accordance with requirement of this Section. 2. Dewater subgrade areas prior to filling. 3. Compaction by puddling or jetting is prohibited. 4. Maintain the moisture content of backfill and fill materials with the working range of moisture content to allow for proper compaction. 5. Do not place fill on frozen ground. 6. Do not place frozen fill. 7. Do not excavate to full indicated depth when freezing temperatures may be expected, unless footings or slabs can be poured immediately after the excavation has been completed. Protect the excavation from frost if placing of concrete is delayed. Protect poured footing and surrounding subgrade after concrete is poured. Where interior slabs are exposed to freezing temperatures, they are to be protected to prevent frost penetration into the soil upon which they rest. 8. Place fill in uniform horizontal layers and compact immediately after placement. Where the horizontal layer meets a rising slope, the layer shall be keyed into the slope by cutting a bench during spreading of preceding lift. 9. Each layer of fill shall be compacted to the required density the same day it is placed, unless otherwise approved by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 10. Protect fill areas by grading to drain and providing a smooth surface, which will readily shed water. Grade the surface of the areas in such a manner as to prevent ponding of surface runoff water in areas to receive compacted fill. Slope fill surfaces at the end of each day to provide for free surface drainage. 11. Symmetrical backfill loading shall be maintained such that the level of backfill on either side of walls shall not vary by more than 2 feet. Special care shall be taken to prevent any wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against the structures.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 13

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

12. Placement of fill shall not begin prior to observation and approval of subgrade conditions by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 13. Protect foundations, footings, waterproofing, insulation and utilities during backfilling. Repair damage at no additional cost to the City. 14. Prior to backfilling, remove unsuitable material, including rubbish, organic materials or other debris. Do not commence filling operations until conditions have been observed by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 15. Backfill shall not be placed against masonry, concrete or walls until they are braced or have cured sufficiently to develop strength necessary to withstand, without damage, pressure from backfilling and compacting operations. 16. “Loam and Seed” areas shall be protected against erosion until vegetative growth has been established. Re-grade and reseed as necessary until vegetative growth has been established. 17. Upon completion of the work, the final ground surface shall be left in a firm, unyielding, true, uniform condition free from ruts. Repair disturbed areas caused equipment traffic at no additional cost to the City. 18. Any trenches or excavations improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs, shall be reopened to the depth required for proper compaction, then refilled and compacted with the surface restored to the required grade and condition, at no additional expense to the City.

B. Equipment

1. Compaction equipment used in open areas where space permits shall consist of ride-on single-drum vibratory rollers with a static weight of at least 10,000 pounds, pneumatic compactors or other similar equipment. 2. Compaction equipment for fill against foundation walls and in other confined areas shall be accomplished by means of drum-type, power-driven, hand-guided vibratory compactors operating at 2,000 cycles per minute, or by hand-guided vibratory plate tampers, with a static weight of at least 300 pounds.

C. Placing Soil Fill

1. Crushed Stone, Structural Fill, Dense Graded Crushed Stone. Place in loose layers not to exceed 8 inches in thickness prior to compaction when utilizing heavy compaction equipment, and 4 inches when utilizing light hand-operated compaction equipment. 2. No rock in excess of 3 inches in its largest dimension shall be incorporated in the top 3 feet of fill immediately below retaining walls, structures or landscape subgrade. 3. During fill and embankment construction operations, earth moving equipment shall be routed as evenly as possible over the entire width of the work. 4. At the close of each day's work the working surface shall be crowned, shaped, and rolled with smooth steel or pneumatic tired rollers to ensure proper drainage. 5. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders at least 12 inches wide of acceptable soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase course and base course layer.

D. Compaction Requirements

1. The degree of compaction is expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM Test D1557, Method C. The compaction requirements are as follows:

E. Minimum F. Structure, Pavement and Embankment Areas Degree of Compaction Common Fill 92%

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 14

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Structural Fill (Within bearing zone of footings) 95% Dense Graded Crushed Stone (Beneath Pavement and Sidewalks) 95% More than 4 feet below pavement subgrade 92% Outside Building & Adjacent to Exterior Building Fdns. 92% Sand (Pipe Bedding) 95% Crushed Stone shall be compacted to an unyielding surface as verified by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. Landscape (Lawn and Planting) Areas Minimum Maximum Fills within lawn and planting areas to within 18 inches of finished subgrade 82% 87% Fills within lawn and planting areas in top eighteen inches of finished grade 85% 87%

1. In addition to the stated degree of compaction, all fill and backfill shall receive at least the compactive effort given in the following table. Lift thickness shall not exceed that shown for the compaction method selected, except that the first lift of fill or backfill placed over natural ground in wet conditions may be as much as 12 inches thick. Application of the minimum compactive effort does not relieve the Contractor from his requirement to achieve the specified degree of compaction.

G. Moisture Control

1. Fill that is too wet for proper compaction (i.e. the in-place moisture content of the soil at that time is greater than three percentage points above the optimum moisture content of that soil as determined by the laboratory test of the moisture-density relation appropriate to the specified level of compaction) shall be harrowed, or otherwise dried to a proper moisture content to allow compaction to the required density. If fill cannot be dried within 24 hours of placement, it shall be removed and replaced with drier fill. 2. Fill that is too dry for proper compaction shall receive water uniformly applied over the surface of the loose layer. Sufficient water shall be added to allow compaction to the required density. 3. Fill material shall not be placed, spread or rolled during unfavorable weather conditions. When work is interrupted by heavy rains, fill operations shall not be resumed until the moisture content and the density of the previously placed fill are as specified.

H. Protection of Fill

1. Protection of compacted fill shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Newly graded areas shall be protected from the elements and traffic. Any settlement or washing that occurs prior to acceptance of the work shall be repaired and grades shall be established to the required elevations and slopes. Damage to any compacted lift (including those lifts previously tested and accepted by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT occurring at any time during the course of construction, which is caused by equipment, moisture entering the embankment, or from any other cause, shall be fully repaired by the Contractor prior to placement of overlying materials, at no additional cost to City. 2. In the event of and prior to the commencement of heavy rains, the Contractor shall suspend fill operations as required and shall take all necessary steps to keep the site as well drained

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 15

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

as possible. Fill operations shall not be resumed until the moisture content of the fill is such as to permit compliance with the Specifications. 3. All corrective work or operations necessary to maintain proper moisture control of the fill material shall be at the expense of the Contractor.

3.12 TRENCH BACKFILLING

A. General

1. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 2. Trenches shall be backfilled as soon as practicable with suitable approved materials. All trench backfilling shall be done with special care. 3. Place bedding to the full width of the trench. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipe and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. 4. Deposit pipe bedding uniformly on both sides of the pipe, for the entire width of the trench to the springline of the pipe. The backfill material shall be placed by hand shovels, in lifts not more than 6 inches thick in loose depth, and each lift shall be thoroughly and evenly compacted by tamping on each side of the pipe to provide uniform support around the pipe. 5. Trench backfilling shall be placed so as not to disturb the previously installed pipes, utilities, concrete, and other work within and near the trench. 6. Place backfill in controlled lifts. Each lift of backfill material shall be compacted to the required degree of compaction specified in this Section. 7. During filling and backfilling operations, pipelines will be checked to determine whether any displacement of the pipe has occurred. If the inspection of the pipelines shows poor alignment, displacement of pipe, or any other defects, the condition shall be remedied by removal, realignment, and backfill of the pipe, in a manner satisfactory to the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT at no additional cost to the City.

B. The type of materials to be used in bedding and backfilling shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings and as specified in Section 310510.

3.13 DUST CONTROL

A. The Contractor shall take special measures to control dust on site including, but not limited to, wetting exposed soil in order to prevent annoyance/and or damage to adjacent property. Calcium chloride or any other chemical material shall not be used on stockpiles.

B. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to keep streets, over which equipment and service for project travel, clean and free from dirt, dust, mud and debris resulting from construction operations. The actions taken shall meet the requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction.

3.14 REMOVAL OF SURPLUS AND UNSUITABLE MATERIALS

A. Excavated materials unsuitable for reuse, debris, mud, surplus excavated soil not used to fulfill requirements of the Contract, and surplus imported fill shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site in accordance with the regulations and requirements of all municipalities or agencies having jurisdiction over the disposal sites and the route between the project and the disposal sites, at no cost to the City. Disposal of potentially contaminated materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of this Section.

B. No excavated material shall be removed from the site of the work or disposed of, except as directed by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. When removal of surplus materials has been approved by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, dispose of such surplus material in approved designated areas.

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 16

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. Remove and dispose of all pieces of ledge and boulders which are not suitable for use in other parts of the work. Rock disposed of by hauling away to spoil areas is to be replaced by approved surplus excavation obtained elsewhere on the work, insofar as it is available. Any deficiency in the backfill material shall be made up with acceptable material approved by the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.

3.15 CLEANUP AND RESTORATION OF EXCAVATIONS

A. At the end of all stripping and stockpiling operations and before acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall remove all debris, rubbish, garbage, trash, and discarded material, from the site and be dispose of them in a manner satisfactory to the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT The premises shall be left clean, presentable, and satisfactory.

B. The surface of any driveway, parking area, or any other area which is disturbed by the excavation and which is not a part of the paved road shall be restored to a condition at least equal to that existing before work began.

C. In sections where the pipeline passes through grassed areas, and at the Contractor's own expense, remove and replace the sod, or loam and seed the surface to the satisfaction of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

D. In sections where the pipeline passes through landscaped areas, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, remove and replace the topsoil, mulch or other material to the satisfaction of the LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.

END OF SECTION

EARTHWORK 31 20 00 - 17

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 312213

ROUGH GRADING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to complete the earthwork which includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:

1. Rough grading. 2. Removal of surplus or unsuitable materials. 3. Dust control. 4. Rough grading around trees to remain. 5. Frost protection. 6. Preparation of subgrade for slabs and pavements

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 312500, EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL 2. Section 312300, EXCAVATION AND FILLING 3. Section 321313, CONCRETE PAVEMENT 4. Section 329119, LANDSCAPE GRADING

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (AGC):

Manual Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

D 1556 Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand Cone Method D 2167 Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place by the Rubber Balloon Method D 2922 Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In-Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) D 2937 Density of Soil In-Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method D 3017 Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)

3. State of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 1

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site prior to the start of excavation and filling.

1. Before commencing rough grading, meet with representatives of the governing authorities, Landscape Architect, Landscape Architect’s Representative, Landscape Architect, consultants, geotechnical engineer, independent testing agency, and other concerned entities. Review rough grading and general earthwork procedures and responsibilities including testing and inspection procedures and requirements. Notify participants at least three working days prior to convening conference. Record discussions and agreements and furnish a copy to each participant. 2. Determine locations for penetrometer testing of existing conditions.

C. Compliance: Comply with local safety regulations and with provisions of "Accident Prevention in Construction" published by the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc.

1.6 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. The Contractor shall become thoroughly familiar with the existing conditions of the site, consult records and drawings of adjacent structures and of existing utilities and their connections, and note all conditions which may influence the work of this Section 312213 ROUGH GRADING.

1. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Landscape Architect or others except when permitted in writing by the Landscape Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 2. Provide a minimum 48-hours' notice to the Landscape Architect and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. 3. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shutoff services if lines are active.

B. By submitting a bid, the Contractor affirms that he has carefully examined the site and all conditions affecting work under this Section 312213 ROUGH GRADING. No claim for additional costs will be allowed because of lack of full knowledge of existing conditions.

C. The Contractor may, at his own expense, conduct additional subsurface testing as required for his own information.

1.7 INFORMATION NOT GUARANTEED

A. Information in the Contract Documents relating to subsurface conditions, natural phenomena, and existing utilities and structures is from the best sources presently available. Such information is furnished only for the information and convenience of the Contractor, and the accuracy or completeness of this information is not guaranteed.

B. Plans, surveys, measurements, and dimensions under which the work is to be performed are believed to be correct, but the Contractor shall examine them for himself during the bidding period. Compensation for unforeseen subsurface conditions shall be in accordance with the general provisions of contract.

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 2

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.8 PERMITS, CODES, AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with all rules, regulations, laws and ordinances of the City or Town and State, and all other authorities having jurisdiction over the project site. All labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to make the work comply with such requirements shall be provided by the Contractor without additional cost to the Landscape Architect.

B. Comply with the provisions of the Manual for Accident Prevention in Construction of the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc., and the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, United States Department of Labor.

C. The Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits and licenses required for the complete work specified herein and shown on the Drawings.

D. The Contractor shall not close or obstruct any street, sidewalk, or passageway without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations as to interfere as little as possible with the use ordinarily made of roads, driveways, or other facilities near enough to the work to be affected thereby.

E. The Contractor shall secure a DIG SAFE permit number for the project to certify notification of gas, electrical and telephone utilities. All other affected utilities shall be contacted by the Contractor who shall secure notification receipts in accordance with requirements of Mass. General Laws, Chapter 370 of the Acts of 1963. Contractors shall notify "Dig-Safe" of contemplated excavation, demolition or explosive work in public or private ways, and utility company right-of-way or easement. The work shall then be performed in such a manner, and with reasonable precaution taken to avoid damage to utilities under the surface in said areas of the work.

1.9 LAYOUT AND GRADES

A. Benchmarks: The Contractor shall maintain and/or reestablish benchmarks and survey monuments necessary for the work of these Contract Documents and as shown in the Contract Documents or found to exist on the site to provide a base reference for the construction. Replace any which may become destroyed or disturbed. The Contractor shall employ and pay all costs for a registered Civil Engineer or Land Surveyor who is licensed within the jurisdiction of the project site to lay out all lines and grades in accordance with the Drawings, and as necessary or required for the construction.

1.10 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES

A. Observe all rules and regulations governing the respective utilities in executing work under this Section. The work shall be executed in such manner as to prevent any damage to adjacent property and any other property and existing improvements such as, but not limited to: streets, curbs, paving, utility lines and structures, monuments, bench marks and other public and private property. Protect existing structures and foundations from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations.

B. In case of any damage or injury caused in the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, make good such damage or injury to the satisfaction of, and without cost to the Landscape Architect. Existing roads, sidewalks, and curbs damaged during the project work shall be repaired or replaced to their original condition at the completion of operations. The Contractor shall replace, at his own cost, existing bench marks, monuments, and other reference points which are disturbed or destroyed.

C. Buried structures, utility lines, and the like, including those which project less than 18 inches above grade, which are subject to damage from construction equipment shall be clearly marked to indicate the hazard. Markers shall indicate limits of danger areas, by

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 3

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

means which will be clearly visible to operators of trucks and other construction equipment, and shall be maintained at all times until completion of Project. D. Locate and mark underground utilities to remain in service before beginning the work. Protect all existing utilities to remain during operations. Do not interrupt existing utilities except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction.

E. When an active utility line is exposed during construction its location and elevation shall be plotted on the Record Drawing by the Contractor and Landscape Architect notified in writing.

F. Provide barricades, fences, lights, signs, and all other safety devices required for the protection of the public.

1.11 DEFINITIONS

A. Base Course: The layer placed between the subbase course and surface pavement in a paving system.

B. Borrow: Soil material obtained off-site when sufficient approved soil material is not available from excavations.

C. Drainage Fill: Course of washed granular material supporting slab-on-grade placed to cut off upward capillary flow of pore water.

D. Excavation: The removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations and the reuse of the material on site as Backfill, Fill or Ordinary Borrow material as it conforms to these specifications or disposal of materials removed.

E. Finish Grade: Final grade elevations indicated on the Drawings. Spot elevations shall govern over proposed contours. Where not otherwise indicated, project site areas shall be given uniform slope between points for which finished grades are indicated or between such points and existing established grades. No ponding of surfaces shall be allowed due to lack of improper pitches across surfaces that will not allow proper drainage to occur.

F. Rough Grading: The work required to bring the sub-grade to within the specified and detailed depths below finished grade to compaction levels specified in this Section.

H. Satisfactory Soil Materials: As defined under Section 310510 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK.

I. Soil: As defined under Section 310510 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK.

J. Soil compaction: the formation of dense layers of overly packed soil. Compaction will force soil particles closer together, driving out pore space and reducing the volume of air and water in soil. Compaction seals off the soil surface and reduces the amount of air and water that enters the soil. Compaction reduces and can eliminate the movement of water and air through the soil, preventing the movement of plant roots through the soil and creating anaerobic conditions that will kill plant material and turf.

K. Sub-grade: Existing native soil in cut, on-site borrow in fill conditions, or imported soils in fill conditions, all of which meet the requirements of this Specification, upon which planting soils or granular pavement base are placed shall be known as sub-grade.

L. Surplus Materials: On-site materials not used during the course of construction.

M. Subsoiling: The vertical and lateral fracturing of compacted subsoil material to full depth of compaction through deep ripping and de-compaction to restore soil porosity and permeability, to aid in infiltration of water, and to promote root growth.

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 4

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

N. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below ground surface.

O. Structural Backfill: The designated material as indicated in the Contract Documents to attain the proposed grades abutting or adjacent to site structures.

P. Topsoil: The upper layer of the existing soil profile which is supporting the growth of vegetation as evidenced by the existence therein of numerous roots and other organic matter.

Q. Unauthorized excavation: Removing materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without direction by the Landscape Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Landscape Architect, shall be at the Contractor's expense.

R. Unclassified excavation: Removal of materials encountered when establishing required grade elevations to the depths and extents shown on the Contract Documents. Unclassified excavation includes removal and disposal of pavements and other obstructions visible on ground surface, underground structures and utilities indicated to be demolished and removed, material of any classification indicated in data on subsurface conditions.

S. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within building lines.

1.12 COORDINATION

A. Prior to start of any earthwork related activities the Contractor shall arrange an on-site meeting with the Landscape Architect for the purpose of establishing Contractor's schedule of operations and scheduling inspection procedures and requirements.

B. As construction proceeds, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Landscape Architect prior to start of rough grading and general earthwork operations requiring inspection and/or testing.

In the event that the Contractor does not notify the Landscape Architect prior to the start of rough grading and general earthwork operations and inspections and tests are not made or performed by the Landscape Architect’s testing agents, the Landscape Architect may require the Contractor to remove all earthwork performed without the necessary inspections and replaced under the required supervision, review, inspections or tests at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining test samples of soil materials proposed to be used and transporting them to the site sufficiently in advance of time planned for use of these materials for testing of materials to be completed. Use of these proposed materials by the Contractor prior to testing and approval or rejection, shall be at the Contractor's risk.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Soils and aggregates in accordance with the requirements of Section 310510 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification, including but not limited to:

1. Borrow 2. Subgrade

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3. Fill 4. Aggregate Base 5. Crushed Stone 6. Sand

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXCAVATION AND FILLING

A. Work defined as excavation and filling shall be specified, performed, permitted and paid for under the work of Section 312300, EXCAVATION AND FILLING, of this Specification.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Conduct Pre-installation Conference in accordance with the requirements of this Section.

B. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations.

C. Protect subgrade and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary.

D. Purchase, provide and install erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. Erosion control measures shall be as specified in Section 015713, TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL, and provided, installed and paid for under the Work of this Section, 312213 ROUGH GRADING.

E. Tree protection shall be specified, provided, installed and paid for under the work of the Section 015639, TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION.

F. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost utilizing thermal blankets, ground heating hoses or such measures to insure exposed soil bearing capacity has been preserved. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent material.

3.3 GRADES AND ELEVATIONS

A. The Contract Documents indicate layout alignments and grade elevations establish the lines and grades in conformity with the Drawings. The Landscape Architect, however, may make such adjustments in the field in grades and alignments as are found necessary in order to avoid interference with any special conditions encountered.

B. Spot elevations shall govern over proposed contours. Where not otherwise indicated, project site areas shall be given uniform slopes between points for which finished grades are indicated or between such points and existing established grades. In the event the Drawings do not provide for positive drainage in all locations, notify the Landscape Architect immediately.

C. Establish and maintain suitable stakes over all areas to be graded as directed, specified or required. Maintain sufficient reference points at all times during construction to properly perform the contract installation.

3.4 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 6

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. The work of excavation shall be conducted at such locations, at such rates of progress and in such a manner as will ensure the continued progress of the work, with a minimum inconvenience to the general public.

B. All material encountered during excavation shall be unclassified excavation and shall include the removal of boulders up to one and one-half cubic yards, earth, rock, concrete, covered pavements, abandoned utilities, abandoned foundations and all miscellaneous materials encountered as required for excavation. The sequences of all excavation operations shall be such as to ensure the most efficient reuse of acceptable excavated borrow materials for particular improvement application. Acceptable materials shall be used or stockpiled for later use in backfill and subgrade preparation.

C. Excavate all materials to the elevations, dimensions and form as shown on the Drawings and as specified for the construction of lawn and site improvements necessary for the completion of site work. Excavate to elevations indicated or required within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot.

D. Hand Excavation: In general, machine excavation will be permitted with the exception of work in the vicinity of trees to remain, existing utilities and excavation of pipe bells which will be hand work.

E. Compaction Levels following General Site Excavation: At the completion of excavation and before placing any fills, ensure subgrades have compaction levels required for placed fills as required hereafter, by proof-rolling to achieve specified compaction levels or ripping and re-compacting as required hereinafter.

F. When test results determines that unforeseen unsatisfactory soil is present, stop excavation work immediately and contact the Landscape Architect’s Representative to determine whether or not to continue excavation work and replace the unsatisfactory soil material with compacted backfill or fill material as directed by the Landscape Architect’s Representative.

G. Unforeseen additional excavation and replacement material will be paid according to the Contract provisions for changes in Work.

H Reconstruct subgrade damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by the Landscape Architect’s Representative.

3.5 EXCAVATION, FILLING AND ROUGH GRADING AROUND TREES

A. Excavate, fill and rough grade within drip line of trees only where shown on the Drawing or when directed by the Landscape Architect. Notify Landscape Architect prior to any excavation within the drip line of trees.

B. Excavate, tunnel and trench within the drip line of trees as specified in Section 311316, SELECTIVE TREE AND SHRUB TRIMMING, of this Specification.

C. Maintain existing grade within drip line of trees, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed by the Landscape Architect.

D. Place no fill within the drip line of existing trees unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed by the Landscape Architect.

3.6 UNSATISFACTORY SUBGRADE

A. When exposed subgrade material is soft, yielding or otherwise unsatisfactory the excavation shall be carried to a depth designated by the Landscape Architect and the

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 7

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Landscape Architect’s Representative, the unsatisfactory soil material removed to the extent required by the Landscape Architect’s Representatives, and replaced with approved satisfactory soil materials, which shall be compacted in accordance with the requirements of this Section.

B. Unsuitable or surplus material shall be disposed of offsite at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect.

C. In the event that boulders, rock, or bedrock are encountered in the course of rough grading and this discovery will effect completion of the work shown on the Drawings, notify the Landscape Architect immediately. Remove boulders and rock less than one and one-half cubic yards in accordance with the requirements of this Section.

D. Special care shall be taken not to disturb existing subgrade. If subgrade is disturbed, it shall be re-graded and re-compacted to the extent directed by the Landscape Architect and the Landscape Architect’s Representative.

E. The subgrade in areas of lawns and planting that has been subjected to stockpiling of materials, parking and transit of construction and passenger vehicles and equipment, and otherwise subjected to weight loading shall be tested and decompacted as specified in Section 312313 SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS of this Specification.

3.7 COMPACTION

A. Rough grading, filling and compaction work shall be performed by tracked vehicles or as follows. Wheeled vehicles shall be low ground pressure wheeled vehicles. LGP vehicles shall have ground pressure no greater than 4 pounds per square inch.

B. Subgrade compaction shall be tested by the testing laboratory before proceeding further.

C. All fill is to be placed "in-the-dry", to which end dewatering may be required. Spreading and drying of each layer may also be required. Dewatering, as necessary, shall be a part of the work of this Section 312213 ROUGH GRADING, and shall be done at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect.

D. Conversely, if the testing laboratory determines that the fill is too dry for proper compaction, water shall be added to provide the specified optimum moisture content, as necessary for proper compaction.

E. Compaction of each lift shall be as specified herein and as determined by ASTM Test, Designation D1556. Fill shall be placed in successive horizontal lifts no thicker than 6 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. Compact fill to the required density as specified in this Section 312213 ROUGH GRADING. Maximum dry density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D. The following percentages of minimum to maximum dry densities shall be achieved for fill materials or prepared subgrades.

Under paved surfaces and in lawn and planting areas:

Minimum Maximum 1. All fills 95% 98% 2. Top twelve inches of subgrades in cut 95% 98% 3. Fills within lawn and planting areas to within 18 inches of finished subgrade 82% 87% 4. Fills within lawn and planting

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 8

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

areas in top eighteen inches of finished grade 85% 87%

Maximum dry density for planting soils shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D698. The preceding percentages of minimum to maximum dry densities shall be achieved for fill materials or prepared subgrades.

F. In the case of lawn and planting areas, compaction requirements for subgrades and fills shall be considered minimums and maximums within the density percentages called for, and any over-compaction of subgrades or fills which would be detrimental to lawn or planting objectives shall be corrected by subsoiling operation as specified in this Section.

G. The Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect’s Representative 3 days in advance when the rough grades are established and ready for formal inspection. No planting soil shall be placed on rough grades before inspection by the Landscape Architect’s Representative.

3.8 ROUGH GRADING

A. When filing is required by the work of this Section, all areas to be filled shall be free of vegetation, topsoil, wet materials, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, deleterious materials, construction debris, refuse, compressible or decayable materials and standing water prior to placing fills. Do not place fill when fill materials or material below it are frozen. No fill materials containing ice or frozen lumps shall be used.

B. Rough grading shall include the shaping, trimming, rolling, and refinishing of all surfaces of the subgrade and base courses, shoulders, and earth slopes in preparation for final, finish grading of pavements, planting soils and site improvements as shown on the Drawings. The rough grading of shoulders and sloped areas may be done by machine methods. As noted herein, work shall be performed by tracked vehicles or wheeled vehicles with low ground pressure tires. Traffic of men and equipment across soil subgrade areas shall be prohibited following excavation to the required lines and grades.

1. Backfill and base courses to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. 2. When thickness of compacted backfill or base course is 6 inches or less, place materials in a single layer. 3. When thickness of compacted backfill or base course exceeds 6 inches, place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick when compacted.

C. If, during the progress of the Work, any pipe, drain or other construction is damaged due to operations under this Contract, the Contractor shall repair all damage at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect and restore damaged areas to their original conditions.

D. Do all other cutting, filling and grading to the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings. Grade evenly to within the dimensions required for grades shown in the Contract Documents and as specified herein. No stones larger than 3 inches in largest dimension shall be placed in upper 6 inches of the subgrade. Fill shall be left in a compacted state at the end of the workday and sloped to drain.

E. Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Rough grade to required elevations within the following tolerances:

1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 0.10 foot. 2. Paved Areas: Plus or minus 0.05 foot.

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 9

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

F. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders at least 12 inches wide of acceptable soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase course and base course layer.

G. The Contractor shall bring all areas to grades as shown Drawings. The Landscape Architect’s Representative, however, may make such adjustments in grades and alignments as are found necessary to avoid special conditions encountered.

H. If ground water breakout or seepage is encountered due to high water tables, install subsurface drainage to intercept all groundwater that would affect slope stability or bearing strength or create undesirable wetness. Compensation for all work and materials to control ground water breakout shall be determined before the conclusion of the contract. Do not delay work of slope construction and stabilization.

I. No rubbish of any description shall be allowed to enter fill material. Such material shall be removed from the site.

J. Wherever streets, lawns, or sidewalks or other items contained within or outside the Limit of Work Lines have been excavated in fulfilling the work required under this Contract, the Contractor shall furnish and install all materials necessary to bring finish surfaces level with the existing adjacent surfaces. All work shall be installed to match the existing conditions in accordance with the governing authority. Notify the proper authorities prior to restoring surfaces outside the Limit of Work Lines.

K. Placed fill materials that become disturbed shall be regraded and re-compacted. Fill materials that become contaminated shall be removed and replaced, as directed by the Landscape Architect’s Representative.

L. Contractor shall clean the subgrade of all stones greater than 2 inches and all debris and rubbish. Such material shall be removed from the site, not raked to the edges and buried. Notify the Landscape Architect’s Representative that the subsoil has been cleaned and request his/her attendance on site to review and approve subgrade conditions prior to spreading additional specified material over the subgrade.

3.9 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE FOR PAVEMENTS

A. Base courses for paving and the spreading, grading, and compaction methods employed shall conform to standard requirements for usual base course of this type for first class road work, and the following: 1. Massachusetts Highway Department Specifications Section 402, DENSE GRADED CRUSHED STONE FOR SUB-BASE

B. Compaction of aggregate base courses shall be to 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D.

C. Width of base courses shall be greater than or equal to the width of pavement surface, if continuous lateral support is provided during rolling, and shall extend a distance of at least twice the base thickness beyond edge of the course above, if not so supported.

D. Aggregate material shall be applied in lifts less than or equal to 6 inches thick, compacted measure. Each lift shall be separately compacted to specified density.

E. Subgrade and base courses shall be kept clean and uncontaminated. Less select materials shall not be permitted to become mixed with subgrade or base material. Materials spilled outside pavement lines shall be removed and area repaired.

F. Portions of subgrade or of construction above which become contaminated, softened, or dislodged by passing of traffic, or otherwise damaged, shall be cleaned, replaced, and

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 10

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

otherwise repaired to conform to the requirements of this specification before proceeding with next operation.

3.10 REMOVAL OF SURPLUS AND UNSUITABLE MATERIALS

A. Surplus excavated or surplus off-site borrow materials not required to complete site construction and unsuitable excavated materials shall, unless directed otherwise by the Landscape Architect’s Representative, become the property of the Contractor who shall remove such materials from the site and legally dispose of it at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect.

3.11 FROST PROTECTION

A. Do not excavate to full indicated depth when freezing temperatures may be expected, unless footings or slabs can be poured immediately after the excavation has been completed. Protect the excavation from frost if placing of concrete is delayed.

B. Completed foundations that have not been backfilled shall be protected from freezing by temporary additional earth cover, insulating blankets, heaters, or other methods acceptable to the Landscape Architect’s Representative.

C. Frozen material shall not be placed as fill or backfill.

D. No work shall be installed on frozen ground.

E. Should protection fail, remove frozen materials and replace with concrete or gravel borrow as directed by the Landscape Architect’s Representative at not additional cost to the Landscape Architect.

3.12 DUST CONTROL

A. During the construction period, the Contractor shall take special measures including, but not limited to, wetting down to control dust on site, in order to prevent annoyance/and or damage to adjacent property, whether public or private. Calcium chloride or any other chemical material may not be used on subgrades of areas to be seeded or planted.

B. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to keep streets, over which equipment and service for project travel, clean and free from dirt, dust, mud and debris resulting from construction operations. The actions taken shall meet the requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction.

3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. In accordance with the requirements of Section 003132 GEOTECHNICAL MONITORING AND TESTING, of this Specification.

3.14 PROTECTION

A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.

B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.

C. Where settling occurs before acceptance of finished grade, remove finished surfacing or planting soil, backfill with additional soil material, recompact and reconstruct surfacing, planting soil and install new plant material or turf as directed by the Landscape Architect.

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 11

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.

3.15 CLEANUP

A. At the end of all earthwork and rough grading operations and before acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall remove all debris, rubbish, garbage, trash, and discarded material, from the site. He shall dispose of them in a manner satisfactory to the Landscape Architect’s Representative. The premises shall be left clean, presentable, and satisfactory.

END OF SECTION

ROUGH GRADING 312213 - 12

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 312313

SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to decompact the subgrade in areas designated for new lawns and planting.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 31 25 00, EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL 2. Section 31 22 13, ROUGH GRADING 4. Section 31 23 00, EXCAVATION AND FILLING 5. Section 31 23 33, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 6. Section 32 91 19, LANDSCAPE GRADING

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (AGC):

Manual Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

D 1556 Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand Cone Method D 2167 Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place by the Rubber Balloon Method D 2922 Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In-Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) D 2937 Density of Soil In-Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method D 3017 Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS 312313 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)

3. State of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges

1.5 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING REQUIREMENTS

A. In accordance with Section 00 3132 GEOTECHNICAL MONITORING AND TESTING, of this Specification.

B. Quality Control for Areas of Subsoiling and Decompaction:

1. Quality control shall be a 2 phase operation including 1) penetrometer testing of existing undisturbed soils and 2) penetrometer testing of areas of turf and planting after subsoiling operations have been completed. 2. Perform penetrometer tests on existing, undisturbed soils in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 3. Prior to the spreading planting soil, the Contractor shall demonstrate to Owner’s Representative that the depth of subsoiling has been met in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Contractor shall verify level and depth of soil decompaction using a shovel and a penetrometer. In locations as directed by the Owner’s Representative, dig holes 3- inches deep in the surface of the subsoil and test the bottom of the holes to depth of 3 inches with penetrometer, recording the dial gauge reading. Incrementally test the subsoil every three inches of increasing depth by shovel and penetrometer until the full specified thickness of subsoiling and decompaction has been verified. Record points where full depth subsoiling and decompaction have not been attained. Repeat testing operation at representative locations of the construction site as determined by the Owner’s Representative to verify specification requirements have been met. 5. In all areas where penetrometer testing shows specified depths of subsoiling have not been met, the Contractor shall perform remedial subsoiling to the specified depths. 6. Following the work of decompacting planting soil and prior to any work of seeding, sodding or planting, test planting soil and underlying subsoil with the penetrometer in locations as directed by the Owner’s Representative and the Landscape Architect. 7. In all areas where penetrometer testing shows the planting soil and underlying subsoil have not been decompacted, the Contractor shall perform remedial decompaction work.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. In accordance with the requirements of Section 31 2212 ROUGH GRADING, of this Specification.

1.7 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. In accordance with the requirements of Section 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING.

1.8 INFORMATION NOT GUARANTEED

SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS 312313 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. In accordance with the requirements of Section 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING.

1.9 PERMITS, CODES, AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

A. In accordance with the requirements of Section 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING.

1.10 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES

A. In accordance with the requirements of Section 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING.

1.11 DEFINITIONS

A. In accordance with the requirements of Section 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING band as follows:

B. Soil compaction: the formation of dense layers of overly packed soil. Compaction will force soil particles closer together, driving out pore space and reducing the volume of air and water in soil. Compaction seals off the soil surface and reduces the amount of air and water that enters the soil. Compaction reduces and can eliminate the movement of water and air through the soil, preventing the movement of plant roots through the soil and creating anaerobic conditions that will kill plant material and turf.

C. Sub-grade: Existing native soil in cut, on-site borrow in fill conditions, or imported soils in fill conditions, all of which meet the requirements of this Specification, upon which planting soils or granular pavement base are placed shall be known as sub- grade.

D. Subsoiling: The vertical and lateral fracturing of compacted subsoil material to full depth of compaction through deep ripping and de-compaction to restore soil porosity and permeability, to aid in infiltration of water, and to promote root growth.

E. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within building lines.

1.12 COORDINATION

A. Prior to start of any subsoiling and decompaction work the Contractor shall arrange an on-site meeting with the Landscape Architect for the purpose of establishing Contractor's schedule of operations and scheduling inspection procedures and requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PENETROMETER

A. Provide one Static Cone Penetrometer for use on this project. Make Penetrometer available to the Owner’s Representative and the Landscape Architect for use during the on-site Pre-Installation Conference and as required during the course of the work of the Project.

B. Static Cone Penetrometer shall be a hydraulic measuring device designed and manufactured to measure soil compaction. It shall be a 2 handed, analogue

SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS 312313 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

dial read meter gauged to read up to 1000 PSI. Penetrometer shall be one of the following hand- held devices:

1. Hand Penetrometer, #06.01 by Eijkelkamp Agrisearch Equipment, PO Box 4. 6987 ZG Giesbeek, The Netherlands 2. Handsounding Static Penetrometer, Model HAS-5, by Rocktest; www.roctest.com 3. H-4210A Portable Static Cone Penetrometer, by Humboldt Manufacturing Company, Schiller Park IL; www.humboldtmfg.com 4. Hydraulic Penetrometer, Pike Agri-Lab Supplies, Inc.; Jay, Maine; www.pikeagri.com 5. Hand Penetrometer Kit, 1 Meter Mechanical Gauge Type, 0325KL1 by SoilMoisture Equipment Corp., Santa Barbara, CA; www.soilmoisture.com

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EARTHWORK - GENERAL

A. Work defined as excavation and filling, rough grading, trenching and backfilling, stripping and stockpiling of topsoil and all other earthwork related construction activities shall be specified, performed, permitted and paid for under the work of Division 31 Sections of this Specification. Coordinate the work of this Section with work activities and schedules in those Sections.

B. Coordinate the schedule of penetrometer application with the work of Section 32 9119 LANDSCAPE GRADING.

3.2 SUBSOILING AND DECOMPACTION OF SOILS

General:

1. All in-place soil within the limit of work that has been subject to any foot or vehicular traffic, equipment storage or material stockpiling prior to the commencement of this Contract or during the performance of this Contract shall be subsoiled and decompacted to a depth of 24 inches in accordance with the requirements of this Specification.

B. Recording compaction levels of existing soils:

1. At the beginning of the construction project and in the presence of the Owner’s Representative, locate areas of the property that have not been subject to loading and compaction. Locations of undisturbed soils are typically found on the edges of the property, in shrub beds or under trees. Using the penetrometer, determine the base-line level of soil compaction of undisturbed soils on site. In the event that the penetrometer probe encounters resistance or is prevented from penetrating the soil assume the probe has encounter a rock or other obstruction. Perform no less than 12 penetrometer tests on existing, undisturbed soils to determine compaction levels of existing soil. Prepare a chart of findings noting PSI by location and present to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval.

C. Subsoiling Operations:

SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS 312313 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. Vertically and laterally fracture all exposed subsoil material within the Limits of Work through deep ripping and decompaction, restoring soil porosity and permeability and aiding infiltration and reducing runoff. Restrict fracturing of subsoil to those areas of turf and planting. Fracture the subsoil to a depth of 24 inches. 2. Effective fracturing of compressed subsoil material is achieved only when the soil material is moderately dry to moderately moist. Perform subsoiling only when soil has suitable moisture content as described in this Specification. 3. In the presence of the Owner’s Representative determine subsoil moisture content. The Contractor shall auger a hole to a depth of 24 inches below the surface of the subsoil. Reach in and extract a handful of soil. 4. Hand roll the sample between the palms down to a 1/8-inch diameter snake. If the soil sample crumbles apart in segments no greater than 3/8 of an inch long when it is rolled down to 1/8 inch diameter, it is low enough in moisture for deep ripping. Conversely, if the rolled sample stretch out in increments greater than 3/8-inch before crumbling, it is in a plastic state of soil consistency and is too wet for sub-soiling and final decompaction.

D. Subsoiling and Decompaction:

1. Subsoiling and decompaction shall be performed in a two-phase process. Subsoiling shall be accomplished by deep ripping or bucket excavation as follows:

E. Subsoiling Large Areas by Deep Ripping:

1. Deep rip the affected areas of exposed subsoil material, aggressively fracturing it before the planting soil is spread. Use a “heavy duty” agricultural-grade, deep ripper for this first phase of deep ripping. Rip the subsoil to the full depth of compaction. 2. Use the following rule of thumb for tractor horsepower (hp) whenever deep ripping and decompacting: Have at least 40 hp of tractor pull available for each mounted shank/ leg of the ripper. For example, a 3- shank ripping implement shall be pulled by a tractor with a 120 hp engine. A 5-shank implement shall be pulled by a 200 hp tractor. 3. Deep ripping shall be performed in three passes across the compacted subsoil. The first and second passes shall consist of parallel, forward- and-return runs, with each progressive pass of the implement’s legs or shanks evenly staggered between those from the previous pass, ensuring vertical fracturing on 12 to 15 inch centers. A final pass shall be performed at a 45 to 60 degree angle to the previous two passes.

SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS 312313 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

4. Final depth of deep ripping of this first phase shall be achieved to a depth of 24 inches, to which end the ripping implement shall be modified as required. 5. The operating speed for pulling the deep ripper through the soil shall not exceed 3 mile per hour, a rate of operating speed slow that will ensure maximum functional performance of soil fracturing. 6. Do not use industrial-grade variations of ripping implements that are attached to power graders or bulldozers. The shanks and teeth of these rippers are often to short and stout and are mounted too far apart to properly restore soil permeability and infiltration. 7. Any oversize rocks which are uplifted to the subsoil surface during the deep ripping phase shall be collected and removed.

F. Sub-soiling Areas by Bucket Excavation:

1. Excavate the area of compacted areas to turn over and fracture the subsoil material before the planting soil is spread. Use backhoe or excavator for this first phase of sub-soiling. 2. Plan out and execute sub-soiling by bucket excavation in a manner such that the excavation equipment backs out of the area of compacted subsoil without traversing sub-soiled areas with equipment. 3. Final depth of bucket excavation of this first phase shall be 24 inches. Perform all excavation in the presence of the Owner’s Representative. 4. Any oversize rocks which are uplifted to the subsoil surface during the excavation phase shall be picked up and removed by hand.

G. Decompaction of Planting Soil:

1. Spreading the planting soil will cause compaction of the previously ripped subsoil and the planting soil. The second phase of the operations shall be de-compaction of the planting soil by deep ripping through the full layer of the planting soil into the top half of the restored subsoil. This second phase of de-compaction mitigates the partial re-compaction which occurs during the heavy process of topsoil spreading and grading. 2. Prior to deep ripping and de-compacting the site, all construction activity, including access by construction equipment, material storage, site cleanup and trafficking shall be completed and the site closed off to further disturbance. In the event of the operations of deep ripping and de-compaction are interrupted by rain, proceed no further until the subsoil has dried and the palmed roll crumbles in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 3. Contractor shall minimize the inversion or turning over of planting soil and the exposure of subsoil by utilizing angled-leg variety of deep subsoiling machines.

3.3 COMPACTION

A. Compaction of areas where subgrade has been decompacted shall be performed as specified under the work of Section 31 22 13 ROUGH GRADING. Particular attention shall be given to requirements for tracked or LGP vehicles.

3.4 REMOVAL OF SURPLUS AND UNSUITABLE MATERIALS

A. As specified under the work of Section 31 22 13 ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

3.5 FROST PROTECTION

SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS 312313 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. As specified under the work of Section 31 22 13 ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

3.6 DUST CONTROL

A. As specified under the work of Section 31 22 13 ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

3.7 PROTECTION

A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly decompacted and sub-graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.

B. Repair and reestablish subgrades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.

C. Where settling occurs before acceptance of finished grade, remove finished surfacing or planting soil, backfill with additional soil material, recompact and reconstruct surfacing, planting soil and install new plant material or turf as directed by the Landscape Architect.

D. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.

3.9 CLEANUP

A. At the end of all earthwork and rough grading operations and before acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall remove all debris, rubbish, garbage, trash, and discarded material, from the site. He shall dispose of them in a manner satisfactory to the Owner’s Representative. The premises shall be left clean, presentable, and satisfactory.

END OF SECTION

SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS 312313 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 312333

TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to complete the earthwork which includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Trench excavation and backfilling.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications: 1. Division 01 Section EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 2. Division 31 Section SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 3. Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING 4. Division 31 Section EXCAVATION & FILLING

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section. 1. Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (AGC): Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction 2. United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety & Health Administration: AGC Manual, Department of Labor & Industries 3. New Hampshire State Department of Transportation: Specifications Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE; EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS; INFORMATION NOT GUARANTEED; PERMITS, CODES, AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS; PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING of this

1.6 DEFINITIONS

A. Trench–An excavation which is narrow in relation to its length, made below the surface ground in excess of 3 feet below grade and the depth of which is, in general, greater than the width, but the width of the trench, as measured at the bottom, is no greater than 15 feet.

TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 312333 - page 1 of 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Unattended Trench–A trench where neither the excavator or any of the people who are engaged in construction activities at the trench, are present

C. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within building lines.

D. And in accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Soils and aggregates in accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility.

B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick minimum, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep. 1. Tape Colors: Provide tape colors to utilities as follows: a. Red: Electric. b. Yellow: not applicable. c. Orange: Telephone and other communications. d. Blue: not applicable. e. Green: Storm only.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

3.2 EXCAVATION - GENERAL

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section EXCAVATION & FILLING of this Specification and as described herein.

B. The work of trench excavation shall be conducted at such locations, at such rates of progress and in such a manner as will ensure the continued progress of the work, with a minimum inconvenience to the general public.

TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 312333 - page 2 of 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.3 STOCKPILING; CONTAMINATED MATERIALS

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

3.4 FILLING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING of this Specification and the following.

B. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.

3.5 SHORING AND SHEETING

A. Provide shoring, sheeting and/or bracing at excavations, as required, to assure complete safety against collapse of earth at side of excavations.

B. Comply with federal, state and local regulations, and with more stringent requirements of AGC Manual, Federal Department of Labor & Industries, Industrial Bulletin #12, Section 10.

C. If, at any place, sufficient or proper supports have not been provided, additional support shall be placed at the expense of the Contractor. Direction by the Resident Engineer to provide additional shoring, sheeting and/or bracing shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the adequacy and safety of construction.

D. Sheeting shall be driven ahead of the excavation to avoid loss of material from behind the sheeting, except as may otherwise be permitted by the Resident Engineer. Care shall be taken to prevent voids outside of the sheeting but if voids occur, they shall be filled immediately with sand and compacted.

E. The Contractor shall leave in place all sheeting unless otherwise directed in writing by the Resident Engineer. The Resident Engineer may direct that the Contractor cut sheeting off 3 feet below finished grade, and the lower portion left in place. All voids left or caused by the withdrawal of sheeting shall be backfilled immediately using suitable materials and compacted.

F. All sheeting and bracing not ordered left in place shall be carefully removed in such a manner as not to endanger the construction of other structures, utilities, or property, whether public or private. All voids left after withdrawal of sheeting shall be immediately refilled with sand and rammed with tools especially adapted to that purpose, or otherwise compacted as directed to achieve the required density.

G. Wood sheeting driven below mid-diameter of any pipe shall be left in place. Under no circumstances shall any wood sheeting be cut off at a level lower than 1 foot above the top of pipe.

H. No excavation will be permitted below a line drawn upwards at 1.5 horizontal to 1.0 vertical slope from the bottom outside edge of the new foundations without providing adequate sheeting and shoring.

I. All earth support systems shall be designed and stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the grand State of New York and employed by the Contractor. Said design shall be submitted to the Resident Engineer for review not less than ten days prior to commencement of field installation activities. The earth support design shall be complete and include drawings indicating the extent of earth support in plan and section,

TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 312333 - page 3 of 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

design calculations, material specifications and complete construction sequence. The Contractor’s design shall take into account all soil pressures, hydrostatic pressures, adjacent structure surcharge loads, applicable traffic, construction equipment, stockpiles and any other surcharge loads. All intermediate stages of loading as well as final conditions shall be considered.

J. The Contractor shall submit details showing his proposed method of sheeting and shoring construction and other pertinent features. Such drawings and features shall be reviewed by the Resident Engineer before construction is started, but this does not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibility for constructing and maintaining this construction.

3.6 REMOVAL OF SURPLUS AND UNSUITABLE MATERIALS

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

3.7 FROST PROTECTION

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

3.8 TRENCH EXCAVATION

A. Trench Excavation: If the Contractor encounters unsuitable soils materials at the specified depths during trench excavation, he shall contact the Resident Engineer and request instructions before proceeding further. 1. Excavate trenches to indicated slopes, lines, depths, and invert elevations. a. Excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line and to meet the inverts noted on the Contract Documents. 2. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated. a. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit. 3. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove stones and sharp objects to avoid point loading. a. For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter hand- excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. b. Where encountering rock or another unyielding bearing surface, carry trench excavation 12 inches below bottom of pipe to receive bedding course.

B. Placement in Trenches: Bedding materials as specified shall be placed to the full width of the trench as indicated on the Contract Documents. Place and compact bedding course on rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. After a pipe is bedded, the trench shall be filled to the centerline of the pipe with additional bedding material as specified except at the joint. After the joint is inspected, that portion shall be filled in. Material under and around the pipe shall be carefully and thoroughly compacted to the densities specified under the work of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING and Division 31 Section EXCAVATION & FILLING.

C. From the centerline of the pipe to a point 12 inches above the top of the pipe place additional bedding material as backfill by hand and compact with mechanical tampers to not less than 95% of maximum density at optimum moisture content of the material. Above

TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 312333 - page 4 of 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

this point, backfill shall be placed by machine or by hand in layers 6 inches deep and compacted to the densities specified. This backfill shall be extended as shown in the Contract Documents. Backfill simultaneously on all sides of pipe or structure. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system.

D. Place concrete backfill in all utility trenches that pass under concrete footing or within 18 inches of footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of footings.

E. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.

F. Fill voids with approved backfill materials as shoring and bracing, and sheeting is removed.

G. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade.

H. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.

3.9 DUST CONTROL

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 31 Section ROUGH GRADING of this Specification.

3.10 CLEANUP

A. At the end of all excavation, filling and grading operations and before acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall remove all debris, rubbish, garbage, trash, and discarded material, from the site. He shall dispose of them in a manner satisfactory to the Resident Engineer. The premises shall be left clean, presentable, and satisfactory.

B. Trench Excavation and Backfilling, including aggregate, bedding material, compaction, magnetic tape, equipment, and other Work called for will be paid for by payment items based on unit prices submitted by the Contractor under Division 01 Section UNIT PRICES of this Specification. 1. Trench Excavation and Backfilling

END OF SECTION

TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 312333 - page 5 of 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications and drawings for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section or implied on the drawings. C. Coordinate work with trades affecting, or affected by, work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all equipment and materials, and do all work necessary to construct a complete erosion and sedimentation control program for minimizing erosion and siltation during the construction phase of the project. The erosion and sediment control provisions detailed on the Drawings, Order of Conditions, and specified herein are the minimum requirements for an erosion control program. The Contractor shall provide additional erosion and sedimentation control materials and methods as needed to effect the erosion and siltation control principles specified herein. B. Contractor shall be responsible for complying with the approved Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as developed by the Owner. C. Compliance with the Department of Environmental Protection Order of Conditions, issued by the Nashua Conservation Commission dated [MM/DD/YY]. Requirements that are in the Order of Conditions that are in conflict with this Section shall take precedence over this specification. A copy of the Order is included in Appendix. D. Environmental Pollution Agency (EPA) – Contractor shall be responsible for applying for an NPDES Permit and compliance with the National Pollution Discharge Elimination Scheme (NPDES) Program.

1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 02 41 13 UTILITY LINE REMOVAL B. Section 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING C. Section 33 40 00 STORMWATER UTILITIES

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges M288 Geosynthetic Specification for Highway Applications R69 Determination of Long-Term Strength for Geosynthetic Reinforcement B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): D4884 Test Method for Strength of Sewn or Bonded Seams of Geotextiles EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 312500 - 1

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D6461 Silt Fence Materials D6462 Silt Fence Installation and Maintenance C. New Hampshire Department of Transportation (NHDOT): Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (NHDOT Specifications)

1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed methods, materials to be employed, and schedule for effecting erosion and siltation control and preventing erosion damage shall be submitted for approval. Submittals shall include: 1. Proposed methods for affecting erosion and siltation control, including 1 in. equals 20 ft. scale plans indicating location of erosion control devices, stockpiling and storage areas, construction entrance, and concrete washout areas. 2. List of proposed materials, including manufacturer’s product data. 3. Schedule of erosion control program indicating specific dates for implementing programs in each major area of work. 4. Copy of Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). 5. Copy of application and approval of NPDES application. B. The following shall be submitted: 1. Geotextile Fabric Sample (Sedimentation Fence, Construction Entrance, and other filter/separation fabrics) – 12 in. by 12 in. sample. The brand name shall be labeled on the fabric or the fabric container. 2. Seed Mixture for Temporary Seed Cover 3. Straw Wattles 4. Catch Basin Filters 5. Aggregate Materials for Construction Entrance

1.06 EROSION CONTROL PRINCIPLES A. The Contractor shall implement all soil erosion and sedimentation control devices prior to any earth moving within the site. B. The following erosion control principles shall apply to the land grading and construction phases: 1. Stripping of vegetation, grading, or other soil disturbance shall be done in a manner which will minimize soil erosion. 2. Whenever feasible, natural vegetation shall be retained and protected. 3. Limit extent of area which is exposed and free of vegetation to the smallest extent practical. In addition, duration of exposure shall be kept to a minimum. 4. Drainage provisions shall accommodate increased runoff resulting from modifications of soil and surface conditions during and after development or disturbance. Such provisions shall be in addition to existing requirements. 5. Sediment shall be retained on-site.

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 312500 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

6. Erosion control devices shall be installed as early as possible in the construction sequence prior to the start of clearing and grubbing operations and excavation work. C. Cut and fill slopes and stockpiled materials shall be protected to prevent erosion. Slopes shall be protected with permanent erosion protection when erosion exposure period is expected to be greater than or equal to six months, and temporary erosion protection when erosion exposure period is expected to be less than six months. 1. Temporary erosion protection shall be accomplished by covering with erosion protection materials, as appropriate for the prevailing conditions. 2. Permanent erosion protection shall be accomplished by seeding with grass and covering with an erosion protection material, as appropriate for prevailing conditions. 3. Except where specified slope is indicated on Drawings, cut and fill slopes shall be limited to a grade of 2:1 (horizontal:vertical).

1.07 INSPECTION A. Upon installation of all soil erosion and sedimentation control devices, the Contractor shall notify and coordinate a site inspection with the Engineer.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 TEMPORARY SEED COVER A. Grass seed for temporary seed cover shall be a mixture of the previous year’s crop. It shall contain the following mixture by weight with 98 percent purity: Seed Type % by Weight Germination Minimum % Winter Rye 80 minimum 85 Red Fescue (Creeping) 5 minimum 80 Perennial Rye Grass 5 minimum 90 Dutch White Clover 3 minimum 90 Other Crop Grass 0.5 maximum Noxious Weed Seed 0.5 maximum Inert Matter 1.0 maximum

B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in sealed containers, labeled with the name of the seed grower and seed formula. Seed shall be dry and free of mold. C. A manufacturer’s certificate of compliance will be required as specified in NHDOT Specifications M6.03.0.

2.02 SEDIMENTATION (SILT) FENCE A. The geotextile fabric shall be woven or nonwoven fabric consisting of only long chain polymeric filaments or yarns, such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polyester, polyamide, or polyvinylidene-chloride formed into a stable network such that the filaments or yarns retain their relative position to each other. The fabric shall be inert to commonly encountered chemicals and free of defects or flaws which significantly affect its physical and/or filtering properties. Fabric shall conform to ASTM D6461 and the relevant sections of AASHTO M288. B. During all periods of shipment and storage, the fabric shall be wrapped in a heavy duty protective covering to protect the fabric from direct sunlight, UV rays, temperatures greater than 140°F, mud, dirt, dust, and debris.

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 312500 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. Support fence posts shall be at least 48 in. high (extending 2 ft. above normal water line while being driven to sufficient depth to provide stable support for fence) and strong enough to support applied loads. D. Posts shall be wood or steel, at the Contractor’s option. Wood posts shall consist of sound quality hardwood with a minimum cross sectional area of 3 sq. in. Steel posts shall be standard “T” or “U” shape and shall weigh at least 1.33 pounds per linear foot. E. Fabric shall be attached to the posts with prefabricated pockets in the fabric, staples, or other suitable arrangements which have received approval from the Engineer. F. Prefabricated fence systems may be used, provided they meet all of the above material requirements. Filter fabric shall be similar to those given below. Product (Woven) Product (Nonwoven) Manufacturer Mirafi 500X Mirafi 140NL TenCate Geosynthetics 365 South Holland Drive Pendergrass, Georgia 30567 706-693-2226 https://www.tencategeo.us/en-us/ GeoTex 2130 GeoTex 351 Propex 4019 Industry Drive Chattanooga, TN 37416 800-621-1273 http://propexglobal.com/ US 200 US 90NW US Fabrics 3904 Virginia Ave Cincinnati, OH 45227 800-518-2290 https://www.usfabricsinc.com/

2.03 CATCH BASIN FILTERS A. Catch basin filters shall be manufactured from a specially designed woven polypropylene geotextile and sewn by a double needle machine, using a high strength nylon thread. Seams shall have a certified average wide width strength of 165.0 lbs./in. per ASTM D4884. B. The filters shall be manufactured to fit the opening of the catch basin or drop inlet. The filters shall have the following features: two dump straps attached at the bottom to facilitate the emptying of the filters; lifting loops to be used to lift the filters from the basin as an integral part of the system; a restraint cord approximately halfway up the sack to keep the sides away from the catch basin walls and to act as a visual means of indicating when the sack should be emptied. C. Catch basin filter geotextile fabric shall have the following properties: Property (units) Minimum Value Test Method Grab Tensile (lbs) 300 ASTM D4632 Grab Elongation (%) 15 (20 max) ASTM D4632 Puncture (lbs) 120 ASTM D4833 Mullen Burst (psi) 650 ASTM D3786 Trapezoid Tear (lbs) 120 ASTM D4533 UV Resistance (%) 90 ASTM D4355 Apparent Opening Size Hole size equal to or smaller than a ASTM D4751 (U.S. Standard Sieve) U.S. Standard No. 40 (0.425 mm) Permittivity (sec-1) 0.55 ASTM D4491 Flow Rate (gal/min/ft2) 40 ASTM D4491

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 312500 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.04 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE A. The geotextile fabric shall be nonwoven fabric conforming to AASHTO M288, Grade C or better, consisting of only long chain polymeric filaments or yarns, such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polyester, polyamide, or polyvinylidene-chloride formed into a stable network such that the filaments or yarns retain their relative position to each other. The fabric shall be inert to commonly encountered chemicals and free of defects or flaws which significantly affect its physical and/or filtering properties.

B. Geotextile fabric for construction entrance shall have equal to or better than the following properties for minimum average roll value (MARV):

Property (units) Woven Nonwoven Test Method Grab Tensile (lbs) 120 120 ASTM D4632 Grab Elongation (%) 35 (maximum) 50 ASTM D4632 CBR Puncture (lbs) 250 340 ASTM D6241 Trapezoid Tear (lbs) 50 70 ASTM D4533 UV Resistance at 500 hours (%) 70 70 ASTM D4355 Apparent Opening Size Hole size equal to or Hole size equal to or ASTM D4751 (U.S. Standard Sieve) smaller than a U.S. smaller than a U.S. Standard Sieve No. 40 Standard Sieve No. 70 (0.425 mm) (0.212 mm) Permittivity (sec-1) 0.05 0.3 ASTM D4491 Flow Rate (gal/min/ft2) 4 29 ASTM D4491

C. Stone shall be clean, crushed stone, ranging from 2 in. to 3 in. in size. D. Top dressing shall be clean, 2 in. crushed stone.

2.05 STRAW WATTLES A. Straw wattle shall consist of 99.9 percent seed-free agricultural straw inside tubular non- woven photodegradable high-density polypropylene (HDPE) netting with a one year UV inhibitor. Straw wattles shall have a diameter of 9 in. to 12 in. (plus or minus 10 percent). Length shall be manufacturer’s standard length.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 STRAW WATTLES A. Straw Wattles shall be installed as shown on the plans. B. Excavate a 4 in. rounded trench the length of the proposed wattle position. Spoils shall be thrown on the upside of the trench. Wattles shall be placed into position, ensuring that wattles are in firm contact with the soil. C. Wattles shall be installed such that the ends are continuously butted up to each other and zip tied. Wattles shall be staked approximately every 4 ft. Where excessive ripping occurs, wattle shall be replaced, repaired, or staked on the downhill side on both sides of the rip. D. Wattle system should be visually inspected on a weekly basis or after weather events with more than 0.39 in. of rain in an hour.

3.02 CATCH BASIN FILTER A. Catch basin filters shall be placed at all inlets to drainage structures as structures are installed and as pavement is removed. Outlet protection work shall be constructed before runoff is allowed to enter the drainage system.

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 312500 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Construction and location of catch basin filters shall be as indicated on the Drawings.

3.03 SEDIMENTATION FENCE A. Silt fence installation shall be in the locations shown on the plans and may be supplemented with requirements of regulatory authorities issuing permits. The silt fence installation and check out shall precede any landscape disturbance. B. Installation of the silt fence shall be in accordance with ASTM D 6462, the manufacturer's recommendation, and the Details. Posts shall be spaced a maximum of 6 ft. apart for unsupported silt fences of for silt fence material with elongation less than 50 percent. For silt fence material with elongation greater than 50 percent and supported silt fences, the maximum post spacing is 4 ft. C. Excavate a 6 in. by 6 in. trench on the contour with 6 ft. at extending up slope at the ends to prevent silt laden runoff from escaping. Set the posts to the depth specified on the Drawings. Attach the fabric to the posts on the upstream side. The fabric shall extend 2 ft. above the normal water level and at least 10 in. shall extend horizontally along the soil at the bottom. D. Wrap the bottom 10 in. of the fabric around the inside of the trench, and then backfill the soil into the fabric pocket so as to anchor the fence fabric. Soil shall then be placed over the horizontal bottom layer of fabric to a depth of 6 in. Backfill and compact the trench with excavated soils. Use one pass with a manually directed vibratory plate for granular soils (sands and gravels) or a manually directed tamper for fine grained soils (clays and silts). E. Fabric may be spliced together along the vertical edge by overlapping the pieces by one post spacing or 6 ft., whichever is greater, and securing the layer together at intervals of 2 in. F. Should the required height exceed the roll width, a second roll shall be used. The width shall be overlapped a minimum of 1 ft. and the layers shall be secured together at not more than 2 ft. intervals along the midpoint of the overlap. G. Should sediment accumulate to the point where the fence will be overtopped with flow or the weight of the sediment threatens to collapse the fence, the sediment shall be removed and placed above the silt fence out of concentrated flow areas or at other approved locations. H. At the conclusion of construction when all vegetative actions have been completed the silt fence shall be removed and trapped silt shall be spread across established vegetation outside paths of concentrated flow. Maximum depth of spread soil shall be 4 in.

3.04 TEMPORARY SEED COVER (IF REQUIRED) A. Grass seed shall be spread by mechanical spreader at a rate of 0.40 lb./100 sq. ft. B. Following seeding, area shall be lightly raked to mingle seed with the top 1/8 in. to 1/4 in. of soil. Areas shall then be smoothed and rolled. C. Following rolling, entire area shall be watered until equivalent of a 2 in. depth of water has been applied to entire seeded surface, at a rate which will not dislodge seed. Watering shall be repeated thereafter as frequently as needed to prevent drying of surface, until grass attains an average height of 1-1/2 in. D. At the Contractor’s option, seed may be spread by the hydroseeding method, utilizing power equipment commonly used for that purpose. Seed and mulch shall be mixed and applied to achieve application quantities specified herein for the conventional seeding method, with mulch applied at the rate stated in the table below. An industry standard mulching machine shall be equipped to eject the thoroughly wet mulch material at a uniform rate to provide the mulch coverage specified. Other provisions specified above shall apply to hydroseeding.

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 312500 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. If the results of hydroseeding are unsatisfactory, the mixture and/or application rates and methods shall be modified to achieve the desired results. 2. After the grass has appeared, all areas and parts of areas which fail to show a uniform stand of grass, for any reason whatsoever, shall be reseeded and such areas and parts of areas seeded repeatedly until all areas are covered with a satisfactory growth of grass. Slope/Gradient Condition Application Rates ≤ 3H to 1V 3000 lb./ac > 3H to 1V and ≤ 2H to 1V 3500 lb./ac > 2H to 1V and ≤ 1H to 1V 4000 lb./ac > 1H to 1V 4500 lb./ac

3.05 DUST CONTROL A. Implement dust control measure during construction. Minimize dust clouds by watering down construction area or using other approved methods. Water used for dust control measure shall be applied using appropriate quantities and equipment. No chemical additives shall be used.

3.06 CONCRETE WASHOUT AREA A. Concrete truck shall be washed out in an area approved by the Engineer. Designate wash- out areas with proper signage. Locate a concrete wash-out box near the concrete trucks to prevent concrete residue from being washed off-site. Wash-out containers can be pre- fabricated or constructed on-site out of plywood and plastic sheeting. All runoff from wash- out activities shall be directed to the on-site control measures. Discarded cementitious materials shall be removed and disposed of off-site.

3.07 CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE A. Construction entrances shall be installed at every location where traffic leaves or enters the site. B. The area of the construction entrance shall be clear of all vegetation, roots, and other objectionable material. The filter fabric shall be placed on the subgrade prior to the stone placement. The gravel shall be placed to the specified dimensions depicted on the plans. C. The construction entrance shall be a minimum of 50 ft. in length and 24 ft. wide. Stone shall be not less than 6 in. thick. D. The rock shall be dumped and spread into position in approximately horizontal layers not to exceed 3 ft. in thickness. It shall be placed to produce a reasonably homogeneous stable fill that contains no segregated pockets of large or small fragments or large unfilled spaces caused by bridging of the larger rock fragments. No compaction is required beyond that resulting from the placing and spreading operations. E. All surface water flowing or diverted toward construction entrances shall be pipe beneath the entrance. If piping is impractical, a mountable berm with 5:1 slopes shall be permitted. F. The entrance shall be maintained in a condition which shall prevent tracking or flowing of sediment onto public rights-of-way. All sediment spilled, dropped, or washed onto public rights-of-way shall be removed immediately. Stabilized construction entrances shall be inspected every seven days and within 24 hours after each rainfall event that produces 1/2 in. or more of precipitation until final stabilization is achieved. Daily inspections shall be made during periods of wet weather. G. When washing is required, it shall be done on an area stabilized with aggregate, which drains into an approved sediment-trapping device. All sediment shall be prevented from entering

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 312500 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

storm drains, ditches, or watercourses. Periodic inspection and needed maintenance, including top dressing with additional aggregate, shall be provided after each rain event.

3.08 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES A. Erosion control devices shall be checked in accordance with the SWPPP or as specified herein. Should requirements conflict, the SWPPP shall take precedence. B. Erosion control devices shall be maintained until all disturbed earth has been paved or vegetated, at which time they shall be removed. After removal, areas disturbed by these devices shall be regraded and seeded. C. Wetland areas, water courses, and drainage swales adjacent to construction activities shall be monitored twice each month for evidence of silt intrusion and other adverse environmental impacts, which shall be corrected immediately upon discovery. D. Culverts and drainage ditches shall be kept clean and clear of obstruction during construction period. E. Sedimentation fence shall be inspected at least daily by the contractor and restored as necessary to its approved, newly installed condition. Accumulations of debris and/or silt shall be removed and properly disposed of as necessary at no additional cost. In no case shall accumulations of more than 6 in. above the original ground line be permitted to remain. If a breach or other failure of the fence occurs, the fence shall be immediately restored. Any delay in maintaining the fence shall be cause to immediately suspend the work as provided for in Subsection 8.09 of the NHDOT Specifications. F. Care shall be taken to avoid undermining sedimentation fence during cleanout. If the fabric tears, decomposes, or in any way becomes ineffective, it shall be replaced immediately. G. Following the completion of the work and stabilization of adjacent soil, the fence shall be completely removed from the site and the area restored to its original condition. H. Catch basin filters shall be inspected by Contractor after each rainstorm and during rain events with 0.39 in. or more of rain in an hour. I. Catch basin filters shall be emptied, cleaned, and placed back into the basin once restraint cord is covered with sediment. Filters which become damaged during construction operations shall be repaired or replaced immediately at no additional cost. J. Sediment deposits shall be disposed of off-site, in a location and manner which will not cause sediment nuisance elsewhere.

END OF SECTION

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 312500 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 315000

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL

A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Terms and Conditions for Construction and the balance of Divisions 00 and 01 and Technical Specifications.

B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions.

1.2 SUMMARY OF WORK

A. Provide all design, labor, equipment, materials, and incidental work and construction methods necessary to protect excavation and/or structures through trench boxes, sheeting, shoring and bracing.

B. Select the means and methods for providing support of the excavations in accordance with applicable Local, State and Federal safety requirements, Drawings and Specifications. Due to noise and vibration considerations, impact hammers will not be allowed on the site. Vibratory hammers are acceptable.

C. Trench box temporary excavation support system is only acceptable for pipe or utility trench excavations. Temporary unsupported open cut excavation with stable sloping sides is allowed where applicable.

D. Construction of the temporary excavation support systems shall not disturb the existing structures or the completed proposed structures. Damage to such structures shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Town.

E. The Contractor shall bear the entire cost and responsibility of correcting any failure, damages, subsidence, upheaval or cave-ins as a result of improper installation, maintenance or design of the temporary excavation support systems. The Contractor shall pay for all claims, costs and damages that arise as a result of the work performed at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.3 RELATED WORK

A. Related Work Specified In Other Sections Includes:

1. Section 311000 EARTHWORK 2. Section 312500 SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION CONTROL

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor’s calculations and plans for trench and excavation support systems shall be prepared, stamped, and signed by a civil or structural engineer (hereafter Designer) licensed in the State of Massachusetts and experienced in the design of the proposed excavation support system.

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 31 50 00 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. At least 30 days prior to commencing excavation work requiring sheeting, shorting and bracing, submit the following to the Owner’s Representative:

C. Construction and installation procedures, excavation sequence, interface details, protection measures for existing structures and facilities, and contingency plans for excessive movement of existing walls and other facilities. Provide detailed construction sequence and schedule for the design, review, installation, monitoring and removal of the shoring system.

D. Trench and Excavation Support Systems Plan

1. No excavations shall be started until the Contractor has obtained written acceptance of the trench support system. Said acceptance will be to assure the Owner of the Contractor's general compliance with applicable local, state and Federal codes and regulations and shall not be construed as a detailed analysis for adequacy of the support system, nor shall any provisions of the above requirements be construed as relieving the Contractor of its overall sole responsibility and liability for the work. 2. The Contractor’s Trench and Excavation Support Systems Designer shall determine the lateral soil and water pressure and surcharge loads that could result from the anticipated and actual construction methods and dewatering activities. 3. The following information shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Section prior to beginning site excavations: a. Design assumptions, engineering calculations, shoring dimensions, and information on the proposed method of installation and removal of all sheeting, shoring and/or trench box systems. b. Detailed shop drawings showing dimensions, member sizes, plate thickness, welded and/or bolted connections, and any other details necessary for construction. c. Detailed shop drawings for temporary utility support, where necessary. d. The Contractor's proposed method of monitoring movement and settlement of the shoring and adjacent pavements. Indicate location and types of survey monuments including benchmarks. Readings shall be accurate to 0.01 foot. e. Provide all survey measurements to the Owner’s Representative in a tabulated form within 12 working hours of taking measurements. f. The Contractor’s proposed procedure and corrective measures to be used should horizontal movement or settlements occur adjacent to the shored excavation or trench. g. Name and experience of the Contractor’s designated Project Safety Supervisor.

E. Do not commence excavation until the Owner’s Representative has returned review comments on the Contractor’s design for sheeting, shoring, and bracing.

1.5 REFERENCES

A. Design: Comply with all Federal and State laws and regulations applying to the design

1. U.S. Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations: Occupational Safety Act of 1970 (PL 91-596) a. OSHA 29 CFR 1910 regulations, all Subparts applicable to the work of this Contract. b. OSHA Part 1926, Subpart P, Excavation, Trenching and Shoring 2. AISC, Steel Construction Manual, latest edition 3. ASTM a. A328Specification for Structural Steel for Steel Sheet Piling b. D1557Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil using Modified Effort

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 31 50 00 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.6 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. The design, planning, installation, and removal of all sheeting, shoring, lagging, and bracing shall be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the required excavation or trench section and to maintain the undisturbed state of the existing soils and site features below and adjacent to the excavation.

B. Where excavation support is required to gain access to utility structures, site walls, foundations or other site features noted in this Section, do not use the site features as trench supports for horizontal struts. Do not install horizontal struts below the barrel of new pipe or utility, below the bottom of concrete spread footings or below any other new site feature being installed.

C. When the construction sequence of new structures requires the transfer of bracing loads or forces to the completed portions of any new structure or to any existing structure, the provide the Owner’s Representative with a complete design analysis of the expected impact of that bracing on the structure. Contractor’s consulting Professional Engineer shall provide design analysis. Providing the design analysis shall in no way absolve the Contractor of responsibility of damage resulting from said bracing.

D. Where steel shoring, bracing and sheeting are proposed for use, do not exceed allowable stresses noted in the AISC Steel Construction Manual.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Conform to the requirements of the OSHA Standards and Interpretations: "Part 1926 Subpart P - Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring", and all other applicable laws, regulations, rules, and codes.

B. Temporary Excavation Support System Installer's Qualifications:

1. Not less than three (3) year experience in the installation of similar types and equal complexity as the proposed system. 2. Completed not less than three (3) successful excavation support systems of similar type and equal complexity as the proposed system.

C. Install all temporary excavation support systems under the supervision of a supervisor having the following qualifications:

1. Not less than five (5) years’ experience in installation of systems of similar type and equal complexity as the proposed system. 2. Completed at least five (5) successful temporary excavation support systems of similar type and equal complexity as the proposed system.

1.8 MONITORING AND SUPERVISION

A. The design of the shoring system, method of construction, and stability monitoring of the shored excavations by surveying methods shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall ensure that the integrity of the existing structures, utilities and pipelines are maintained and that appropriate construction techniques are employed at all times to protect existing structures, utilities and pipelines. In the event the shoring becomes unstable or large surface settlements occur, the Contractor shall be responsible for implementing corrective measures.

B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any and all liability that may arise from his failure to provide adequate shoring or sheeting as necessary to support the excavation under any and all of the loading conditions that may exist or arise during construction. EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 31 50 00 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining a safe work site and shall protect workers and the public health and safety from the consequences of its operations. The Contractor shall provide fencing and barricades around shored excavation to prevent unauthorized persons to access the shored excavation during non-working hours. Trenches shall be covered and barricaded after completion of the day’s work, weekends, and other times as necessary.

D. The Contractor shall appoint a project safety supervisor, other than the Project Superintendent who shall be experienced in the installation, maintenance, and removal of the selected support system. The project safety supervisor shall have full authority over the work in all job safety matters and shall be on the job at all times when work is in progress in excavations and trenches.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Provide specific trench box sizes for each pipe and utility excavation with structural capacity of retaining soil types as described in OSHA's 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P.

B. Material Recommendations: Use manufacturers and materials for shoring, sheeting and bracing as recommended by the Licensed Professional Engineer who designed the shoring, sheeting, and bracing.

1. Structural, Plate, and Tube Steel: ASTM A36, A500, A572, or A992 2. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A328 or A572 3. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53 or A252 4. Concrete: As specified in Section 033300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE, and shown on the Contract Drawings or in the approved submittals. Lean concrete strength shall be so proportioned that the concrete retains its shape during excavation operations. 5. Timber Shoring Elements: Douglas fir, hemlock, pine, spruce, white oak or other structural timber locally available at the time of the Work 6. Timber to remain permanently in place shall be pressure-treated with preservative material in accordance with AWPA U1, User Category UC4B or UC4C.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SHORING, SHEETING AND BRACING INSTALLATION

A. General: Provide safe working conditions, to prevent shifting of material, to prevent damage to structures or other work, to avoid delay to the work, all in accordance with applicable safety and health regulations. Properly shore, sheet, and brace all excavations which are not cut back to the proper slope and where shown. Meet the general trenching requirements of the applicable safety and health regulations for the minimum shoring, sheeting and bracing for trench excavations.

B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design, methods of installation, and adequacy of the shoring, sheeting and bracing.

C. Arrange shoring, sheeting and bracing so as not to place any strain on portions of completed work until the general construction has proceeded far enough to provide ample strength.

D. Accurately locate all underground utilities and take the required measures necessary to protect them from damage. All underground utilities shall be kept in service at all times as specified in Division 01. EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 31 50 00 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

E. All shoring shall be installed to the dimensions, elevations, and the sequence shown in the reviewed Trench and Excavation Support Systems Plan. The method and sequence shall not cause damage to adjacent structures, utilities, or improvements. At least 14 days prior to the implementation of any changes to the reviewed Trench and Excavation Support Systems Plan, the Contractor’s Trench and Excavation Support Systems Designer shall submit the proposed changes to the Owner’s Representative for review.

F. Contractor shall provide support of existing structures where shown, specified, and at all other locations where excavation side slopes are greater than 2:1 or where excavation infringes upon a 2:1 slope extending from the bottom of the footing or adjacent structure being protected.

G. Stockpiling of excavated materials is not allowed within 40-feet of any installed shoring.

H. The area around installed shoring shall be graded to prevent surface runoff from entering shored excavations.

3.2 MAINTENANCE AND MANAGEMENT

A. Fill cavities adjacent to the excavation support system created by driving of sheet or soldier piling with sand.

B. Immediately restore and tamp any ballast disturbed during construction of excavation support systems.

C. Perform final backfilling of excavations in accordance with Section 02300, Earthwork.

D. If, at any time, existing or new construction, utilities, or similar facilities appear to be endangered, support such facilities, subject to approval of the Contractor’s Designer. Notify the Owner’s Representative of such conditions. Provide additional bracing or shoring if considered necessary by the Designer to safeguard against and prevent movement or settlement.

E. Maintain sheeting, bracing and other temporary protective work in place and functioning until temporary protective work is no longer necessary.

3.3 MONITORING

A. Monitoring: Periodically monitor horizontal and vertical deflections of sheeting.

B. If Contractor’s Designer determines that at any point the shoring, sheeting or bracing are inadequate or unsuited for the purpose, resubmit design calculations and working drawings, taking into consideration the observed field conditions. If the new calculations show the need for additional shoring, sheeting and bracing, install immediately.

C. Horizontal deflection of the shoring system into the excavation shall be limited to one- inch. If the deflection exceeds one-inch, stop the excavation and take immediate corrective actions to prevent further inward movements.

D. Prior to backfilling the shored excavation, the Contractor shall remove all unacceptable materials such as wood and metal debris and loose soils from the bottom of the excavation.

E. Sheeting Depth: In general drive or place sheeting for pipelines to a depth at elevation equal to the top of the pipe as approved.

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 31 50 00 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. If it is necessary to drive sheeting below that elevation in order to obtain a dry trench or satisfactory working conditions, cut the sheeting off at the top of the pipe and leave in place sheeting below the top of the pipe. 2. Do not cut the sheeting until backfill has been placed and compacted to the top of the pipe.

3.4 REMOVAL

A. Permission for Removal: Obtain permission before the removal of any shoring, sheeting or bracing. Retain the responsibility for injury to structures or to other property or persons from failure to leave such shoring, sheeting and bracing in place even though permission for removal has been obtained.

B. Shoring and cribbing shall be removed in a manner that does not loosen the bedding or backfill associated with the Work of this Contract and focus of this Specification. Shoring may be removed during the backfilling operation. The Contractor shall not excavate soil, or create voids, which may result in pipe or structure deformation or backfill settlement. If the Contractor elects to leave any shoring or cribbing in place, it shall be cut off a minimum 5 feet below finish grade. Any wood shoring and cribbing that is left in place shall have been pressure treated to minimize decay.

C. Where sheeting, shoring, and bracing cannot be removed with the progression of backfill, it shall be designed in such a way that its removal shall not adversely affect the integrity of the pipeline or adjacent structures and the backfill shall be reconsolidated after final removal to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.

D. Where sheeting, shoring, or bracing cannot be removed without resulting in damage to the pipeline or adjacent structure, or where such sheeting, shoring, or bracing is specified to remain, it shall be cut off 5 feet below finish grade and the cut off portions shall be removed from the site. All voids which exist behind the sheeting or shoring left in place, together with all other sheeting or shoring, shall be backfilled in a manner acceptable to the Owner’s Representative.

E. Sheeting, shoring, and bracing placed as a cutoff wall between dewatered and recharged areas shall remain in place as long as dewatering is required. Following removal, the resulting voids shall be backfilled in lifts not exceeding 8 inches. Compact backfill to 90 percent of optimum density as determined from the Modified Proctor Test.

END OF SECTION

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 31 50 00 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 32 01 93 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION

PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.

C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to protect existing trees, shrubs, and other plant materials from damage as a result of the Contractor’s operations, as indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified. Tree and plant protection shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Marking of clearing limits. 2. Tree protection fencing. 3. Tree protection wrapping. 4. Root pruning. 5. All other tree and plant protection indicated.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 01 56 26 TEMPORARY FENCING 2. Section 32 01 93 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 3. Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. International Society of Arboriculture, Savoy, IL 61874 (ISA): Guide Guide for Plant Appraisal 2. Commonwealth of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 32 01 93 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Proposed methods, materials, and schedule for effecting tree and plant protection shall be submitted for approval.

B. Proposed methods, materials, and schedule for root pruning and tree fertilization shall be submitted for approval.

C. Certifications: Submit appropriate evidence of certification of all arborists to be employed on the Project.

D. Licenses: Submit appropriate evidence of licensing of all chemical applicators to be employed on the Project.

E. MSDS: Submit Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of all chemicals to be applied on the Project.

F. At least 30 days prior to ordering materials, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect representative samples, certifications, manufacturer’s product data and certified test results for materials as specified below. No materials shall be ordered or delivered until the required submittals have been reviewed and approved by the Architect. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples. Approval of samples shall not constitute final acceptance. The Architect reserves the right to reject, on or after delivery, any material that does not meet these Specifications.

1. Existing On-Site Topsoil: Sample and test existing on-site topsoil shall as specified and paid for under the work of the Division 32 Section, PLANTING SOILS, of this Specification.

2. Fertilizer:

a. Submit product literature of planting fertilizer and certificates showing composition and analysis. Submit fertilization rates for fertilizer product based upon soil testing, analysis, and recommendations as described in this Division 32 Section, TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION.

b. Submit the purchasing receipt showing the total quantity purchased for the project prior to installation.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Work of root pruning, fertilizing, spraying, and similar activities shall be undertaken only by certified Arborists and chemical applicators, as pertinent to the work being performed. 1. Application of chemicals shall be performed by licensed chemical applicators.

2. Arborist shall be a professional Certified Arborist with a minimum five years experience, who has successfully completed a certification program equal to the following:

a. New Hampshire Certified Arborist (NHCA) program/examination sponsored by the New Hampshire Arborists Association.

TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 32 01 93 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.7 LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES

A. The Contractor shall be liable for all damage and/or disturbance to existing trees and shrubs not otherwise designated for removal. For bidding and general work guidelines prior to on-site tree protection conference, the Contractor shall assume all trees within the Limit of Work shall be saved unless specifically designated to be removed on the Plans. Actual charges for damage to plants shall be in accordance with the schedules defined herein, with assessed charges to be deducted from sums payable under the Construction Contract.

1. Damage which, in the Landscape Architect’s opinion, can be remedied by corrective maintenance shall be repaired immediately.

2. Trees or shrubs which are damaged irreparably shall, at the Landscape Architect’s discretion, be replaced by the Contractor with new trees or shrubs of the same size and type.

3. In the event that replacement of damaged trees is not feasible or impractical as determined by the Architect, the full replacement costs will be assessed to the Contractor’s account at values based upon the square inches of cross sectional area of trunk (measured at 4 ft. above grade), in accordance with the Trunk Formula Method described in the ISA Guide described herein, and the following table:

$100.00/square inch for trees less than or equal to 6 inch diameter $75.00/square inch for trees > 6 inch and < 18 inch diameter $65.00/square inch for trees greater than or equal to 18 inch diameter

B. Damaged trees or shrubs which require removal and/or replacement shall be removed according to the Specification requirements for removals, including refilling and repair of ground surface, with such costs to be borne by the Contractor in addition to assessed charges described herein.

C. The Contractor shall be liable for all damage and/or disturbance to existing adjacent lands beyond the Limit of Work. Actual damage to these areas, caused by the Contractor, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. Repairs may include pruning or removing damaged vegetation as specified, performed and paid for under the work of the Division 32 Section, TREE PRUNING, replacement of damaged vegetation, restoration of the ground plane to its original condition, and any other work required to restore the area to its original condition as depicted in the site photographs taken at the beginning of construction. The project will not be accepted until all repair work is complete.

1.8 DAMAGE PENALTIES

A. Certain specimen trees adjacent to construction areas and in other key locations will be identified by the Owner and the Landscape Architect, and marked with red tags. Loss of any of these trees will result in fines assessed at values described under Paragraph titled, Liability for Damages, in this Division 32 Section, TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION.

TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 32 01 93 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. A fine of $1,000 will be levied against the Contractor for each incident of construction inside tree protection areas.

C. Damages to trees, shrubs, and other vegetation will be assessed by the Architect and Owner in accordance with the values described under Paragraph titled, Liability for Damages, in this Division 32 Section, TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION.

D. Trees or roots visibly damaged will cause the Owner to withhold from the Contractor an assessed amount conforming to the requirements stipulated above for a period of two years. After that period the impact of the damage to any tree will be assessed accordingly.

1.9 ON-SITE PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. Before the start of any work on the site, preceding the arrival of equipment, materials or vehicles to the site, and prior to the commencement of any clearing on the site, the Contractor shall arrange a preconstruction conference on the site with the Architect and the Architect to identify trees and shrubs that are to be protected or removed. Do no clearing without a clear understanding of existing conditions to be preserved. In addition to the responsibilities and penalties described in this Part of the Specification, the Contractor shall be held responsible for any and all clearing, damage or destruction to plant material that results from the Contractor’s failure to schedule and attend the preconstruction conference on site. In the event of said clearing, damage or destruction the Contractor will be assessed the full penalties described in this Division 32 Section, TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TREE PROTECTION FENCING

A. See section 01 56 26 TEMPORARY FENCING

2.2 TREE WRAPPING PROTECTION

A. Tree wrapping protection shall be installed for all street trees to remain.

B. Tree protection lumber, as designated, shall consist of 2 in. x 4 in. x 24 in. lumber wired together in close spacing with 16 gauge galvanized steel wire to form a protective enclosure around tree trunks. Tree protection lumber that is longer than 24 inches and does not closely follow the tree trunk and its flares shall not be accepted. PART 3- EXECUTION

3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF TREES AND SHRUBS TO REMAIN

A. Prior to starting site clearing operations, stake out all areas of trees and shrubs to be saved as noted on the Contract Documents for approval by the Architect.

B. Before any clearing is done, the Contractor shall arrange a conference on the site with the Architect to identify trees and shrubs that are to be protected or removed. Do no clearing without clear a understanding of existing conditions to be preserved.

TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 32 01 93 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing trees and plants designated to remain for the length of the construction period, including liability for all damages as specified herein. The placement of protection devices additional to those specified shall, however, be at the Contractor’s discretion and with no additional cost to the Owner.

3.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES AND SHRUBS

A. The Contractor shall make every effort not to damage existing plant materials to remain. The Contractor is required to install protection as necessary to assure undamaged plant material and adjacent conditions.

B. Plants as designated to remain shall be protected by the placement of a tree protection fence enclosure around shrubs, or at the drip line of each tree. Place tree protection additionally at all other locations where trees and/or shrubs may be jeopardized by construction activities. Tree protection fencing shall be supported with specified stakes at maximum 5 ft. on center intervals.

C. Individual trees shall be protected by wiring two 2 in. x 4 in. x 24 in. lumber closely spaced in vertical alignment around the trunk of each tree. No spikes or nails are to be driven into trees.

1. The number of trees to be designated for such protection shall be shown on the Contract Documents.

2. Tree protection lumber that is longer than 24 inches and does not closely follow the tree trunk and its flares shall not be accepted.

D. Tree and shrub protection shall remain in place and be maintained in working condition by the Contractor until directed for removal by the Architect. All tree protection devices shall be removed from the site by the Contractor at the completion of the work.

E. Damage no plants to remain by burning, by pumping of water, by cutting of live roots or branches, or by any other means. No plants to be saved shall be used for crane stays, guys or other fastenings. Vehicles shall not be parked within the dripline or where damage may result to trees to be saved. Construction materials shall not be stored beneath trees to be saved. No solid waste may be disposed of on site without approval of the Architect, but especially within root zones of trees to be saved. No liquid waste shall be disposed of on site without approval of the Architect, but especially within root zones of trees to be saved or uphill from trees to be saved.

F. Establish and carry out maintenance program as approved by the Architect for all trees and plants to be saved within the work limits throughout the time of construction. As a minimum, the maintenance program shall include the following:

1. Watering during drought periods. 2. Regular fertilizing. 3. Spraying for insect and fungus control as required. 4. Pruning of all broken, dead, diseased or weak branches as specified, performed and paid for under the work of the Division 32 Section, TREE PRUNING, of this Specification. 5. Removal and disposal of debris generated by maintenance activities.

TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 32 01 93 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.3 TREE CUTTING, PRUNING AND REMOVAL

A. Pruning shall be specified, performed and paid for under the work of the Division 32 Section, TREE PRUNING, of this Specification.

B. Tree removal shall be specified, performed and paid for under the work of the Division 32 Section, TREE PRUNING, of this Specification.

C. Trees and plants designated to be saved shall be protected during pruning operations and all subsequent construction. The Contractor shall provide the handwork necessary to complete pruning operations without damage to adjacent trees as specified, performed and paid for under the work of the Division 32 Section, TREE PRUNING, of this Specification. The Contractor shall provide the means necessary to prevent scrapes and scars to trunks and branches, and such damage shall require the Contractor to be assessed as previously specified above, or to replace damaged material to the satisfaction of the Architect.

3.4 ROOT PRUNING & FERTILIZING

A. Root pruning shall be specified, performed and paid for under the work of the Division 32 Section, TREE PRUNING, of this Specification.

B. Trees and plants designated to be saved shall be protected during root pruning operations and all subsequent construction. The Contractor shall provide the handwork necessary to complete root pruning operations without damage to adjacent trees as specified, performed and paid for under the work of the Division 32 Section, TREE PRUNING, of this Specification. The Contractor shall provide the means necessary to prevent scrapes and scars to trunks and branches, and such damage shall require the Contractor to be assessed as previously specified above, or to replace damaged material to the satisfaction of the Architect.

3.5 REMOVAL OF TREE AND SHRUB PROTECTION MATERIAL

A. Contractor shall remove and discard in a legal manner all tree protection material, excavated soil, pruned vegetation and all debris and trash from the site at the completion of the Contract.

END OF SECTION

TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 32 01 93 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 32 12 16

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY OF WORK

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to furnish and install the bituminous concrete pavement, as indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified herein.

B. Bituminous concrete patch at reset curb.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications: Section 31 05 10 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK Section 31 22 13 ROUGH GRADING

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section. 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): M 140 Emulsified Asphalt 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): D 1557 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-pounds Rammer and 18-in. Drop 3. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.), U.S. General Services Administration and Federal Acquisition Service SS-S-1401C Sealants, Joint, Non-Jet-Fuel-Resistant, Hot-Applied for Portland Cement and Asphalt Concrete Pavements 4. SS-S-1614A Sealants, Joint, Jet-Fuel-Resistant, Hot-Applied for Portland Cement and Tar Concrete PavementsSS-S-200E Sealants, Joint, Two- Component, Jet-Blast-Resistant, Cold-Applied for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements. 5. Commonwealth of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD):

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 16 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges

1.5 SAMPLES AND SUBMITTALS

A. At least 30 days prior to intended use, the Contractor shall provide job mix formula for all bituminous concrete specified in this Section, listing quantities and pertinent ingredient properties for review and approval by the Owner. Do not order materials until Owner's approval of mix formula has been obtained. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Unless otherwise specified, work and materials for construction of the bituminous concrete pavement shall conform to the applicable portions of the following: 1. NHHD Specifications Section for bituminous pavement for roadways and parking areas, Section for bituminous sidewalks, Section for repairs to existing pavements after installation of new curb.

B. Paving work, base course installation, top coarse installation and the like, shall be done only after excavation and construction work which might damage them has been completed. Damage caused during construction shall be repaired before acceptance.

C. Existing pavement under state or local jurisdiction shall, if damaged during the course of this project, be repaired or replaced as specified, performed and paid for under this Section 32 1216. Materials and construction shall match local or state paving standards and cross sections, which ever is most stringent.

1.7 DEFINITIONS

A. Binder Course: A layer of bituminous concrete placed directly over the aggregate base course, its chief purpose is to distribute load. The binder course underlies the wearing course of bituminous concrete pavement

B. Wearing Course: The pavement layer in direct contact with traffic loads; it is placed over the binder course.

C. Leveling Course: A layer of an asphalt-aggregate mixture of variable thickness, used to eliminate irregularities in contour of an existing surface, prior to the placement of a superimposed layer.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 BASE COURSE

A. Aggregate for base course and sub-base course shall be specified, provided, installed and paid for under the work of the Section 31 0510 SOILS AND AGGREGATES of this Specification.

2.2 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 16 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Bituminous concrete shall be a standard plant-mixed, hot-laid paving material for road work, consisting of clean, crushed rock aggregate, mineral filler, and asphalt conforming to the following: 1. NHHD Specifications

B. Bituminous Concrete Mixtures: Bituminous concrete for roadway and parking lot pavements and patching shall be Class I, Type I-1, furnished in accordance with NHHD Specifications, except as modified herein.

1. Bituminous concrete pavement for roadways and parking lots and other areas shown on the Contract Documents shall consist of 2 courses of bituminous concrete with a minimum finished pavement depth after rolling equal to the following: a. Binder course shall consist of one lift of Binder Course bituminous concrete to thickness as shown on the Contract Documents. b. Wearing course shall consist of one lift of Top Course bituminous concrete to thickness as shown on the Contract Documents.

2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS

A. Bituminous crack sealer shall be a hot-applied bituminous sealer conforming to Fed. Spec. SS-S-1401C, SS-S-1614A, and SS-S-200E as approved.

B. Tack coat shall consist of asphalt emulsion in accordance with AASHTO M 140 with Grade defined by jurisdictional DOT Standard Specifications.

2.4 PERMANENT ROADWAY PATCH

A. Pavement courses of bituminous concrete in patch areas shall consist of 2 inches wearing course and 3 inch binder course and tack coat, in conformance to specified requirements in this Section.

B. Poured-in-place Portland cement concrete base course shall be high early strength concrete and as follows:

1. Maximum water-cement ratio of 5.0 per ACI 316R. 2. At 28 days: 3/4-inch, 3,000 pounds per square inch. 3. Concrete shall be air-entrained type, conforming to ASTM C 94. Air content by volume shall be 6 percent + 1 percent, and shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C 231. 4. Concrete slump shall be no less than 2 inches nor greater than 4 inches, determined in accordance with ASTM C 143. 5. Cement shall be Portland cement, conforming to ASTM C 150, Type I or II. Type III cement shall be used only with the prior approval of the Owner. 6. Fine and coarse aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33. 7. Water reducing agent shall conform to ASTM C 494.

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 16 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

8. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall be added to the concrete. No admixtures other than those specified shall be used in the concrete without the specific written permission of the Owner in each case.

C. Aggregate base material shall be in accordance with the work of the Section 31 0510 SOILS AND AGGREGATES.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GRADING

A. Areas to be paved shall be compacted and brought approximately to subgrade elevation as specified before work of this Section 32 1216 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT, is performed. Final fine grading, filling, and compaction of subgrade to receive bituminous concrete paving, as required to form a firm, uniform, accurate, and unyielding subgrade at required elevations and to required lines, shall be in accordance with Section 31 2213, ROUGH GRADING.

B. Existing subgrade material that will not readily compact as required shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials. Additional materials needed to bring subgrade to required line and grade and to replace unsuitable material removed shall be material in accordance with Section 31 2213, ROUGH GRADING.

C. Materials shall not be stored or stockpiled on subgrade.

D. Disposal of debris, excess material, or other generated in the course of the work of this Section 32 1216 shall be legally disposed of off site.

E. Do no paving until the sub-base has been inspected by the Owner.

3.2 BASE AND SUB-BASE COURSE

A. Base and sub-base courses for bituminous paving shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 2213, ROUGH GRADING.

3.3 BITUMINOUS PAVING

A. Bituminous paving mixture, equipment, methods of mixing and placing, and precautions to be observed as to weather, condition of base, and related requirements shall conform to the following:

1. NHHD Specifications for bituminous pavement for roadways and parking areas, Section for bituminous sidewalks, Section for repairs to existing pavements after installation of new curb.

B. Bituminous binder and wearing surface courses shall each be applied individually, in single lifts of full thickness indicated on the Contract Documents.

C. The Contractor shall remove and replace at this own expense any defective mix not conforming to the specified job mix formula.

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 16 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. If, at any time before the final acceptance of the work, any soft, imperfect places or spots shall develop in the surface, all such places shall be removed and replaced with new materials and then compacted until the edges at which the new work connects with the old become invisible.

D. Adjacent paving and curb work shall be protected from stain and damage during entire operation. Damaged and stained areas including curbs shall be replaced or repaired to equal their original condition.

E. Application of tack coat as follows: 1. Equipment, procedures and rates of application of tack coat shall be in accordance with the Standard Specification. The following areas shall be treated: a. All existing pavements to be resurfaced. b. All cut edges of existing bituminous concrete pavement adjacent to placement of new paving. c. Against all vertical structures. d. As a tack coat for all bituminous base courses that do not have the top course installed within a 24 hr. period after placement of the base course. 2. Existing paved surfaces to be resurfaced shall be cleaned of foreign and objectionable matter with blowers, power brooms, or hand brooms immediately before applying bituminous pavement. Cracks shall be cleaned and bituminous crack sealer applied to fully seal pavement. a. The surface of the pavement to be resurfaced shall receive tack coat before laying bituminous binder course. Base surface shall be dry and clean when prime coat is applied. Bituminous paving material shall not be placed until solvent vehicle has completely evaporated from tack coat. Adjoining new paving shall be placed before prime coat has dried or dusted over.

F. Deliveries shall be timed to permit spreading and rolling all material during daylight hours, as specified by the Owner. Loads which have been wet by rain or otherwise will not be accepted. Hauling over freshly laid or rolled material will not be permitted.

G. Spreading and Finishing: 1. In accordance with the Standard Specification and as follows: 2. If, during construction, it is found that the spreading and finishing equipment in use leaves tracks or indented areas, or produces other permanent blemishes in the pavement, which are not satisfactorily corrected by the scheduled operations, the use of such equipment shall be discontinued and other satisfactory spreading and finishing equipment shall be provided by the Contractor. 3. The mixtures shall be placed and compacted only at such times as to permit the proper inspection and checking by the Owner. 4. The mixtures shall be placed only upon approved surfaces that are clean from foreign materials and dry; and when weather conditions are suitable. 5. The contact surfaces of curbing, manholes, catch basins or other appurtenant structures in pavement shall be painted thoroughly with a thin uniform coating

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 16 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

of tack coat just before any mixture is placed against them. This requirement shall be included as work incidental to paving operations. 6. Hand Spreading: Spreading by hand methods will be permitted only for particular locations in the work which because of irregularity, inaccessibility or other unavoidable obstacles do not allow mechanical spreading and finishing.

H. In places not accessible to roller, mixture shall be compacted with hand tampers. Hand tampers shall weigh at least 50 pounds and shall have a tamping face less than or equal to 100 square inches. Mechanical tampers capable of equal compaction will be acceptable in areas in which they can be employed effectively.

I. Portions of pavement courses which become mixed with foreign material or are in any way defective shall be removed, replaced with fresh mixture, and compacted to density of surrounding areas. Bituminous material spilled outside lines of finished pavement shall be immediately and completely removed. Such material shall not be employed in the work.

J. Joints shall present same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of the course. Continuous bond shall be obtained between portions of existing and new pavements and between successive placements of new pavement. New material at joints shall be thick enough to allow for compaction when rolling. Compaction of pavement, base, and subgrade at joints shall be such that there is no yielding of new pavement relative to existing pavement when subjected to traffic.

K. Pavement edges unrestrained by approved edging, curbing, walls or other vertical surface shall be trimmed neatly to the lines shown on the Contract Documents before placing earth or other approved material along edge.

L. Variations in pitch of finished surface shall be less than or equal to the following tolerances when tested with a 10 foot straightedge, applied both parallel to and at right angles to centerline of paved area.

1. For roadway and parking pavement surface course - 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 2. For sidewalk pavement surface course - 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 3. At joint with existing pavement, and at other locations where an essentially flush transition is required, pavement elevation tolerance shall not exceed 0.01 feet. 4. At other areas pavement elevation tolerance shall not exceed + 0.05 feet. 5. Irregularities exceeding these amounts or which retain water on surface shall be corrected by removing defective work and replacing with new material at no additional cost to the Owner.

M. No vehicular traffic of any kind shall be allowed to pass over the newly finished surface until it has had time to set. Seventy-two hours will be considered sufficient time for the pavement to set in most cases, but this period may be extended by the Owner as required by weather or other reasons. Under all circumstances, damage to the pavement caused by the Contractor’s or public vehicles driving over the pavement before the pavement has fully cured shall be repaired in accordance with the requirements herein at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.4 PERMANENT PAVEMENT PATCH

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 16 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Permanent pavement patches shall be constructed in areas shown on the Contract Documents and as directed by the Owner.

B. Saw cut existing bituminous concrete pavement edges at areas to receive patching. Width of pavement shall be cut to extend 2 feet wider than trench or in accordance to requirements of the Contract Documents.

C. Compact trench backfill to 95 percent maximum density in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING.

D. Install aggregate base in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 2213 ROUGH GRADING.

E. Construct cast-in-place concrete base course in accordance with requirements of the Standard Specifications.

F. All exposed pavement edges at patch areas shall be coated with tack coat just prior to paving operations. Remove all loose pavement, stones and debris from pavement edges prior to tack coating.

G. Place and compact bituminous concrete binder and top courses in accordance with the requirements of this Section 32 1216.

END OF SECTION

BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT 32 12 16 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 321313

CONCRETE PAVING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to furnish and install reinforced concrete pavements, as indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified herein.

1. CONCRETE PAVEMENT refers to broom-finish typical concrete mix concrete pavements.

B. Related Work: The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 03 30 02 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Section 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 3. Section 31 22 13 ROUGH GRADING

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 306R Cold Weather Concreting 316R Recommendations for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Concrete Bases. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A 185 Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric. Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement A 615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement C 33 Specifications for Concrete Aggregates C 94 Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete C 143 Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete C 150 Specification for Portland Cement C 171 Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete C 231 Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method C 309 Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds or Curing Concrete C 494 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete D 545 Test Methods for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Types) D 1557 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort [56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)]

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D 1752 Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction 3. State of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges

1.3 SAMPLES AND SUBMITTALS

A. Description of Methods and Sequence of Placement: For each type of specially-finished concrete provide description of methods and sequence of placement and finishing

B. Manufacturer's product data:

1. Reinforcement materials 2. Form release agent 3. Sleeved expansion dowel 4. Preformed joint fillers and backer rod 5. Joint Sealants 6. Concrete hardening retardant

C. Samples: 1. Prefabricated control joint 2. Preformed joint filler 3. Joint Sealants. 4. Color samples for all colored concrete pavements

D. Construct Concrete Sample Panels:

1. CONCRETE PAVEMENT – typical concrete pavement: Construct 6 foot x 6 foot sample panels of finished Concrete Pavement, for approval, at least 15 days prior to final concrete paving work. Sample shall not be constructed in an area of proposed finish work, but shall be constructed within the vicinity of the proposed finish work to facilitate comparisons during construction. The sample shall demonstrate the typical installation of concrete, including score lines, expansion joint and sealant, curing and finishing material, surface texture, color, and edge treatment. The accepted sample, upon approval, shall be maintained as the standard of minimal quality for approval of all proposed concrete pavement work required for the project. If the original sample panel is not approved, the Contractor shall provide additional sample panels, as required, at no additional cost to the Owner until an approved sample is obtained. Unacceptable sample panels shall immediately be removed from the site.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Unless otherwise specified, work and materials for construction of the reinforced Portland cement concrete paving shall conform to ACI 316R, and applicable portions of the following:

1. NHHD Specifications Section for Cement Concrete Pavement.

B. Surfaces of curb ramps and handicapped access ramps shall be stable, firm and slip resistant. Construct ramps so that water does not accumulate on ramp surfaces.

C. Paving work, base course installation, top course installation, and the like, shall be done only after excavation and construction work which might injure them have been completed. Damage caused during construction shall be repaired before acceptance.

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Existing paving areas shall, if damaged or removed during course of this project, be repaired or replaced under this SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING. Workmanship and materials for such repair and replacement, except as otherwise noted, shall match as closely as possible those employed in existing work installed under this Contract.

E. Pavement, base, or subbase shall not be placed on a muddy or frozen subgrade.

1.5 TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. The Owner reserves the right to retain an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing of paving and associated work.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 BASE COURSE

A. Compacted Gravel Borrow for base course shall be in accordance with SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK.

2.2 CONCRETE FORMWORK

A. The dimensions of the lumber used to form concrete pavements shall not be less than 2 inches (50 mm) nominal thickness by the required pavement depth of 6 inches (150 mm).

B. At the Contractor’s discretion, subject to the approval by the Landscape Architect, metal forms may be utilized for formwork.

2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

A. Welded wire fabric (WWF): Reinforcement shall conform to the applicable requirements of ASTM A 185. Fabric reinforcement shall be furnished in flat sheets. Fabric reinforcement in rolls will not be permitted.

1. For 6 inch thick concrete pavements provide 6 inches x 6 inches W2.9 x W2.9 WWM 2. For 4 inch thick concrete, provide 6 inches (150 mm) x 6 inches (150 mm) W1.4 x W1.4 WWM. 3. For 8 to 12 inch thick concrete pavement provide #5 rebar at 12 inches on center, each way.

B. Steel reinforcing bars: shall conform to ASTM A 615.

1. Bars employed as reinforcement shall be deformed type. 2. Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents, reinforcing bars shall be Grade 60.

C. Steel expansion dowels: shall be hot-rolled plain steel rounds conforming to the requirements of AASHTO M31, Grade 60 and consisting of a 1/2 inches by 24 inches smooth steel dowel and compatible waxed tube sleeve, by 12 inches in length.

1. Dowels and sleeves shall be as furnished by A.H. Harris & Sons, Inc., by U.S. Steel Corp., by Edgecombe Steel Corp., or approved equal.

2.4 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

A. Cast-in-place concrete shall be air-entrained concrete with minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 pounds per square inch, conforming to the requirements and applicable provisions of Division 03 CONCRETE of these Specifications.

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. Air Entrainment: Concrete shall be air-entrained 7 percent minimum +/-1 percent, by volume.

2. Slump: Concrete shall have a slump of 2 inches (50 mm) to 4 inches (100 mm) slump.

3. Maximum Aggregate Size: Aggregate size shall be a maximum of 3/4 inches (18.8 mm).

4. Thickness of Concrete: Depths shall be as noted on the Contract Documents.

2.5 CURING MATERIALS FOR CONCRETE

A. Curing shall be by moist curing or by use of curing compound.

B. Curing paper shall be non-staining, fiber reinforced laminated kraft bituminous product conforming to ASTM C 171. Four mil polyethylene sheeting may be substituted for curing paper.

C. Curing compound shall be a resin-base, white pigmented compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2.

2.6 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

A. Transverse construction joints shall be placed whenever placing of concrete is suspended for more than 30 minutes.

1. Butt joint with dowels or thickened edge joint shall be used if construction joints occur at location of control joint. Submit sketch to Landscape Architect for review and acceptance of proposed system.

2. Keyed joints with tiebars shall be used if the joint occurs at any other location.

2.7 EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Provide expansion joints as indicated and in accordance with the following:

1. Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents, expansion joints shall be located 20 feet on-center or closer.

B. Expansion Joint Filler: 1. Closed cell polymer foam meeting requirements of ASTM D 1752, Sections 3.1 to 3.4, based on compression requirement of 10 pounds per square inch minimum and 25 pounds per square inch maximum. Recovery rate following 50 percent compression shall exceed 99 percent recovery, per ASTM D 545. Foam shall be equal to Ceramar Foam Filler, manufactured by W.R. Meadows. Inc., or an approved equal. 2. Expansion joint filler shall have a removable cap cover for the joint filler with integral permanent plastic bond breaker such as Snap-Cap from Seal Tight manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc., or approved equal. Cover width shall be sized to match width of joint filler. C. Backer Rod shall be closed-cell, non-absorbent, polyethylene foam backer rod: Dow Chemicals “Ethafoam” or approved equal. Size for each application shall be selected to provide approximately 33% compression when in place. Use backer rod at all exterior joints and elsewhere as indicated or as required. Do not use vinyl foam stock.

D. Metal Keyed Control Joint System for concrete slabs: Pro-Key stay in place metal keyed

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

control joint former for concrete flatwork as a control or construction joint by BoMetals 141 Hammond Drive, Carrollton, Georgia 30117.

2.8 EXPANSION DOWELS

A. Steel expansion dowels shall be hot-rolled plain steel rounds conforming to the requirements of AASHTO M31, Grade 60 and consisting of a 1/2 inches by 24 inches smooth steel dowel and compatible waxed tube sleeve, by 12 inches in length. Dowels shall be epoxy coated.

2.9 JOINT SEALANTS

A. Joint sealant and primer shall be polyurethane-based, one component, elastomeric sealants, complying with Fed. Spec. TT-S-00230C, Class A Type 1. Colors shall be as selected by the Landscape Architect to match adjacent pavements. Sealants shall be self- leveling pour grade type.

1. Vulkem 45, as manufactured by Mameko International, 4475 East 175th Street, Cleveland Ohio 44182, (800) 321-6412. 2. Urexpan NR-210, as manufactured by Pecora Corporation, 165 Wambold Road, Harleysville, PA 10348, (215) 723-6051 3. PSI 951, as manufactured by Polymeric Systems Inc., Phoenixville, PA, (800) 228- 5548.

B. Provide only materials which are known to be fully compatible with the actual installation condition, as shown by the manufacturer’s published data or certification. Use manufacturer’s recommended joint primer.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.0 COORDINATION WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES

A. Prior to acceptance of subgrade, and installation of gravel base courses and of concrete pavements, Contractor shall ensure that all required drainage structures and piping have been installed, and that all sleeving required for irrigation and electrical scope of work have been installed. In no instances shall jacking beneath new pavements for installation of sleeving be accepted. Also it is the contractor’s responsibility to demonstrate that the subgrade is acceptably free-draining to avoid frost heaving of surface pavements.

3.1 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE

A. Areas to be paved shall be compacted and brought to subgrade elevation and all said work specified, performed and paid under SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, before work of this SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING, is performed. Final fine grading, filling, and compaction of areas to receive paving, as required to form a firm, uniform, accurate, and unyielding subgrade at required elevations and to required lines, shall be as provided under SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification.

B. Existing subgrade material that will not readily compact as required shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials. Additional materials needed to bring subgrade to required line and grade and to replace unsuitable material removed shall be material purchased, installed and paid for under the work of the SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK.

C. Subgrade of areas to be paved shall be recompacted as required to bring top 8 inches (200 mm) of material immediately below aggregate base course to a compaction at

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

optimum moisture of at least 95 percent of maximum density, as determined by ASTM D 1557. Subgrade compaction shall extend for a distance of at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond pavement edge.

D. Excavation required in pavement subgrade shall be completed before fine grading and final compaction of subgrade are performed. Where excavation must be performed in completed subgrade, subbase, base, or pavement, subsequent backfill and compaction shall be performed as directed by the Landscape Architect as specified, performed and paid for in SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification. Uniformly and properly grade all such completed subgrade areas after filling.

E. Areas being graded or compacted shall be kept shaped and drained during construction. Ruts greater than or equal to 2 inches (50 mm) deep in subgrade, shall be graded out, reshaped as required, and recompacted before placing pavement as specified, performed and paid for under the SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification.

F. Materials shall not be stored or stockpiled on subgrade.

G. Disposal of debris and other material excavated under SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification, and material unsuitable for or in excess of requirements for completing work of SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification shall be disposed of off-site as specified, performed and paid for under SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification.

H. Prepared subgrade will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. Contractor shall arrange to have the Landscape Architect visit the site to inspect and approve subgrade. Disturbance to subgrade caused by inspection procedures shall be repaired as specified, performed and paid for under SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification.

3.2 BASE COURSE

A. Gravel borrow base course for concrete paving shall be provided, installed and paid for under the SECTION 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification.

3.3 FORMWORK

A. All forms shall be joined neatly and tightly, shall be set true to line and grade, well staked and braced, and shall have uniform bearing throughout their length. The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the plans, which show that complex curved formwork will be required. Segmented forms or segmented finished pavement edges will NOT be acceptable. Acceptable finished pavement will be partially judged by the smoothness and uniformity of the curving concrete formwork. The Contractor may substitute metal edging for wood to achieve smooth curving arises.

1. Forms shall not be moved for 72 hours after the concrete has been placed, or for a longer period if directed by the Landscape Architect. 2. Extreme care shall be taken in removing forms in order that no damage will be done to the concrete. 3. Under no condition shall any bar, pick or other tool be used which depends upon leverage on the concrete for removal of the forms.

3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Before being placed in position, reinforcing for reinforced concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of loose mill and rust scale, dirt, ice, and other foreign material which may reduce the bond between the concrete and reinforcing. Where there is delay in placing concrete after reinforcement is in place, bars shall be re-inspected and cleaned when necessary.

B. Welded Wire Mesh: Wire mesh used for reinforcement shall be spread flat before placing concrete. Mesh reinforcement shall be held firmly in place against vertical or transverse movement by means of satisfactory devices. Where mesh reinforcement is spliced, it shall be lapped at least 12 inches.

1. Unless designated otherwise on the Contract Documents, wire mesh shall be placed midway within the depth, and parallel to the finished surface of concrete pavements. 2. Do not pour concrete over top of reinforcement unless it is supported underneath. 3. Contractor shall pull reinforcement up immediately after pouring concrete to make sure that the reinforcement is in the middle of the slab and not sitting on the bottom.

C. Reinforcing Steel: After forms have been coated with form release agent, but before concrete is placed, reinforcing steel anchors shall be securely wired in the exact position called for, and shall be maintained in that position until concrete is placed and compacted.

1. Any bar showing cracks after bending shall be discarded. 2. Chair bars and supports shall be provided in a number and arrangement satisfactory to the Landscape Architect.

D. Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents, reinforcing shall extend within 2 inches of formwork and expansion joints.

1. Reinforcing shall continue through control joints.

E. The Owner may do core testing to make sure that reinforcement is in the proper position. If testing shows otherwise concrete will be rejected and the Contractor shall remove all rejected slabs and re-pour new slabs at no additional cost. Contractor shall repair cored holes as directed by the Landscape Architect.

3.5 EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Expansion joints shall be 3/8 inches wide and shall be located as described herein, and as indicted the Contract Documents. Expansion joints shall be formed in the concrete to required width with preformed joint filler in place. Joint filler shall extend the full depth of the slab. Joint filler shall extend the full length of the expansion joint.

B. Place expansion joints spaced on 20-foot centers or closer. When provided, clarification documents that show specific locations of expansion joints shall direct the Contractor where to place expansion joints. Such clarification documents may place joints closer than 20-foot centers.

1. Expansion joints shall be placed where pavement meets flush foundations and footings, granite curbing, and all other vertical structures, including light bases, hydrants, walls, buildings, piers and walls, and at other conditions as shown on the Contract Documents. 2. Contractor shall request the presence of the Landscape Architect to review the layout of expansion joints prior to pouring the concrete. 3. Follow the manufacturer's application recommendations for joint filler and sealer. 4. Joint alignment shall be straight and true.

C. Where expansion dowels are use in the expansion joints, dowels and greased sleeves shall be set parallel with the top and bottom surfaces of the concrete slab.

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Expansion joints in concrete pavements shall be sealed with joint sealant as specified.

3.6 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING

A. Paving mix, equipment, methods of mixing and placing, and precautions to be observed as to weather, condition of base and the like, shall meet the requirements of ACI 316R. Pavement shall be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. The Landscape Architect shall be notified of concrete placement sufficiently in advance of start of operation to allow his representative to complete preliminary inspection of the work, including subgrade, forms, and reinforcing steel, if used.

1. No concrete shall be deposited until the Landscape Architect has inspected the placing of reinforcement and given permission to place concrete.

C. Normal concrete placement procedures shall be followed. Concrete shall arrive at the job site so that no additional water will be required to produce the desired slump. When conditions develop that required addition of water to produce the desired slump, permission of the Landscape Architect must be obtained. The concrete shall be transported from the mixer to its place of deposit by a method that will prevent segregation or loss of material.

1. Concrete pavement shall be placed in a series of alternate pours such that every other panel bounded by expansion joints shall be poured first. 2. The intervening panels shall then be poured as a secondary operation only after the first panels have hardened sufficiently to allow the removal of all temporary transverse forming supports. 3. Concrete shall be placed in one course, to full depth, as detailed on the Contract Documents. D. Work shall not be performed during rainy weather or when temperature is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit. In the event that unforeseen rain occurs, cover all broom finished concrete surfaces with plastic sheet covering to prevent alteration of texture. Concrete slabs with textured concrete surfaces altered by rain shall be removed from the site as directed by the Landscape Architect.

E. Adjacent work shall be protected from stain and damage during entire operation. Damaged and stained areas shall be replaced or repaired to equal their original conditions.

F. Existing concrete, earth, and other water-permeable material against which new concrete is to be placed shall thoroughly damp when concrete is placed. There shall be no free water on surface.

G. Concrete that has set, or partially set before placing shall not be employed. Retempering of concrete will not be permitted.

H. Concrete shall be thoroughly spaded and tamped to secure a solid and homogeneous mass, thoroughly worked around reinforcement and into corners of forms.

I. When joining fresh concrete to concrete which has attained full set, latter shall be cleaned of foreign matter, and mortar scum and laitance shall be removed by chipping and washing. Laitance is the accumulation of fine particles on the surface of freshly poured concrete caused by an upward movement of water through the concrete. This can be caused by too much mixing water, by excessive tamping, or by vibration of the concrete. Clean, roughened base surface shall be saturated with water, but shall have no free water on surface. A coat of 1:1 cement-sand grout, approximately 1/8 inches (3.2 mm) thick,

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

shall be well scrubbed into thoroughly dampened concrete base. New concrete shall be placed immediately, before grout has dried or set.

3.7 FINISHING TYPICAL CONCRETE PAVEMENT

A. Concrete flatwork surfaces shall be screeded off and hand floated and finished true to line and grade, and free of hollows and bumps. Surface shall be dense, smooth, and at exact level and slope required. Surface shall not deviate more than 1/8 inches in 10 feet.

1. Concrete pavements shall be given a medium-broomed finish, with direction of grooves in concrete surface perpendicular to the direction of travel. After concrete has set sufficiently to prevent coarse aggregate from being torn from surface, but before it has completely set, brooms shall be drawn across it to produce a pattern of small parallel grooves. Broomed surface shall be uniform, with no smooth, unduly rough or porous spots, or other irregularities. Coarse aggregate shall not be dislodged by brooming operation.

B. Where finishing is performed before end of curing period, concrete shall not be permitted to dry out, and shall be kept continuously moist from time of placing until end of curing period, or until curing membrane is applied.

C. Immediately following finishing operations, arises at edges and both sides of expansion joints shall be rounded to a 1/4 inches radius.

D. All scoring, tooling and finishing of the concrete shall be subject to the review and approval of the Landscape Architect at any time during the construction project. The Contractor shall remove and replace, at no additional cost to the Owner, all concrete which is not acceptable to the Landscape Architect.

3.8 CURING

A. It is essential that concrete be kept continuously damp from time of placement until end of specified curing period. It is equally essential that water not be added to surface during floating and troweling operations, and not earlier than 24 hours after concrete placement. Between finishing operations surface shall be protected from rapid drying by a covering of waterproofing paper. Surface shall be damp when the covering is placed over it, and shall be kept damp by means of a fog spray of water, applied as often as necessary to prevent drying, but not sooner than 24 hours after placing concrete. None of the water so applied shall be troweled or floated into surface.

B. Concrete surfaces shall be cured by completely covering with curing paper or application of a curing compound.

1. Concrete cured using waterproof paper shall be completely covered with paper with seams lapped and sealed with tape. Concrete surface shall not be allowed to become moistened between 24 and 36 hours after placing concrete. During curing period surface shall be checked frequently, and sprayed with water as often as necessary to prevent drying, but no earlier than 24 hours after placing concrete. 2. If concrete is cured with a curing compound, compound shall be applied at a rate of 200 square feet per gallon, in two applications perpendicular to each other. 3. Curing period shall be seven days minimum.

3.9 CONTROL JOINTS FOR CONCRETE

A. Unless otherwise indicated, control joints shall be tooled or sawn into the concrete slab, in patterns indicated on the Contract Documents, or every 5 feet (1.50 m) on center maximum. Joint shall be made after concrete is finished and when the surface is stiff

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 9 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

enough to support the weight of workers without damage to the slab, but before slab has achieved its final set.

1. Scoring shall cut into slab surface at least 1 inch (25 mm), but in no case not less than 25 percent of slab depth. 2. If sawn, control joints shall be sawn by using a diamond blade concrete power saw. Joints shall be made after surface has received final surface treatment, after concrete has completely cured and reached the required strength. Saw joints shall be straight and true to the Contract Documents. 3. Saw shall cut into slab at least 1 inch, but in no case less than 25 percent of slab depth. 4. All sawing, tooling and finishing of the concrete shall be subject to the review and approval of the Owner’s Representative at any time during the construction project. The Contractor shall remove and replace, at no additional cost to the Owner, all concrete that is not acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. 5. All sawcut joints shall occur between 12 and 24 hours after placement of the concrete unless otherwise directed by the owner.

3.10 CURING CONCRETE PAVEMENTS

A. It is essential that concrete be kept continuously damp from time of placement until end of specified curing period. It is equally essential that water not be added to surface during floating and troweling operations, and not earlier than 24 hours after concrete placement. Between finishing operations surface shall be protected from rapid drying by a covering of waterproofing paper. Surface shall be damp when the covering is placed over it, and shall be kept damp by means of a fog spray of water, applied as often as necessary to prevent drying, but not sooner than 24 hours after placing concrete. None of the water so applied shall be troweled or floated into surface.

B. Concrete surfaces shall be cured by completely covering with curing paper or application of a curing compound.

1. Concrete cured using waterproof paper shall be completely covered with paper with seams lapped and sealed with tape. Concrete surface shall not be allowed to become moistened between 24 and 36 hours after placing concrete. During curing period surface shall be checked frequently, and sprayed with water as often as necessary to prevent drying, but not earlier than 24 hours after placing concrete. 2. If concrete is cured with a curing compound, compound shall be applied at a rate of 200 square feet per gallon, in two applications perpendicular to each other. 3. Curing period shall be seven days minimum.

3.11 COLD WEATHER CONCRETING

A. Materials for concrete shall be heated when concrete is mixed, placed, or cured when the mean daily temperature is below 40 degree Fahrenheit. or is excepted to fall to below 40 degree Fahrenheit within 72 hours, and the concrete after placing shall be protected by covering, heat, or both.

B. Details of handling and protecting of concrete during freezing weather shall be subject to the approval and direction of the Landscape Architect. Procedures shall be in accordance with provisions of ACI 306R.

3.12 HOT WEATHER CONCRETING

A. Concrete just placed shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun and the forms and reinforcement just prior to placing shall be sprinkled with cold water. Every effort shall be

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 10 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

made to minimize delays which will result in excessive mixing of the concrete after arrival on the job.

B. During periods of excessively hot weather (95 degree Fahrenheit, or above), ingredients in the concrete shall be cooled insofar as possible and cold mixing water shall be used to maintain the temperature of the concrete at permissible levels all in accordance with the provisions of ACI 305. Any concrete with a temperature above 95 degree Fahrenheit., when ready for placement will not be acceptable, and will be rejected.

C. Temperature records shall be maintained throughout the period of hot weather giving air temperature, general weather conditions (calm, windy, clear, cloudy, and the like.) and relative humidity. Records shall include checks on temperature of concrete as delivered and after placing in forms. Data should be correlated with the progress of the work so that conditions surrounding the construction of any part of the structure can be ascertained.

3.13 PROTECTION OF CONCRETE SURFACES

A. Concrete surfaces shall be protected from traffic or damage until surfaces have hardened sufficiently. If necessary 1/2 inch thick plywood sheets shall be used to protect the exposed surface.

B. The Contractor shall provide adequate surveillance for all poured-in-place concrete pavements until concrete has set firmly, to prevent unwarranted markings of the concrete surface. Any unauthorized marking or graffiti in the finished surfaces shall be a cause for rejection by the Landscape Architect and replacement by the Contractor.

3.14 ACCEPTANCE STANDARDS

A. The following acceptance standards shall be applied to this Contract as determined by the Landscape Architect. These standards are considered superior to typical industry standards. Any portion of Type 1, 2, or Typical concrete pavement that does not meet or exceed these required acceptance standards shall be removed immediately from the job site. Saw-cut pavement at nearest adjacent tooled joint, remove concrete pavement, and discard off site in a legal manner, and replace with new concrete pavement meeting the requirements of this Section 321313, CONCRETE PAVING.

1. Pavement surfaces shall be free of all cracking and/or chipping. 2. Pavement surfaces shall not pond water. 3. Pavement surfaces shall be free of visible high and low spots. 4. Steel mesh reinforcing shall not penetrate the surfaces or sides of the concrete slab. 5. Formed edges shall have smooth and uniform arrises and curves. 6. Tooled joints and all expansion joints shall be straight, true, uniform in width and free from twists, bends, kinks and misalignments. 7. Tooled edges and the associated edging patterns shall be consistent, true, crisp and complete. 8. Broom finish shall be constant and complete between joints without bare spots, lifts or disconnections in broom pattern. 9. Exposed aggregate pavement surface shall be uniform and match approved sample. 10. Pavement shall show no graffiti. Pavement shall show no rubbed surfaces indicative of attempts to erase graffiti. 11. Expansion joints and score joints shall be placed as required by the Contract Documents. 12. Concrete surfaces shall be free of all stains, including those created during the course of the construction by the Contractor, caused by natural events, or caused by vandalism. 13. All tooled joints and expansion joints shall be flush. 14. Color shall be uniform and match approved sample.

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 11 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

15. Paving shall have sufficient expansion and control joints cast into them. 16. Paving shall conform to the contract documents.

END OF SECTION

CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 12 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 321400

UNIT PAVERS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to furnish and install the concrete unit pavers and stone unit pavers, as indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings; Submit shop drawings for layout, illustrating paver layout at typical intersections, typical banding and pattern direction.

B. Design Mix Submittals: Submit design mix submittals including description of materials, proportions, and mechanical sieve sizes of aggregates for the following: 1. Certified sieve analysis for sand.

C. Samples: Samples shall be submitted for the following items: 1. 3 individual concrete pavers of each type, size, and finish

D. Manufacturer's Product Data: Manufacturer's product data shall be submitted for the following items: 1. Concrete paver 2. Sand asphalt setting bed

E. Construct a sample panel of each unit paving system on the specified base and setting bed

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Unit paver units shall be packaged by strapping to manufacturer's standard and delivered on pallets. Pavers damaged in any manner will be rejected and shall be replaced with new material at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Store all paving units on raised platforms.

C. Handle paving units to prevent chipping, breakage, soiling or other damage.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

UNIT PAVERS 321413 - 1

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.1 CONCRETE SUB BASE

A. Concrete base shall be reinforced concrete slab specified and installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 321313 Concrete Paving.

2.2 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS - PEDESTRIAN

A. Concrete Pavers shall conform to ASTM C936-82, Standard Specifications for Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Units. The minimum compressive strength shall not be less than 7,200 pounds per square inch with the average compressive strength not less than 8,500 pounds per square inch Maximum absorption shall be 5 percent or less at 50 cycles of freeze-thaw testing per section ASTM C67. Submit paver tests for freeze thaw and abrasion resistance to be approved by the Landscape Architect.

B. Concrete Unit Pavers shall be the size and with quantities necessary to install the patterns designated in the Contract Drawings. Concrete Unit Paver sizes shall be as indicated on the Contract Documents and as indicated below:

1. 5-7/8 inches long by 17-5/8” inch thick by 2-1/4 inches deep 2. All dimensions are nominal sizes.

C. Concrete unit pavers shall consist of two colors: light gray and dark gray.

D. All joints shall be hand tight, butt tight swept with polymeric sand.

E. Provide mock-up of paver pattern with color blends indicated above to be reviewed by the Landscape Architect.

2.3 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS - VEHICULAR

F. Concrete Pavers shall conform to ASTM C936-82, Standard Specifications for Solid Concrete Interlocking Paving Units. The minimum compressive strength shall not be less than 7,200 pounds per square inch with the average compressive strength not less than 8,000 pounds per square inch Maximum absorption shall be 5 percent or less at 50 cycles of freeze-thaw testing per section ASTM C67. Submit paver tests for freeze thaw and abrasion resistance to be approved by the Landscape Architect.

G. Concrete Unit Pavers shall be the size and with quantities necessary to install the patterns designated in the Contract Drawings. Concrete Unit Paver sizes shall be as indicated on the Contract Documents and as indicated below:

3. 5-7/8 inches long by 17-5/8” inch thick by 3 inches deep 4. All dimensions are nominal sizes.

H. Concrete unit pavers shall consist of two colors: light gray and dark gray.

I. All joints shall be hand tight, butt tight swept with polymeric sand.

J. Provide mock-up of paver pattern with color blends indicated above to be reviewed by the Landscape Architect.

UNIT PAVERS 321413 - 2

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.4 BITUMINOUS SETTING BED

A. Asphalt cement to be used in the bituminous setting bed shall conform to ASTM D 3381. Viscosity grade shall be A.C. 10 or A.C. 20.

B. Fine aggregate to be used in the bituminous setting bed shall be clean, hard sand with durable particles and free from adherent coating, lumps of clay, alkali salts, and organic matter. Aggregate shall be uniformly graded from "coarse" to "fine" with 100 percent by weight passing the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve and shall meet the gradation requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM C 136.

C. Fine aggregate shall be dried and shall be combined with hot asphalt cement, and the mix shall be heated to approximately 300 degrees Fahrenheit (165 degrees Centigrade) at an asphalt plant. The approximate proportion of materials shall be 7 percent cement asphalt and 93 percent fine aggregate. Each ton of material shall be apportioned by weight in the approximate ratio of 145 pounds (65.8 kg) asphalt to 1,855 pounds (841.4 kg) sand. The Contractor shall determine the exact proportions to produce the best possible mixture for construction of the bituminous setting bed to meet specified requirements.

2.5 NEOPRENE MODIFIED ASPHALT ADHESIVE

A. Neoprene modified asphalt adhesive shall meet the following requirements: 1. Mastic (asphalt adhesive): a. Solids (base) content by volume = 75+ 1 percent. b. Weight = 8.0 to 8.5 pounds/gallon (1.05 to 0.97 kg./liter). c. Solvent vehicle = Varsol [over 100oF (37oC) flash]. 2. Base (2 percent neoprene, 10 percent fibers, 88 percent asphalt): a. Melting point (ASTM D 36) = 200oF (93oC) minimum. b. Penetration at 77oF (25oC) 100 gram load 5 second (0.1 mm) = 23 to 27. c. Ductility (ASTM D 113 at 77oF (25oC), 5 cm/minute) = 125 cm, minimum.

2.6 ASPHALTIC PRIMER

A. Primer for base beneath bituminous setting bed and concrete pavers shall be an emulsified asphalt rapid setting type conforming to AASHTO M 140, Grade RS-1, or AASHTO M 208, Grade CRS-1.

2.7 POLYMERIC SAND FOR PAVEMENT JOINTS

A. Joint filler between paver joints shall be: Polymeric Jointing Sand as manufactured by Techni-Seal, Inc., www.techniseal.com; DP SuperSand Bond by Alliance, at www.supersandbond.com, or approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONCRETE BASE

A. Install in accordance with relevant provisions of Section 321313 Concrete Paving.

3.2 SETTING CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS

UNIT PAVERS 321413 - 3

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Concrete unit pavers shall be set on a bituminous setting bed over a prepared concrete base. Setting bed shall be protected from damage prior to setting pavers.

B. Concrete unit pavers with chips, cracks, stains, or other structural or aesthetic defects shall not be used.

C. Only competent workmen under adequate supervision shall perform the work of setting concrete unit pavers. Set pavers in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Concrete unit pavers shall be set true to the required lines and grades in the pattern detailed on the Contract Documents.

D. After the modified asphalt adhesive is applied, pavers shall be carefully placed by hand, set true to the required lines and grades in the pattern shown on the Contract Documents. Accurate alignment shall be maintained. The Owner’s Representative will approve the start of paving layouts. Paving layouts shall always begin at building entries.

E. Pavers shall be neatly cut and fitted at all perimeters and closures to fit neatly and closely. Pavers shall be tightly butted. Joints between pavers shall be uniform and shall not exceed 1/8 inch in width. Joints greater than 1/8 inch in width will not be accepted. Surface edge of one paver shall be level with the next adjacent pavers so that no voids, rocking motions, or tripping hazards are encountered. There shall be no deviation from a true grade greater than 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) in 10 feet (3.1 m). All finish paved areas shall slope to drain at a minimum of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) in 1 foot (0.3 m).

F. All cutting and patching required to complete the work shall be done (including the filling and closing of all openings) with water-cooled radial cut-off type masonry saws with diamond-tipped blade for a sharp, straight edge. Cut edges shall be plumb and straight. Scoring and breaking will not be acceptable.

1. After cutting of pavers, grind all cut edges of top surfaces of pavers to create a beveled, 45 degree angle equal to the manufacturer’s bevel. Ground bevels shall be straight and true and shall be accomplished using a sufficiently fine grinding wheel or blade to prevent apparent grind marks on the bevels.

G. After a sufficient area of pavers has been installed, joints of pavers shall be filled by sweeping sand into the joints, as specified, performed and paid for under this Division 2 Section, CONCRETE UNIT PAVING

H. Completed surface shall be compacted by running a medium plate vibrator across the top of the pavers. Additional joint filler material shall be swept in the joints during vibration to completely fill joint space.

I. Newly laid pavers shall be protected at all times by panels of plywood. These panels may be advanced as work progresses; however, the plywood protection shall be kept in areas which will be subjected to continued movement of materials and equipment. All necessary precautions shall be taken in order to avoid depressions and protect paver alignment

3.3 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS JOINT TREATMENT

A. Joint filler shall be swept dry into the joints between pavers until the joints are completely filled.

UNIT PAVERS 321413 - 4

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.4 BITUMINOUS SETTING BED

A. The surface of the concrete base shall receive an asphalt prime coat before laying bituminous setting bed. Prime coat shall be applied at rate that will leave bituminous residue of 5 to 7 gallons per 100 square yards after evaporation of vehicle. Base surface shall be dry and clean when prime coat is applied. Bituminous setting bed shall not be placed until vehicle has completely evaporated from prime coat.

B. While still hot (not less than 250 degrees Fahrenheit (121 degrees Centigrade) some of the bituminous bed material shall be placed between the parallel depth control bars. This bed shall be pulled with the striking board over the control bars several times. After each passage, low porous spots shall be showered with fresh bituminous material to produce a smooth, firm, and even setting bed. As soon as this initial panel is completed, advance the first bar to the next position in readiness for striking the next panel. After the depth control bars and wood chocks have been removed, carefully fill any depressions that remain.

C. The setting bed shall be rolled with a power roller to a nominal depth of 3/4 inch (19.05 mm) while still hot. The setting bed thickness shall be adjusted so that when the concrete pavers are placed and rolled, the top surface of the pavers will be at the required finished grade.

D. A coating of neoprene-modified asphalt adhesive shall be applied by mopping, squeegeeing, or troweling over the top surface of the bituminous setting bed so as to provide continuous bond under the pavers.

E. If adhesive is trowel-applied, trowel shall be serrated type with serrations not to exceed 1/16 inch (1.59 mm).

3.5 CLEANING OF PAVER SURFACES

A. After completion of the brick paver paving, surfaces shall be carefully cleaned, removing all dirt, excess filler, and stains.

B. Clean pavers using an approved masonry cleaner and soft bristle brush.

END OF SECTION

UNIT PAVERS 321413 - 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 321640

GRANITE CURB

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:

1. Install new vertical granite curb, straight and radius sections

B. Related Work:

1. Division 31 05 10, SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK; 2. Division 03 30 00, CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 3. Section 32 1313, CONCRETE PAVING

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Unless otherwise indicated, granite curb materials and construction shall conform to the applicable portions of the following:

1. NHHD Specifications Section "Curb and Edging."

B. Granite for new curbing shall be supplied from a single source for entire project.

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C 131 Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine C 615 Granite Dimension Stone 2. State of New Hampshire Highway Department (NHHD): Specifications Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridges

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Granite curb units shall be delivered to the job adequately protected from damage during transit.

B. Curb shall be protected against staining, chipping, and other damage. Cracked, badly chipped, or stained units will be rejected and shall not be employed in the work.

GRANITE CURB 321640 - 1

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. Store pallets of granite curbing on pavement or other hard, durable surfaces that will not compact as a result of the weight of the pallets of curbing. Prevent steel strapping from pallets from rusting and staining of pavement. Remove and replace all pavement stained by rusting steel strapping of pallets.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 NEW GRANITE CURB

A. Curb materials shall conform to NHHD Specifications Section M9.04.0 and shall meet requirements specified in the following subsection of Division III, Materials of the NHHD Specifications:

Item NHHD Specifications Section Type Granite Curb M9.04.1 VA4

2.2 CEMENT MORTAR

A. Mortar for pointing joints between curbstones shall be a cement mortar composed of one part Portland cement and two parts sand, by volume with sufficient water to form a workable, stiff mixture.

2.3 CONCRETE

A. Concrete for Foundation Cradle at Curb: Concrete where designated for foundation cradle at curb installations shall be a zero slump concrete, described as follows:

1. NHHD Specifications Section M4.00.0, 4000 psi (30 MPa), 3/4 inches (20 mm) aggregate concrete mix, without water, placed dry.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SETTING CURB, TRANSITION CURB, AND SPECIAL CURB PIECES

A. Curb shall be set in accordance with NHHD Specifications Section, except as indicated below.

1. Following placement and compaction of gravel subbase, provide zero slump concrete foundation, to depths indicated on the Contract Documents, completely supporting curbstones throughout their entire length. 2. Vertical face of vertical curb shall be plumb, with curb top parallel to adjacent surface. 3. Curb shall be set accurately to line and grade. Curb alignment shall be uniform, with smooth and continuous arris lines. Radius curbs shall meet with a common tangent. Curb units shall be fitted together as closely as possible. Curb shall not be field cut. 4. After proper alignment of curbing and concrete foundation have been established, place additional concrete surround, of wetter consistency, to extend concrete up each face of curbing as detailed on the Contract Documents. 5. Joints, between curb units shall be carefully filled with a cement mortar, and neatly pointed on the top and front exposed portions. After pointing excess mortar shall be cleaned from curb surface. 6. Backfill material on each side of curb and curb cradle shall be as specified for adjacent surface and shall be thoroughly compacted by means of power tampers. Extreme care shall be taken not to destroy curb alignment. Curb sections disturbed during backfilling or otherwise shall be reset to line and grade, and properly backfilled.

END OF SECTION

GRANITE CURB 321640 - 2

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 32 18 16

RESILIENT PLAY SURFACING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.

C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:

1. Section Includes: Poured-in-place playground surfacing system.

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 2. Section 11 68 13 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT 3. Section 32 30 00 SITE FURNISHINGS 4. Section 32 31 32 BOULDERS

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tension.

ASTM D624 Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers.

ASTM D2047 Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish-Coated Floor Surfaces as Measured by the James Machine.

ASTM D2859 Flammability of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials.

RESILIENT PLAY SURFACING 32 18 16 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

ASTM E303 Measuring Surface Frictional Properties Using the British Pendulum Tester.

ASTM F1292 Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment.

ASTM F1951 Determination of Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment.

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Performance Requirements: Provide a 2-layer rubber-polyurethane playground surfacing system which has been designed, manufactured and installed to meet the following criteria:

1. Shock Attenuation (ASTM F1292): a. Gmax: Less than 200. b. Head Injury Criteria: Less than 1000. 2. Flammability (ASTM D2859): Pass.

3. Tensile Strength (ASTM D412): 60 psi (413 kPa).

4. Tear Resistance (ASTM D624): 140%.

5. Water Permeability: 0.4 gal/yd2/second.

6. Accessibility: Comply with requirements of ASTM F1951.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures Section.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data and installation instructions to the Landscape Landscape Architect.

C. Verification Samples: Submit manufacturer’s verification samples of 9" x 9” minimum showing proposed color mixtures. Provide one (1) sample for each color. Approval of samples shall not constitute final acceptance. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to reject, on or after delivery, any material which does not meet these Specifications.

D. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: Submit the following:

1. Certificate of qualifications of the playground surfacing installer.

E. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following:

1. Warranty documents specified herein.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

RESILIENT PLAY SURFACING 32 18 16 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Qualifications: Utilize an installer approved and trained by the manufacturer of the playground surfacing system, having experience with other projects of the scope and scale of the work described in this section.

B. Certifications: Certification by manufacturer that installer is an approved applicator of the playground surfacing system.

C. International Play Equipment Manufacturers Association (IPEMA) certified.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING

A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirement Section.

B. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact.

C. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at a minimum temperature of 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) and a maximum temperature of 90 degrees F (32 degrees C).

1.9 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Requirements: Install surfacing system when minimum ambient temperature is 40 degrees F (1 degree C) and maximum ambient temperature is 90 degrees F (32 degrees C). Do not install in steady or heavy rain.

B. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace stone masonry veneer damaged by frost or freezing conditions.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. General: Attention is directed to provisions of the GENERAL CONDITIONS regarding guarantees and warranties for work under this Contract.

B. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Submit, for Owner’s acceptance, manufacturer’s standard warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer’s warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner may have under contract documents.

C. Proper drainage is critical to the longevity of the resilient play surfacing system. Inadequate drainage will cause premature breakdown of the poured system in affected areas; and void the warranty.

1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of completion of work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Resilient Rubber Surfacing shall be VITRITURF Poured-in-Place rubber as manufactured by Hanover Specialties 901 Motor Parkway Hauppauge, NY 11788 Tel. 631-231-1300 Fax 631-231-1329

RESILIENT PLAY SURFACING 32 18 16 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Or Approved equal.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Sub base:

Aggregate for drainage purposes. Submit proposed aggregate mix for approval prior to ordering material.

B. Poured in Place Substrate:

For fall impact attenuation. Depths to be determined in field based off of critical fall heights by an IPEMA certified poured in place installer.

1. VITRITURF Primer: A single component moisture cured polyurethane primer. 2. VITRITURF BINDER: A proprietary, elastic Polyurethane Pre-Polymer, MDI based. Extremely low odor, capable of excellent weathering and binding characteristics. Binder shall contain no TDI Monomers 3. VITRITURF Black SBR: Shall be recycled SBR Rubber, shall be cryogenically processed, be chopped to 1-3mm or 3/8" shredded granules and contain less than 4% dust and shall be packed in suitable bags to protect SBR from moisture. 4. VITRITURF EPDM Rubber: A man-made rubber containing minimum of 30% EPDM and having a density of 1.5-0.05. 1. Is available in assorted colors and available in three sizes: 1-3mm, 0.5-1.5mm and 0.40-08mm (dust) 5. The VITRITURF Playground System shall have been tested for shock attenuation under ASTM-F-1292 and HIC. Tested for non slip characteristics under ASTM-E303, ease of ignition under BS-5696 and ASTM-D-2859 for fire resistance under UL94.

C. Poured in Place Wearing Surface: 1. Install where shown on the contract documents 2. Surface blend characteristics:

a. Binder shall be a clear Aliphatic Binder. Aromatic binders will not be accepted. b. Material: Blend of recycled EPDM (ethylene propylene diene monomer) and polyurethane. c. Thickness: Nominal 1/2", minimum 3/8", maximum 5/8". d. Surfacing shall be comprised of multiple colors. See chart below for color mixes

Color Mixes Color % 1 Color % 2 Red Black Color A (Red composite hue) 70% 30% Yellow Black Color B (Yellow composite hue) 70% 30% Light Blue Black Color C (Light blue composite hue) 70% 30% Orange Black Color D (Orange composite hue) 70% 30%

RESILIENT PLAY SURFACING 32 18 16 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Dark Blue Black Color E (Dark blue composite hue) 70% 30% Purple Black Color F (Purple composite hue) 70% 30% Green Black Color G (Green composite hue) 70% 30%

All color titles per Vitriturf Standard Color Chart, or approved equal.

e. See Construction Documents for horizontal dimensions and areas f. All color mixes to be blended evenly to allow for correct coloration. Mixes which are not correct proportions, properly mixed or are inconsistent throughout the surface will be rejected, removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Client. g. Dry Static Coefficient of Friction (ASTM D2047): 1.0. h. Wet Static Coefficient of Friction (ASTM D2047): 0.9. i. Dry Skid Resistance (ASTM E303): 89. j. Wet Skid Resistance (ASTM E303): 57.

2.2 MIXES

A. Required mix proportions by weight:

1. Basemat: 14% polyurethane, 86% rubber. 2. Top Surface: 18% polyurethane, 82% rubber. 3. Material must be UV stable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS

A. Comply with the instructions and recommendations of the playground surfacing manufacturer.

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that substrate conditions are suitable for installation of the playground surfacing system.

B. Do not proceed with installation until unsuitable conditions are corrected.

C. Proper drainage is critical to the longevity of the resilient play surfacing system. Inadequate drainage will cause premature breakdown of the poured system in affected areas; and void the warranty.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Surface Preparation: Using a brush or short nap roller, apply primer to the substrate perimeter and any adjacent vertical barriers such as playground equipment support legs, curbs or slabs that will contact the surfacing system at the rate of 300 ft2/gal (7.5 m2/L).

RESILIENT PLAY SURFACING 32 18 16 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. Do not proceed with playground surfacing installation until all applicable site work, including substrate preparation, fencing, playground equipment installation and other relevant work, has been completed.

B. Basemat Installation:

1. Using screeds and hand trowels, install the basemat at a consistent density of 29 pounds, 1 ounce per cubic foot (466 kg/m3) to the specified thickness.

2. Allow basemat to cure for sufficient time so that indentations are not left in the basemat from applicator foot traffic or equipment.

3. Do not allow foot traffic or use of the basemat surface until it is sufficiently cured.

C. Primer Application: Using a brush or short nap roller, apply primer to the basemat perimeter and any adjacent vertical barriers such as playground equipment support legs, curbs or slabs that will contact the surfacing system at the rate of 300 ft2/gal (7.5 m2/L).

D. Top Surface Installation:

1. Using a hand trowel, install top surface at a consistent density of 58 pounds, 9 ounces per cubic foot (938 kg/m3) to a nominal thickness of 1/2" (12.7 mm).

2. Allow top surface to cure for a minimum of 48 hours.

3. At the end of the minimum curing period, verify that the top surface is sufficiently dry and firm to allow foot traffic and use without damage to the surface.

4. Do not allow foot traffic or use of the surface until it is sufficiently cured.

5. Layout of color distinction between main surface and detailed surface shall be approved in the field by the Landscape Architect prior to top surface installation.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect the installed playground surface from damage resulting from subsequent construction activity on the site.

END OF SECTION

RESILIENT PLAY SURFACING 32 18 16 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 321823

SYNTHETIC COURT SURFACING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.

C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This section specifies surfacing treatment for bituminous concrete surfaces to include: 1. Basketball court

B. Related Sections: 1. Division 03 Section CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Division 31 Section EARTHWORK 3. Division 32 Section SITE FURNISHINGS.

1.3 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Contractor to perform work must have completed a minimum of five similar installations of equal size and complexity.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s specifications, and installation instructions for each required substrate over which the surfacing will be applied.

B. Include in Product Data the Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) of the synthetic court surfacing.

C. Samples: Submit 40 cm2 square samples of each type of material specified.

D. Certification: Submit written certification from the surfacing manufacturer indicating approval of the methods in which the surfacing will be applied to the asphalt base.

E. Submit Manufacturer’s printed Product Data Sheets, stating that coatings meet ASTM and EPA standards and application standards.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

SYNTHETIC COURT SURFACING 321823 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Material shall be delivered in original packages bearing the manufacturer’s name. Protect from direct sun or freezing temperatures.

1.6 LIMITATIONS

A. Apply coatings only when ambient temperature is 50-degrees Fahrenheit and rising, and the surface temperature is not in excess of 140-degrees Fahrenheit.

B. Most acrylic coatings are waterborne and cannot cure in cold temperatures or when subject to moisture. Care should be taken not to apply coatings when rain is forecast or sudden drop of temperature is expected. Climatic conditions such as very cool evenings and high dew points dictate that work should be completed early in the day so the coatings can be exposed to enough warm sunlight to form a film before sunset. The opposite applies during times of high heat, low humidity and drying breezes: under these conditions, work very early in the morning or very late in the day. If the product seems to be drying too fast in hot weather, mist the pavement with water to make the application easier. Care must be taken to allow each application to dry thoroughly prior to recoating.

1.7 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASTM 1. C 136 Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 2. D 522 Standard Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings 3. D 662 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Erosion of Exterior Paints 4. D 661 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Cracking of Exterior Paints 5. D 870 Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings Using Water Immer- sion 6. D 1640, Standard Test Methods for Drying, Curing, or Film Formation of Organic Coat- ings at Room Temperature 7. D 2939 Standard Test Methods for Emulsified Bitumens Used as Protective Coatings 8. D 3359 Standard Test Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test 9. D 4214 Standard Test Methods for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films 10. D 4587 Standard Practice for Fluorescent UV-Condensation Exposures of Paint and Re- lated Coatings

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Final color coat: Premium quality, highly pigmented acrylic emulsion that is ultra-violet light stabilized. It shall contain pure synthetic mineral oxides for pigmentation and arrive to the job site in concentrated form for on-site mixing. It shall be specifically formulated for original coating basketball court and play area surfaces. Provide product augmented with high tensile strength geotextile fibers and shall be formulated with a surfactant to promote adhesion to as- phalt surfaces. The product shall be free of asbestos and mercury.

B. The final color coat shall conform to the following: 1. Maximum water content, 60 percent by weight in accordance with D2939. 2. LEED-EB Heat Island Reduction: non-roof Option B Low Albedo Coatings with an SRI equal to or greater than 29

SYNTHETIC COURT SURFACING 321823 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3. Meeting the composition and performance standards of ASTM D2388 ‘Architectural Paints and Coatings” 4. Conforming to the following requirements: a. Drying Time: D1640, “set to touch” in 1 hour, dry to touch in 4 hours. b. Adhesion: D3359 A, the dried film exhibits no loss of adhesion from the substrate. c. Flexibility: D522 B, the dried film exhibits no loss of adhesion. d. Resistance to Water: D870, the dried film exhibits no blistering, re-emulsification or color change. e. Flaking: D662, the dried film exhibits no flaking. f. Cracking: D661, the dried film exhibits no cracking or breaking. g. Chalking: D4214, the dried film exhibits no chalking or friable powder development.

C. Line paint: Water-based acrylic striping paint recommended by color coat manufacturer.

D. Leveling Cushion: Water-based acrylic polymer emulsion containing mineral fillers and fine rubber granules encapsulated in the latex acrylic coating designed specifically for use in exte- rior court surfaces over bituminous concrete base course. .

E. Resurfacer: An acrylic latex modified with synthetic fibers and sand fillers used to coat the asphalt base surface.

F. Crack sealant: Acrylic, minimum dry solids by volume sixty nine (69) percent.

G. Aggregate: 1. Washed, dry silica sand free of dust, trash, clay, organic materials or other 2. Gradation: 0.021 mm to 0.150 mm when tested in accordance with ASTM C136 and with 99 percent passing 0.425 mm sieve.

H. Mixing water: 1. Potable and free from harmful soluble salts. 2. Temperature of the water: minimum 50 degrees F.

2.2 LAYERS FOR SPORTS COURT AND PAVEMENT GAMES

A. From bottom to top, layering of athletic surfacing shall be: 1. Bituminous concrete wearing course in accordance with applicable Division 32 Section. 2. Resurfacer course (1) 3. Leveling cushion courses (3) 4. Final color coat (minimum 2 for complete coverage and color density). Colors shall meet SRI standards specified in this Section. 5. Line striping (minimum 1 and as required for color density) Color to be Royal Blue. PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION

A. Asphalt surfacing in accordance with the requirements of the Division 32 Section BASES, BALLASTS, AND PAVING of this Specification.

3.2 EXAMINATION

SYNTHETIC COURT SURFACING 321823 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Inspect newly installed asphalt pavement surfaces for condition and defect that will adversely affect quality of work, and which cannot be put into an acceptable condition through normal preparatory work as specified. Do not place coating if defects exist, notify Owner’s Representative. Surface shall be free of grease, oil, dust, dirt and other foreign matter before starting work.

B. New asphalt pavements which have been accepted by Owner’s Representative, shall be allowed to cure for a minimum 15 day period, and pass the "no water break" test before application. Cast 6 liters of clean water from a suitable clean container out onto the asphalt surface. The water should sheet out and wet the surface uniformly without ribboning, crawling, or showing oil rings. (Comparable to water on very clean glass vs. dirty or greasy glass.) If the clean water does not wet the surface uniformly, the asphalt is not ready for coating and should cure for a longer period. Allow the asphalt surface to cure for an additional 15 days and repeat the “no water break” test. Repeat until surface is accepted.

C. Prior to the application of coating materials, entire asphalt surface shall be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. This shall be done by flooding the pavement with clean water and after one-half hour marking any and all depressions where water is greater than 3 mm. Fill such irregularities with resurfacer according to manufacturer’s specifications.

D. Clean all cracks thoroughly and fill. If cracks are greater than 0.25-inch the asphalt surfacing shall be rejected and removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. Cracks less than 0.25-inch in width shall be filled with acrylic crack sealant.

E. Cleaning 1. Thoroughly clean surfaces to be coated to remove all foreign debris (dirt, silt, gravel, leaves, etc.) using mechanically powered forced air sweepers, mechanical street sweepers, steel bristle brooms and/or high pressure water.

F. Protection: Protect adjacent curbs, walks, fences, and other items from receiving resurfacer , leveling cushion coats or final color coat.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Starting installation constitutes contractor’s acceptance of surface as suitable for installation.

B. Contractor must notify the Project Director of all applications, 48 hours prior to installation.

C. Proceed with applications only if the surface is dry and clean and the temperature within range noted in Part 1. Do not apply coatings when rain is imminent.

D. Each coat in this system must dry completely before next application. Between each coat, inspect entire surface. Any defects should be repaired. Scrape surface to remove any lumps, and broom or blow off all loose matter.

E. Apply in accordance with the written instructions for installation.

F. When making mixes add water first then while agitating add silica sand slowly. Keep mixture homogeneous prior to beginning application and during entire time mixture is being applied.

G. Using a neoprene rubber squeegee, apply resurfacer, specified number of coats of leveling course and final color coats in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions. Allow application to dry thoroughly before proceeding with the next coat.

SYNTHETIC COURT SURFACING 321823 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.4 LINE MARKINGS

A. Upon completion and acceptance of the final color coat surfacing, prepare and paint lines for basketball court and for pavement games as indicated.

B. All lines are to be applied by painting between masking tape with a paintbrush or roller.

C. Utilize masking tape to mask for painting of lines. Allow application to dry.

D. Remove masking tape immediately after lines are dry.

E. Protect adjacent areas and structures (fences, posts, sidewalks, buildings, etc.), which are not to be coated. In the event that coatings are applied to above, remove immediately before drying is complete.

3.5 COMPLETION

A. Upon completion of final coat keep all foot traffic off sealed surface. Allow the final coat to cure at least 24 hours, under good drying conditions, before allowing foot traffic on surface. Less favorable conditions shall require longer drying times.

B. Finished surface shall be free of streaks, pinholes, or uneven distribution of sand and shall have a uniform appearance.

C. Playing lines 2-inches wide accurately located and marked in accordance with applicable court standards.

D. The painting shall be done by skilled mechanics in a workmanlike manner in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard printed instructions. Prior to white line paint application, line paint tape gap filler shall be applied to reduce incidence of fuzzy lines.

E. Barricade coated areas until coating has dried sufficiently for foot traffic.

F. Upon completion, the contractor shall ensure proper removal of all construction debris, surplus materials, empty containers and wash water, and shall leave the site in a condition acceptable to the project Director. The court shall be left secure so as to prevent vandalism.

END OF SECTION

SYNTHETIC COURT SURFACING 321823 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 32 31 32

BOULDERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. All Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of General Conditions and Special Conditions, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to furnish and install boulders in locations shown and as detailed on the Drawings.

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. Section 32 18 16 RESILIENT PLAY SURFACING B. Section 32 90 00 PLANTING C. Section 32 91 19 LANDSCAPE GRADING

1.4 REFERENCES

A. The following standards shall apply to the work of this Section.

1. New Hampshire Department of Transportation (NHDOT): Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. None.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Boulders shall be located without undue damage to surfaces.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BOULDERS

Boulders no less than one cubic yard and no greater than three cubic yard in size, rounded by glacial action and free of damage. Contractor shall be responsible for all shipping and trucking associated with bringing the boulders to the Project site.

2.2 DENSE GRADED CRUSHED STONE

A. In accordance with Section 31 05 10 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK, of this Specification.

BOULDERS 32 31 32 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Boulders shall be stockpiled for use by the Contractor. Install in locations shown on the Drawings, specified herein and shown on the Detailed Drawings.

3.2 INSTALLATION

General: Install boulders in designated locations.

Place boulders directly on exposed subgrade that has been raised to elevations shown on the Drawings or inferred from contours, whichever is more precise. Boulders should be buried about 30 percent of their depth.

3.3 ACCEPTANCE STANDARDS

A. Installed in locations shown on the drawings.

END OF SECTION

BOULDERS 32 31 32 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 323000

SITE IMPROVEMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED PROVISIONS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to furnish and install the below listed items, as indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified herein. Items included but not limited to the following:

1. Litter / Recycling Receptacles 2. Bicycle Racks 3. Light Column 4. Cedar Screen Fence 5. Detectable Warning Tile 6. Bench 7. Curved Terrace Bench 8. Chess Table and Chairs 9. Existing Flagpole

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings for the installation of the following items:

1. Cedar Screen Fence 2. Curved Terrace Bench

B. Manufacturer's product literature: Submit manufacturer's material descriptions and installation instructions for the following items for approval by the architect:

1. Litter / Recycling Receptacles 2. Bicycle Racks 3. Light Column 4. Detectable Warning Tile 5. Light Column 6. Chess Table and chairs 7. Curved Terrace Bench 8. Bench

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LITTER / RECYCLE RECEPTACLE

SITE IMPROVEMENTS 323000 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Materials: 1. Body frame, lid, and rain cover: corrosion-resistant aluminum. 2. Standard texture powdercoated. 3. Container walls: corrosion-resistant aluminum. 4. Container wall inset material a. FSC 100% Jatoba hardwood slats (FSC License Code: FSC-C004453).

B. 36-gallon, side opening, surface mount, with rain cover: 22.1" wide x 22.1" deep x 43.4" high.

C. Standard lift latch.

2.2 BICYCLE RACKS

A. Constructed of high density polyurethane plastic molded over electro-coated ASTM A513 carbon steel tubing. Base is cast aluminum 1. Outside Diameter: 1.18 inches. 2. Wall Thickness: 0.079 inches.

B. Size: -Depth: 2-3/4 inches. -Height: 31-1/2 inches. -Width: 22-1/2 inches.

C. Bicycle racks to be embedded into the pavement.

D. Finish to be Polyurethane Plastic: Polyurethane plastic molded over electro-coated finish on internal steel tubing. Aluminum base cover is finished in powder coat paint.

E. Color to be red polyurethane plastic.

2.3 DETECTABLE WARNING PLATE

A. ADA detectable warning plates shall be unpainted cast iron with an ability to adhere to concrete. Plates should conform to current ADA and ABA guidelines and have non-skid characteristics.

2.4 CEDAR SCREEN FENCE

A. Screen Fence shall be fabricated to the sizes and dimensions indicated on the Contract Documents and as approved in the Shop Drawings review.

B. Wood to be Architect Clear Western Red Cedar meeting WRCLA Product Standards.

C. Cedar slats to be surfaces all four sides. Size varies, see contract documents for dimensions.

D. All wood, accessories and appurtenances required to fabricate and install Transformer Screen Fence, complete and in place, in accordance with the relevant provisions of Section 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

2.6 LIGHT COLUMN A. Stainless Steel Light Column:

SITE IMPROVEMENTS 323000 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

a. Height: 132.5" (32W LED). b. Material: 304 Tubular Stainless Steel. c. Column: 6" nominal diameter. d. Head: 125" thick white-frosted acrylic tube with Stainless Steel cap. e. Directional shield 1) Standard is perforated Stainless Steel with .25" diameter holes on .38" straight centers. f. Driver (LED only): Input power is 90-305 V. Includes high efficiency constant output current with over-voltage, short circuit, overload protection, and has 0-10V dimming capabilities. Certifications include: IP67 (waterproof) enclosure and Class 2 rated output (UL 8750). g. Lamps (for illuminated bollards 1) LED 3000K: 1. 32W custom LED light engine. 2. Luminaire lumens: Series 600: 3790. 3. Color temperature: 3,000K. 4. LED 4,000K. 2.7 BENCH

A. Bench: a. Seat and backrest: untreated FSC timber, 100% Cumaru hardwood with single beam backrest. b. Legs: weathering steel c. Surface mount. d. Lengths of benches as follows: 1. 79” length – straight (11 total)

2.8 CURVED TERRACE BENCH

A. Bench: a. Seat: untreated FSC timber, 100% Cumaru hardwood b. Structure: weathering steel cover panels c. Height: each seating level is 18 inches high – 2 total seating levels d. Surface mount. e. Lengths of bench as follows: 1. 20’ length – 19’-3” radius (1 total)

2.9 CHESS TABLE AND CHAIRS

A. Materials: 1. Table Support: a. Table supports shall be 3” x 3” x 1/4” wall ASTM A500 steel tubing and 3/8” thick ASTM A36 steel plate. 2. Game Table Top Assembly Wood: a. Table top assembly shall be manufactured from 1/4” thick ASTM A36 steel plate, 3/8” thick ASTM A36 steel plate, 3” x 4” nominal wood slats and 10 gauge ASTM B209 aluminum plate. 3. Seat Assembly Wood: a. Seat assembly shall be manufactured from 2 1/2” x 2 1/2” x 1/4” wall ASTM A500 steel tubing, 3/8” thick ASTM A36 steel plate and 3” x 4” nominal wood slats

SITE IMPROVEMENTS 323000 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

4. Anchoring: a. Stainless steel expansion anchors (1/2” x 3 3/4”) provided. B. Dimensions 1. 2 seat table a. Overall: 82 3/4” long x 25 1/4” deep x 30” high C. Finish: 1. Powder Coating a. All parts are processed through an 8-stage iron phosphorous wash system. b. Parts are coated with a zinc-rich epoxy primer to an AVERAGE of 4-5 mils. c. Parts are then finished with a top coat of TGIC-polyester powder to an AVERAGE of 4- 5 mils. d. Powder is cured at the powder manufacturers specifications using combination of infrared and convection heat for approximately 20 minutes. e. Finished parts shall comply with the following American Standard Test Method (ASTM) for coating and coating method: ASTM-D-523, ASTM-D-3363, ASTM-D- 1737, ASTM-D-3359, ASTM-D-2794, ASTM-B-117 and ASTM-D-3451.

2.10 ANCHORS

A. Stainless steel threaded anchors for furniture attachment shall be AISI Type 304 conforming to the requirements of ASTM A193M-99A, Identification Symbol B8 or B8A.

2.11 GROUT

A. Grout shall be a non-staining, non-shrink cement grout conforming to ASTM C-827. Grout shall be a non-shrink grout and contain no metals. Grout shall be one of the following or an approved equal:

1. Five Star Grout U.S. Grout Corporation 2. Sika Grout 212 Sika Corporation 3. Harris Construction Grout A.H. Harris & Sons Inc.

2.12 EXISTING FLAG POLE

A. Remove and stockpile, on-site, existing flag pole to be relocated in new location indicated on the Plans.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 LITTER RECEPTACLE

A. Install litter receptacle in conformance with manufacturer’s recommendations and approved Shop Drawings submitted and paid for under this SECTION 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

B. Surface Mount: Anchorage using stainless steel threaded rod set into concrete pavement, concrete base slab, or through concrete unit pavement system into footing using non-shrink grout. Verify depth of rod is sufficient to support unit when set through unit pavers.

SITE IMPROVEMENTS 323000 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.2 BICYCLE RACKS

A. Install bicycle racks in conformance with manufacturer’s recommendations and approved Shop Drawings submitted and paid for under this SECTION 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

B. Embedded: Anchorage using stainless steel threaded rod set into concrete pavement, concrete base slab, or through concrete unit pavement system into footing using non- shrink grout. Verify depth of rod is sufficient to support unit when set through unit pavers.

3.3 BENCH

A. Install benches in conformance with contract documents and approved Shop Drawings submitted and paid for under this SECTION 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

B. Install in locations shown on the Plans and as required by the Detailed Drawings. Benches shall be set level and plumb.

3.4 DETECTABLE WARNING PLATE

A. Install detectable ADA warning plate in conformance with manufacturer’s recommendations and approved Shop Drawings submitted and paid for under this SECTION 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

3.5 CEDAR SCREEN FENCE

A. Install Cedar Screen Fence in conformance with contract documents and approved Shop Drawings submitted and paid for under this SECTION 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

B. Install in locations shown on the Plans and as required by the Detailed Drawings.

C. Pressure treated timber post and frame shall be according to Section 061500 WOOD DECKING & LUMBER FRAMING of this Specification.

3.6 CHESS TABLE AND CHAIRS

A. Install chess table and chair in conformance with contract documents and approved Shop Drawings submitted and paid for under this SECTION 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

B. Install in locations shown on the Plans and as required by the Detailed Drawings.

3.7 LIGHT COLUMN

A. Install light columns in conformance with manufacturer’s recommendations and approved Shop Drawings submitted and paid for under this SECTION 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

B. Fully embedded in deep concrete foundations.

SITE IMPROVEMENTS 323000 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.8 CURVED TERRACE BENCH A. Install curved terrace bench in conformance with contract documents and approved Shop Drawings submitted and paid for under this SECTION 323000 SITE IMPROVEMENTS.

B. Install in locations shown on the Plans and as required by the Detailed Drawings. Benches shall be set level and plumb.

3.9 EXISTING FLAG POLE

A. Install existing flag pole in location indicated on the Plans. Flag pole to be set level and plumb.

B. Install concrete foundation for existing flag pole in accordance with the relevant provisions of SECTION 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.

END OF SECTION

SITE IMPROVEMENTS 323000 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 32 4005

RAIN GARDEN

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements that affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.

C. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to install Rain Garden and appurtenances as shown on the Contract Drawings and as specified herein.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications: 1. Division 31 Sections related to 31 05 10 SOILS AND AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 2. Division 32 Section 32 91 00 PLANTING SOILS 3. Division 32 Section 32 90 00 PLANTING 4. Division 33 Section 33 40 00 STORMWATER UTILITIES

1.3 SUBMITTALS – RAIN GARDEN SOILS

A. In accordance with the requirements of Division 32 Section PLANTING SOILS.

B. Sieve analysis of all crushed stone materials and gravel specified in this Section.

C. Product literature for coir logs and stakes and filter fabric.

D. Samples: 1. River stone: one cubic foot sample showing range of sizes and colors 2. Peastone: one quart for review and approval of color.

E. Photographs of boulders for review and approval.

RAIN GARDEN 32 40 05 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. All items shall be delivered to the job adequately protected from damage during transit.

B. Deliver and store work as specified under this Section in a manner to prevent damage to surface finishes, protected against staining, chipping, wracking or stress of components, to prevent mechanical damage or damage by the elements, and other damage. All stored materials and items shall be protected from weather, careless handling and vandalism

C. Deliver work to the site in sufficient time to avoid delay in job progress and at such times as to permit proper coordination of the various parts. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling the delivery of all items so as to minimize on-site storage time prior to installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT COMPONENTS

A. Drainage pipe and structures in accordance with the requirements of applicable Division 33 Sections.

2.2 RAIN GARDEN PLANTING SOILS

A. In accordance with Section 32 91 13 PLANTING SOILS

2.3 COIR LOG

A. Coir Log shall be biodegradable coir fiber cylindrical bundles with a diameter of 12 inches with the length of each log module at 20 ft or 10 ft. as needed to meet the layout requirements as indicated on the Contract Documents. Inner Core shall be 100% unsorted, well-cleaned, coir fiber uniformly distributed along the length of the log. The stuffed density of the coir fiber shall be a minimum of 9 lbs/cu.ft. Outer netting shall be constructed from a minimum 3 ply high strength coir bristle twine or yarn. The netting shall have 2”x2” rhombic openings with hand-knotted junctions. The average breaking strength of the coir twine or yarn shall be a minimum of 90 lbs. Minimum diameter of the coir twine or yarn shall be 3/8 inch. Production tolerance for all the above parameters shall not exceed plus or minus 10%.

B. Wood Stakes 1. Large Wood Stakes: Oak or Southern Yellow Pine stakes 2 inch diameter, 3-foot length as indicated on Contract Documents, free from knots and other defects which would cause splitting. 2. Small Notched Wood Stakes: Oak or Southern Yellow Pine stakes, 3/4 x 2 inch average width, wedge-shaped, 12 inches in length, with a downward-angled notch cut near the top, 1/8 inch wide and 3/4 inch deep.

2.4 RAIN GARDEN GRANULAR MATERIALS

RAIN GARDEN 32 40 05 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Crushed Stone (3/4 inch) 1. Crushed stone (3/4 inch) shall consist of one or the other of the following materials: a. Durable crushed rock consisting of the angular fragments obtained by breaking and crushing solid or shattered rock and free from a detrimental quantity of thin, flat or elongated or other objectionable pieces b. Durable crushed gravel stone obtained by artificial crushing of gravel boulders or fieldstone with a minimum diameter before crushing of 200 mm 2. Crushed stone shall be reasonably free from clay, loam or deleterious material and shall conform to the following gradation (NHDOT Specifications):

Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum

1 inch 100 - 3/4inch 90 100 1/2 inch 10 50 3/8 inch 0 20 # 4 Sieve 0 5

B. Sand and Gravel Borrow Choker Course 1. Sand and gravel borrow shall consist of inert, hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam, clay, mica, surface coatings and deleterious materials and shall conform to Massachusetts Highway Specification M1.03.0 Type b with the following gradation:

Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum

3 inch 100 - 1/2 inch 50 85 # 4 40 75 # 50 8 28 # 200 0 10

2. Sand and gravel borrow shall be placed in lifts not more than nine inches thick before compaction. Compaction shall be by vibration to a minimum density of 95% Modified Proctor

C. River stone: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for washing of all stone to remove dust and dirt prior to placement within the river stone channel and rainwater garden area. 2. River stone provided and installed in the rainwater garden and river stone channel areas shall consist of durable rounded rock collected from the New England Region. It shall be inert, hard, durable, washed stone, free of deleterious materials. It shall be grey/brown in color range. It shall be composed of stones that meet the following gradation requirements:

Size of Stone Passing Percentages 12 inches 75-100 8 inches 50-75 4 inches 25-50

RAIN GARDEN 32 40 05 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3 inches 0-5 2 inches 0-2

D. Boulders: Provide boulders in the quantities and sizes indicated and as directed. Boulders shall have the following attributes: 1. Boulders shall be the product of glacial forces. They shall be generally egg shaped without sharp edges. 2. Boulders shall be clean, durable, rounded stones, free from dirt, debris, coatings or other deleterious elements that would impair their function or mare their appearance. 3. Boulders shall be of a common color and texture as approved by the Landscape Architect based on photographs of stones. 4. Boulders shall be sized by length. In so far as all boulders shall be egg shaped, diameter at mid-point of each boulder shall be between 50 and 65-percent of length. Length of large size boulders shall be 3-feet +/- 6-inches. Length of medium sized boulders shall be 2-feet +/- 4-inches. Length of small boulders shall be 12-inches +/- 2-inches. When installed boulders shall project out of the ground no greater than 30- inches.

2.4 FILTER FABRIC

A. Filter fabric shall be a needle-punched nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers, inert to biological degradation and resistant to chemicals, alkalis, and acids. It shall have a minimum weight of 540 grams per square meter and an apparent opening size of 0.150 mm per ASTM D4751,

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GRADES AND ELEVATIONS

A. The Contract Documents indicate, in general, alignments, grade elevations and invert elevations. Establish the lines and grades in conformity with the Contract Documents. The Landscape Architect, however, may make such adjustments in the field in grades and alignments as are found necessary in order to avoid interference with any special conditions encountered.

B. Spot elevations shall govern over proposed contours. Where not otherwise indicated, project site areas shall be given uniform slopes between points for which finished grades are indicated or between such points and existing established grades.

C. Establish and maintain suitable stakes over all areas to be graded as directed, specified or required. Maintain sufficient reference points at all times during construction to properly perform the contract installation.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Excavate all materials to the elevations, dimensions and form as shown in the Contract Documents and as specified for the construction of the Rain Garden. Excavate to elevations indicated or required within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot and as will

RAIN GARDEN 32 40 05 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

allow bottom layers of crushed stone to rest on firm, undisturbed earth or rock, free of loose materials, and as will permit rough grades to be at indicated or specified depths. Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, installing services and other construction, and for inspections. 1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.

B. Hand Excavation: In general, machine excavation will be permitted with the exception of work in the vicinity of existing utilities which shall be hand work. Excavation to final grade shall be made in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed bearing character of the soil exposed at the excavation level.

C. Inspection: After completion of the excavation and prior to installation of boardwalk foundations, secure the presence of the Landscape Architect to inspect subgrade conditions to insure subgrade drains properly.

D. Placing Fills and Compacting: 1. Preparation: All areas to be filled or backfilled shall be free of debris, wet materials, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, deleterious materials, construction debris, refuse, compressible or decayable materials and standing water from ground surface prior to placing fills. Do not place fill when fill materials or material below it are frozen. No fill materials containing ice or frozen lumps shall be used. 2. Remove all concrete formwork, temporary shoring, bracing, and sheeting. 3. Unforeseen additional excavation and replacement material will be paid according to the Contract provisions for changes in Work. 4. Reconstruct subgrade damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed. 5. All fill is to be placed "in-the-dry", to which end dewatering may be required. Spreading and drying of each layer may also be required. Dewatering, as necessary, shall be a part of the work of this Section. 6. Compaction of each lift of crushed stone, choker course, and treatment soils shall be as specified herein and as determined by ASTM Test, Designation D1556. Fill shall be placed in successive horizontal lifts no thicker than 4 inches in loose depth. Compact fill to the required density as specified in this Section. Maximum dry density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method D. The following percentages of minimum to maximum dry densities shall be achieved for fill materials or prepared subgrades. 7. Compaction in rain garden: Minimum Maximum a. Subgrade and fills in rain garden basin 85% 90% b. All fills below rain garden planting soil* 82% 85% ⃰ Compaction levels shall not impede infiltration of water through fills and subgrade. Adjust compaction levels accordingly to achieve specified infiltration rate of no less than one inch per hour. 8. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations. Place backfill and fill uniformly along the full length of each structure. 9. Compaction requirements for subgrades and fills shall be considered minimums and maximums within the density percentages called for, and any over-compaction of subgrades or fills which would be detrimental to lawn or planting objectives shall be corrected by loosening subgrades or fills through tilling or other means and re- compacting to specified compaction limits.

RAIN GARDEN 32 40 05 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.3 COIR LOG INSTALLATION

A. Large wood stakes shall be driven on both sides of the coir log, three feet on center. Insert stake through netting of the coir logs. The lengths of coir logs shall be placed in position adjacent to the row of stakes, between the bank and stakes.

B. The coir logs shall be laced together end-to-end with cord to create a continuous length. End-to-end lacing may be completed before or after placement, to facilitate handling.

C. Excavation and fill work shall be completed as necessary on the bank above the coir log only after it is fully installed. Shape bank according to Contract Documents as appropriate. The gap between the log and the bank shall be backfilled with material as required by the Drawings.

D. The coir logs closest to the bottom of slope shall be installed first, then backfilled, followed by the next coir log tier up the slope, which is then backfilled and finally followed by the installation of the planting soil and plant material.

3.4 BOULDER PLACEMENT

A. In locations generally as indicated and as approved by the Landscape Architect. Seek Landscape Architect’s approval of placement after footings for boardwalk have been installed and general layout of plant beds laid out.

3.5 CRUSHED STONE AND CHOKER COURSES

A. Installation including the spreading, grading, and compaction methods employed shall conform to standard requirements for usual base course of this type for first class road work, and the following: 1. NHDOT Specifications, "Gravel Base Course".

B. Compaction of aggregate base courses shall be to 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D. Stone greater than 2 inches shall be excluded from course.

C. Extent of crushed stone and choker courses shall be as shown on the Contract Documents and Detailed Drawings.

D. Aggregate materials shall be applied in lifts less than or equal to 6 inches thick, compacted measure. Each lift shall be separately compacted to specified density.

E. Crushed stone and choker courses shall be kept clean and uncontaminated. Less select materials shall not be permitted to become mixed with stone or gravel. Materials spilled outside pavement lines shall be removed and area repaired.

F. If planting soil lifts cannot be placed immediately upon the choker course then cover the full extent of the work with the specified drainage fabric temporary soil protection.

G. Portions of subgrade or of construction above which become contaminated, softened, or dislodged by passing of traffic, or otherwise damaged, shall be cleaned, replaced, and

RAIN GARDEN 32 40 05 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

otherwise repaired to conform to the requirements of this specification before proceeding with next operation.

3.7 INSTALLING PLANTING SOILS

A. Confirm that the choker course subgrade is at the proper elevation and that no further earthwork is required to bring the choker course to proper elevations.

B. Clear the choker course of all construction debris, trash, rubble and any foreign material. In the event that silt, fuels, oils, concrete washout or other debris and material have been spilled into the choker course material, excavate the choker course sufficiently to remove the harmful material without undermining concrete structures. Such construction debris and foreign material shall be removed from the site and disposed of in a legal manner. Replace choker course material with new material meeting requirements of this Section.

C. Do not proceed with the installation of planting soils until all curbing has been installed.

D. Protect adjacent walls, walks and utilities from damage or staining by the soils. Use 0.5- inch plywood and or plastic sheeting as directed to cover existing concrete, metal and masonry work and other items as directed during the progress of the work. Clean up all trash and any soil or dirt spilled on any paved surface at the end of each working day.

F. After installation of plant material and acceptance by the Landscape Architect of location of plant material and shape of mounds, islands and channels, cover all exposed bio- treatment soils and planting soils with a one-half inch thick layer of peastone stone mulch as specified in this Section.

G. Place rounded river stone in locations, dimensions and depths noted on the detailed drawings.

3.8 ACCEPTANCE OF PLANTING SOIL

A. Confirm that the final grade of the planting soils is at the proper finish grade elevations. Adjust grade as required to meet the contours and spot elevations noted on the Plans.

3.9 PLANTING

A. As performed under Division 32 Section PLANTING of this Specification.

END OF SECTION

RAIN GARDEN 32 40 05 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 328400

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Provide all materials, labor, installation equipment, and technical service to complete construction of new automatic landscape irrigation system.

B. Provide all testing and warranty of landscape irrigation system as defined in this Specification and Construction Drawings.

C. Items of work specifically included are: 1. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees. 2. Coordination of all utilities. 3. Coordination with all trades. 4. Verification of site conditions. 5. Maintenance during guarantee period. 6. Connection of electrical power supply to the irrigation control system.

D. Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract as provided by the Construction Manager, and applicable parts of Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

1.2 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Qualified irrigation system installers must have a minimum experience of four (4) years with work and products specified herein, including: 1. Weather-Based and Smart Controllers 2. Solvent Weld and/or Gasket Joint PVC Pipe 1.5-inches and Greater 3. Commercial/Municipal Irrigation Systems

B. Submit Qualifications to Owner’s Representative for Review along with Bid. Bids received with lack of qualifications are subject to disqualification.

1.3 UTILITIES AND CONDITIONS

A. Water Service Point of Connection (Reused from Water Feature to be Razed) 1. Domestic Water Service within Existing Pit: a. Equipment requirements existing and to be provided: 1) Existing ¾-Inch Backflow Preventer 2) New ¾-inch Pennichuck Water Meter 3) Existing 1-Inch Water Service b. Flow and pressure provided at outdoor point of connection: 1) Flow: Maximum 10 gallons per minute (gpm) 2) Pressure: 50 pounds per square inch dynamic pressure outdoors (downstream of all equipment in the first landscape planter bed)

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Electrical (Space Reused from Water Feature Controls Indoors) 1. New Electrical Power Supply in indoor space by Electrical: a. Equipment requirements existing and to be provided: 1) Reuse existing power supply for water feature to be razed located in basement office within building. 2) Controller requires 120-Volt, 1-Phase GFCI receptacle service (coordinated with electrical) 3) Coordinate grounding of irrigation controller to building earth ground or earth outdoors 4) Reuse existing conduit from indoor basement office space for irrigation valve wire running to pit (formerly for pumps and controls for water feature to be razed).

C. Communications 1. Electrical and/or Communications Contractor to provide Wi-Fi service from Local Area Network (LAN) for irrigation controller. a. Connect irrigation controller to Wi-Fi. b. Set up irrigation controller for remote access through manufacturer web interface. c. Program irrigation controller for zones with different irrigation methods (sprinkler, drip, etc.), sun exposure, plant species, soils, and topography (see Drawings).

D. Pipe Sleeves 1. Coordinate pipe sleeves to be provided by Earthwork Contractor beneath all hardscape, as indicated on Construction Drawings. a. Pipe sleeve requirements 1) Two (2) parallel 4-inch Schedule 40 PVC 2) Extend 18 inches beyond edge of hardscape 3) Minimum cover: 24 inches

1.4 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordinate with other project trades and refer to overall project Construction Document Specifications and Drawings, including, but not limited to: 1. Division 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2. Division 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 3. Division 03 – CONCRETE 4. Division 26 – ELECTRICAL 5. Division 31 – EARTHWORK 6. Division 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 7. Division 33 – UTILITIES 8. Construction Drawings: a. IR-1.0 – Domestic Water Layout Plans and Notes b. IR-2.0 – Irrigation Details c. Review all other Project Construction Documents for coordination.

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.5 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND CODES

A. At a minimum, comply with the following standards and codes: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. National Standard Plumbing Code (NSPC) 3. National Electric Code (NEC) 4. National Sanitary Foundation (NSF) 5. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 6. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)

B. Comply with applicable laws, standards, and regulations of the local governing authority. All local laws more stringent than those referenced above shall take precedent.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following under provisions of GENERAL CONDITIONS: 1. Shop Drawing for Irrigation System meeting performance and conditions outlined in Construction Drawings and these specifications. 2. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications and installation instructions for materials listed in this Specification (Part 2 – Products). a. Product submittals shall be concise (no extraneous pages or sections) and clearly marked to show submitted product model, type, size, etc. b. Substitute Product Submittal: 1) Provide specified product submittals for “an approved equal” to Owner’s Representative for approval. 2) Alternate products are acceptable when products of equal or better quality and performance are submitted and approved by the Owner’s Representative. 3) Substitute Product Submittals constitute representation that: a) Substitute products have been thoroughly investigated and have been determined to be equal or superior in all respects to that specified. b) Substitute products shall provide the same warranties as specified products. c) Substitute products are compatible with interfacing items. d) Assume responsibility of and guarantee system performance as a result of product substitution, including making all subsequent changes to meet design specifications. c. Work shall not commence until all products specified are submitted and approved in a written notification by Owner’s Representative. d. All product installed shall be new, without defects, and of quality and performance as specified. 3. Schedule: Submit Schedule of all products to be furnished hereunder, indicating manufacturer, size, and model. a. Ensure that all of the types/styles of products and installation equipment specified herein can be furnished by the manufacturer submitted. b. Provide all spare irrigation parts as noted (see Spare Irrigation Parts)

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

c. Prior to submitting schedule, confirm current site conditions are as provided in the Construction Drawings. 4. Qualifications: Submit qualification package as requested by Owner’s Representative. Qualifications package must include: a. Two (2) references for similar work described under Section 1.2 Qualifications performed in last four (4) calendar years. 1) Contact name 2) Company Name 3) Contact Phone Number 4) Project Name and Location 5) Brief Project Description

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Do not deliver materials to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Owner’s Representative.

B. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative for temporary storage and staging areas.

C. Protect materials from damage from construction traffic, weather, corrosion, and other causes while stored on-site. Minimize on-site storage as possible.

D. Store and handle all products and materials in compliance with manufacturer instructions and recommendations.

1.8 GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT

A. Guarantee entire irrigation system, parts and labor, for one (1) year from official written date of acceptance by Owner’s Representative. Provide written warranty showing date of completion and period of warranty prior to request for final payment.

B. System malfunctions occurring during the guarantee period due to defective materials, poor workmanship, or improper adjustment shall be corrected to satisfaction of Owner’s Representative at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. Repair all defects within 10 days of notification from Owner or Owner’s Representative. 2. Repair defects with approved products.

C. First-year spring system start-up and winterization shall be included in system guarantee.

D. Manufacturer warranties shall be provided for all products and materials where such warranties are offered in published product data. Copies of manufacturer warranties are to be included in the Operations & Maintenance Manual (See Operation and Maintenance).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION CONTROLLER

A. Internet-Based, Weather-Sensing Controller

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. Size: 12-Station Controller, Approximately 11 inches (tall) x 10 inches (wide) x 3.5 inches

2. Construction: Electric with 120-Volt Input and 24-Volt Output, Plastic Enclosure

3. Standards: UL-Listed, CE, C-tick, FCC, EPA WaterSense & Smart Watermark Approved

4. Features: 2-Sensor Inputs, Dedicated Pump/Master Valve Controls, Wi-Fi connection, Internal Transformer, Predictive Watering Adjustment through local weather stations, Flow Meter Detection and Alerts

5. Manufacturer/Model: Manufacturer/Model: Hunter HCC with Hydrawise; or Approved Equal

B. External Devices

1. Flow Sensor (Sensor Port 1), within Indoor Irrigation Space a. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter HC-100-FLOW; or Approved Equal (Matching Controller)

2. Rain Sensor a. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter Wireless Rain-Clik WRC; or Approved Equal (Matching Controller, Coordinate Outdoor Location with Owner’s Representative)

3. Remote Control (through Wi-Fi and Web-Enabled Devices) a. Manufacturer/Model: Hydrawise Web-Based Software monitored and controlled by library staff or landscape maintenance provider; or Approved Equal (Matching Controller)

2.2 WIRE

A. Conventional Wire

1. Size: 14AWG Minimum

2. Construction: Single Strand Solid Copper Conductor with PVC Insulation

3. Ratings: UL-Listed, NEC (Class II Circuit), Direct Burial UF/TWU, up to 600- Volt Potential

4. Standards: ASTM B-3, ASTM B-8

5. Markings: Manufacturer, Rating, Size, and Type

6. Colors: Red for Valve Wire, White for Common Wire, Blue for Spare Wire

7. Manufacturer/Model: Paige Electric Model P7001D; Service Wire Company UF14, UF12; Regency Wire & Cable 14AWG, 12AWG; or Approved Equal.

B. Wire Splices

1. Type: Direct Burial Wire Splice Kit (All Components Intact)

2. Construction: Lockable Plastic Tube, Pre-Filled with Insulation Gel

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3. Ratings: UL-Listed, NEC, Direct Burial and Submersion, up to 600-Volt Potential

4. Manufacturer/Model: 3M DBY-6; Rain Bird DB Series; or Approved Equal.

C. Wire Conduit

1. Size: 2-Inch Minimum

2. Construction: PVC, Solvent Weld

3. Ratings: Schedule 40

4. Fittings: Long Sweep Elbows

5. Manufacturer: Cresline; Certainteed, JM Eagle; or Approved Equal.

2.3 PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Irrigation Mainline to Landscape

1. Size: 1-Inch

2. Construction: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Solvent Weld

3. Ratings: Class 200 SDR 21

4. Markings: Manufacturer, Nominal Size, Class or Schedule, Pressure, Extrusion Date, Pipe Insertion Mark.

5. Manufacturer: Cresline; Certainteed; JM Eagle; or Approved Equal.

B. Fittings

1. Ratings: a. For Valves Toe Nipples: Schedule 80 PVC b. Other Fittings: Schedule 40 PVC

2. Markings: NSF Designation, Size, Class or Schedule

3. Manufacturer: Lasco; Spears; Dura; or Approved Equal

C. Solvent

1. Type: NSF Type I or Type II PVC

2. Standards: ASTM D-2564

3. Manufacturer: IPS Weld-On 711; Oatey HD Cement; Rectorseal Gold; or Approved Equal

D. Primer

1. Type: NSF for PVC

2. Standards: ASTM F-656

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3. Manufacturer: IPS Weld-On P-68; Oatey Clear Primer; Rectorseal Jim PR-2; or Approved Equal

E. Irrigation Mainline and Lateral in Landscape

1. Size: 1-inch

2. Construction: Polyethylene (PE) 3408

3. Ratings: Class 100, Type III, SDR 15, Class C

4. Standards: ASTM D-2239

5. Colors: Black

6. Fittings: PVC Insert (per ASTM D-2609) with Stainless Steel Clamps on Each Side (Two Clamps per Side for Mainline)

7. Markings: Manufacturer, Nominal Size, Class or Schedule, Pressure, Extrusion Date, Pipe Insertion Mark

8. Manufacturers: Oil Creek; Certainteed; JM Eagle; or Approved Equal. Insert Fittings: Lasco, Dura, or Approved Equal. Clamps: Oetiker, or Approved Equal

2.4 ELECTRIC ZONE VALVES

A. Sprinkler Zone Valve

1. Size: 1-Inch

2. Construction: Plastic Globe Valve with Reinforced Nylon or Fiberglass Body

3. Ratings: 200 psi

4. Features: Manual Bleed Screw, Flow Control, Pressure Regulation, and Filter/Scrubber

5. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter ICV-FS; Rain Bird PESB; or Approved Equal

B. Drip Zone Valve (Kit)

1. Size: 1-Inch (up to 20 gpm)

2. Construction: Plastic Diaphragm with Reinforced Nylon or Fiberglass Body

3. Ratings: 200 psi with Minimum Flow of 0.2 gpm

4. Features: Manual Bleed Screw, Flow Control, Pressure Regulation, and Stainless Steel Screen Filtration to 100 micron (150 mesh)

5. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter ICZ; Rain Bird XCZ; or Approved Equal

2.5 ISOLATION VALVES

A. Small PVC Mainline Isolation Valve

1. Size: 1-Inch (Matching Mainline Size)

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2. Construction: Bronze, Gate Valve

3. Ratings: 200 psi

4. Features: Steel Cross Handle, Non-Rising Stem

5. Manufacturer/Model: Nibco T-113K; Apollo 102T-K; or Approved Equal

2.6 QUICK COUPLING VALVES

A. Small Mainline Quick Coupling

1. Size: 1-Inch, Normally Closed

2. Construction: Brass, Spring-Loaded Valve Seat, Key Engaged

3. Ratings: 125 psi

4. Features: 1-Inch NPT Inlet, ACME Key, Locking Vinyl Cover, Anti-Rotation Stabilization Wings a. Swing Joint Assembly 1) Size: 1-Inch 2) Construction: PVC, with O-Ring Seals and Brass Threaded Outlet 3) Manufacturer: Hunter HSJ-1 with SnapLok; or Approved Equal

5. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter HQ-44RC-AW; or Approved Equal.

2.7 VALVE BOXES

A. General

1. Size: a. 12-Inch Standard Valve Box 1) Double 1-Inch Electric Zone Valves and Kits b. 6-Inch Round 1) Wire Splice 2) Automatic Drip Flush Valve c. 10-Inch Round 1) Single 1-Inch Electric Zone Valve 2) Isolation Valve 3) Quick Coupling Valve

2. Construction: Resin

3. Ratings: Tensile Strength 3,000-5,000 psi

4. Color: Green or Black (per Owner’s Representative)

5. Features: Lockable, Bolt-Down Covers, Brick Supported

6. Manufacturer/Model: Carson, Model Specification Grade NDS Pro; Rain Bird VB; or Approved Equal

2.8 SPRAY SPRINKLERS

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Body

1. Size: 6-inch Pop-Up (Turf)

2. Construction: Plastic, Ratcheting Riser, Removable Nozzle, Internal Check Valve

3. Ratings: Pressure Regulated to 30 psi (Minimum 40 psi at Regulator)

4. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter PROS-XX-PRS30-CV; Rain Bird 18XX-SAM- PRS, or Approved Equal

B. Nozzles

1. Size: 5’ – 17’ Radius (see Drawings)

2. Features: Full and Part-Circle Fixed-Arc and Strip Patterns

3. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter Pro Spray; Rain Bird MPR; Toro Precision; or Approved Equal

2.9 ROTARY NOZZLE SPRINKLERS

A. Body

A. Size: 6-Inch Pop-Up (Turf)

B. Construction: Plastic, Ratcheting Riser, Removable Nozzle, Internal Check Valve

C. Ratings: Pressure Regulated to 40 psi (Minimum 45 psi at Regulator)

D. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter PROS-XX-PRS40-CV; Rain Bird 18XX-SAM- PRS-P45, or Approved Equal

B. Nozzles

1. 12’ – 30’ Radius (see Contract Drawings)

2. Features: Full and Part-Circle Fixed-Arc and Strip Patterns

3. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter MP Rotator, Toro Precision Rotating, or Approved Equal

2.10 ADJUSTABLE FLOOD BUBBLER (TREES)

A. Construction: Plastic, UV-Resistant, ½-inch FPT inlet

B. Ratings: Pressure Regulated to 30 psi, Flow from 0.25 – 2.0 gal/min

C. Features: Stainless Steel Screw for Flow Regulation, Trickle or Umbrella Pattern

D. Manufacturer/Model: Hunter AFB, or Approved Equal.

2.11 DRIP IRRIGATION

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 9 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Integral Emitter Drip Tubing

1. Type a. Planter Beds 1) Tubing: 17mm Diameter 2) Emitters: 0.9 gal/hour at 12-Inch Spacing 3) Row Spacing: 18 Inches b. Tree Drip Rings with Planter Beds 1) Tubing: 17 mm 2) Emitters: 0.9 gal/hour 12-Inch Spacing 3) Diameters: 2-foot and 3-foot Centered on Root Ball c. Blank Tubing 1) Tubing: 17mm Diameter 2) Emitters: none

2. Construction: Polyethylene (PE) with Embedded Pressure Compensating Emitters

3. Ratings: Minimum Bending Radius = 7-inches

4. Fittings: 17mm PVC Barbed Fittings with Stainless Steel Clamps, Corrosion Tubing Stakes to Secure Drip Tubing to Ground

5. Features: Check Valve

6. Manufacturer/Model: Netafim TLCV9-12 and TLCV0; or Approved Equal

B. Automatic Flushing Valve

1. Size: 1-Gallon Flush

2. Construction: Plastic

3. Fittings: 17mm PVC Barbed Fittings

4. Manufacturer/Model: Netafim TLFV-1; or Approved Equal

2.12 EARTH MATERIALS

A. Stone (in Valve Boxes)

1. Type: ¾-Inch (minimum) Crushed Stone

B. Clean Sand

1. Gradation: (passing by weight) a. No. 4 Sieve= 80% Minimum b. No. 200 Sieve = 5% Maximum

C. Concrete

1. Ratings: 3,000 psi 28-day Compressive Strength

2. Standards: ASTM C-33, ASTM C-94, ASTM-C150

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 10 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.13 SPARE PARTS

A. Quick Coupler Valve Keys (2)

B. Gate Valve (1)

C. Integral Emitter Drip Tubing (100’ Roll)

D. Drip Flush Valve (2)

E. Elbow, Tee, and Adapter Drip Barbed Fittings (5 Each)

F. Stainless Steel Clamps (4)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Competent superintendents and assistants shall be on-site at all times during product delivery, installation, testing, and system adjustments.

1. Field communication by Owner or Owner’s Representative to superintendent shall be binding.

B. System features shall be laid out as indicated on Drawings, making minor adjustments for variations in planting arrangements or field conditions. Major changes shall be reviewed with Owner’s Representative before acceptance.

1. Irrigation lines shown on Construction Drawings are diagrammatic only. Location of irrigation equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities, tree roots, and hardscape design elements.

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. Review and verify project conditions are as indicated on Construction Drawings prior to starting work, including but not limited to:

1. Utilities provided by Others

2. Site grades and dimensions

3. Landscaping and features

4. Structures

5. Pipe sleeves

B. Report any irregularities of site conditions to the Owner’s Representative prior to beginning work.

C. Beginning of installation connotes acceptance of existing project conditions.

3.3 PROJECT COORDINATION

A. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative to expeditiously install system.

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 11 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Provide written notifications (electronic is acceptable) to Owner’s Representative prior to work commencement, weekly for progress report, for any proposed changes to system design, and upon installation completion.

C. All questions of design intent, apparent inconsistencies between Drawings and Specifications, proposed design changes in the field, field notifications, and product substitution after installation commences shall be in writing to Owner’s Representative as a Request for Information (RFI) for clarification and final decision.

D. Utility Coordination:

1. Maintain 6-inch minimum clearance between irrigation lines and any utility line. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another utility of any kind.

2. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities.

3.4 SITE PROTECTION

A. Protect landscaping, paving, structures, walls, footings, etc. from damage caused during work. Damage to work of another trade shall be reported at once.

B. Replace or repair any damage with same product or material, to the satisfaction of Owner’s Representative at no additional cost to the Owner per Guarantee.

C. Route pipe as necessary to prevent damage to tree roots. Where trenching must occur near trees, provide proper root pruning and sealing methods to all roots 1-inch and larger.

3.5 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING

A. Pipe Trench:

1. Excavate trenches straight and true, minimizing site disturbance as possible.

2. Final trench bottom shall be undisturbed soil and shall be free of rocks and debris larger than 1 inch or with sharp edges. If trench base is unsuitable for laying pipe, over excavate 2 inches below pipe invert, and place Clean Sand or Stone.

B. Clean Backfill:

1. Material: Clean Sand (See Earth Materials) a. Clean backfill must be free of foreign material, debris, frozen material and rocks larger than 1-inch.

2. Carefully place clean backfill a minimum depth of 10-inches over pipe and wire, tamp in place.

3. Carefully place material around pipe and wire, tamp in place.

C. Trench Backfill:

1. Material: Re-use excavated material

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 12 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

a. Clean backfill must be free of foreign material, debris, frozen material, and rocks larger than 1-inch.

2. Place and compact in maximum 6-inch lifts to dry density equal to undisturbed soil. Compaction by truck or equipment tires is prohibited.

3. Avoid backfilling in hot weather.

4. Match adjacent subsurface grades without hills or depressions. Repair settling (as required by Guarantee).

5. If final planting soils, mulch, or sod were removed or disturbed during trenching, replace to match Project Specifications and regrade as necessary. a. Use sod cutter where applicable or reseed disturbed areas to acceptance of Owner.

3.6 PIPE INSTALLATION

A. PVC Pipe Installation

1. Cut plastic pipe with handsaw or pipe cutter, removing all burrs at cut ends. All pipe cuts shall be square and true. Bevel cut end as required to conform to manufacturer instructions.

2. Make all solvent-weld joints as per manufacturer’s instructions and avoid applying excess primer or solvent. Do not wipe off excess solvent from each connection. a. Allow welded joints minimum 5 minutes set-up/curing time before moving or handling. 1) Above 80oF: Allow connections to set 24 hours. 2) Below 80oF: Follow manufacturer instructions. 3) Below 40oF: Prohibited.

3. Maximum deflection per joint shall not exceed manufacturer limits.

4. Maintain 1-inch minimum between lines which cross at angels of 45 to 90 degrees

B. PE Pipe Installation

1. Cut PE pipe with pipe cutter, removing all burrs at cut ends. All pipe cuts are to be square and true.

2. Clean ends as per manufacturer instructions.

3. Push PE pipe through stainless steel clamp—do not clamp at this point.

4. Soften PE pipe in hot water as per manufacturer recommendations for insert barbed fittings. If a propane blowtorch is used to soften PE ends for fittings, assume responsibility for and warranty all PE pipe to same level as manufacturer.

5. Do not use lubricants or pipe dope with PE pipe.

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 13 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

6. Insert barbed fittings fully and position stainless steel clamp over barbs. At this time, crimp clamps down with appropriate tools to secure pipe and fitting.

C. PVC Pipe and wire shall run in same trench as mainline, at the elevation of the pipe invert (See Wire Installation).

D. Pipe Cover (unpaved surfaces):

1. Mainline = 18 inches

2. Lateral = 12 inches

E. Pipe Protection:

1. Prevent foreign material from entering pipe during installation.

2. Open ends of pipe shall be closed by watertight plug or seal when not in use.

3. Securely store pipe when not scheduled for installation.

4. Pipe shall not be installed when water is in trench, during rainstorms, or when temperature is below 400F. a. No additional pipe may be installed or backfilled if water enters trench during pipe installation. Remove all water from trench before resuming installation. b. Pipe installed at temperatures below 40 ºF shall be removed and replaced at no cost to owner.

5. Trenched PVC pipe shall be snaked to accommodate for expansion and contraction due to changes in temperature.

3.7 PIPE SLEEVE INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative for provided pipe sleeves and locations installed by Earthwork Contractor.

B. New Pipe Sleeves:

1. Pipe Sleeve Cover: Minimum 18 inches

2. Install pipe sleeves where irrigation pipe runs under hardscape (see Construction Drawings).

3. Extend pipe sleeves minimum 18 inches beyond edges of hardscapes.

4. Prior to installation of pipe, pipe sleeve ends shall be field marked with vertical wood stakes extending above grade to allow field location during irrigation system installation.

C. Cutting through or jacking under new pavement shall be strictly prohibited. Failure to provide sleeves shall require notification to Owner’s Representative for resolution.

3.8 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT INSTALLATION

A. Electrical conduit shall be installed:

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 14 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. Under and through all hardscape areas,

2. Above ground wiring

B. Electrical conduit shall extend 18-inches beyond edges of hardscape.

3.9 ELECTRIC ZONE VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Install electric zone valves on level crushed stone base generally where shown on Construction Drawings. Do not pour stone around valves that are already installed.

B. Install all Schedule 80 PVC threaded nipples with Teflon tape, isolation valves, and/or union couplings in and out of electric zone valves as shown on details on Construction Drawings.

C. Set valves plumb with adjusting handle and all bolts, screws, and wiring accessible through valve box opening.

D. Install at sufficient depth to provide between 4-6 inches of cover from top of valve to finish grade.

E. Install specified valve box over all electric zone valves. Ensure lid is flush with final proposed grade (coordinate with Site Contractor).

F. Adjust zone valve operation after installation using flow control device on valve.

3.10 ISOLATION VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Install isolation valves per detail where indicated on Construction Drawings.

B. Install all isolation valves on level crushed stone base for operation ease with appropriate valve wrench. Do not pour stone around valves that are already installed.

C. Install specified valve box over all isolation valves. Ensure lid is flush with final proposed grade (coordinate with Site Contractor).

D. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before valve box and backfill installation.

3.11 QUICK COUPLING VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Install quick coupling valves where indicated on Construction Drawings; generally, at ends of mainline branches and immediately downstream of well.

B. Mount mainline quick coupling valves on 1-inch diameter, 12-inch long brass swing joint assemblies and stabilizers.

C. Where mainline pressure exceeds 60 psi, install pressure regulating valves to 40 psi off quick coupling valve service tee.

3.12 WIRE INSTALLATION

A. Install wiring per local codes for less than 30-Volt service.

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 15 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Install valve wire in trench alongside mainline at invert elevation. Backfill carefully to avoid any damage to wire insulation on conductors.

1. In areas of unsuitable material, use clean sand in bottom of trench before placing wire (see Excavation, Trenching, and Backfilling)

2. Minimum cover: 24-inches

C. Maintain sufficient slack for expansion, contraction and servicing. Do not install wiring tightly.

1. Provide and install additional 24 inches of slack for wire to valve.

2. Provide sufficient length of wire in valve boxes to allow valve solenoid, splice, wire, and all connections to be brought above grade for servicing.

3. Coil slack for neatness in valve box.

D. Provide waterproof splices at all in-ground wire connections using approved splice kits. All splices shall be made in valve boxes and recorded on Record Drawings.

E. Provide complete wiring diagram showing wire routing for connections between controller and valves as specified in Record Documents.

F. Securely store wire when not scheduled for installation.

3.13 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION

A. Sprinklers shall not exceed maximum spacing as indicated on Construction Drawings.

B. Install sprinklers flush with grade on PVC swing joints as specified.

C. Flush system before installing internals, flush caps, and nozzles (see Testing and Adjustments)

D. Adjust all sprinklers after installation using flow control device on valve, do not exceed manufacturers maximum radius reduction or 75%.

3.14 DRIP IRRIGATION INSTALLATION

A. Integral Drip Emitter Tubing (Planter Beds)

1. Install in areas as shown on Contract Drawings by hand under mulch with average depth of 2 inches. Maximum 3-inch burial.

2. Install all tubing below surface, no tubing visible.

3. Install tubing on high side of plants to ensure vertical and lateral water distribution.

4. Install emitter tubing 4-inches from all planter bed edges, curbs, walls, and hardscape features.

5. Level Ground Installation

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 16 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

a. Install emitter tubing in rows spaced at design spacing for level ground.

6. Slope Installation a. Install emitter tubing in rows spaced at design spacing for top 2/3 of slope. b. Install emitter tubing in rows spaced at 1.5 times design spacing for bottom 1/3 of slope. c. Orient rows parallel to slope.

7. For every 4 feet of elevation difference within a drip zone, install check valve on supply header.

8. Provide pressure regulation at drip zone valve kit as specified and shown on Drawings.

9. Secure emitter tubing with stakes every 5 feet to prevent shifting from compaction, slopes, and general operation.

10. Install Automatic Flush Valves on farthest ends of PVC exhaust headers and at lowest elevation; generally, where shown on Drawings.

B. Electric Zone Valves (Drip Zone Kits) 1. Electric Zone Valves shall be installed as shown on details within appropriately sized valve boxes (see below). 2. Wire and program valves to Irrigation Controller.

3.15 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION CONTROLLER INSTALLATION

A. Controller 1. Adjust existing irrigation controller program for new zones. a. Program “Cycle-Soak” feature for all new zones with sloped or poorly draining soils. b. Install and calibrate all sensors as per manufacturer instructions. c. Program controller and irrigation zones generally as shown on Drawings, considering: 1) Sun vs. Shade 2) Lawn vs. Plantings 3) Heavy vs. Light Soils 4) Use Irrigation Plans provided for Recommended Quantity and Assignment

B. Program Flow Sensor and Master Valve to recognize new flow zones.

3.16 VALVE BOX INSTALLATION

A. Furnish and install valve boxes as per valve schedule above for each valve, splice, or sensor.

B. Install valve boxes on minimum 4-inches crushed stone base. Pouring stone into valve box after installation is not acceptable.

C. Finish elevation of all boxes shall be at grade, unless otherwise noted in Drawings.

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 17 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Provide level brick supports beneath valve boxes. 1. For square/rectangular boxes, provide four (4) supports - one at each corner. 2. For round boxes, provide three (3) supports equally spaced.

3.17 TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS

A. Include all testing and adjustments in submitted bid price.

B. System Flushing: 1. Open electric zone valves and drip flush valves and flush out irrigation system under full head of water before installing sprinkler internals, flush caps, and nozzles. 2. Flush entire irrigation system after complete installation. 3. Clogged nozzles shall be remedied after completion of irrigation system.

C. Testing: 1. Test all pipe and valves for leaks at operating pressure. Repair all leaks and retest until leaks are remedied. 2. Perform coverage test with Owner’s Representative present. Operate electric zone valves for five (5) minutes minimum during coverage test. Readjust sprinkler nozzles and head locations (as necessary) to attain proper coverage. Replace any equipment that does not meet specified standards. 3. After testing, clean all equipment of debris during installation.

D. Adjust drip irrigation, sprinkler heads and valve boxes as necessary for mowing and landscaping.

E. Throughout guarantee period, adjust sprinklers and ensure coverage due to settlement and landscaping operations.

3.18 RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Record (As-Built) Drawings 1. Maintain and update Record Drawings with red-line markings as project progresses, including locations of: a. Sprinklers and descriptions (nozzle, pop-up height, and type) b. Valve Boxes and descriptions (valve type, zone numbers, splice, etc.) c. All equipment installed with distinct symbols. d. Pipe routing and tees. e. Wire routing and splices. 2. Locations of installed equipment (valve, controller, sensors) shall be referenced by two permanent locations (swing ties) or GPS. 3. Make all notes legible as work progresses, any new equipment added shall use distinct symbols denoting location. 4. Document any changes from original Construction Drawings. 5. Prints of original Construction Drawings may be obtained from the Owner’s Representative at cost (0% markup).

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 18 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

6. Record Drawings shall be used as basis of payment for work completed. Provide copies of red-lined set to Owner’s Representative along with payment request.

B. Record Documents 1. Record Documents shall be on-site at all times. Maintain record of the following as the project progresses: a. Plumbing and Electrical permits (state whether or not required) b. Materials Approved and approval date c. Pressure Test results, testing personnel and testing date. d. Materials delivered, Accepted, and Installed by whom and date. e. Field Communications and Requests for Information (RFI)

C. Prior to final punchlist, provide complete electronic and hard copy files of Record Drawings and Documents to Owner’s Representative as part of project completion. All information must be complete and shall be added to submitted documents prior to acceptance.

D. Operation and Maintenance Manual 1. Provide three (3) hard cover binders titled “Nashua Public Library Irrigation System” prior to application for acceptance and final payment. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manual shall include, but not be limited to: a. Title Page and Table of Contents b. One-Paragraph Written Description of Irrigation System c. Manufacturers’ Data and Cut Sheets of Equipment, including: 1) Copies of all approved submittals 2) Wire resistance readings to each electric valve at completion (for future troubleshooting) 3) Recommended operating settings (irrigation and booster pump system) 4) Recommended maintenance schedule 5) Name, address, and telephone number of installer (for repairs, spring startup, and winterization during 1-year guarantee period) 6) Irrigation program for periods without rain and recommended settings including, zone run time, days per week, cycle-soak, and rain sensor suspension. d. Winterization and Spring Startup Instructions (after 1-year guarantee period) e. Guarantee Data f. Pockets with Folded Plans of: 1) Original Design Drawing 2) Final Record Drawing

E. Controller Valve and Wiring System Diagram Drawing

3.19 SITE CLEANUP

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 19 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Remove all unused materials and equipment from project site safely and efficiently. Dispose of all unused materials legally - including construction debris and trash.

B. Adjust ground, compact, and re-plant around irrigation sprinkler heads and trenches as necessary for proper angle and elevation.

C. Fill all depressions, erosion rills, tire tracks, etc. with proper planting soil mix to ensure site drainage.

3.20 FINAL OWNER ACCEPTANCE

A. Final Owner Acceptance of Irrigation System is predicated on: 1. Complete system installation, adjustment, testing, and instructional overview. 2. Submission of Operation and Maintenance Manuals to Owner’s Representative. 3. Proper Programming of Existing Automatic Irrigation Controller. 4. Completed and approved all punchlist items.

B. Owner and/or Owner’s Representative shall provide written notice (hard copy and/or electronic) for Final Acceptance. Date of Final Acceptance notice shall serve as start of 1-year Guarantee period as described above.

END OF SECTION

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION 328400 - 20 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 329000

PLANTING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to perform all planting work and related items as indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified in this Section and includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Planting trees and shrubs. 2. Planting maintenance. 3. One year guarantee period for all plants. 4. Providing and placing backfill mix.

1.2 RELATED WORK

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications: Section 31 05 10 SOILS & AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK Section 32 91 00 PLANTING SOILS Section 32 92 19 LAWNS

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualification of Landscape Contractor: The work of this Section shall be of a similar quality, schedule requirement, and construction detailing with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTALS.

B. Submit proof of landscape contractor's experience to the Landscape Architect in accordance with QUALITY ASSURANCE paragraph of this Section.

PLANTING 329000 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. At least 30 days prior to ordering materials, the Contractor shall submit to the Landscape Architect representative samples, certifications, manufacturer's product data and certified test results for materials as specified below. No materials shall be ordered or delivered until the required submittals have been reviewed and approved by the Landscape Architect. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples. Approval shall not constitute final acceptance. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to reject, on or after delivery, any material which does not meet these Specifications.

D. Samples: 1. Sampling and Testing of Planting Soils specified under the work of Section 32 91 00 Planting Soils, of this Specification. 2. Installation of Planting Soil specified under the work of Section 32 91 00 Planting Soils of this Specification. 3. Planting Mulch: Submit a one quart sample. 4. Anti-desiccant: Submit manufacturer's product data. 5. Compost specified under the work of 32 91 00 Planting Soils, of this Specification. 6. Mycorrhizal Fungal Inoculant: Submit manufacturer's product data

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage.

1.6 EXAMINATION OF CONDITIONS

A. All areas to be planted shall be inspected by the Contractor before starting work and any defects such as incorrect grading or inadequate drainage shall be reported to the Landscape Architect prior to beginning this work.

B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for judging the full extent of work requirements involved, including but not limited to the potential need for storing and maintaining plants temporarily and/or re-handling plants prior to final installation.

C. All plants are the full responsibility of the Contractor between the time of digging at the nursery and final acceptance.

1.7 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. Hortus III, 1976, L. H. Bailey Hortorium.

B. Tree and Shrub Transplanting Manual, E.B. Himelick, 1991, International Society of Arboriculture.

C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

Z60.1 American Standard for Nursery Stock (ASNS), latest edition, published by American Nursery & Landscape Association, (ANLA).

PLANTING 329000 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 PLANTING SOILS

A. Planting soils mixed off site and delivered to the Project site in accordance with Section 329119 and then installed under the work of Section 329119 of this Specification.

2.2 SOIL ADDITIVES

A. Soil additives shall be as specified under the work of Section 329100, of this Specification.

2.3 GRADES AND STANDARDS OF PLANTS

A. The Contractor shall furnish all plants shown on the Contract Documents, as specified, and in quantities listed on the PLANT LIST. No substitutions will be permitted, without written approval by the Landscape Architect.

B. All plants shall be typical of their species or variety and shall have a normal habit of growth.

C. Plants shall be in accordance with Standards of the ASNS American Nursery & Landscape Association except as noted in this Section. Botanical plant names shall be in accordance with plant designations included in Hortus III.

D. If, at any time during the performance of the Contract, any plant shows signs of graft incompatibility, as determined by the Landscape Architect, then the shrub and all other similarly grafted plants of the same Genus/Species/Variety shall be rejected and removed from the site. Visual symptoms of graft incompatibility as cause for rejection include: 1. Development of over-growths by rootstock or scion resulting in the development of shoulders or inverted shoulders. 2. Suckering of the rootstock combined with poor growth or dieback of scion. 3. Any mechanical weakness between scion and rootstock. 4. Any marked difference in bark pattern and structure between scion and rootstock.

E. All deciduous trees shall meet the following standards: 1. Trees shall have a single, straight trunk, well formed, and sturdy. No part of the trunk shall be conspicuously crooked as compared with normal trees of the same variety. 2. Trees with multiple leaders shall conform to all standards noted in this Section for single leader trees and shall be accepted only as noted on the PLANT LIST. 3. All pruning wounds shall show vigorous bark on all edges at the time of harvest. Trees shall be free from all signs of pest and disease damage. The trunk shall be free from sun scald, frost cracks, and wounds resulting from abrasions, fire, animal damage, or other causes. 4. Pruning scars within the crown of any tree shall be clean cut and shall leave no protrusion beyond the branch collar.

PLANTING 329000 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

5. All trees shall have healthy, vigorous leaves or needles of normal size, color, shape, and texture for the particular species and variety. 6. Deciduous shade trees and deciduous flowering trees shall have fall color typical for their species and variety. 7. Unless otherwise indicated on the PLANT LIST, the height and spread of deciduous shade trees shall be the minimum requirements. 8. Take caliper measurements for deciduous trees 6 inches above ground level up to and including 4 inches caliper size and 12 inches above ground for larger sizes. 9. No deciduous tree shall be pruned after the Landscape Architect has tagged the plant in the nursery except as directed by the Landscape Architect. 10. Unless otherwise noted on the PLANT LIST, shade trees for use in paved areas shall have no branches lower than 6.5 feet from finish grade and no higher than 7.5 feet from finish grade. Flowering trees for use in areas away from pedestrian traffic shall have the first branch of their crowns no higher than 4 feet from finish grade. 11. Branching of all deciduous trees shall be best quality representatives of the species, cultivar or variety with lateral branching around the entire trunk to form a symmetrical tree for 80 percent to 100 percent of the tree's outer perimeter. All branches on deciduous trees shall meet the trunk at angles no less than 30 degrees and no greater than 90 degrees from the vertical.

F. All shrubs shall meet the following standards: 1. All shrubs shall be healthy and vigorous plants which are very well shaped, heavily branched, densely foliated, and true to form for the variety. 2. Canes or Trunk(s) and Branches: a. Well formed and sturdy. b. Branching shall be uniformly distributed close to the ground. c. Scars shall be free of rot and not exceed 1/4 the diameter of the wood beneath in greatest dimension unless completely healed (except pruning scars). d. Pruning scars shall be clean cut and shall leave little or no protrusion from the trunk or branch. e. Graft unions shall be completely healed. f. No suckers or water sprouts. g. Contain no dead wood. h. Free of cracks, splits, or cambium peeling. 3. No shrub with pest or mechanical damage will be accepted. 4. Shrubs shall show no signs of frost or winter damage to the foliage. Foliage shall not be in a state of drought stress. Leaves or needles shall show no signs of wilt or desiccation due to weather stress at any season of the year.

2.4 ROOT SYSTEMS FOR ALL PLANTS

A. Each plant shall have an extensive, symmetrically balanced fibrous root system. Any root ball which shows signs of asymmetry, girdling, injury, or damage to the root system shall be rejected.

PLANTING 329000 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Curling or spiraling of the roots along the walls of rigid containers will not be accepted. Curling, spiraling or girdling roots within balled and burlapped material will not be accepted.

C. All parts of the fibrous root system of all plants shall be moist and fresh with a white color when washed of soil. When the plant is removed from the container, the visible root mass shall be healthy with white root tips. The root systems of all plants shall be free of disease, insect pests, eggs, or larvae.

D. All shrubs which are not grown in containers must be moved with the root systems as solid units with balls of earth firmly wrapped with untreated 8-ounce natural, biodegradable fabric burlap, firmly laced with stout, natural biodegradable cord or twine.

E. The diameter and depth of the balls of earth must encompass the fibrous and root feeding system necessary for the healthy recovery of the plant. Minimum root ball diameters and depths shall be in accordance with ASNS Standards.

F. No plants shall be loose in the container.

G. Container grown plants which have roots growing out of the container will be rejected.

2.5 PLANTING SOIL MIX

A. Planting soil mix shall be as provided and spread under the work of Section 32 91 19 and pH adjusted according to particular planting applications and improved through the addition of organic matter as directed below. Planting soil shall conform to the following pH levels: 1. Planting soil mix for general planting of non-acid loving plants shall have a true pH value of 6.0 to 6.5. Planting soil mix shall be amended by the Contractor at his own expense to the proper pH range by mixing with dolomitic limestone as specified under Section 32 91 00 of this Specification. 2. The amount of limestone required to adjust the planting soil mix to the proper pH range shall be approved by the Landscape Architect on the basis of soil tests performed under the work of Section 32 91 00 of this Specification.

2.6 MULCH

A. Bark Mulch: Mulch shall be high quality, double-ground, premium bark mulch of hemlock bark, spruce and pine bark. Mulch shall have been aged for a minimum of six months and not longer than two years. Bark mulch shall be shredded to a uniform size; free of dirt, debris and foreign matter; with pieces no thicker than 1/4 inch. Mulch must be free of stringy material or chunks over 3 inches in size and shall not contain, in the judgment of the Landscape Architect, an excess of fine particles. Submit sample for the Landscape Architect approval.

B. Geotextile fabric for weed control shall be of woven, nonwoven, spun-bonded, or needle-punched construction; composed of polyethylene, polypropylene, or polyester materials. 1. Geotextile fabric shall be designed specifically as a weed control fabric and shall have porosity of not greater than 5 percent open.

PLANTING 329000 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.7 WATER

A. The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish his own supply of water to the site at no extra cost. If possible, the Landscape Architect shall furnish the Contractor upon request with an adequate source and supply of water at no charge. However, if the Landscape Architect's water supply is not available or not functioning, the Contractor shall be responsible to furnish adequate supplies at his own cost. All work injured or damaged due to the lack of water, or the use of too much water, shall be the Contractor's responsibility to correct. Water shall be free from impurities injurious to vegetation.

2.8 STAKING, GUYING, AND ANCHORING MATERIALS

A. Tree staking: Tree stakes shall be a below-grade stabilizing system designed to secure root balls into subsoil, structural planting medium and planting soil back fill without use of above ground components. 1. Stakes shall be fabricated from steel pipe per ASTM A53 and flat bar stock per ASTM A36. Steel shall be lightly oiled to prevent scale and rust from forming prior to installation. 2. Stakes shall be as shown on the Contract Documents. 3. Stakes shall be sized to accommodate tree sizes noted herein. At a minimum below-grade stakes shall have long prong 42 inches in length, short prong 12 inches in length and connecting bar stock 12 inches in length. 4. Provide a minimum of three stakes per tree.

B. Drive anchors assembly shall be as manufactured by Laconia Malleable Iron Works, Laconia, NH; 'Duckbill' tree anchoring system manufactured by Foresight Industries, Inc., Cheyenne, WY; 'Ground Gripper' anchors as manufactured by A. B. Chance Co., Centralia, MO; or approved equal. Sizes used shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PLANTING

A. Furnishing and planting of plant material shall include, but shall not be limited to, the digging of planting pits and plant beds, amendment of planting soil as required to produce planting soil mix, provision of soil additives required to adjust for pH requirements of specific plants, furnishing the plants as specified as well as the labor of planting, fertilizing, and maintenance.

B. Prior to spreading of planting soil, subgrades shall have been tested to determine if they are too compact to drain water as specified, performed and paid for under the work of Section 32 91 00 Planting Soils.

C. The Contractor shall locate plant material sources and ensure that plants are shipped in timely fashion for installation.

PLANTING 329000 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Contractor shall locate all existing underground utilities that are within 10 feet of the proposed planting pits and notify the Landscape Architect of any conflicts prior to digging plant pits.

E. Seasons for Planting: 1. Spring: Deciduous materials - March 21 through May 1; Evergreen materials - April 15 through June 1. 2. Fall: Deciduous materials - October 1 through December 1; Evergreen materials - August 15 through October 15.

F. Plant Material Inspection: 1. At least one month prior to the expected planting date, the Contractor shall request that the Landscape Architect provide a representative to select and tag stock to be planted under this Section. The Contractor shall pay for the transportation, subsistence and overnight accommodations, if necessary, for the Landscape Architect's representative during the period of time required to select and tag the plant material. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible to certify the availability of quality plants in specified sizes from his/her sources of supply prior to requesting that the Landscape Architect make plant source inspections. In the event that plants at the inspection location are found to be unavailable or of insufficient size, the Contractor shall be liable to reimburse the Landscape Architect for all costs of the Landscape Architect's hourly services which are incurred during unproductive inspection trips. 3. Unless specifically designated otherwise, a representative of the Contractor shall accompany the Landscape Architect on all plant material selection field trips. 4. All trees for the project shall be individually tagged for approval with the Landscape Architect's seals, and no trees shall be accepted for delivery to the site without such seals. Representative samples only of shrubs and ground cover plants may be tagged or marked for approval as an "Approved Typical Sample" and shipped to the site. Any shrub that arrives at the construction site that does not meet the Approved Typical Sample will be rejected by the Landscape Architect. 5. Plants to be inspected shall be in locations and conditions that allow direct and un-obscured inspection by the Landscape Architect. Container grown or balled and burlapped shrubs shall be pulled from holding blocks by the nurseryman for scrutiny by the Landscape Architect at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect. Harvested trees held in storage shall not have branches tied up. Harvested trees shall not have trunks obscured by burlap, cardboard trunk protection, or other devices that would otherwise obscure inspection. In the event that branches are tied up, trunks are obscured by burlap or cardboard trunk protection, or root flares hidden by burlap and twine and the Landscape Architect cannot inspect root flares, trunks or branching habit, the Contractor shall bear all responsibility and costs associated with tree rejection at a later date during the course of the Contract. 6. Inspection and approval of plants at the source shall not impair the right of subsequent inspection and rejection upon delivery to the site, or during the progress of the work if the Landscape Architect finds that plants do not meet the requirements of the PLANT LIST or this Contract, have declined

PLANTING 329000 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

noticeably due to handling abuse, lack of maintenance, or other causes. Cost of replacements, as required, shall be borne by the Contractor.

G. Placement planting soil shall be specified, performed and paid for under the work of Section 32 91 00 Planting Soils, of this Specification. Obtain Landscape Architect’s written approval of work of rough grading and finish grading prior to starting the work of planting.

H. Planting: 1. Notify the Landscape Architect three working days prior to the proposed arrival of plant material on the site. If not planted within 24 hours of delivery to the site, all plants shall be maintained in an on-site nursery. Container grown shrubs stored on site shall be shaded from direct sunlight at all times and shall not be stored directly on paved surfaces. All plants delivered to the site and not planted within 24 hours of delivery shall have their root balls covered with mulch and shall be watered on a daily basis such that root balls are kept moist throughout. 2. Locations for all trees and outlines for planting beds shall be staked on the ground by the Contractor for approval by the Landscape Architect before any plant pits or plant beds are dug. Notify the Landscape Architect no less than 3 days prior to desired date of inspection of staking to schedule site visit. 3. Planting beds shall be continuous and dug to the depth of the deepest root ball of the plants in the bed. 4. Within each tree bed, hand dig tree pits. Once placed do not allow vehicles to drive over planting soil in tree beds. Remove and stockpile excavated planting soil for reuse as backfill for plant pit. All subsoil excavated from the bottoms of planting pits shall be removed from the site. 5. Tree and shrub planting pits within beds shall be dug to the following requirements. a. Plant pits for trees shall be a minimum three times greater in diameter than the diameter of the root ball. Place root ball directly on subgrade. Slope sides of tree pits at a 45 degree angle. b. Individual plant pits for shrubs shall be three times greater in diameter than the diameter of the root ball. Place root ball directly on subgrade. Slope sides of shrub pits at a 45 degree angle. c. Plant beds for shrub massing shall be one large and continuous excavated bed. Extend bed no less than 3 feet beyond limits of shrub root balls on perimeter of bed. d. Plant pits for trees shall be dug to the depth of the rootball to be planted. e. Remove all soil from around the root flare of the stem of the plant and from the top of the rootball to determine the true depth of the rootball. All plants that have been planted and have root flares that are buried will be rejected. 6. All plant roots and earth balls must be damp and thoroughly protected from sun and wind from the beginning of the digging operation, during transportation, and at the site until the final planting. 7. Remove container plants from containers prior to planting. 8. Trees and shrubs shall be placed in the center of plant pits, plumb, with the crown of their roots exposed and located above the surrounding finish grade.

PLANTING 329000 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

9. Prior to completion of planting installations, remove rope and cut wire baskets from the top 1/3 of the root balls. Pull burlap away from the trunk or stem of the plant and cut burlap from the top 1/3 of the root balls. 10. Plant pits and beds shall be backfilled with approved planting soil to the full depth of the planting pit or bed. Eliminate air pockets and compact the soil by flooding the tree pit or plant bed within 2 hours of planting installation. After water has drained from the planting pit or bed and planting backfill has dried enough additional planting soil shall be spread in pit or bed to bring the finished surface of the planting pit or bed to grades shown on the Contract Documents. A saucer shall be formed around each plant at a depth of 3 inches for trees and for shrubs. 11. Fertilizer shall be spread over the plant saucer or plant bed between the saucer and the edge of the rootball. Till the fertilizer into the soil to a depth of four inches prior to the placement of the planting mulch. Fertilizer shall be provided, spread and paid for under the Section 32 91 19 Planting Soils. Do not mulch until placement of the fertilizer has been verified by the Landscape Architect. Fertilizer application rates shall be as determined by soil testing, analysis, and testing laboratory recommendations specified, performed and paid for under the Section 32 91 19 Planting Soils. 12. All plants shall be inoculated with mycorrhizal fungi. Inoculant shall be added after the plants have been placed in their holes. Open the required number of packets for each plant and thoroughly mix the inoculant powder into the upper 10 inches of backfill soil. a. Mycorrhizal fungal inoculant shall be added to the plant pits according to plant size. b. The application rates for mycorrhizal fungal packets shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

I. All plants shall be watered immediately following planting as necessary to thoroughly moisten rootball and plant pit planting soil and thereafter shall be inspected frequently for watering needs and watered, as required, to provide adequate moisture in the planting pit. The Contractor shall inspect tree pits 24 hours after initial watering to confirm that they are draining properly. If surface water or excessively saturated plant pit soils exist, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Landscape Architect. The Landscape Architect will recommend remedial measures based upon site conditions.

J. Keeping Trees Plumb: 1. All trees shall be firmly staked with approved below-grade stabilizing system at the time of planting. Stakes shall be installed as follows: a. After trees have been backfilled but prior to forming saucer install below- grade staking system. b. Place stakes so that the long prongs are set at 120 degree points around root ball. Long prongs shall be set against edge of rootballs but shall not pierce burlap of ball's vertical face. c. Short prongs shall be placed in a counter clockwise rotation around top of rootball. Horizontal bar stock and short prongs shall be placed no closer than 4 inches from the trunk of the tree. In no circumstances shall horizontal bar stock press against visible root flares. d. Drive long prongs into the subsoil, planting soil, structural planting medium to full depth so that horizontal bar is pressed firmly into burlap

PLANTING 329000 - 9 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

and top surface of rootball. Short prongs shall driven into rootball so that top of short prongs will not protrude above bark mulch. e. Do not penetrate aeration piping with filter fabric sleeves when driving below-grade stakes. f. Rake out planting soil around and above rootball to ensure a smooth surface with intact saucer.

K. Mulch material shall be placed over entire saucer areas of individual trees and shrubs and over the entire area of planting beds to a depth of 3 inches after settlement, not later than one week after planting. Do not apply mulch prior to the first watering of plant materials. Do not apply mulch prior to placement of surface applied fertilizer and verification of placement by the Landscape Architect.

L. The trunks of all deciduous trees over 1-1/2 inches in diameter shall be wrapped by the Contractor immediately after the inspection of the trees by the Landscape Architect. Wrapping shall extend from the ground line to the height of the second branches or to the height directed. The specified wrapping shall be wound spirally, starting from the base and overlapping 1-1/2 inches (40 mm) in order to shed water. Wrapping shall be securely taped to prevent loosening and unraveling. If trees are planted in springtime, do not apply any tree wrapping. If deciduous trees are planted in the autumn, wrap the trees and then remove wrapping the following spring. 1. Trees delivered to the site wrapped for protection shall be unwrapped at the site for inspection of the trunk by the Contractor and Landscape Architect.

M. Pruning: 1. As directed by the Landscape Architect, each plant shall be pruned in accordance with the workmanship requirements of "Pruning Standards" for Class I, fine pruning, to preserve the natural character of the plant. 2. Tree pruning, as required, shall be undertaken to the full height of affected trees. 3. All dead wood or suckers and all broken or badly bruised branches shall be removed. Never cut a leader.

N. If planting is done after lawn preparation or installation, proper protection of lawn areas shall be provided. Any damage resulting from planting operations shall be repaired immediately at no cost to the Landscape Architect. Repair work shall be as specified and installed under the work of Division 32 Section, LAWNS, of this Specification and paid for under this Section.

O. Protect existing lawns from damage. Any damage resulting from planting operations shall be repaired immediately at no cost to the Landscape Architect. Repair work shall be as specified and installed under the work of Division 32 Section, LAWNS, of this Specification and paid for under this Section.

P. In the event that rock or underground construction work or obstructions are encountered in any plant pit or bed excavation work, alternate locations will be selected by the Landscape Architect. Relocation of plant pits or beds shall be provided at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect. Provide the Landscape Architect with no less than 48 hours notice of obstruction so that a site visit can be scheduled to establish new locations for plants.

PLANTING 329000 - 10 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Q. Absolutely no debris may be left on the site. Repair any damage to site as directed by the Landscape Architect, at no additional cost.

3.2 MAINTENANCE

A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after each plant is planted and shall continue for a minimum 30-day Monitoring Period and until Final Acceptance.

B. Maintenance shall consist of keeping the plants in a healthy growing condition and shall include but is not limited to watering, weeding, cultivating, pruning, re- mulching, tightening and repairing of guys, straightening of trees to a plumb position, removal of dead material, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position, and maintaining the planting saucer. 1. Plants shall be inspected for watering needs at least twice each week and watered to promote plant growth and vitality. The following watering rates assume that the soil is free draining. If the on-site conditions do not ensure a free draining soil, then notify the Landscape Architect in writing of this condition. Watering rates for trees and shrubs in free draining soils are presented here as guidelines to ensure that the top six inches of plant bed soil remains moist at all times. Actual watering rates may vary depending upon soil conditions. a. Water shall be applied by 1 inch diameter hose with an attached metering gauge. 2. For trees in lawn or mulched beds, apply water to the ground surface directly under the canopy. Water shall be applied at a sufficiently slow rate to prevent run off from the soil surface but great enough to equal 0.2 inches of water per square foot of canopy area per hour for 5 hours per week. 3. Planting beds and individual plant pits shall be kept free of weeds, and mulch shall be replaced as required to maintain the specified layer of mulch. Beds and individual pits shall be neat in appearance and maintained to the designed layout. 4. Plants that die during the maintenance period shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor within one week of notification and replaced during that growing season, unless directed otherwise by the Landscape Architect. 5. Spraying of insecticides or herbicides shall be done by State-licensed professionals. Spraying for insects, pests and diseases shall conform to the National Arborist Association Standards under the section entitled "Standards for Pesticide Application Operations", as currently adopted and as approved by the Landscape Architect. All insecticides, pesticides, and herbicides shall be EPA-approved and shall conform to the requirements MCRG: Massachusetts Control Recommendation Guide for Insect, Disease, and Weed Pests of Shade Trees and Woody Ornamentals, latest edition, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, College of Food and Natural Resources. 6. Work of pruning, fertilizing, spraying, and similar activities shall be undertaken only by Certified Arborists and licensed chemical applicators, as pertinent to the work being performed.

C. During the maintenance period, any decline in the condition of plantings shall require the Contractor to take immediate action to identify potential problems and undertake corrective measures. If required, the Contractor shall engage

PLANTING 329000 - 11 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

professional arborists and/or horticulturalists to inspect plant materials and to identify problems and recommend corrective procedures. The Landscape Architect shall be immediately advised of such actions. Inspection and recommendation reports shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect.

3.3 ACCEPTANCE

A. Upon completion of all planting work, the Contractor shall request in writing that the Landscape Architect formally inspect the planting work.

B. If plant materials and workmanship are acceptable, the Landscape Architect will issue a written Certificate of Conditional Acceptance to the Contractor.

C. Following the issuance of the Certificate of Conditional Acceptance to the Contractor, the Contractor shall maintain the plants for a minimum 30 day Monitoring Period. At the end of the Monitoring Period, the plant material will be inspected by the Landscape Architect to determine whether or not all planting work has been performed to the requirements of this Section.

D. Acceptance Standards at end of the Monitoring Period: If plant material is reviewed when it is in full leaf, leaves shall be plump with water with a shape indicative of the species and shall be free of insect, pest and disease damage. Twigs shall have living cambium for their full length. Twigs and branches shall have a full bud set for their full length, including terminal buds. Trunks and branches shall be free of frost cracks; sun scald; damage due to insects, pests, and disease; structural defects; and damage resulting from machinery or tools. Plant material inspected and reviewed when the plants are not in full leaf shall have twigs, branches and trunks meeting the above requirements. All plants regardless of the season of review shall have a minimum of 75 percent healthy, balanced branching structure with a healthy terminal leader(s) with viable terminal bud(s).

E. If any number of plants do not meet these Acceptance Standards at the time of inspection, or if in the Landscape Architect's opinion, workmanship is unacceptable, written notice will be given by the Landscape Architect to the Contractor in the form of a punch list, which itemizes necessary planting replacements and/or other deficiencies to be remedied. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of all plants shall be extended until replacements are made or other deficiencies are corrected. All plants that do not meet these Acceptance Standards shall be removed from the project within seven days of receipt of the punch list. Replacements shall conform in all respects to the Specifications for new plants and shall be planted in the same manner.

F. Following the correction of all Punch List deficiencies, the Contractor shall request in writing that the Landscape Architect formally inspect the planting work. If plant materials and workmanship are acceptable, the Landscape Architect will issue a written Certificate of Final Acceptance to the Contractor.

3.4 GUARANTEE

A. The date of the Certificate of Final Acceptance shall establish the commencement of the required one-year guarantee and establishment period for planting work.

B. At the end of the guarantee and establishment period, a final inspection will be held to determine whether any plant material replacements are required. Each plant

PLANTING 329000 - 12 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

shall be plumb, shall have a character that is natural for its species as determined by the Landscape Architect, and shall conform to the Acceptance Standards described in this Section. Plants found to be unacceptable shall be removed promptly from the site and replaced according to this Section. A final inspection will be made after the replacement plants have lived through one year.

C. All replacements shall be plants of the same kind and size specified in the replacements due to vandalism or neglect on the part of others.

END OF SECTION

PLANTING 329000 - 13 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 32 91 00

PLANTING SOILS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to provide and place planting soils as indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified in this Section 1. Mixing and manufacturing planting soils for base components. 2. Delivery of planting soil to the Project site. 3. Stockpiling on the Project site in preparation for landscape grading 4. Placing, spreading and grading of planting soil.

1.3 RELATED WORK

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications: Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Section 32 90 00 PLANTING Section 32 94 00 LAWNS

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. The following size distributions of mineral particles by diameter and sieve size shall apply to the following conventional names of soil types:

Conventional Name Retained on U.S. Sieve No. Diameter (mm) Very coarse sand #18 1 - 2 Coarse sand #35 0.5 - 1 Medium sand #60 0.25 - 0.5 Fine sand #140 0.10 - 0.25 Very fine sand #270 0.05 - 0.10 Silt by hydrometer 0.002 - 0.05 Clay by hydrometer Less than 0.002

PLANTING SOILS 329100 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 013300 SUBMITTALS.

B. At least 30 days prior to ordering materials, the Contractor shall submit to the Landscape Architect certification and certified test results for materials as specified below for acceptance by the Landscape Architect. No materials shall be ordered or delivered until the required submittals have been reviewed and approved by the Landscape Architect. Delivered materials shall closely match the approved samples. Approval shall not constitute final acceptance. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to reject, on or after delivery, any material that does not meet these Specifications.

C. Planting Soil: Testing shall be at the Contractor's expense. Contractor shall deliver all samples to testing laboratories via overnight courier and shall have the testing report sent directly to the Landscape Architect. Perform all tests for gradation, organic content, soil chemistry and pH by UMASS Soil and Plant Tissue Laboratory, West Experiment Station, North Pleasant Street, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, MA 01003, (413) 545-2311.

D. Testing reports shall be dated within 30 days of submission to the Landscape Architect. Testing reports beyond 30 days old will be rejected and new testing reports mandated.

E. Testing reports shall include the following tests and recommendations. Contractor shall deliver samples to testing laboratories and shall have the testing report sent directly to the Landscape Architect from the Soil and plant Tissue Laboratory. Testing reports shall include the following tests and recommendations. 1. Mechanical gradation (sieve analysis) shall be performed and compared to the USDA Soil Classification System. Sieve analysis shall be by combined hydrometer and wet sieving using sodium hexametaphosphate as a dispersant in compliance with ASTM D 422 after destruction of organic matter by H2O2. To facilitate eview and approval of sieve analysis, provide a computer generated gradation curve from UMASS Soil & Plant Tissue Laboratory. 2. Percent of organics shall be determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried samples. Test samples minus #10 material shall be oven-dried to a constant weight at a temperature of 450 degrees Fahrenheit 3. Chemical analysis shall be undertaken for Nitrate Nitrogen, Ammonium Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium, extractable Aluminum, Lead, Zinc, Cadmium, Copper, Soluble Salts, and pH and buffer pH. A Conductivity Meter shall be used to measure Soluble Salts in 1:2 soil/water (v/v). Except where otherwise noted, nutrient tests shall be for available nutrients. 4. Soil analysis tests shall show recommendations for soil additives to correct soils deficiencies as necessary, and for additives necessary to accomplish planting work as specified. 5. Planting Soil Installation Procedures: Contractor shall submit written program containing but not limited to the following: a. Schedules of work b. Description of the equipment that will be used for transport, compaction and installation of planting soil on the Project site

PLANTING SOILS 329100 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

c. Cleanup d. Removal of environmental protections

F. Product certification: Submit manufacturer’s certification that the compost meets the requirements of this Section. Submit test results compiled within previous 3 months along with written certification by manufacturer.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 PLANTING SOILS

A. Planting soil for planting trees and shrubs shall be determined by mechanical analysis (ASTM D 422) and based on the "USDA Classification System" and as defined in this Section. It shall be of uniform composition, without admixture of subsoil.

It shall be free of stones greater than one and one-quarter inches, lumps, plants and their roots, debris and other extraneous matter as determined by the Landscape Architect. Planting soil for trees and shrubs shall have the following grain size distribution for material passing the 1.0 mm sieve:

Millimeter Percent Passing by Weight Maximum Minimum 2 ------100 1 100 80 0.5 87 67 0.25 72 48 0.10 45 30 0.05 32 22 0.002 7 2

1. Maximum size shall be one and one quarter inches largest dimension. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 20% by weight of the total sample. 2. The ratio of the particle size for 80% passing (D80) to the particle size for 30% passing (D30) shall be 8.0 or less. (D80/D30 < 8.0)

B. Organic content and pH for specific planting use shall be as follows: 1. All areas planted with turf grasses: a. pH: 6.0 through 7.0 b. Organic Content 3.0 - 5.0 percent as determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried samples passing #10 sieve (Muffle furnace temperature: 450 +/- 10 degrees C for 8 hours) 2. From 6 inches below the surface to 18 inches below the surface of all areas planted with trees and shrubs as described in the Division 32 Section, PLANTING, of this Specification: a. pH: 5.5 through 6.5

PLANTING SOILS 329100 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

b. Organic Content 4.0 - 6.0 percent as determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried samples passing #10 sieve (Muffle furnace temperature: 450 +/- 10 degrees C for 8 hours) 3. Top 6 inches of all areas planted with trees and shrubs as described in Division 32 Section, PLANTING, of this Specification: a. pH: 5.5 through 6.5 b. Organic content 6.0 – 8.0 percent as determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried samples passing #10 sieve (Muffle furnace temperature: 450 +/- 10 degrees C for 8 hours) 4. Planting soils shall be pH adjusted for particular planting applications and shall be adjusted prior to delivery to the Project sites as recommended by UMASS Soil & Plant Tissue Laboratory test results.

C. Planting soil shall be free of plants and their roots, debris and other extraneous matter. It shall be uncontaminated by salt water, foreign matter and substances harmful to plant growth. The electrical conductivity (EC2) of a 1:2 soil-water suspension shall be equal to or less than 1.0 milliohms/cm. (Test minus sieve #4 material.) Planting soil shall not have levels of extractable aluminum greater than 200 parts per million. Cation Exchange CapaLandscape Architect (CEC) shall be greater than or equal to 12.

D. Planting soil shall be the manufactured product of a commercial processing facility specializing in the production of manufactured soils and planting soil. Planting soil shall be manufactured from base loam, sands, and composted yard waste.

E. On-site topsoil may not be used for the work of this Section.

F. All planting soil proposed for use shall be tested for conformance to the specifications.

G. The Landscape Architect reserves the right to reject on or after delivery to the project site any material which does not, in his opinion, meet these specifications.

2.2 ORGANIC AMENDMENT MATERIALS (COMPOST)

A. Compost for amending planting soil on the Project site:

Compost for amending planting soil: stable, humus-like material produced from the aerobic decomposition of organic residues consisting of Leaf or Yard Waste Compost which shall be composted for a minimum of one year (12 months). Compost shall be free of debris such as plastics, metal, concrete or other debris and stones larger than 1/2", larger branches and roots and wood chips over 1/2 inches in length or diameter.

Compost shall be a dark brown to black color and be capable of supporting plant growth with appropriate management practices in conjunction with addition of fertilizer and other amendments as applicable, with no visible free water or dust, with no unpleasant odor, and meeting the following criteria as reported by laboratory tests.

The ratio of carbon to nitrogen shall be in the range of 12:1 to 25:1

PLANTING SOILS 329100 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

The project shall be stable and must achieve a maturity index of 6 or more as measured by the Solvita scale. Stability tests shall be conducted by Woods End Research Laboratory, Mt. Vernon, Maine, Soil Control laboratory of California, or approved equal.

Pathogens/Metals/Vector Attraction reduction shall meet 40 CFR Part 503 rule, Table 3, page 9392, Vol. 58 No. 32, and Commonwealth of Massachusetts 310 CMR 32.00 (for applications to soils with human activity).

Organic Content: at least 20 percent (dry weight). One hundred percent of the material shall pass a 3/8-inch (or smaller) screen. Debris such as metal, glass, plastic, wood (other than residual chips), asphalt or masonry shall not be visible and shall not exceed one percent dry weight. pH: shall be 6.5 to 7.2,

Salinity: Electrical conductivity of a one to five soil to water ratio extract shall not exceed 2.0 mOhms/cm (dS/m).

Compost: screened to 3/8 inch maximum particle size and shall contain no more that 3 percent material finer that 0.002mm as determined by hydrometer test on ashed material.

2.3 SOIL ADDITIVES

A. General: Soil additives shall be used to counteract soil deficiencies as recommended by the soils analysis and as supplements for planting soil construction as specified herein.

B. Ground limestone for adjustment of planting soils pH shall contain not less than 85 percent of total carbonates and shall be ground to such fineness that 40 percent shall pass through 100 mesh sieve and 95 percent shall pass through a 20 mesh sieve. Contractor shall be aware of planting soils pH and the amount of lime needed to adjust pH to meet the requirements of the testing lab recommendations.

C. Commercial fertilizer shall be a product complying with the State and United States fertilizer laws. Deliver fertilizer to the site in the original unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's certificate of compliance covering analysis and which shall be furnished to the University’s Representative. Fertilizer shall contain not less than the percentages of weight of ingredients as recommended by the soil analysis. 1. Fertilizer for planting shall be formulated for top-dressing, soil surface application to plants. Fertilizer shall be designed and certified by the manufacturer to provide controlled release of fertilizer continuously for not less than 9 months. One hundred percent of the nitrogen content shall be derived from organic materials. Nitrogen source shall be coated to ensure slow release. Fertilizer percentages of weight of ingredients shall be as recommended by the soil testing and analysis specified, performed, and paid for under this Section.

PART 3 – INSTALLATION

3.1 MIXING PLANTING SOIL OFFSITE

PLANTING SOILS 329100 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Soil additives shall be thoroughly incorporated into planting soil by harrowing or other methods standard to the industry. The following soil additives shall be incorporated: 1. Ground limestone or acidulant as required by soil analysis to achieve the required pH as described in this Section. Incorporate limestone at the rate required by soil analysis

3.2 GENERAL

A. The Contractor shall provide sufficient planting soil to complete the work of this Section.

B. Planting soil shall be obtained from a commercial processing facility specializing in the manufacturing of planting soil.

C. Planting soil shall be manufactured sufficiently in advance of the planting and seeding operations so cause no delay in the work described in Sections 32 90 00 Planting and 32 92 00 LAWNS.

D. Deliver planting soils to the Project site in tarpaulin-covered trucks. Stockpile in locations approved by the Landscape Architect.

E. Stockpiled planting soils shall be protected from erosion and sedimentation in accordance with the relevant provisions of Section 01 57 13 Erosion and Sediment Control, of this Specification.

3.3 FILLING AND COMPACTION

A. Perform all earthwork in accordance with Division 31 Sections of this Specification.

B. Perform percolation tests on existing sub-soils or placed fill prior to placing and spreading planting soil: 1. Perform percolation testing of subsoil or placed fills to determine whether or not the subgrade will drain properly. Perform percolation tests as specified in this Section for each lift of planting soil. a. In the presence of the Architect, record percolation rates in undisturbed subsoil. This will serve the Architect in determining whether de- compaction of subgrade will be required. b. In the event that percolation testing indicates that the subsoil, placed fills or ordinary borrow has been over compacted and will not drain, the contractor shall loosen up the top 18 inches of the subgrade by ripping or other mechanical means. 2. Perform sufficient percolation tests in areas of poorly draining or compacted subsoil or compacted placed fills as directed by the Landscape Architect to ensure that these underlying soils drain. Likewise, perform sufficient percolation tests after ripping and loosening to ensure that the soils are no longer too compact to drain.

C. Clear the subgrade of all construction debris, trash, rubble and any foreign material and remove from the site and disposed of in a legal manner.

D. Protect adjacent walls, walks and utilities from damage or staining by the planting soil.

PLANTING SOILS 329100 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.4 FINE GRADING

A. Immediately prior to dumping and spreading planting soil in locations shown on the Contract Documents, the subgrade shall be cleaned of all stones greater than 2 inches and all debris or rubbish. Such material shall be removed from the site, not raked to the edges and buried. Notify the Landscape Architect that the subsoil has been cleaned and request his/her attendance on site to review and approve subgrade conditions prior to spreading planting soil.

B. If so required by the Landscape Architect, additional soil sampling and testing shall be performed in accordance with SUBMITTALS paragraph of this Section. If additional soil testing is required by the Landscape Architect the Contractor shall refrain from spreading planting soil until soil test reports have been submitted to the Landscape Architect and have been accepted. All planting soil delivered to the site that, upon additional on-site testing, fails to meet the requirements of this Section, shall be removed from the Project site at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect.

C. Planting soil delivered to the site shall be protected from erosion at all times. Materials shall be spread immediately upon delivery to the Project site. Otherwise, materials that set on site for more than 24 hours shall be covered with tarpaulin or other soil erosion system acceptable to the Landscape Architect and surrounded by silt fence as specified under the work of the Section 01 57 13 of this Specification.

D. Place planting soil in multiple lifts. Place the first lift to a depth of 2 inches and harrow or till the planting soil into the underlying subsoil to a depth of 2 inches, creating a blended interface of planting soil and subsoil approximately 4 inches deep. Spread the subsequent lifts of planting soil to depths specified in this Section.

E. No planting soil shall be handled, planted, or seeded in any way if it is in a wet or frozen condition. A moist planting soil is desirable.

F. After planting soil has been spread in plant beds and tree pits, spread yard waste compost to a depth of 2 inches and till the planting soil to a depth of 8 inches to integrate compost into the top layer of the planting soil.

G. After planting soil has been spread in turf areas, spread fertilizer and limestone across the surface of the spread planting soil and till the planting soil to a depth of 6 inches to integrate fertilizer and limestone into the top layer of the planting soil.

H. Remove all large stiff clods, lumps, brush, roots, stumps, litter and other foreign matter from the planting soil. Remove from unscreened soils all stones over 1 inch in diameter from the top 6 inches of the planting soil bed.

I. Sufficient grade stakes shall be set for checking the finished grades. Stakes must be set in the bottom of swales and at the top of slopes. Deviation from indicated elevations that are greater than one-tenth of a foot shall not be permitted. Connect contours and spot elevations with an even slope. Finish grades shall be smooth and continuous with no abrupt changes at the top or bottom of slopes.

J. During the compaction process, all depressions caused by settlement or rolling shall be filled with additional planting soil and the surface shall be re-graded and

PLANTING SOILS 329100 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

rolled until presenting a smooth and even finish corresponding to the required grades.

K. The Contractor shall install planting soil in successive horizontal lifts no thicker than 6 inches in turf areas and 12 inches in plant bed areas to the desired compaction as described herein. The Contractor shall install the soil at a higher level to anticipate any reduction of planting soil volume due to compaction, settling, erosion, decomposition, and other similar processes during the warranty period. The Landscape Architect will ensure that the full depths of planting soil for lawn and plant beds are obtained by digging holes in the planting soil at the same frequency as for compaction testing. 1. Compact planting soil to the required density as specified herein. 2. Maximum dry density for planting soil shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D698. In turf and planting beds and tree pits the following percentages of minimum to maximum dry densities shall be achieved: Minimum Maximum 80% 85% 3. The surface area of each lift hall shall be scarified by raking prior to placing the next lift.

L. In addition to the range cited above, compact each lift sufficiently to reduce settling but not enough to prevent the movement of water and feeder roots through the soil. The planting soil in each lift should feel firm to the foot in all areas and make only slight heel prints. At completion of the planting soil installation, the soil should offer a firm, even resistance when a soil sampling tube is inserted from lift to lift. After the placement of each lift, perform percolation tests to determine if the soil has been over compacted. Perform the following percolation test procedure: 1. Dig a hole in the installed soil that is a minimum of 4 inches in diameter. Holes in 6-inch lift in turf areas shall be 4 inches deep. Holes in 12-inch lifts in plant beds shall be 8 inches deep. Do not penetrate through the lift being tested. 2. Fill the hole with water and let it drain completely. Immediately refill the hole with water and measure the rate of fall in the water level. 3. In the event that the water drains at a rate less than was recorded for existing subsoil or less than one inch per hour (whichever is slower), till the soil to a depth required to break the over compaction. 4. Perform a minimum of one soil percolation test per 5,000 square feet area of turf area and 2,500 square feet of tree and shrub planting area as directed by the Landscape Architect.

M. Select equipment and otherwise phase the installation of the planting soil to ensure that wheeled equipment does not travel over subsoil, placed fills or ordinary borrow or already installed soil. Movement of tracked equipment over said soils will be reviewed and considered for approval by the Landscape Architect. If it is determined by the Landscape Architect that wheeled equipment must travel over already installed soil, provide a written description of sequencing of work that ensures that compacted soil is loosened and un-compacted as the work progresses or place one-inch thick steel plate ballast (or equivalent ballast approved by the Landscape Architect) over the length and width of any travel way to cover planting soil to protect it from compaction.

PLANTING SOILS 329100 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

N. Disturbed areas outside the limit of lawn work shall be graded smooth and spread with a minimum of 6 inches of planting soil to the finished grade. O. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all stockpiles of planting by the Landscape Architect. Contractor shall remove all excess, unused planting soil from the site after acceptance of planting and seeding operations and dispose of it in a legal manner.

3.5 ACCEPTANCE

A. Confirm that the final grade of the planting soil is at the proper finish grade elevations. Adjust grade as required to meet the contours and spot elevations noted on the Plans. Request the presence of the Landscape Architect to inspect final grade. Do not precede with the remaining work of this Contract until the Landscape Architect has given his/her written approval of the final grade.

END OF SECTION

PLANTING SOILS 329100 - 9 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 32 91 19

LANDSCAPE GRADING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. The work of this Section consists of providing all labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to place planting soils as indicated on the Contract Documents and as specified in this Section. Placement of planting soils shall include, but not be limited to:

1. Placing, spreading and grading of planting soil. 2. Soil amendments following spreading and grading

1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS

A. The following items of related work are specified and included in other Sections of the Specifications:

1. Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 2. Section 32 90 00 PLANTING 3. Section 32 91 00 PLANTING SOILS 4. Section 32 91 19 LANDSCAPE GRADING

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Planting Soil Installation Procedures: Contractor shall submit written program containing but not limited to the following:

1. Schedules of work 2. Clean up 3. Removal of environmental protections

Acceptance of the program does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility to conduct the work in strict accordance with the requirements of Federal, State and local regulations, standards and laws, the Project specifications, or to adequately protect the health and safety of all workers involved in the Project, any members of the public who may be affected by the Project, and the surrounding environmental resources.

B. Product certification: Submit manufacturer’s certification that the compost meets the requirements of Section 32 91 00 PLANTING SOILS of this Specification. Submit test results compiled within previous 3 months along with written certification by manufacturer.

LANDSCAPE GRADING 33 9119 - 1 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. Submit scaled plans showing proposed limits of planting soil zones for all trees. See Contract Documents for volume and depth requirements. Determine approximate limits of planting soil for trees and illustrate on hard copy of Planting Plans. Limits of beds and volumes of planting soil will be field verified by the Owner’s Representative.

D. When planting soils are delivered to the Project Site receive written verification that the delivered materials conform to specifications and approved submittals. Record date, time, and truck identification of truck delivery. Submit written verification to the Owner’s Representative for project records.

E. Written Certifications:

1. Certify that subgrade elevations conform to the requirements identified in this Section, the Plans and Detailed Drawings. 2. Certify by the General Contractor and/or sub-contractor responsible for earth moving work that the soils have been de-compacted.

1.5 REFERENCES

A. Comply with applicable requirements of:

1. State of Massachusetts, Department of Transportation, latest edition. 2. American Association of Nurserymen, American Standards for Nursery Stock, (ANSI Z60.1), latest edition, published by the American Association of Nurserymen, 1250 I Street, N.W., Suite 500 Washington, D.C. 20005. 3. ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials. 4. ANSI: American National Standards Institute. 5. ASA: American Society of Agronomy 6. USDA: United Stated Department of Agriculture.

1.6 DEFINITIONS

A. Subgrade: Soil material and levels resulting from the approved rough grading work.

1. Decompaction of all subgrade areas prior to spreading planting soil specified in Section 31 2313 SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS of this Specification.

B. Planting Soils: Defined in Section 32 91 00 PLANTING SOILS of this Specification.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Inspections

1. Do not place Planting Soils on prepared subgrade prior to inspection and written approval by the Owner’s Representative of grading and compaction levels of the prepared subgrade. Notify the Owner’s Representative that the prepared subgrade is ready for inspection and request his/her inspection before proceeding with spreading and placement of Planting Soils.

B. The contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements in this Specification, including, but not limited to timely submittals, moisture content of soils, compaction, and protection of work. If any areas of soils or plantings are installed without adherence to this Specification, the contractor is responsible to correct any and all deficiencies, regardless of the project status, including, but not limited to removal and

LANDSCAPE GRADING 33 9119 - 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

replacement of soils and pavements, in-situ amendments, monitoring or other actions at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Acceptance at Site: verify in writing that delivered materials conform to specifications and approved submittals. See requirements in this Section.

B. Storage and Protection – coordinate with the requirements of Section 32 91 00 PLANTING SOILS of this Specification:

1. Planting soils stored onsite prior to placement shall be stockpiled in windrows less than six feet high and no longer than ten days before placement. 2. Planting soils should be covered during precipitation events to minimize saturated soil conditions. Planting soils may not be manipulated when in a wet or frozen condition, to include planting operations. 3. All Other Materials: shall be uniform in composition, dry and free flowing. Store materials in dry place, on pallets, off the ground; protect from sun. Contractor shall store materials in a manner that does not diminish their usability and effectiveness. 4. Protect materials from theft, damage, weather, dirt, oils, grease, and construction activities.

1.9 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS

A. Soil Moisture Content

1. Contractor shall not move, place or grade planting soils when soils are wet, nor when it is so dry that dust will form in the air or that clods will not break readily, nor when it is frozen. Apply water, if necessary, or allow soil to dry to bring soil moisture between 60% of optimum moisture content and optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698 for compaction, grading and plantings. 2. Soil may not be manipulated in any way while in a wet condition, including moving of stockpiles, grading, planting or any other excavation. Contractor is responsible for removal and replacement of any and all soils that were manipulated when wet. 3. Field Soil Moisture Test a. Form soil in palm of hand, if soil retains shape and crumbles upon touching, the soil may be worked. b. If the soil will not retain shape it is too dry and should not be worked. c. If the soil retains shape and will not crumble, it is too wet and should not be worked. d. If the soil glistens or free water is observed when the sample is patted in the palm of hand the soil is too wet and should not be worked.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.1 ORGANIC AMENDMENT MATERIALS (COMPOST):

LANDSCAPE GRADING 33 9119 - 3 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Organic Material (Compost) as Amendment for Planting Soil mixes in tree pits and plant beds:

1. Organic Matter (Compost) for amending planting soils: specified under Section 32 91 00 PLANTING SOILS of this Specification.

2.2 PLANTING SOILS - GENERAL

A. Mixed and delivered to the Project site under the work of Section 32 91 00 PLANTING SOILS of this Specification.

2.3 EQUIPMENT

A. Chisel Plow or disk harrow or bucket of backhoe: for subgrade cultivation.

B. Rotovator or equivalent or disk harrow: for planting soil cultivation.

C. Small, wide-tracked bulldozer size Cat D-5 or smaller for compaction of subgrade and planting soils.

2.4 WATER

A. Water: furnished by Contractor, unless otherwise specified, and suitable for irrigation and free from ingredients harmful to plant life. Hose and other watering equipment furnished by Contractor.

2.5 SOIL ADDITIVES

A. General: Soil additives shall be used to counteract soil deficiencies as recommended by the soils analysis and as supplements for lawn construction as specified herein.

B. Acidulant for adjustment of planting soils pH shall be commercial grade flours of sulfur, ferrous sulfate, or aluminum sulfate that are unadulterated. Acidulants shall be delivered in unopened containers with the name of the manufacturer, material, analysis and net weight appearing on each container.

C. Ground limestone for adjustment of planting soils pH shall contain not less than 85 percent of total carbonates and shall be ground to such fineness that 40 percent shall pass through 100 mesh sieve and 95 percent shall pass through a 20 mesh sieve. Contractor shall be aware of planting soils pH and the amount of lime needed to adjust pH to meet the requirements of the testing lab recommendations.

D. Commercial fertilizer shall be a product complying with the State and United States fertilizer laws. Deliver fertilizer to the site in the original unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's certificate of compliance covering analysis and which shall be furnished to the University’s Representative. Fertilizer shall contain not less than the percentages of weight of ingredients as recommended by the soil analysis.

1. Fertilizer for planting shall be formulated for top-dressing, soil surface application to plants. Fertilizer shall be designed and certified by the manufacturer to provide controlled release of fertilizer continuously for not less than 9 months. One hundred percent of the nitrogen content shall be derived from organic materials. Nitrogen source shall be coated to ensure slow release. Fertilizer percentages of weight of ingredients shall be as

LANDSCAPE GRADING 33 9119 - 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

recommended by the soil testing and analysis specified, performed, and paid for under this Section 32 91 00, PLANTING SOILS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of Conditions: in the event field conditions are not as shown on Drawings and outlined in the Specifications, notify Owner’s Representative in writing.

1. Spot and Invert Elevations: verify field elevations of site improvements such as drainage and utility fixtures, pavements, existing plantings, and subsurface piping conform to drawings. 2. Rough grade: verify specified elevations and prior earthwork operations have shaped, trimmed, and finished rough grade.

3.2 PROTECTION

A. Protection:

1. Contractor shall be required to clear working areas with Dig Safe prior to doing excavation on site. If work is to be done around underground utilities, appropriate authority of utility must be notified of impending work. Hand excavate areas adjacent to utilities. Contractor shall be responsible for damages done by himself or his personnel to existing utilities, repair/replacement of which shall be repaired or paid for by Contractor. 2. Prior to installation, field locate and protect from damage site improvements such as drainage and utility fixtures, pavements, and existing plantings. 3. Dust Control: upon acceptance of subgrade and finish grade control dust in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS. 4. Erosion Control: upon acceptance of subgrade and finish grade control erosion and sedimentation in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS. . Agricultural Chemicals: protect site improvements from contact with agricultural chemicals, soil amendments, and fertilizers.

3.3 DECOMPACTION OF SUBGRADE AT LAWN AND PLANTING AREAS

A. After subgrade levels have been reached and immediately prior to placing Planting Soils, the entire subgrade area shall be loosened to a minimum depth of 12 inches as specified and paid for under the work of Section 31 23 13 SUBGRADE PREPARATION IN PLANTING AREAS of this Specification.

3.4 SUBGRADE PREPARATION

A. Confirm that the subgrade is at the proper elevation and that no further earthwork is required to bring the subgrade to proper elevations.

C. Perform no work of placing and spreading planting soil mixes until elevations have been confirmed and written certification has been accepted by the Owner’s Representative.

LANDSCAPE GRADING 33 9119 - 5 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D. Based upon review and direction by the Owner’s Representative, adjust and regrade the subgrade to meet the requirements of this Section.

E. No planting soils shall be handled, planted, or seeded in any way if it is in a wet or frozen condition. A moist planting soil is desirable. Perform field test as specified under the work of this Section to determine if planting soils may be worked.

F. After the subgrade soils have been loosened and inspected, the entire subgrade shall be raked or scarified to break any pan or skin effect that may have formed immediately prior to placement of planting soils. The planting soils may be spread by using a wide-track bulldozer size D-5 or smaller or may be dumped and spread with the bucket of a backhoe from the edge of the loosened area. No rubber-tired equipment or heavy equipment except for a small bulldozer shall pass over the subsoils (subgrade) after they have been loosened. If the Contractor plans to utilize such areas for any use of heavy equipment, this work should be carried out prior to beginning the process of loosening soils or filling in that area, or it will have to be re- scarified and meet this specification requirement.

3.5 PREPARATION OF TREE PITS

A. After tree pits have been excavated to the dimensions shown on the plans, the entire bottom area of the pit shall be scarified utilizing the bucket of a backhoe or equivalent equipment. The entire loosened area shall then be compressed firmly with the bucket of the backhoe. The central portion of the pit, beneath the rootball, shall be compressed adequately to support the rootball and prevent settlement.

3.6 PREPARATION OF PLANTING MEDIUM FOR LAWNS AND PLANTING

A. Correct deficiencies in planting soils as directed by horticultural soil test results. Thoroughly incorporate amendments into planting mixture to ensure even distribution.

B. Incorporate pre planting fertilizer into top two inches of lawn area planting medium at the recommended rate per 1000 square feet following placement and grading.

3.7 PLACEMENT OF PLANTING SOIL IN LAWN AREAS

A. Planting Soil shall be spread in lifts not greater than 12 inches over the area and shall be compressed with a minimum of 2 perpendicular passes of the tracks of a bulldozer size Caterpillar D-4 or D-5 or other means approved by the Owner’s Representative to a density of 86 to 88% Standard Proctor maximum dry density. Scarify the surface of the subgrade by raking. Prior to placing the next lift, scarify the surface area of each lift after compression by bulldozer. No vibratory compaction of the subgrade or the planting medium shall take place. No rubber-tired equipment or heavy equipment except for a small bulldozer shall pass over soils after they have been loosened or planting soils have been spread. If the Contractor plans to utilize such areas for any use of heavy equipment, this work shall be carried out prior to beginning the process of loosening or placement of planting soils.

B. Place and spread planting soils to a depth greater than required such that after settlement, finished grade conforms to the lines, grades and elevations shown on the Drawings. Ensure proper drainage in an uninterrupted pattern free of hollows and pockets.

LANDSCAPE GRADING 33 9119 - 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

C. Remove stiff clods, lumps, brush, roots, stumps, litter and other foreign material and stones over one inch in diameter and dispose of legally off site.

D. Do not perform seeding and/or sodding until elevations have been confirmed and the Owner’s Representative has accepted written report.

E. Based upon review and direction by the Owner’s Representative, adjust and regrade the planting soil to meet the requirements of this Section.

F. Variations in pitch of finished surface of planting soil shall be less than or equal to the 1\2 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10 foot straightedge, applied both parallel to and at right angles to any point within the Section. Irregularities exceeding this amount shall be corrected by regarding as directed by the Owner’s Representative.

3.8 SHALLOW ROCK AREAS

A. In areas where rock is within 3 feet of final ground surface in planting bed or tree pits areas or within 2 feet of final ground surface in lawn areas, including but not limited to areas shown on the plan, a minimum of 6 inches of sand shall be placed below planting media and the sand extended in a down gradient direction to underdrainage piping or to a minimum of five feet beyond the shallow bedrock areas.

3.9 PLACEMENT OF PLANTING SOIL IN TREE AND PLANT BEDS

A. Planting Soil shall be spread in lifts not greater than 6 inches and compacted to a density between 82 and 84 percent Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density by a minimum of 2 perpendicular passes of the tracks of a bulldozer size Caterpillar D-4 or D-5 or other means approved by the Owner’s Representative. In individual tree pits, compression of the subgrade and each lift shall be by the bucket of a backhoe, hand pushed roller or by hand tamping. Scarify the surface area of each lift by raking prior to placing the next lift.

B. Place and spread planting soil to a depth greater than required such that after compaction and settlement, finished grade conforming to the lines, grades and elevations shown on the Drawings. Ensure proper drainage in an uninterrupted pattern free of hollows and pockets.

C. Remove stiff clods, lumps, brush, roots, stumps, litter and other foreign material and stones over one inch in diameter and dispose of legally off site.

3.10 SOIL PROFILE FOR TREE PITS AND PLANT BEDS

A. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the planting soil profile shall consist of an A horizon of 6 inches of compost modified planting soil over a B horizon of 24 inches of planting soil.

B. Take all steps necessary to reduce the likelihood of over-compaction of the planting soils during spreading, amending and planting operations.

C. Wheeled vehicles are prohibited from driving over planting soil beds.

3.11 TOP DRESSING & AMENDING PLANTING SOIL IN PLANT BEDS AND TREE PITS

LANDSCAPE GRADING 33 9119 - 7 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Amend the top six inches of planting soil in all plant beds and individual tree pits with approved compost.

B. The goal of compost amendment shall be to create a surface layer of planting soil with organic component of at least 4 percent but no more than 8 percent by dry weight. Amend planting soil with compost to achieve this range by blending before spread or amend the top 6 inches of planting soil by surface application of compost followed by tilling the compost into the planting soil.

C. Spread fertilizer and acidulents or limestone as required by soil test results specified in Section 32 91 13 PLANTING SOIL MIXING of this Specification.

D Following amendment of top lift of planting soil with compost, only light foot traffic shall be allowed. Coordinate with the installation of plant materials specified in Section 32 90 00 PLANTING of this Specification.

3.12 CLEANING

A. Clean up debris generated under work of this section.

B. Site Improvements

1. Wash and sweep clean site improvements such as drainage and utility fixtures, pavements, existing plantings, and site furnishings.

3.13 PROTECTION

A. Protect work of this section until Final Acceptance.

B Protect prepared soils from compaction by construction traffic and from contamination by construction materials and from saturation.

END OF SECTION

LANDSCAPE GRADING 33 9119 - 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 329219

LAWNS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The General Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

B. Examine all Contract Documents and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this trade.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. All labor, equipment, materials, incidental work, and construction methods necessary to provide a self sustaining turf, including but not limited to seeding, establishment, maintenance and protection.

1.3 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS 1. Fertilizer 2. Seed 3. Erosion Control Matting 4. Methods of Seeding 5. All additives needed to amend a specific soil in order to meet these specifications.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualification of Landscape Contractor: The work of this Section shall be performed by a landscape contracting firm which has successfully installed work of a similar quality, schedule requirement, and construction detailing with a minimum of five years experience.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PLANTING SOIL

A. Planting soil shall be specified, provided, installed and paid for under the work of Section 329119 PLANTING SOILS.

2.2 SEED

A. New England Native Wetland Hydroseed Mix – within the Detention Basin Fox Sedge, Lurid Sedge, Blunt Broom Sedge, Blue Vervian, Fowl Bluegrass, Hop Sedge, Green Bulrush, Creeping Spike Rush, Fringed Sedge, Soft Rush, Spotted Joe Pye Weed, Rattlesnake Grass, Swamp Aster, Bludflag, Swamp Milkweed, Square Stemmed Monkey Flower.

Nurse Grasses to supplement the above

Lolium multiflorum (Annual Rye) +25 lbs/acre 98% 90%

LAWNS 329219 - 1 UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS – AMHERST 95% CONSTRCUTION DOCUMENTS WORCESTER DINING COMMONS UMBA #17-A1 SEPTEMBER 17, 2019

2.3 SOD

A. Sod shall be nursery grown sod grown from the following seed mixtures and in accordance with percentages as specified: Proportion of Seed Common Name by Weight

Kentucky Bluegrass 30% maximum (At least three improved varieties to be approved by the Landscape Architect’s Representative.)

Strong Creeping Red Fescue or Chewings Fescue 45% minimum (At least two improved varieties each to be approved by the Landscape Architect’s Representative)

Perennial Rye 25% maximum

B. Sod shall be machine cut from an established sod farm specializing in the production and harvesting of top quality, grass turf products. Sod shall be machine cut at a uniform soil thickness of 3/4-inch +/- 1/4 inch, at the time of cutting. Measurement for thickness shall exclude top growth and thatch. Individual pieces of sod shall be cut to the supplier's standard width and length. Maximum allowable deviation from standard widths and lengths shall be 5 percent. Broken pads and torn or uneven ends will not be acceptable. Sod shall be at least one year old from time of original seeding. C. Sod shall be free of grass species other than those specified in this Section. Sod shall be free of weeds. D. Provide sod in Big Roll and small roll from same source. E. Big Rolls: to minimize seams and tripping. Replacement sod for all locations shall be conventional small roll sod.

F. Small Roll Sod: Sod shall be furnished and installed in rectangular sod strips measuring 12 inches or 16 inches in width and from 4 feet to 6 feet in length, stored in rolls with the grass top side inverted so that the topsoil is to the exterior.

G. Sod shall be harvested, delivered and installed within a period of 18 hours. Soil on sod pads shall be kept moist at all times.

H. Stakes: Stakes for pegging the sod shall be sound hardwood approximately one inch by 2 inches and of sufficient length to penetrate the mat, the seed bed and to a minimum depth of 2 inches of subsoil. Stakes shall be free from insects and fungi and capable of remaining in the ground at least 2 years.

I. The turf shall be of sufficient density so that no surface soil is visible when mowed to a height of 1.5 inches. At the time of sale, the turf shall contain no more than one percent undesirable grasses or clover and not more than two weeds per 50 square yards. The thickness of the soil portion of the turfgrass sod should not exceed one-half inch.

J. Sod shall have no visible signs of disease or insect stress. The turfgrass sod shall be neatly mowed and be mature enough that when grasped at one end of a small roll, it can be picked- up and handled without damage.

LAWNS 329219 – 2 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

K. Sod delivered to the construction site which does not conform to the requirements of this Section, will be rejected by the Landscape Architect’s Representative and shall be removed from the site by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect. Sod found to contain unacceptable levels of unspecified grass species or weed species at any time up to and including Final Acceptance will be rejected by the Landscape Architect’s Representative. Contractor shall remove such sod from the site at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect. Contractor shall replace unacceptable sod with new, approved sod at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect. The Landscape Architect’s Representative will be the sole judge of what constitutes acceptable or unacceptable levels of unspecified grass species or weed species.

2.4 WATER

A. Contractor shall provide all water, machinery and labor required to establish turf. During the establishment and maintenance period the Contractor shall irrigate as required to insure sufficient water is applied to all seeded areas to ensure germination, growth and establishment of permanent grass species. Soluble salt levels in irrigation water shall be less than 1 mmhos/cm (ds/m).

2.5 SOIL ADDITIVES

A. Soil additives shall be specified, provided and paid under Section 32 9113 PLANTING SOIL MIXING except for additional applications of fertilizer that shall be provided and paid for under this Section 32 9219, based upon recommendations from soil analysis and testing as specified under Section 32 9113.

2.6 FERTILIZERS

A. Fertilizer shall be a commercial product complying with the State and United States fertilizer laws. Deliver to the site in the original unopened containers that shall bear the manufacturer's certificate of compliance covering analysis. Fertilizer shall contain not less than the percentages of weight of ingredients as recommended by the soil analysis specified, performed and paid for under the Section 32 9113 PLANTING SOIL MIXING

2.7 EROSION CONTROL BLANKETS

A. Erosion control blanks shall be for short-term use with functional longevity of no less than 12 months duration.

B. Blankets shall have consistent thickness with straw evenly distributed over the entire area of the mat. Matrix of straw fiber shall be 0.5 lbs/yd2.

C. The blanket shall be covered on the top and bottom sides with 100 percent biodegradable woven natural jute fiber netting. Top netting shall be 9.3 lbs/1000 ft2. Bottom netting shall be 7.7 lbs/1000 ft2.

D. Thread shall be degradable.

E. Erosion control blankets shall meet all requirements of the Erosion Control Technology Council Specification and the FHWA Standard Specification FP-03 Section 713.17, type 2.D Short-term Double Net Erosion Control Blanket

2.8 WOOD CELLULOSE FIBER MULCH

LAWNS 329219 - 3 UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS – AMHERST 95% CONSTRCUTION DOCUMENTS WORCESTER DINING COMMONS UMBA #17-A1 SEPTEMBER 17, 2019

A. Mulch to cover hydroseeded areas shall be fiber processed from whole wood chips and clean recycled newsprint in a 1:1 proportion manufactured specifically for standard hydraulic mulching equipment. Fiber shall not be produced from recycled material such as sawdust, paper, or cardboard.

B. Moisture content shall not exceed 10 percent, plus or minus 3 percent as defined by the pulp and paper industry standards. Fiber shall have a water holding capacity of not less than 900 grams water per 100 grams fiber.

C. The mulch shall be of such character that the fiber will be dispersed into a uniform slurry when mixed with water. It shall be nontoxic to plant life or animal life.

D. The mulch shall contain a non-petroleum based organic tackifier and a green dye to allow for easy visual metering during application but shall be non-injurious to plant growth.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FILLING AND COMPACTION

A. Filling, compaction and fine grading of planting soils shall be specified, performed and paid for under the work of Section 32 9119 LANDSCAPE GRADING.

3.2 SEEDING

A. Contractor shall obtain Architect’s approval of fine grading and bed preparation before doing any seeding.

B. Limit of grading and earthwork shall be limit of seeding unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents. All areas disturbed outside the limit of seeding shall be prepared and seeded as specified herein at no additional cost.

C. The season for seeding shall be from April 1 to June 1 and from August 15 to September 30. The actual planting of seed shall be done, however, only during periods which are normal for such work as determined by weather conditions and by accepted practice in this locality. To prevent loss of soil via water and wind erosion and to prevent the flow of sediment, and fertilizer onto roadways, sidewalks, and into catch basins, seed within 5 Days of spreading the planting soils.

D. Seed only when the bed is in a friable condition, not muddy or hard.

E. Means and methods of seeding shall be determined by the Contractor based on his/her experience, site conditions, season of seeding, weather conditions and any, all or other environmental conditions. Seeding of lawn may be by Conventional Seeding Method, Hydroseeding, Drill Seeding or other method selected by the Contractor.

F. Application rate for seeding shall be as described in Part 2 - PRODUCTS, above.

3.3 SODDING

A. Immediately prior to sodding operations, the loam bed shall be lightly scratched with a fine toothed harrow or hand rake to provide a slightly roughened surface to accept the sodding application.

LAWNS 329219 – 4 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. The soil on which the sod is laid shall be reasonably moist and shall be watered, if necessary. The sod shall be laid smoothly, edge to edge, and where continuous or solid sodding is called for on the plans sod shall be laid with the longest dimension parallel to the contours. Sodding shall start at the base of slopes and progress upwards in continuous parallel rows. Vertical joints between sods shall be staggered. Immediately after laying, press the sod firmly into contact with the soil bed by tamping, rolling, or by other approved methods so as to eliminate all air pockets. Provide true and even surfaces, insure knitting and protect all exposed sod edges, but without displacement of the sod or deformation of the sod surface.

3.4 SOD SEASONS

A. Contractor shall schedule sodding operations to ensure full establishment of root systems into planting soil no less than 6 weeks before Final Acceptance to insure the sod root system knits into the planting soil before the sod protection fencing is removed and the lawn panels are made accessible to the public.

B. The season for sodding shall be from April 15 to June 1 and from September 15 to September 30 except as directed by the Landscape Architect’s Representative to achieve the requirements of the above Paragraph A. The actual placement of sod shall be done, however, only during periods within these specified spring and fall seasons that are normal for such work as determined by weather conditions, by accepted practice in this locality and as approved by the Landscape Architect’s Representative.

C. To prevent loss of soil via water and wind erosion and to prevent the flow of sediment, fertilizer, and pesticides onto roadways, sidewalks, and into catch basins, place sod within 3 Days of spreading and fine grading the planting soil.

D. Sod only when the bed is in a friable condition, not muddy or hard.

E. Means and methods of sodding shall be determined by the Contractor based on his/her experience, site conditions, season of sodding, weather conditions and any, all or other environmental conditions.

3.5 EROSION CONTROL MATTING

A. Erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with Section 01 5713

3.6 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL.

A. Erosion control blankets on slopes and in drainage swales shall be installed immediately after seeding operations. Install blankets in accordance with manufacturer’s written instruction

B. Blankets shall be installed perpendicular to slopes, and shall extend at least 3 feet beyond slope crest. Fibers shall be placed in contact with the soil for the entire length of the blanket. Provide check slot at top of slope and anchor slot at bottom of slope where indicated.

C. Do not stretch the fabric. In drainage swales, center the fabric along the flow line. Install the matting in a check slot at the top and bottom of the slope of the area to be covered. Check slots shall be 6 inches deep and 6 inches wide. Fabric shall extend down one wall

LAWNS 329219 - 5 UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS – AMHERST 95% CONSTRCUTION DOCUMENTS WORCESTER DINING COMMONS UMBA #17-A1 SEPTEMBER 17, 2019

of the check slot and across the full width of the base. Overlap edges of matting rolls 4 inches minimum and overlap the ends 18 inches at a minimum.

D. Install staples in check slots, edges, center and ends of rolls by driving specified steel staples 2 feet on center over the entire area to be covered, except at check slots and ends of rolls, where staples shall be placed 6 inches on center.

E. Fill check slots with planting soil and tamp firmly.

F. Following blanket installation, roll the entire area with a smooth drum roller weighing between 50 and 75 pounds per linear foot of roller. The finished installation of blanket shall be firmly in contact with the soil and provide a smooth, finished appearance free from lumps or depressions.

3.7 TURF MAINTENANCE

A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after any area is seeded and shall continue until Final Acceptance of the project. In the event that seeding operations are completed too late in the autumn season for adequate germination and growth of grass, then maintenance shall continue into the following spring for the minimum 120 Day period. In addition, install blankets or netting to prevent loam degradation and movement over the winter. Submit product literature and samples to the Architect for review. Blankets and netting shall be placed in a timely manner at no additional cost to the Landscape Architect.

B. Maintenance shall include reseeding, mowing, watering, weeding, fertilizing a minimum of two times in addition to the fertilizer incorporated by harrowing into the spread planting soil, and resetting and straightening of protective barriers.

C. During the maintenance period, any decline in the condition of seeded areas shall require immediate action to identify potential problems and to undertake corrective measures.

D. Watering shall be done in a manner that will provide uniform coverage, prevent erosion due to application of excessive quantities of water over small areas, and prevent damage to the finished surface by the watering equipment.

E. The Contractor shall provide all labor and manage all watering necessary to establish an acceptable lawn. In the absence of adequate rainfall, watering shall be performed daily or as often as necessary to maintain moist soil to a depth sufficient to provide germination, growth and establishment. At no time shall a tank truck be allowed on the seeded beds.

1. Watering shall be done in a manner that will provide uniform coverage, prevent erosion due to application of excessive quantities over small areas, and prevent damage to the finished surface by the watering equipment. The Contractor shall furnish sufficient watering equipment to apply water to the planting soil bed to ensure germination, growth and establishment until Final Acceptance.

F. After the grass in seeded areas has germinated, reseed all areas and parts of areas that fail to show a uniform stand of grass. Reseed such areas and parts of areas repeatedly until all areas are covered with a satisfactory growth of grass. Reseeding together with necessary grading, fertilizing, and trimming shall be done at the Contractor’s expense.

G. Mowing and Edging of Turf Areas:

LAWNS 329219 – 6 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

1. The Contractor shall keep turf areas mowed until Acceptance of the contract by cutting to a height of 2 inches when growth reaches 3 inches or as directed by the Architect.

2. At each mowing, all edges of walks, drives, plant beds and other border conditions shall be edge trimmed by hand or machine to produce straight and uniform edge conditions.

3. Remove and discard from paved areas only clippings and debris generated by each mowing and edging operation legally off-site. Architect, if practical and aesthetic, may allow sweeping (not blowing) clippings back into grass. Mowers shall be equipped with mulching blades. Do not remove from grass areas any clippings that have been generated by mowing operations. Do not mow grass when wet.

H. Fertilizing: The first application of fertilizer is specified, purchased, performed and paid for under the Section 32 9113 LANDSCAPE GRADING. A second application of fertilizer shall be quick release and shall be applied to seeded lawn, slope and buffer areas at the time of the first mowing and shall be performed and paid for under this Section 32 9219. This second application shall be applied at a rate that ensures that one-half pound of nitrogen is applied per 1,000 square feet. Phosphorus and potassium shall be applied proportionally in accordance with the recommendations of the soil tests and the quantities previously integrated into the soil during the first application. A third application of 100 percent slowly soluble or slow release nitrogen fertilizer shall be applied to seeded areas approximately two months after the second application. This third application shall correspond to the following application rates dependent upon the month of application. Fertilizer application rates shall be based upon soil testing results.

1. May 1-15: Apply 1.0 pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.

2. June 15-30: Apply 1.0 pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.

3. August 15 through September 15: Apply 1.0 pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.

4. November 1-15: Apply 1.5 pounds of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.

I. RESET AND REPLACE ALL LAWN PROTECTION FENCING AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT ACCESS ONTO LAWN AREAS.

J. During the maintenance period, any decline in the condition of seeded areas shall require immediate action to identify potential problems and to undertake corrective measures.

1. The Contractor shall provide all labor and arrange for all watering necessary to establish an acceptable lawn. In the absence of adequate rainfall, watering shall be performed daily to promote the germination and growth of specified grass species and varieties.

2. Watering shall be done in a manner that will provide uniform coverage, prevent erosion due to application of excessive quantities over small areas, and prevent damage to the finished surface by the watering equipment. The

LAWNS 329219 - 7 UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS – AMHERST 95% CONSTRCUTION DOCUMENTS WORCESTER DINING COMMONS UMBA #17-A1 SEPTEMBER 17, 2019

Contractor shall furnish sufficient watering equipment to apply water to the required soil depths each 8-hour period.

K. Protection

1. Lawn areas shall be protected by a 3-foot high barrier constructed of 2 inch by 2 inch hardwood stakes or iron pipes set 18 inches in the ground at 10 foot intervals and connected by No. 10 wire. Flags of white cloth shall be secured to the wire at center points between stakes.

2. Barriers must be raised immediately after lawn construction and shall be maintained until Acceptance.

L. Mowing and Edging:

1. The Contractor shall keep lawn areas mowed until Acceptance of the contract by cutting to a height of 2 inches when growth reaches 3 inches or as directed by the Architect.

2. At each mowing, all edges of walks, drives, plant beds and other border conditions shall be edge trimmed by hand or machine to produce straight and uniform edge conditions.

3. Remove and discard from paved areas only clippings and debris generated by each mowing and edging operation legally off-site. Architect, if practical and aesthetic, may allow sweeping (not blowing) clippings back into grass. Mowers shall be equipped with mulching blades. Do not remove from grass areas any clippings that have been generated by mowing operations. Do not mow grass when wet.

M. Fertilizing: The first application of fertilizer is specified, provided, performed and paid for under the Section 32 9113 LANDSCAPE GRADING. A second application of fertilizer shall be applied to seeded areas at the time of the first mowing and shall be performed and paid for under this Section 32 9219. This second application shall be applied at a rate that ensures that one-half pound of nitrogen is applied per 1,000 square feet. Phosphorus and potassium shall be applied proportionally in accordance with the recommendations of the soil tests and the quantities previously integrated into the soil during the first application. A third application of nitrogen fertilizer shall be applied to seeded areas approximately two months after the second application and shall be paid for under this Section 32 9219. This third application shall correspond to the following application rates dependent upon the month of application.

1. May 1-15: Apply 1.0 pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.

2. June 15-30: Apply 1.0 pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.

3. August 15 through September 15: Apply 1.0 pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.

4. November 1-15: Apply 1.5 pounds of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.

3.8 APPLYING LIMESTONE

LAWNS 329219 – 8 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. The Contractor shall return to the site at the beginning of the next seeding season and spread limestone across all lawn areas installed under this Contract. The work of liming the fields shall be as specified under Division 2 Section, PLANTING SOILS, of this Specification, and performed and paid for under this Division 2 Section, LAWNS. Limestone shall be spread at rates determined by the soil tests specified, performed and paid for under Division 2 Section, PLANTING SOILS.

3.9 ACCEPTANCE

A. Following the minimum required maintenance periods for lawn construction, the Contractor shall request the Architect in writing for a formal inspection of the completed work. Request for inspection shall be received by the Architect at least 10 Days before anticipated date of inspection.

B. Acceptance Requirements

1. At the end of the maintenance period, seeded areas shall have a close stand of grass as defined above with no weeds present and no bare spots greater than 3 inches in diameter over greater than 5 percent of the overall seeded area. At least 90 percent of the grass established shall be permanent grass species. If seeded areas are deficient, the Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of all seeded areas shall be extended until deficiencies are corrected. Seeded areas to be corrected shall be prepared and reseeded in accordance with the requirements of this Division 2 Section, LAWNS.

2. At the time of acceptance, the Contractor shall remove temporary barriers used to protect lawn areas.

C. Furnish full and complete written instructions for maintenance of the lawns to the Landscape Architect at the time of acceptance in conformance with Submittals requirements.

D. Architect's inspection shall determine whether maintenance shall continue in any part.

3.10 CLEAN UP

A. Absolutely no debris may be left on the site. Excavated material shall be removed as directed. Repair any damage to site or structures to restore them to their original condition, as directed by the Architect, at no cost to the Landscape Architect.

END OF SECTION

LAWNS 329219 - 9 CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

SECTION 33 40 00 STORMWATER UTILITIES PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with trades affecting, or affected by, work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract.

D. All work shall conform to Nashua Department of Public Works (DPW) Standards for Materials and Construction. E. Contractor shall register with “Dig Safe” 72 hours prior to construction. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain “Dig Safe” registrations and “Dig Safe” markings. Contractor shall comply fully with utility company requirements.

1.02 NASHUA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS (DPW) A. The Contractor shall notify DPW sufficiently in advance of connecting new main to existing main. All work and materials shall be subject to approval by the DPW and shall conform to the applicable Nashua Specifications. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with the Nashua and paying all fees associated with the stormwater utilities system installation.

1.03 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all equipment and materials and do all work necessary to construct the storm drainage system, including connections to existing structures and testing, as indicated on the Drawing and as specified. B. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, storm drainage lines, structures, and appurtenances shall be installed to a point 10 ft. from the outer face of a foundation wall. C. The Contractor shall pay for all costs and fees related to connecting sanitary sewerage system to existing services and shall file all applications, details, and drawings required by the local authority having jurisdiction.

1.04 RELATED WORK A. Section 02 41 13 UTILITY LINE REMOVAL B. Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK C. Section 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING D. Section 31 25 00 EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL E. Section 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING

1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS

STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 0

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): M105 Gray Iron Castings M190 Asphalt-Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches M199 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections M243 Field-Applied Coating of Corrugated Metal Structural Plate for Pipe, Pipe-Arches, and Arches M252 Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe M294 Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Pipe, 12 in. to 60 in. Diameter M306 Drainage, Sewer, Utility, and Related Castings B. American Concrete Pipe Association (ACPA): Concrete Pipe Design Manual C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A48 Gray Iron Castings A536 Ductile Iron Castings C32 Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made from Clay or Shale) C33 Concrete Aggregates C62 Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) C76 Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe C270 Mortar for Unit Masonry C443 Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets C478 Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections C564 Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings C990 Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants C1107 Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink) C1479 Precast Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe Using Standard Installations D448 Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge Construction D1784 Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds D1785 Poly(Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 D2241 Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series) D2321 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications

STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 1

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

D3034 Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings D3139 Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals D3212 Joints for Drain and Sewer Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals D3350 Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials D6913 Standard Test Methods for Particle-Size Distribution (Gradation) of Soils Using Sieve Analysis F477 Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe F667 3 in. – 24 in. Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings F2418 Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Wall Stormwater Collection Chambers F2764 6 to 60 in. Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Double and Triple Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non-Pressure Sanitary Sewer Applications F2922 Polyethylene (PE) Corrugated Wall Stormwater Collection Chambers D. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.): QQ-A-200/8 Aluminum Alloy 6061 Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube, and Wire, Extruded SS-C-153C (AF) Cement, Bituminous, Plastic (Asbestos Free) E. New Hampshire Department of Transportation (NHDOT): Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (NHDOT Specifications)

1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s Product Data: 1. Castings 2. Precast Structures 3. Area Drains 4. Trench Drains 5. Grout 6. Cement Concrete 7. PVC Pipe and Fittings 8. RCP Pipe and Fittings 9. DI Pipe and Fittings 10. HDPE Pipe, Perforated Pipe, and Fittings 11. Washed Stone (gradation curve) 12. Cleanouts

B. The Contractor shall submit full catalog cuts of the HDPE pipe and infiltration system(s). All data shall include properties of the chambers, pipe, fittings, and the layout of all components associated with the infiltration system(s).

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS A. Manholes, catch basins, and other structures shall be reinforced precast concrete unless specified by the Engineer or approved as a change by the Engineer.

STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 2

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Manholes, catch basins, and other structures shall be designed to safely withstand an AASHTO HS-20 loading, as specified in the AASHTO Specifications. C. Precast concrete structures shall be Type II cement unless specifically authorized in writing, conform to ASTM C478, and shall be similar to those produced by the manufacturers in the table below. Manufacturer Concrete Systems Inc., Hudson, NH E.F. Shea Concrete Products, Amesbury, MA Oldcastle Infrastructure, Rehoboth, MA

D. Sections shall have tongue and groove joints. E. Joints between sections shall be made with mortar, preformed rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C443, or preformed flexible joint sealant conforming to ASTM C990. F. Each section shall have no more than two suitable lifting holes or cast-in lifting devices. G. Precast base shall be shaped to receive the ends of pipe sections which are to be connected to the structure. H. Pipe openings in base shall be minimum size required to receive pipe, and shall be accurately set to conform to the required line and grade. I. Drain pipe shall be joined to wall of concrete manhole or catch basin with nonshrink grout or flexible manhole sleeve, at the Contractor’s option. J. Wall sections shall be a minimum of 4 in. thick, as shown on the Drawings. K. Manholes and catch basins shall be a minimum inside diameter of 4 ft., as shown on the Drawings. Manholes over 8 ft. in depth shall have a minimum inside diameter of 5 ft.. The diameter of manholes shall be based on manufacturer’s recommendations for the proposed pipe layout shown on the plans. No change orders shall be accepted for upsizing of manholes based on the final layout of piping. L. Manholes shall have shaped brick inverts. M. Manhole sections shall contain manhole steps accurately positioned and imbedded in the concrete when the section is cast, in accordance with AASHTO M199. These steps shall be extruded aluminum, conforming to Fed. Spec QQ-A-200/8, or polypropylene plastic reinforced with 3/8 in. diameter steel rod. 1. Steps shall be drop-front, anti-skid design, 12 in. on center. Projection of front edge of step shall be greater than or equal to 5 in. from access riser wall. 2. Steps shall be embedded 3-1/2 in. into access riser wall dosing tank wall. Those portions of steps to be embedded in access riser wall shall receive a heavy coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. Coating shall be thoroughly dry before steps are embedded in the access riser or dosing tank wall. 3. Steps in precast sections shall be embedded at time of casting. N. The date of manufacturer and the name or trademark of the manufacturer shall be clearly marked on the inside of the barrel. O. Weirs for outlet control shall be 6 in. wide concrete block or cast-in reinforced concrete crest with a length of 5ft. as indicated on Drawings.

2.02 DRYWELLS

STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 3

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Drywells which are not excavated pits shall be precast concrete similar to "Precast Drywell", manufactured by E. F. Shea New England Concrete Products, Inc. B. Holes in sections to receive piping may be cast into concrete or drilled. C. Diameter of hole shall be 2 in. to 4 in. larger than outside diameter of entering pipe. D. Drywell shall conform to AASHTO HS-20 loading, as specified in the AASHTO Specifications. E. Crushed stone fill shall consist of clean, single washed stone.

2.03 OIL INTERCEPTOR HOOD A. All proposed catch basins shall be constructed with oil hoods. Oil hoods shall conform to Nashua Standards. B. Catch basin hoods shall protrude no more than 12 in. beyond the end of pipe into the structure, with a minimum distance of 6 in. for pipes less than 12 in. in diameter. Hoods shall be similar to Ground Water Rescue Inc. Eliminator, Best Management Practices Inc. Snout, or Nyloplast Envirohood.

2.04 ACCESS RISER A. Access Riser shall be precast concrete construction. B. Precast concrete access risers shall conform to ASTM C478. C. Sections shall have tongue and groove joints. D. Joints between sections shall be made with flexible water tight rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C443. E. Each section shall have no more than two suitable lifting holes or cast-in lifting devices.

2.05 CASTINGS A. Castings shall conform to City of Nashua standards. B. All frames and covers shall be cast iron, heavy duty, conforming to AASHTO M105 or ASTM A48, Class 35B, and shall be designed to safely withstand an AASHTO HS-20 loading. C. All frames and grates shall be of uniform quality, free from blow holes, shrinkage, distortion, or other defects. They shall be smooth and well cleaned by shotblasting and fitted together in a satisfactory manner. Round frames and covers shall have a continuously machined bearing surface to prevent rocking and rattling. D. All frames and covers shall conform to NHDOT Specifications. E. Castings shall conform to AASHTO M306 and shall be marked with the name of the producing foundry and country of manufacture, preceded by the words “Made in”, the AASHTO or ASTM designation number, class by a number followed by a letter indicating the minimum tensile strength and size of test bar, and heat identification and cast date. F. Manhole frame and cover shall have a circular clear opening of 24 in. and a total frame and cover weight of at least 475 lbs. with the word “DRAIN” centered on the cover. G. Upon completion of all hardscape and paving work, all covers shall be cleared of foreign material (i.e. bituminous material, concrete, mortar, and other deleterious material). After cleaning, the covers shall be removed and build-up of material inside the frame cleared to ease future removal of covers.

STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 4

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

2.06 TRENCH DRAIN A. Channel shall be sloped, with recesses for granting lockdown devices molded into the channel wall. Recesses shall be formed from the same material as the channel. Channel shall also include a manufacturer’s applied integral cast-in-metal rail edge design. B. Grate shall be heavy duty, slotted cast iron or ductile iron, H-20 loading, and ADA compliant. 2.07 AREA DRAINS A. Area drains shall be PVC inline drain system with 18 in. internal diameter and 24 in. sump. B. The grate shall be 18 in. ductile iron domed grate or 18 in. ductile iron HS-10 pedestrian grate per ASTM A536. See plans for locations of grate types. C. Outlet pipes shall have a hood installed.

2.08 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts, outside the building, shall be threaded cleanouts compatible with the pipe. B. Cleanout shall be cast iron at grade or 4 in. below grade, as specified on the Drawings.

2.09 FILTER FABRIC A. Geotextile fabric required for use between infiltration chambers and stone foundation shall be woven, meeting AASHTO M288 Class 1 requirements. B. Geotextile fabric which shall be draped over the Isolator chamber row shall be non-woven AASHTO M288 Class 2 fabric. C. The geotextile fabric shall consist of only long chain polymeric filaments or yarns, such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polyester, polyamide, or polyvinylidene-chloride formed into a stable network such that the filaments or yarns retain their relative position to each other. The fabric shall be inert to commonly encountered chemicals and free of defects or flaws which significantly affect its physical and/or filtering properties.

2.010 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS (NON PRESSURE) A. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) non-pressure pipe for gravity drainage shall conform to ASTM D3034, SDR 35 minimum wall thickness or ASTM D1785, Schedule 40 when specified on the Drawings. B. Pipe shall be furnished in standard lengths of 14 ft. or 20 ft. C. PVC joints shall be made using an integral bell and spigot type rubber gasketed joint. Each integral bell joint shall conform to ASTM D3212. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477. D. Spigot end shall be beveled to ensure proper insertion. Spigot end shall be imprinted with an “assembly stripe” to which the bell end of the mated pipe will extend upon proper jointing of the two pipes. E. Pipe ends shall permit checking of the rings with a feeler gauge to ensure the proper location in the coupling grooves. F. Perforations, when applicable, shall be AASHTO Class II. G. PVC fittings shall be bell-and-spigot type compatible with the pipe and conforming to ASTM D3034.

2.011 EMBEDMENT MATERIALS STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 5

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

A. Bedding, haunching, and initial backfill shall be Class I, II, or III soils conforming to ASTM D2321. 1. Class I materials shall be angular crushed stone or rock, dense or open graded with little or no fines (1/4 in. to 1-1/2 in. in size). 2. Class II materials shall be clean, coarse grained materials such as gravel, coarse sands, and gravel/sand mixtures (1-1/2 in. maximum in size). 3. Class III materials shall be coarse grained materials with fines including silty or clayey gravels or sands. Gravel or sand shall comprise more than 50 percent of Class III materials (1-1/2 in. maximum size). B. Crushed stone fill shall consist of clean, washed stone passing a 1-1/2 in. sieve. C. Embedment materials shall be free from lumps of frozen soil or ice.

2.012 WASHED STONE A. Where indicated, stone used shall be 3/4 in. – 1-1/2 in. single washed stone. The stone shall be free from shale, clay, organic materials, and debris with stone sizes conforming to No. Four stone as specified by ASTM D448. Not more than 0.5 percent of satisfactory material passing a No. 200 Sieve will be allowed to adhere to the stone. B. Laboratory testing results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Testing must be performed in accordance with ASTM D6913.

2.013 PEA GRAVEL A. Pea gravel shall be clean, bank run gravel with stone sizes conforming to No. Six stone as specified by ASTM D448. Not more than 0.5 percent of satisfactory material passing a No. 200 Sieve will be allowed to adhere to the stone. B. Laboratory testing results shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Testing must be performed in accordance with ASTM D6913.

2.014 BRICK A. Brick for support of casting shall be any of the following types: 1. Common brick meeting the physical requirements of ASTM C62, Grade SW. 2. Clay brick meeting the physical requirements of ASTM C32, Grade MS.

2.015 PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR A. Mortar shall be a Portland cement mortar conforming to ASTM C270, Type M. B. Mortar shall contain a waterproofing admixture similar to those given below. Product Manufacturer Hycrete Hycrete hycrete.com 14 Spielman Rd. Fairfield, NJ 07004 866-492-7383 ADI-CON CW PLUS W.R. Meadows https://www.wrmeadows.com/ 300 Industrial Drive P.O. Box 338 STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 6

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

Hampshire, IL 60140 800-342-5976 Eucon Euclid Chemical www.euclidchemical.com/ 19215 Redwood Road Cleveland, OH 44110 800-321-7628

2.016 NONSHRINK GROUT A. Grout shall be cement based, nonmetallic, nonshrink grout that meets performance requirements of ASTM C1107. B. Grout shall be similar to those given below. Product Manufacturer MasterFlow 885 BASF Construction Chemicals www.master-builders-solutions.basf.us 23700 Chagrin Blvd. Beachwood, OH 44122 800-722-8899 5 Star Grout Five Star Products www.fivestarproducts.com 60 Parrott Drive Shelton, CT 06484 800-243-2206 MascoGrout Mason Supply Corp www.masco.net 2637 SE 12th Avenue Portland, OR 97202 503-234-4321

2.017 BITUMINOUS PAINT A. Bituminous paint shall be a bituminous base product conforming to AASHTO M190 or AASHTO M243, similar to those manufactured by Wohl Coatings.

2.018 ASPHALT MASTIC CEMENT A. Asphalt mastic cement shall be a fibered, pitch-base or asphalt-base compound conforming to Fed. Spec. SS-C-153 (Asbestos Free).

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all parts of the Project where stormwater utilities are to be installed and the conditions under which the work must be performed. Report in writing to the Construction Manager, with copy to the Designer, any conditions which might adversely affect the installation. Do not proceed with the installation until defects have been corrected and conditions are satisfactory.

3.02 DRYWELLS A. A drywell shall consist of either an excavated pit or a perforated concrete structure with an inside diameter of 5 ft. to 12 ft. If an excavated pit, the drywell shall be filled with clean aggregate greater than 1-1/2 in. up to 3 in. Fill shall be surrounded by filter fabric. STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 7

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

B. Drywells shall be designed to treat the runoff volume generated by the 3.25 in./24 hour (two year) Stormwater Quality Design Storm (NOAA). Drywells shall be placed only in soil where the permeability allows a percolation rate of at least 0.50 in./hour. The drywell shall be designed to empty within three days of filling under normal conditions. C. The bottom of the drywell shall be at least 3 ft. above seasonal high water table or bedrock. The depth of the drywell shall be 3 ft. to 12 ft. D. Drywells shall not be placed in a public way or a public easement, and shall not be placed into service until the drainage area is stabilized. Drywells shall be sited a minimum of 10 ft. away from the building. Excavated material shall be placed away from the excavated sides to prevent wall instability during excavation and backfilling. Large tree roots shall be trimmed flush with the sides to prevent puncturing or tearing of filter fabric during installation. The side walls shall be roughened where sheared and sealed by heavy equipment. E. The following requirements apply to dry wells that do not utilize a concrete structure. 1. The bottom, sides and top of the well surface shall be lined with filter fabric. The fabric shall be wrapped and tied with wire or nylon twine or otherwise tightly secured around the horizontal inflow pipe where the pipe protrudes through the fabric. Fabric shall be wrapped over the top of the aggregate fill with a minimum of 12 in. of overlap in any direction. Fabric shall be overlapped 6 in. in “shingle” fashion when more than one section is required to enclose the aggregate. 2. The dry well shall be filled to within 12 in. of the finished surface elevation, leaving sufficient depth for topsoil placement (in areas where surface stabilization is accomplished through the use of vegetation). 3. Drainage aggregate shall be placed in lifts of no more than 12 inches and compacted using plate compactors. Voids between the fabric and excavation sides due to boulders or other obstacles shall be filled with natural soils to ensure fabric conformity to excavation sides.

3.03 MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS A. Manholes and catch basins shall be set to the required elevation and shall be plumb and vertical, with each section in true alignment. B. Lifting holes in precast sections shall be thoroughly plugged with mortar and finished smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces. C. Drain pipe shall extend, around its entire circumference, to inside surface of wall of structure to which it is inserted. Pipe shall be joined to manhole wall using a flexible manhole sleeve. D. Brick shall be employed to bring cast iron frame, cover, and grate to required elevation. Brick and concrete blocks shall be soaked in water before laying. All joints in brick structures shall be thoroughly flushed full of mortar and no joint on the inside face shall be greater than 1/8 in. After the bricks are laid, the joints shall be pointed on the outside. Completed brick installation shall be coated with at least a 3/4 in. thickness of mortar on outside to provide a fully sealed and watertight collar between the top of the manhole section and the cover or grate frame. The joints in precast units shall be wetted and completely mortared immediately prior to settling a section. No structure shall be backfilled until all mortar has completely set. E. Before installation of castings, chipped and scraped areas shall be touched up with one coat of bituminous paint. F. Cast iron frame shall be set concentric with manhole opening in full bed of mortar. A thick ring of mortar extending to the outer edge of brick or concrete shall be placed all around the

STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 8

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

bottom flange of the cast iron frame. Mortar surface shall be smooth and shall be sloped to shed water away from the frame. G. Waterproofing shall be added to the mortar for underground masonry in accordance with the water proofing manufacturer’s directions. Other additives will not be permitted in the mortar. H. Portland cement-based mixtures used on this work shall receive a minimum of three days of moist curing, which shall start immediately after the material has been placed. Suitable means shall be employed to protect cement-based mixtures from too rapid drying and damage from cold weather and frost. I. Rim elevations shown on the drawings are approximate and manhole and catch basin covers and frames shall be adjusted to final grades at no cost. J. Manholes shall have concrete bench formed to provide a smooth channel between all inlet and outlet pipes. Top of benching shall be level with the crown of the pipes.

3.04 OIL INTERCEPTOR HOOD A. Oil interceptor hood shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation. B. Oil hood shall be installed immediately after the catch basin is connected to the outlet piping.

3.05 PIPE AND CLEAN OUT INSTALLATION A. GENERAL 1. Piping shall be installed to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Where exact locating dimensions are not given on the Drawings, the Engineer’s approval shall be obtained for proposed location before installation. 2. Cleanouts shall be installed where horizontal changes in roof drain piping occur and no manhole is proposed.

3. Pipes and fittings shall be installed in conformance to the manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM D2321. 4. Bottom of trench excavation shall be kept dry and free of water during pipe installation. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent flotation of pipe in the trench. 5. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation and shall be maintained free from foreign matter during installation. 6. Each pipe length shall be installed to form a close joint with the next adjoining length and bring inverts to the required grade. 7. Piping shall be properly graded, free from pockets. 8. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently supported on saddles, blocking, or stones. 9. Where necessary, tight-fitting temporary wood bulkheads shall be employed to close ends of pipeline at end of each day’s work. 10. Entire length of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed clean following completion of backfill.

3.06 SOIL BORINGS

A. Soil borings shall be taken along the pipe line at intervals no greater than 300 ft. to confirm bearing capacity of the soils.

STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 9

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

3.07 TRENCH DRAIN INSTALLATION A. Excavate the area for channel placement wide and deep enough to accommodate the standard channel size and a minimum of 4 in. concrete encasement on both sides as well as underneath the channel. B. Channel sections are installed from the outlet end of the system, working from the large numbers to the smaller numbers. Insert channels from above and allow the ends to interlock. Channel sections shall be placed on brick, rebar basket, low slump concrete grout slurry, or suspended to obtain correct finish elevation. Cutting will be made, if required, by masonry or concrete saw. Temporarily place grate in channel to avoid compression during concrete placement. C. Protect grates and channel interior during pouring of concrete. Place concrete in a manner that will not dislodge the channels. Concrete shall be at finished level or 1/8 in. above the top of the channel to ensure efficient drainage and adequate channel edge protection. D. Following final set of concrete, remove grate protection, place grates in final protection and engage locking bolts in correct location. E. The end sections shall be installed in a careful workmanship-like manner.

3.08 CLEANING AND INSPECTION – GRAVITY SYSTEM A. All new drainage piping and drainage structures will be inspected and cleaned using an approved method at the completion of construction. B. Contractor shall be aware of flow conditions, and be able to identify potential access problems to storm access points. C. Clean designated storm lines using approved methods and equipment. D. Remove internal obstructions such as roots or gaskets by trenchless techniques when obstruction encountered prevents further pipe cleaning. E. Provide special attention during cleaning operation to assure almost complete removal of roots from joints. F. Procedures to remove internal obstructions may include use of equipment such as rodding machines, root saws, bucket machines and winches using root cutters, porcupines, and jet machines equipped with hydraulically driven cutters. G. If cleaning of entire section cannot be successfully performed from one manhole, set up equipment at other manhole and attempt cleaning again. H. If successful cleaning cannot be performed or equipment fails to traverse entire storm line section, it will be assumed that major blockage exists. I. Temporarily suspend cleaning effort and immediately notify Engineer. J. Upon removal of obstruction, complete cleaning operation. K. Employ satisfactory precautions to protect storm line from damage that might be inflicted by improper use of cleaning equipment. L. Immediately notify Engineer if fresh soil, pieces of pipe, or other visible signs of potential problems occur during cleaning operation. M. Ensure that water pressure created does not cause damage due to flooding of property being served by storm section(s) involved.

STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 10

CITY OF NASHUA, NASHUA, NH BID DOCUMENTS NASHUA PUBLIC LIBRARY COURTYARD RENOVATION JANUARY 6, 2020

N. Flush debris downstream and remove. O. Do not discharge sewage or solids removed from downstream manholes onto streets, or into ditches, catch basin, or storm drains. P. A video inspection of the entire drainage system, up to and including the connection to the municipal system, is required upon cleaning. Three copies of the final inspection will be submitted to the Engineer for their records. The inspection shall be recorded on DVD media.

3.09 AS-BUILTS A. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with as-builts of all newly installed lines. The as- built shall include swing tie locations and depth to all pipes and fixtures, and shall be shown on a site plan and in AutoCAD format. END OF SECTION

STORMWATER UTILITIES 334000 - 11